LAS of Soatae as * sets Tot ets elena orayatets oA take! boy . Pe » siretsdi les deli sess oe Se erred Ca aac "4 4 Piety y v4 BY MON Kk ee piabs C3 4 ‘ ec cree ea AR GOL BLES OPER LES ee Be pines he 4 sity Wie fiche 4 las TER wey Pity tate het tat) pee vas arnie ows ae t kK ¥ ef aie mA th PANG AER 4 1 TAME Dee eX + alt ey Ht Cs ¥ mi) ay, Vy Va Tis UACARN ie fi 4, it x t iN ts sity! ‘y at 44 oe CRY ‘ OF AT, 1 uty TAY NG i zn EE whale ie ¢ an chute 5:9 3 Para ae ai atiC SB A ys a hoa Leia, 2s CAB Mic ya vi ay Pe mieaity Pi er > I ‘ at ht th on i ae ee a as a iy? y WW. iM A aK ay te aS sete, na aie Se ae => Es pee ates yaa PEs — Seto ne Ea = ites at eee £ = Ser * “ 7 rs Sei use Seeeey re eats qs pert: PE YY 3 WF: il ea EL Lut | ale: | iz W ] Ilham Healey Dall Division of Mollusks Sectional Library Divisie ot 5 not Mollusks PROCEEDINGS MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. VOL.-XI. 1914—1915. PROCEEDING S/ OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. EDITED BY Hoa; OMI. sO) PZ.8: Under the direction of the Publicatwn Committee. VOLUME XI. 1914—1914. Ze Gielen AUTHORS ALONE AKE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE PAPERS. LONDON : DULAU & CO., Lrp., 37 Sono Sauare, W. 1915. DATES OF PUBLICATION, VOL: XE March 30th, 1914. June 24th, 1914. September 5th, 1914. March 29th, 1915. June 17th, 1915. August 20th, 1915. 2 Worldcat Proc. MaLac:Soc.Lonp: VoL.XI,FRONTISPIECE. Pay a ke ai Se PRESIDENT 1901-03. Vol. XI. Part I. MARCH, 1914. PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Price 7s. 6d. net. EDITED BY B.A, SMITHS TS: O208.Z.8: Under the direction of the Publication Comnuttee. AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE PAPERS. CS Orr Ba 2S EES: . PROCEEDINGS :— PAGE PAPERS continued :— PAGE Ordinary Meetings : On a new and remarkable sub- ; : : species of Limnea pereger, hae lglg ss dame ; Miill., from Iceland. By H.B. January 9th, AQUATIC 2 PRESTON, F.Z.S. (Fig.) ... 11 NOTES :— On Testacella maugei in Corn- Descriptions of new species of Land and Marine Shells from the Montebello Islands, Western Australia. By H. B. wall. By L. St.G. BYNE... 3 | PRESTON, F.Z.S. (Figs.)... 13 Condensation ofMoisture within _ Characters of new Land and and on glass specimen | Freshwater Shells from the tubes. By B. B. WoopwarD, | Naga Hills, Assam. By H.B. ALES eae Saath Se RTA 3.5 PRESTON, F.Z.8. (Figs.)... 19 . | The Chiton Fauna of the PAPERS :-— | Kermadeec Islands. By T. ts : 4 | IREDALE. (Plates I, II.) ... 25 Note on Haliotis sieboldii, | Descriptions of new species of Reeve. ByE.A.SMITH,I.S.O. 4 Helicoids from the Indian Descriptions of new species of Region. By G. K. Gupr, MolluseafromNewCaledonia, IS Zio Sen (Hse nur tie eo ee 52 Japan, and other localities. A Synopsis of the family By G. B. Sowersy, F.L.S. Veneride. By A.J. JUKES- (LE Veteh) eee heaa ar ante alana a as 5 BROWNE DGB RAGS oie eas 58 LONDON: BERLIN : DULAU & CO., Lrp., 37 SOHO SQUARE, W. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, 11 KARLSTRASSE, N.W. For information concerning the MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON See page iii of this wrapper. CHARGESTFOR ADVERTISEMENTS OUTSIDE COVER. Each insertion— Whole page . ‘ : 30s. Half page y : : 15s. Quarter page . : : 7s. 6d. INSIDE COVER. Each insertion— Whole page . ° : 20s. Half page : i 10s. Quarter page . : ; 5s. PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. ORDINARY MEETING. Fripay, 14rnH Novemser, 1913. The Rev. A. H. CooxkE, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair. A. A. Hinckley was elected a member of the Society. The following communications were read :— 1. ** Note on Haliotis sieboldii, Reeve.” By E. A. Smith, 1.5.0. 2. ‘Condensation of Moisture within and on glass specimen tubes.”’ By B. B. Woodward, F.L.S. 3. ‘On Zestacella mauget in Cornwall.” By L. St. G. Byne, M.Se. Mr. A. S. Kennard, F.G.S., exhibited a specimen of Helix pisana which had been raised by him in his garden with others from immature specimens received from Staff-Surgeon K.H. Jones, who had collected them in Malta. Being originally of a pale yellowish colour, the additions made to the shell by the animal exhibited the normal blackish markings and banding of typical HZ. pisana, the contrast between the new and the old growth being very marked. ORDINARY MEETING. Fripay, 12ra DecemBerr, 1915. The Rev. A. H. CookE, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair. Junius Henderson and Major KE. C. Freeman were elected members of the Society. The following communications were read :— 1. ‘‘ Descriptions of new species of Mollusca from New Caledonia, Japan, and other localities.” By G. B. Sowerby, F.L.S. 2. “A Synopsis of the Family Veneride.” Part I. By A. J. Jukes-Browne, F.R.S. 3. ‘ Description of new species of land and marine shells from the Montebello Islands, Western Australia.” By H. B. Preston, I'.Z.S. 4. “The Chiton Fauna of the Kermadec Islands.” By Tom Iredale. VOL. XI.—MARCH, 1914. 1 bo PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Mr. C. Oldham exhibited specimens of Vertigo alpestris from Dolgelly, the first record for Wales; Helicella heripensis, from Tring ; and a curious striated form of Zimnea pereger from Dolgelly. Mr. F. H. Sikes, M.A., exhibited specimens of Vertigo moulinsiana from Berkshire, a new county record. ORDINARY MEETING. Fripay, 9ra January, 1914. R. BULLEN NEWTON, F.G.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. Major M. Connolly and Mr. A. S. Kennard, F.G.S., were appointed scrutineers. The following communications were read :— 1. ‘‘On a new and remarkable sub-species of Limnea pereger from Iceland” By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. 2. ‘‘Characters of new Land Shells from the Naga Hills, Assam.’ By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. 3. ‘Descriptions of new species of Helicoids from the Indian Region.” By G. K. Gude, F.Z.S. > NOTES. On TesTACELLA MAUGEI IN Cornnwatt. (Lead 14th November, 1913.) —lI have pleasure in recording the occurrence of two rare varieties of this species. (a) Var. viridans, G. & F. Mr. Roebuck says it is the first example recorded since 1883, when he had it from county Waterford. (6) Var. griseo-nigrescens, G. & F. Only previously found in co, Tipperary and Pembrokeshire, twice, 1885 and 1904; up to the time of writing, 22nd February, 1913, these constitute two new records to the molluscan fauna of England. They were found under 12 in. chrysanthemum pots and old wooden planks in Mr. Howard Fox’s beautiful garden at Rosehill, Falmouth ; they are most abundant in the autumn. Two shells of this species in Penzance Museum are labelled Phillack near Hayle ; the type has not occurred up to the time of writing this note. L. St. G. ByNe. ConDENSATION OF MOISTURE WITHIN AND ON GLASS SPECIMEN TUBES. (Read 14th November, 1913.)—-In May last I exhibited a number of glass specimen tubes from my cabinets that were lable to become covered inside and out with condensed moisture, whilst other tubes placed under similar conditions remained dry. Investigation of these tubes was made in the Mineral Department of the British Museum (Natural History), where similar cases had been met with, and the question was referred by that department to the National Physical Laboratory. I am permitted to quote from the reply to Dr. Herbert Smith as follows : “The difference between the two tubes, so far as an examination of the glass can show, appears to be due to a difference in the composition of the glass of the two tubes, one of which is probably somewhat hygroscopic, while the other is free from that property. In order to arrive at a definite conclusion on this point, however, it would be necessary to undertake a fairly complete analysis of the glass . . . Asa rule the more hygroscopic glasses contain too much alkali or too little lime, and the trouble can be avoided by the makers if sufficient care is taken.” B. B. Woopwarp. NOTE ON AALIOTIS SIHEBOLDIT, REEVE. By E. A. Smrru, 1.8.0. Read 14th November, 1913. THE unique specimen described by Reeve! as Haliotis sveboldit has been regarded by the monographers Sowerby,” Weinkauff,* and Pilsbry,* merely as a probable monstrosity of the Haliotis gigantea of Chemnitz as that species was defined by Deshayes* and is now understood. A second, much larger specimen, has been presented to the British Museum by Mr. Henry Harvey, to whom the Museum has been indebted for many remarkable conchological abnormalities, and also for nearly all the types and figured specimens contained in the Sylvanus Hanley Collection. The shell in question unfortunately has been denuded of its outer coating, so that only the pearly structure remains. The form, however, is practically identical with that of the type as depicted by Reeve, showing every appearance of regularity in its growth, and therefore I am inclined to regard these two specimens, not as abnormalities, but as representatives, either of a distinct species, or, at all events, of a local variation of the Chemnitzian shell. A remarkable feature of H. steboldii, besides its characteristic convex shape, is the almost marginal position of the spire. This, in the type, is rather eroded, but appears to have been almost on the margin, coiling away from it but very little. In Mr. Harvey’s larger specimen it is more evident, the apex being at a distance of 13 mm. from the edge of the peristome. Excepting towards the spire, the curve of the line of perforations is very slight as shown in Reeve’s figures, whereas in typical examples of H. gigantea the curve is SES DORONY ‘and the apex of the spire in a shell of the same size is from 25 to 30mm. from the margin. Both examples of HH. sveboldii are strongly radiately costate, so that the peristome is conspicuously frilled and the interior deeply sulcate. The larger shell is 170 mm. in iength, 125 in diameter, and 55 in depth. 1 Conch. Iconiea, vol. iii, figs. 32a—b. 2 Thesaurus Conch., vol. v, p. 18, pl. 437, fi % Conchylien-Cab., p. 80, pl. xxx, fig. 1. + Man. Conch., vol. xii, p. 85, pl. xv, figs. 78, 79. > Lamarck’s Anim. sans Vert., 2nd ed., vol. ix, p. 24. g. 72. DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF MOLLUSCA FROM NEW CALEDONIA, JAPAN, AND OTHER LOCALITIES. By G. B. Sowersy, F.L.S. Read 12th December, 1913. NatTIca PAUCIMACULATA, I.sp. Testa rotundata, crassa, polita, alba, ruto-fusco maculata; maculis medianis 4, grandiusculis, infernis minoribus, supernis minutis; spira brevissima, obtusa; anfractus 3, convexi, superne leviter oblique plicati; anfractus ultimus rotunde convexus, parum obliquus; um- bilicus fere clausus; columella oblique rectiuscula, sinistrorsim calloso effusa ; apertura semilunata, peristoma simplex. Alt. 15, maj. diam. 16 mm. Hab.—New Caledonia. A prettily marked shell, shining white, with a row of four bright reddish-brown blotches just above the middle of the body-whorl, a row of four smaller spots below, and a few minute dots above. The columella is almost entirely closed by the columella callus. Although the operculum is wanting, there can hardly be a doubt that this is a true Natica, but it does not seem very closely allied to any known species. Natica BALTEATA, N.Ssp. Testa ovata, solidiuscula, levis, albo-straminea, balteo lato fusco- eriseo colorata, apice fusco; spira elatiuseula, ad apicem obtuse exserta; anfractus 5, convexe declives, leves, oblique obscurissime plicati ; anfractus ultimus 2 longitudinis teste equans, ovatus ; umbilicus clausus ; apertura semilunata ; peristoma acutum ; columella 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. leviter obliqua, sinistrorsum callose effusa. Operculum testaceum, albo-nitidum, depressum. Alt. 12, maj. diam. 10 mm. Hab.—New Caledonia. Though of simple character this little shell does not seem to appro oach very closely to any hitherto known species. It is oval in form, rather solid, with a rather elevated spire; its surface is smooth, with the exception of a few inconspicuous oblique plice near the suture. The umbilicus is entirely covered by a thick white callus. The colouring of the shell consists chiefly of a broad brownish- grey belt, covering more than half of the body-whorl. - Narica HILARIS, 1.sp. Testa globosa, tenuis, straminea, maculis fuscis numerosis plerumque subquadratis ubique ornata; spira brevis, obtusiuscula ; anfractus 5, rotunde convexi, sutura angustissime canaliculata sejuncti; anfractus ultimus latiusculus, rotundatus, vix obliquus, juxta suturam leviter compressus ; umbilicus latiusculus, callo albo semicirculari in medio instructus; columella tenuis, leviter obliqua; apertura latiuscula ; labrum tenue. Alt. 20, diam. 20 mm. Hab.—Kaii, Japan (Hirase). The colour spots adorning this shell resemble those of WV. pel/is- tigrina (Chem.), but it differs considerably from that species in form and substance. It is quite thin and transparent, regularly globose in form, and has a thick rounded callus entering the umbilicus, while the columella is rather thin. The suture is very narrowly channelled. Nassa EUGLYPTA, D.Sp. Testa fusiformi-ovata, crassiuscula, straminea, fusco tri-balteata ; spira elata, acuta; anfractus 9, primi 2- 3 lmves, rotundati, deinde leevissime convexi, undique creberrime clathati, ad suturam leviter angulati, costellis numerosis obliquiusculis, nodulosis, liris spiralibus parum elevatis sed conspicuis instructi; anfractus ultimus 3 longi- tudinis testee sequans, leviter convexus, infra contractus, transversim oblique liratus; apertura ovalis, postice contracta, breviter sinuata, antice brevissime canaliculata, intus lirata; labrum acute serratum ; columella arcuata, tenuiter callosa. Long. 29, maj. diam. 16 mm. Hab.—Kii, Japan (Hirase). SOWERBY: NEW MOLLUSCA FROM VARIOUS LOCALITIES, u Many years ago three specimens of this form were presented to our National Museum by Dr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, and in 1879 described by Mr. E. A. Smith as a variety of WV. siquaorensis, but without varietal name. I think it should have a name, and that the differences are sufficient to separate it specifically. The chief differences are as follows :— N. siquijorensis.—Suture distinctly channelled. Longitudinal riblets comparatively smooth. Spiral sculpture consisting of slightly de- pressed sulci. NV. euglypta.—Suture not channelled. Spiral sculpture, distinct lire: passing over the longitudinal riblets, and forming raised nodules at the points of intersection. VERLAGUS COMPTUS, D.Sp. Testa elongata, pura alba, irregulariter parce varicosa; spira leviter convexa, acuminata, ad apicem acutissima; anfractus vix convexi, spiraliter leviter lirati, plicis longitudinalibus numerosis fere levibus instructi ; anfractus ultimus } longitudinis teste vix sequans, subglabratus, plicis partim evanidis, infra conspicue uniliratus, ad basin concavus; rostrum breviculum, valde recurvum; apertura latiuscula, intus glabra; columella oblique rectiuscula, biplicata. Long. 29, maj. diam. 10 mm. Hab.—Red Sea. The nearest ally to this species is V”. lineatus, from which it differs in being of a uniformly smaller size, in the comparative smoothness of its whorls, its much less prominent plice, and the absence of colour lines. Some specimens, however, of V’. dincatus are destitute of lines. 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. I am indebted to Monsieur Vignal, who has made a special study of this family, for his opinion, in confirmation of my own, that this is a distinct species. ANABATHRON PAGODIFORMIS, Sp. Testa parva, elongato-turrita, albida; spira elongata, ad apicem obtusiuscula ; anfractus 6, primi 2 rotundati, leviter oblique declives, sequentes valde acute angulati, ad angulum acute squamosi, supra et infra coneayvi; anfractus ultimus spiram vix sequans, supra angulum leviter concavus, infra convexiusculus ; apertura circularis; columella tenuis, rectiuscula; peristoma latiusculum, planum, extus triangu- latum. Long. 23, maj. diam. 1 mm. : HHab.—New Caledonia. A Fein eable little shell, with a turreted spire and acutely angular whorls, the angle being sharply scaled, almost spinose. Of this very striking little species I have only seen four specimens, three perfect and well developed, the other not quite adult. DeENTALIUM FESIIVUM, 0.sp. Testa regulariter arcuata, crassa, latiuscula, albida, balteis interruptis rufo-carneis angulatis et undulatis pulcherrime ornata, longitudinaliter costata; costis numerosis et confertis, circiter 35, inequalibus, leviter planulatis, et compresse rotundatis; apertura eircularis. Long. 52, maj. diam. 9 mm. Hab.—New Caledonia. Of this beautiful gaily coloured shell I have only seen a single specimen. It is coloured with rose pink in broad interrupted bands, partly waved and partly angular; the ribs are very numerous and close-set, of unequal width, smooth, depressly rounded, the interstices being very narrow, without transverse sculpture. I am not able fully to describe the apex of this species, as the specimen is rather incomplete, but it appears to have a rather broad notch on the convex side. SOWERBY : NEW MOLLUSCA FROM VARIOUS LOCALITIES. 9 BracHYyDONTES GRANOSISSIMA, 0.Sp. Testa oblonga, sub-flabelliformis, tenuis, compressiuscula, nigro- fusca, radiatim densissime grano-lirata, antice acute acuminata, postice elliptica, latiuscula ; margo dorsalis oblique rectiusculus, antice declivis, postice obtuse angulatus ; margo ventralis arcuatim constrictus ; latus posticum supra declivis, infra rotundatum; umbones haud elevati, subterminali; pagina interna margaritacea, hic illic ceruleo tincta, marginibus crenulatis; cardo lira elongata angusta instructus ; liga- mentum perelongatum, internum. Long. 80, maj. lat. 40 mm. Hab.—Andaras, South America. This shell in form closely resembles B. demissa (Dillwyn), but it is more sharply acuminated at the anterior end, and the more particular distinguishing character is found in the granular sculpture which adorns its surface. The radiating riblets of B. demissa are prominent and almost smooth, while in B. granosissima they are twice as numerous and composed of prominent close-set granules. As in other species of this group, there is a space towards the anterior end in which the radiating ridges become obsolete and are resumed at the extremity. Small specimens of granosissima, generally of a more inflated form, have been received from Florida. CHIONE EUGLYPTA, N.sp. Testa transverse ovalis, compressiuscula, sordide albida, costellis obliquis numerosis, liris concentricis crassiusculis squamoso-nodulosis clathrata; umbones ante medium locati, leviter ineurvati; margo dorsalis anticus valde declivis, posticus arcuatus; margo ventralis rotunde arcuatus; ligamentum elongatum, immersum. Pagina interna alba, levis, marginibus crenulatis. Dentes cardinales 3, crassiuscull, divergentes. Diam. antero-post. 26, umbono-marg. 22, crass. 15 mm. Hab.—Japan. Specimens of this species have been distributed as V. adamsi (Reeve), and the sculpture is similar, but the shell is very much smaller without 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. appearing to be young. I have seen a considerable number of specimens nearly equal in size, the largest not exceeding the dimensions given above; whereas Reeve’s species measures 58 X 49 mm., and is of a lighter substance and a more elongated sub-quadrate form, so that its general aspect is very different from the shell now described. TRIVIA EXIGUA, Var. ALBA, N.var. Among a lot of shells recently received from New Caledonia, I found several specimens of a pure-white variety of Trivia exigua, Gray (more generally known as ftremeza, Duclos). The specimens differ from the type in being destitute of colour-markings, and those I have seen being of a somewhat larger size. The largest measures 7 and the smallest 5 mm. in length, while the typical ones before me from Mauritius and Lifu average something less than 5 mm. ON A NEW AND REMARKABLE SUB-SPECIES OF LIMNAA PEREGER, MULL., FROM ICELAND. By H. B. Presron, F.Z.S. Read 9th January, 1914. Tue series of specimens upon which the present sub-species is based were handed to me for examination by Mr. F. H. Sikes, in whose honour I have much pleasure in naming it, and who collected them in August, 1912, during his recent extensive travels in Iceland. As far as the collector is aware, they occur only in Rautharvatn or ‘ red lake’, which, he informs me, is ‘‘little more than a tarn among a desert of red earth” situated between Reykjavik and Thingvellir. Mr. Sikes paid three visits to this lake, and on each occasion took specimens on some submerged rocks which appear to be their only habitat. The only other species of mollusc represented in Rautharvatn is Pisidium lilljeborgii, Clessin,! which attains a large size, and the collector has pointed out to me at some length the almost exact similarity of the circumstances under which the present Limnea was collected to those in which he had previously taken the Irish L. involuta, Yhomp.,? in Lough Crincaum, co. Kerry, which it would seem occurs also in that lake with but one molluscan co-inhabitant, but which in this latter instance proved to be Presidium sp. After careful examination of the very long series of ZL. pereger in Mr. Sikes’ collection I have been unable to find any form to which the present sub-species may be profitably compared, its nearest ally being ovata, Draparnaud,® though from this it differs appreciably in many ways, among the more noteworthy being its more oblong shape, extremely thin texture, and much less exserted spire. Mr. Sikes further informs me that the animals are of a very pale colour and the shell so fragile that he broke many specimens in attempting to extract them. 1 Clessin in Esmark & Hoyer, Malak. Blatt., N.F., viil, p. 119. 2 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., London, vol. v, p. 22, 1840. 3 Hist. Nat. moll. terr. fluv. France, p. 52, pl. ii, figs. 30-1. 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. LIMN#A PEREGER SIKESI, n.subsp. Shell oblong-ovate, thin, yellowish-brown horn-colour; whorls 4, the first three small, not much exserted, regularly increasing, the last very large, smooth but for lines of growth; suture impressed ; columella-margin very obliquely descending, a little bulging above, and diffused into a thin, ill-defined, parietal callus which reaches to the upper margin of the labrum; labrum acute above, a little dilated at the base; aperture oblong-ovate. Alt. 20mm.; diam. maj. 13, min. 95mm. Aperture: alt. 16, diam. 10 mm. Hab.—Rautharvatn, S.W. Iceland. Type in the British Museum, presented by Mr. Sikes. The Museum is also greatly indebted to him for his very fine and extensive collection of British land and freshwater shells, which he most liberally presented last year. DESCRIPTION OF NEW SPECIES OF LAND AND MARINE SHELLS FROM THE MONTEBELLO ISLANDS, WESTERN AUSTRALIA. By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. Read 12th December, 1913. '’nroucH the kindness of Mr. ‘I’. H. Haynes the author has been able to obtain a certain amount of material from the Montebello Islands, and though the greater part consists of well-known Indian Ocean forms, a few appear to have hitherto escaped description, and are in all probability peculiar to the West Australian region, if not actually to the Montebello Islands themselves. Of these species the author ventures to give the following diagnoses. XHAGADA MONTEBELLOENSIS, N.Sp. Shell perforate, globose; whorls 44, marked with rather coarse growth-lines, the last whorl somewhat rapidly descending; suture almost incised; umbilicus narrow, deep, partly concealed by the reflexed columella-margin ; columella-margin excavated above, descending in an oblique curve ; labrum slightly thickened, narrowly reflexed, the margins joined by a very thin callus; aperture broadly ovate. Alt. 13, diam. maj. 16, min. 13 mm. Aperture: alt. 9, diam. 8mm. Hab.—Montebello Islands, Western Austraha. RHAGADA PLICATA, N.Sp. Shell giobular, scarcely perforate, solid, whitish; whorls 43, the earlier almost smooth, the later sculptured above with fine, closely set, oblique and slightly arcuate, transverse costule, painted with a light-brownish supersutural band, which appears as a peripheral 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. band on the last whorl; base of shell convex, sculptured with fine lines of growth only, and painted with several lightish-brown, very thin, revolving bands; suture impressed, somewhat crenulated ; umbilicus reduced to a hardly perceptible chink; columella-margin excavated, much thickened in the umbilical region ; labrum thickened, white, slightly expanded, the margins joined by a coarse callus; aperture obliquely, broadly lunate. Alt. 7°5, diam. maj. 10°25 mm. Aperture: alt. 4, diam. 4°5 mm. Hab.—Montebello Islands, Western Australia. NatiIca REN, N.sp. Shell ovate, imperforate, solid, whitish; whorls 43, the earlier whorls sculptured with fine, arcuate wrinkles, the last two whorls bearing this sculpture above only, being smooth below, a faint brownish band appearing on that portion of the shell where are situated the wrinkles; suture lightly impressed; columella-callus gibbous above, white, polished, very heavy, bulging outwards both above and below, and extending over the umbilical region; labrum acute; aperture elongately ovate; interior of shell tinged with pale reddish-brown, especially above; operculum having 3 whorls, the inner side slightly convex, white, covered with a thin, pale-yellowish periostracum, the outer side, white polished, bearing posteriorly a reniform rich brown raised blotch. Alt. 22, diam. maj. 21, min. 13mm. Aperture: alt. 14, diam. 7mm. Hab.—Montebello Islands, Western Australia. PHASIANELLA MONTEBELLOENSIS, N.Sp. Shell turbinately fusiform, polished, flesh-coloured, painted with somewhat distant, narrow, interrupted, spiral bands of livid purple, \ between which occur narrow, spiral bands of deep scarlet, regularly punctated with cream-coloured spots, and transversely painted with PRESTON : MOLLUSCA FROM THE MONTEBELLO ISLANDS, 15 broad, irregular, livid, purplish bands; whorls 7, convex, the last slightly descending in front, minutely sculptured with very fine, closely set spiral strize, and marked with fine lines of growth; suture impressed, rather darkly tessellated and margined below; columella- margin white, arched; labrum simple, acute; aperture roundly ovate; interior of shell flesh-coloured. Alt. 20°5, diam. maj. 11°5, min. 9mm. Aperture: alt. 8°5, diam. 5°5 mm. Hab.—Montebello Islands, Western Australia. TurBo FOLIACEUS, SCABROSUS, n.subsp. Shell differing from typical 7. foliaceus, Phil.,! in its much more coarsely scabrous sculpture, which gives to the spiral lire the appearance of being ornamented with broad hollow spines. Hab.—Montebello Islands, Western Australia. TURBO FOLIACEUS, HAYNESI, n.subsp. Shell imperforate, turbinate, moderately solid, tessellated with yellowish-pink, alternating with broad flame-markings of dark-green shading to olive; whorls 53, sculptured with two coarse tubercular carine, and several finer tubercular, spiral lire, the interstices marked with fine spiral strize, on the last whorl the tubercular carine increase to four, and the spiral lire increase also in number; base of shell convex, sculptured with six revolving, tubercular riblets, and a number of fine striz; suture narrowly and deeply channelled ; { columella-margin descending in a curve, the inner margin iridescent, the outer margin covered with a thick white callus which is diffused above ; labrum acute; aperture roundly ovate ; operculum multispiral with sub-central nucleus, whorls 44, the inner side slightly convex, covered with a very thin, deciduous, light-brownish periostracum, marked with arcuate lines of growth, the outer margin of the earlier whorls flatly ridged, three such ridges appearing on the last whorl, the outer side white, much thickened, and almost smooth above, ' Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., p. 41, pl. xi, figs. 2, 3. 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. granular below, and bearing a single, coarse, almost central, spiral rib on the last whorl. Alt. 35°75, diam. maj. 31mm. Aperture : alt. 15, diam. 16 mm. Hab.—Montebello Islands, Western Australia. TURBO FOLIACEUS, TURRIFORMIS, n.subsp. Shell perforate, turriform, somewhat solid, whitish, painted with broad transverse, olive-green and black bands ; whorls 53, very convex, sculptured with spiral lire and riblets, between which occur very fine granular spiral strie crossed by fine, closely set, transverse lines, giving to the shell a finely scabrous appearance; suture impressed above, narrowly channelled below ; umbilicus narrow, deep ; columella-margin somewhat arched, white, extending into a narrow, heavy callus, which j joins the upper margin of the labrum, and causes i the peristome to be nearly continuous; peristome acute ; aperture sub-circular; interior of shell iridescent ; operculum multispiral with nearly central nucleus; whorls 6, the inner side slightly concave, covered with a coarse, scaly, brown, horny periostracum, the outer side sparsely pustulate centrally, the pustules becoming much finer and more numerous towards the outer margin, centrally and posteriorly white, anteriorly dark-green except ‘for a narrow, pale band round the outer margin. Alt. 33, diam, maj. 26mm. Aperture: alt. 15, diam. 15 mm. Hab.—Montebello Islands, Western Australia. TROCHUS MONTEBELLOENSIS, N.Sp. Shell large, conic, ponderous, pale flesh-coloured, broadly, trans- versely streaked, blotched and banded with pink and _ purple; remaining whorls 6, the last slightly shouldered below, and bluntly angled at the periphery, sc ulptured with coarse, irregular, spiral, beaded lire and very oblique, transverse striz, the upper whorls coarsely coronated immediately above the suture; suture weakly impressed; base of shell greyish brown, maculated with pale flesh- colour, se ulptured with very fine radiate striz crossed by thirteen mode rately coarse, revolving, finely beaded lre which extend into PRESTON : MOLLUSCA FROM THE MONTEBELLO ISLANDS, 17 the interior of the shell, a narrow band of scarlet and chestnut running round the umbilical region; umbilical area pearly, sunk into a deep and narrow depression, a very thin polished callus extending from it to the upper margin of the labrum; columella-margin nacreous, twisted into a coarse fold above, descending in a very c-—-- t oe acai J oblique curve and terminating below in a blunt, nodulous pro- tuberance; labrum acute, receding posteriorly, obliquely extended anteriorly ; aperture subrhomboidal; interior of shell nacreous, pale bluish white, slightly iridescent. Alt. 56°5, diam. maj. 49, min. 45mm. Aperture: alt. 27, diam. 20 mm. Hab.—Montebello Islands, Western Australia. STOMATIA SCULPTURATA, D.Sp. Shell roundly auriform, narrowly perforate, rather thin, flesh- coloured, painted with pale cinereous brown, broad, transverse flame- markings, and tessellated below with the same colour; whorls 3}, bearing a single tuberculous revolving carina and one coarse, peri- pheral, nearly smooth carina and a number of fine, almost smooth, spiral lire, between all of which occur somewhat distant, spiral strise and coarse, transverse lines of growth which develop into wrinkles VOL. XI.—MARCH, 1914. 2 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. on the latter half of the last whorl; suture impressed ; umbilicus reduced to a mere chink; columella-margin curved; labrum acute and coarsely serrated by the terminations of the revolving caring and lire; aperture broadly ovate; interior of shell highly inidescent, showing the inverse sculpture. Alt. 14°5, diam. maj. 20 mm. Hab.—Montebello Islands, Western Australia. PsAMMOBIA ECOLORATA , .Sp. Shell elongately ovate, thin, small, white, marked with concentric erowth-lines and sculptured posteriorly with fine, scarcely noticeable, transverse, radiate strie; umbones small; dorsal margin anteriorly sloping, posteriorly nearly straight; ventral margin scarcely rounded ; anterior side bluntly acuminate ; posterior side angled above, obtusely rounded below ; pallial impression broad, elongate, extending more than two-thirds of the total breadth of the shell; interior of shell white. Long. 10, lat. 17°5mm. Hab.—Montebello Islands, Western Australia. SOLENOTELLINA HAYNESI, 0.Sp. Shell elongately ovate, almost smooth, polished, livid purple, whitish in the sub-umbonal region, painted posteriorly with two pale, radiate bands, irregularly marked with lines of growth, and here and there showing closely set, transverse, wrinkled strie; umbones small, not prominent, stained with dark purple, the stains spreading on either side; dorsal margin arched; ventral margin scarcely rounded; anterior side somewhat acutely rounded ; posterior side rounded above, then angled, and sloping below ; pallial i impression broadly elongate, marked with almost horizontal, scratch-like strie ; interior of shell minutely granulate, livid purple. Long. 14:25, lat. 26°5 mm. Hab.—Montebello Islands, Western Australia. 19 CHARACTERS OF NEW LAND AND FRESHWATER SHELLS FROM THE NAGA HILLS, ASSAM. By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. Read 9th January, 1914. AUSTENIA TIGRIS, N.Sp. Shell elongately ovate, rather flat, polished, shining, spirally rayed with bands of a darker colour, which are especially noticeable on the upper part of the last whorl and on the base of the shell; whorls 2, the first very small, pale yellowish-white, the last rapidly increasing in size, rather coarsely marked with radiate lines of growth, and somewhat malleated ; suture impressed ; labrum thin, membranaceous ; aperture auriform ; interior of shell slightly nacreous in places. Alt. 11, diam. maj. 31, min. 19mm. Aperture: alt. 19, diam. 24 mm. Hab.—Naga Hills, Assam, ANGISTA COENI, 0.sp. Shell broadly turbinate, dark reddish-brown ; whorls 6, regularly increasing, not very convex, marked with closely set, oblique growth strie ; base of shell also marked with lines of growth, and very finely fe Ee ol Y spirally striate; suture well impressed; umbilicus wide, deep; columella whitish, diaphanous, rather broadly outwardly expanded above, obliquely descending; labrum not thickened, narrowly 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. reflexed; aperture obliquely sub-cireular. Alt. 6, diam. maj. 9:5, min. 8°25mm. Aperture: alt. 3, diam. 3mm. Hab.—Naga Hills. ARGIS1A CONGENER, 0.sp. Shell differing from Helix (Aigista) mitanensis, Godwin-Austen,' in its broader and less elevated form, less angled periphery, and much wider umbilicus. Alt. (of type-specimen) 7, diam, maj. 12, min. 10mm. Aperture: alt. 4:25, diam. 3:6 mm. 4 Hab.—Naga Hills. The specimens of this shell which I have before me vary con- siderably in diameter. VIVIPARA NAGA ENSIS, 0.Sp. Shell globosely turbinate, rimate, dark olive; whorls 5, regularly increasing, convex, painted with narrow, transverse stripes of reddish- brown, sculptured with fine, spiral and wavy, transverse strie, suture well impressed; umbilicus reduced to a mere chink; labrum very slightly reflexed, black, the margins joined by a light blackish callus ; colamells descending in a slight curve ; ifemion of shell bluish; operculum thin, ieancerons with Ecent rie depressed nucleus. Alt. 28, diam. maj. 22, min. 20mm. Aperture: alt. 15°5, diam. 11 mm. Hab.—Naga Hills. CYCLOPHORUS AUSTENIANUS, D.Sp. Shell acutely turbinate, somewhat thin, strongly carinate at the periphery, pale reddish-brown, painted on the upper whorls with ' Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., London (6), vol. iii, p. 108, 1889. PRESTON : ON MOLLUSCA FROM ASSAM, 21 broad, zigzag flame-markings of dark chestnut, and with a broad, spiral band, or group of bands, on the base immediately below the peripheral keel ; whorls 5, rapidly increasing, sculptured above with fine, closely set, spiral riblets, some of which coarsen into lire below, crossed by very oblique, closely set, transverse strie, which give the shell, especially on the upper half of the whorls, a finely granular appearance ; base of shell sculptured with fine, wavy, revolving strive and moderately fine lire, which become obsolete in the umbilical area; suture well impressed, incised, and slightly overhung below ; umbilicus somewhat wide, deep; columella descending in a curve, a very thick, polished, transparent callus uniting it with the lip above, just behind its junction with the parietal wall; labrum white, thickened, laminiferous, rather narrowly expanded and reflexed ; aperture sub-circular; interior of shell whitish, smooth, polished, showing the spiral lire and dark, sub-peripheral bands through the test; operculum slightly concave, laminiferous, with central nucleus, having 7-8 whorls. Alt. 35°5, diam. maj. 42, min. 32°5 mm. Aperture : alt. 19°5, diam. 20 mm. Hab.—-Naga Hills. CYCLOPHORUS BEDDOMEANUS, 0.sp. Shell large, turbinate, with rather acute apex, thin, yellowish, with one broad, super-peripheral, blackish-brown band and a broad sub-peripheral band, immediately below which are two narrow bands of the same colour on the last whorl, the earlier whorls being reddish- brown, mottled with yellowish-grey ; whorls 5, the last two rapidly increasing, sculptured with irregular lines of growth, crossed by rather broad, but flat, spiral ridges, the last whorl carinate at the periphery ; suture incised, narrowly margined above; umbilicus moderately broad, deep; labrum continuous, somewhat thickened, but not reflexed, crimson; aperture large, sub-circular; interior of shell glossy, smooth, polished, bluish, the colour-bands being visible through the test; operculum laminiferous, with central nucleus, 22 PROCKEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. having about 8 convolutions. Alt. 44, diam. maj. 53°75, min. 40 mm. Aperture: alt. 24, diam. 25 mm. Hab.—Naga Hills. A white-lipped variety also occurs which is otherwise indistinguish- able from the type. PreROCYCLUS MARION, D.sp. Shell somewhat orbicular, moderately depressed, covered with a thin, laminiferous, reddish-brown periostracum ; whorls 43, regu- larly increasing, the last very obtusely angled at the periphery, and possessing a short, but rather broad, wing-like development just behind the labrum; suture very deeply impressed; umbilicus wide, deep ; labrum reflexed, white, laminiferous, continuous but for a slight break below the wing-like projection; aperture circular; operculum corneous, convex above, with central nucleus, bearing several raised, more or less foliaceous lamine, which are especially strong towards the outer margin, below concave, polished, shining. Alt. 8, diam. maj. 20, min. 15mm. Aperture: alt. 7, diam. 7mm. Hab.—Naga Hills. Atycmus (CHARAX) PEILEI, n.sp. Shell irregularly discoidal, moderately depressed, white; whorls 4, the last gibbous, thin, strongly strangulated, and again becoming gibbous just behind the labrum, sculptured with fine, somewhat PRESTON : ON MOLLUSCA FROM ASSAM. 23 distant, transverse, arcuate strie, which become closely crowded on the last whorl; suture rather deeply impressed; tube about 3mm. in length ; umbilicus rather widely ovate, deep; columella obliquely curved ; labrum continuous, double above, treble below, erect, sinuous, having two notches, one broad in front, the other narrower above ; aperture irregularly sub-circular. Alt. 4, diam. maj. 6°5, min. 5'5mm. Aperture: alt. 1:5, diam. 1°75 mm. Hab.—Naga Hills. DrIpLoMMATINA FRUMENTUM, 0D.Sp. Shell fusiform with acute apex, pale-yellowish horn- colour, somewhat shining; whorls 8, the first six regularly increasing, the seventh broad and convex, the eighth swollen, but smaller, sculptured with fine transverse striz ; suture impressed; columella descending vertically, bearing a rather fine, oblique plait situated well within the aperture, and diffused above into an arched, well-defined callus, which joins the upper margin of the labrum, and which is obliquely furrowed in the middle ; labrum whitish, broad, somewhat thickened, 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. reflexed; aperture subquadrilateral. Alt. 6°5, diam. maj. 3, min. 275mm. Aperture: alt. 1°5, diam. 1 mm. Hab.—Naga Hills. DIpLOMMATINA FALLAX, N.Sp. Shell a miniature of D. frumentum, Preston, but rather lighter in colour, and with much coarser sculpture, the parietal callus is broader and less arched, and is furrowed at its junction with the margin of the labrum, the columella is more arched and has a rather coarser plait; the aperture also is rather sub-circular than quadrilateral, as in that species. Alt. 4:5, diam. maj. 2mm. Aperture: alt.:75,diam.:75. Hab.—Naga Hills. ' Gr THE CHITON FAUNA OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. By Tom Irepate. Read 12th December, 1913. PLATES I, II. Durine 1908 I collected all the Chitons I could at Sunday Island in the Kermadec Group. Towards the end of 1907 my friend Mr, A. F. Basset Hull visited Lord Howe Island, one of his main objects being the collection of Chitons. Near the end of the succeeding year he made a trip to Norfolk Island, again one of his chief interests being this group of molluscs. Early in 1909 when passing through Sydney we examined each other’s collections, since the zoology of these three localities has long been a theme for comparison. I proposed to withhold the results of my own studies until Mr. Hull’s paper was published, since he had been first in the field. Having critically examined many Chitons at the British Museum, I included in some notes in this journal (vol. ix, pp. 160-2, 1910) a brief account of the habits and relationship of the forms I procured at the Kermadecs, making allusion to Mr. Hull’s collection. In the study of the Lord Howe and Norfolk Island Chitons Mr. Hull was assisted by Mr. Hedley, and their conclusions have recently been published (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xxxvui, pp. 271-81, 1912). As above noted, I profited by the interchange of specimens, but recently I have acquired very large collections of the Lord Howe and Norfolk Island species, made by my friend and companion collector at the Kermadecs, Mr. Roy Bell. These large collections enable me to deal very completely with the relationships of the species found at each group, and I therefore propose to divide this paper into two sections, the first being a systematic and descriptive account of the Kermadee Island Chitons, the second a comparative review of the Chitons of the three localities previously named. 1. Systematic Account. The classification here utilized is based upon that proposed by Dr. J. Thiele in his ‘‘ Revision des Systems der Chitonen ’’, published in Chun’s Zoologica, 1909-10. Hitherto most workers have made use of that introduced by Pilsbry in his memorable monograph of this ‘group in the Manual of Conchology, vols. xiv and xv (part), 1892-4. Pilsbry’s exposition was so brilliantly effected that it inaugurated a new era in the study of the group: based upon conchological characters easily grasped by any painstaking student, the work was so thoroughly done that improvement seemed impossible, more especially as the results of intricate investigations were so clearly expressed. Asa matter of fact, for absolutely fifteen years it received no practical amendment; yet during the whole of that time work was being very assiduously carried on, the whole of this work being 26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. entirely due to the impetus given to collectors by Pilsbry’s masterly and most lucid treatment of the group. As stated above, Pilsbry’s mouograph was entirely a conchological one, and the few apparent discrepancies were not easily corrected by the study of the shells alone. Dr. Thiele, in his Revision, through the co-ordinate study of the radular characters, has remedied some of these inconsistencies; the Revision is primarily constructed upon Pilsbry’s monograph, and in the majority of cases full value has been given to ‘conchological features. ‘here can be no hesitation in accepting Thiele’s Revision as a great advance upon the classification introduced by Pilsbry, and I hope, through the study of large quantities of Australasian material, to effect some improvements upon Thiele’s Revision. My criticism of Thiele’s Revision has been mainly conchological, so that it is most pleasing to find that we are so much in accord. In the sueceeding pages I propose several amendments, and it is well to state that “these proceed from the study of much Australasian material in conjunction with my Kermadec specimens. My earlier notes in these Proceedings concerning Australasian Chitons dealt mainly with the identification and nomination of species. In this paper I give more attention to the higher groupings, but also take the opportunity of correcting some errors occurring in those notes. As Dr. Thiele’s Revision may not be generally available to readers of these Proceedings, I would note here the groupings referring to the Kermadec Chitons thus :— Sub-order. Family. Lepidopleurina. Lepidopleuridee. Callochitonide. Mopaliidee. Chitonina, 4 Cryptoplacide. [ fetnochitonidee Chitonidee I have not altered any of these family groupings, but give reasons for differing from both Thiele and Pilsbry as regards the genera utilized, and I am still continuing my res searches in this direction. The notes given in quotation marks after the station of the species are extracts from my paper in this journal above noted, and are here introduced so that correlation with the previously unnamed species can be made. Order POLYPLACOPHORA. Sub-order LEPIDOPLEURINA. family LEPIDOPLEURID. Genus Paracurron. Parachiton, Thiele: Chun’s Zoologica, Heft lvi (Revision des Systems der Chitonen), pt. i, p. 14, 1909. Type (by monotypy): Lepidopleurus acuminatus, Thiele. At the place quate Thiele described Leprdopleurus acuminatus from Duke of York Island. He introduced Parachiton as a sub-generic name to be used on account of certain peculiar features, one of which IREDALE: THE CHITONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. PAT was the extraordinary tail-valve. He referred the species to the genus Lepidopleurus, mainly on account of the lack of insertion- plates. I had already concluded that the genus Lepidopleurus was polyphyletic, and now anticipate its dismemberment as material becomes available. I had determined to remove the following species from Lepidopleurus before I recognized that it was certainly a second member of Thiele’s sub-genus Parachiton. That fact at once compelled me to advocate the recognition of Thiele’s sub-genus as worthy of full generic rank, and its inclusion in the family Lepido- pleuridee is simply due to the fact that insertion-plates are absent. I believe that the division of the Polyplacophora into the sub-orders Lepidopleurina and Chitonina is artificial, and that further study will lead to the disintegration of the former and the transference of the present members of it to various families of the Chitonina, PARACHITON MESTAYERH, n.sp. Pl. I, Fig. 1. Shell elongate, faintly keeled, elevated, side-slopes slightly convex, last valve disproportionately large, girdle spiculose. General coloration pink, slashed with longitudinal white streaks. Anterior valve regularly quincuncially punctate. Median valves narrow, not beaked, first very slightly larger than the others; lateral areas little raised, the sculpture regular quincuncial punctation; the pleural areas are closely tigitud nally striate, the striation becoming finer as it approaches the dorsal ridge, where, however, it still persists. coe valve much larger than the anterior valve; the mucro elevated : about the posterior fourth, the posterior area being concave. The anterior portion is tr iangular, its length twice as long as the pre- ceding valve; it 1s similarly sculptured to the pleural areas of the median valves, whilst the posterior area is regularly quincuncially punctate, the punctation showing clearly on account of the protection afforded by the concavity of this area, Inside coloration pinkish- white. Insertion-plates absent. The sutural lamine small, irregularly quadrangular, and very far apart. The girdle, owing to the difficulty of preserving, appears somewhat imperfectly covered with very slender elongate needles, with a fringe of much longer silvery spicules. A minute curled juvenile specimen shows the same sculpture as the adult; the quincuncial punctation appears more prominently, and the longitudinal stria more pronounced. Length of type 11, breadth 6mm. A much larger specimen curled up before it could be preserved. Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec Group. Station.—Dredged off the north coast on gravelly bottom in 15 fathoms; also in Denham Bay in 26 fathoms. ‘‘ From 15 to 25 fathoms was dredged a fine Lepidopleurus, which has no near relation yet on record. It faintly resembles some Japanese species.”’ Remarks.—This is undoubtedly most nearly allied to Lepidopleurus acuminatus, Thiele, but otherwise no other shell is comparable LL. acuminatus, Thiele, has the apex of the posterior valve more posterior, and consequently the posterior area more diminished. 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. I have associated with this beautiful Chiton the name of my friend Miss M. K. Mestayer as a mark of her interest in this group. Genus L&PIDOPLEURUS. Lepidopleurus, Risso: Hist. Nat. ? Eur. Mérid., vol. iv, p. 267, 1826. Type (by subsequent selection by Puifsbry, 1892), Chiton caje- tanus, Poli. I am quite unable to accept the following species as a typical Lepidopleurus, and therefore designate it as the type of a new sub-genus. LeprpopLevrts (TERENOCHITON, n.subgen.) SUBLROPICALIS, N.sp. Pie Rigs a0 Tad. Shell small, elongate oval, highly keeled, side slopes straight and steep, girdle scaly. General coloration uniform, pale reddish-yellow to brick ; two specimens blackish-brown. Anterior valve flattened, with the apex elevated and slightly recurved, the anterior slope being faintly concave ; the sculpture consists of minute pustules, arranged in very close radial rows. Median valves have their lateral edges almost straight, but somewhat raised; the sculpture of the lateral areas, which are differentiated by a slight fold, is simply pustulose, with no defined arrangement; the pleural areas are sculptured with slanting longitudinal rows of separated tubercles; from the edge of the valve ten rows can be counted before they become ill-defined and merging on the dorsal area. Posterior valve small, with the mucro anterior and elevated, the lateral slope concave. Sculpture as in the median valves. Inside coloration white. Insertion-plates absent. Sutural laminee low and broad, higher towards the outer edges of the valves, sinus broad. Girdle densely covered with minute striated scales. The preceding description is drawn up from a medium-sized specimen, selected as type. Minute juvenile specimens show the anterior valve, lateral areas of median valves, and posterior area of posterior valve to be simply pustulose, without any defined arrange- ment of the pustules, whilst the pleural areas of the median valves are sculptured with few well-defined longitudinal rows of tubercles, and the dorsal area is almost smooth. In an old crassate individual the pustules have developed into raised tubercles upon the anterior and posterior valves, and the dorsal area is strongly irregularly tuberculose, the longitudinal rows of the pleural areas showing indistinctly through the strong tubercles massing and somewhat merging. Length of type 6°5, breadth 4, size of largest specimen 8 by 4-5 mm. Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec (uy Station.—Living on the underside of embedded dirty stones below low-water mark. Only procured at Coral Bay on the east coast. ‘A small Lepidopleurus was living under dirty stones below low water. It was only on the underside of stones deeply embedded.” IREDALE: THE CHILTONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 29 Remarks.—This little species recalls Zorica in miniature, and cannot well be confused with any other Australasian Chiton. Its nearest relations are Lepidopleurus norfolcensis, Hedley & Hull, from Norfolk Island, and Z. catenatus, Hedley & Hull, from Lord Howe Island. The authors note the relationship of the latter, but do not compare the former, which they contrast with the New South Wales Z. badius, Hedley & Hull. With the type of Lepidopleurus these small species have nothing in common save the absence of insertion-plates. I am therefore introducing the new sub-generic name Zerenochiton, with Z. subtropicalis, Iredale, as type, and would for the present include all the small Australasian ‘ Lepidopleurus’ under this heading, though I can see little direct affinity between the present species and the Neozelanic LZ. inquinatus (Reeve). Sub-order CHITONINA. Family CALLOCHITONIDZ. Genus EupoxocHiTon. Eudoxochiton, Shuttleworth, Mittheil. naturf. Gesell. Berne, p. 191, 1853. Type (by monotypy), Acanthopleura nobilis, Gray. The genus Hudoxochiton, placed by Pilsbry in the family Chitonide, has been transferred by Thiele to his family Callochitonide, and in this latter disposition I have already expressed (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ix, p. 153, 1910) my concurrence. EvupoxocHiron PERPLEXUS, n.sp. Pl. I, Figs. 4, 6, 8. Shell large, oval, elevated; valves arched, side slopes almost straight; girdle leathery, with short spinelets. Colour uniform reddish-brown, girdle greenish-brown. The only sculpture is minute punctulation, though indistinct radiation may sometimes be observed on. the anterior valve, whilst growth-lines are commonly seen on the central areas. Anterior valve comparatively small. Median valves narrow, lateral areas well raised. Posterior valve with the mucro elevated at about the anterior third, the posterior slope slightly concave. Inside coloration pure white. Anterior valve has the insertion-plate very short, and cut into about twenty-three teeth, ‘which are irregularly deeply pectinated. Median valves with sutural plates continuous, the sinus only indicated by a shallow depression. Insertion-plates short, with three or four teeth as in anterior valve. Posterior valve faintly emarginate on the posterior border, the insertion-plate very short and not projecting beyond the tegmentum. About twenty-three slits can be counted, the teeth as in anterior valve. Girdle leathery, covered with short brown spinelets. Length of type 59, breadth 40 mm. Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadee Group. Station.—On rocks about low tide. 30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICATL SOCIETY. Evpoxocutron imitator, n.sp. PI. I, Figs. 5, 7, 9. Shell large, oval, depressed; valves slightly keeled, side slopes straight, girdle leathery with short spinelets. General coloration uniform dark-brown, girdle pale greenish-brown. Sculpture as in preceding species. Contrasted with the foregoing species the valves are more depressed, posterior valve with mucro planate, almost central. Inside coloration pure white. Sutural lamine longer than in the above species, and the sinus even less pronounced. Insertion-plates longer, and the anterior valve with more than twenty-five teeth, the posterior about twenty-two. Girdle leathery, with short brown spinelets. Length of type 59, breadth 40 mm. Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadee Group. Station.—On rocks below low tide. ‘© Kudoxochiton is endemic in Neozelanic waters with two distinct species. £. nobilis, Gray, lives on the surf-swept boulders, and its form and internal characters are well suited to withstand the force of the waves. £. huttoni, Pilsbry, is easily separated by its much more depressed form and longer teeth, it is only found on the most exposed situations, and would appear to be much rarer. Which is the parent or to which would the parent form be more hke would be difficult to suggest. The question is more complicated by the finding on Sunday Island of two forms of LHudoxochiton. . . . The Eudoxochitons of Sunday Island are very puzzling, as the existence of two forms on such a small island I could scarcely credit myself. Yet the shells seem easily separable into two lots, which might be classed as varieties of nobilis, Gray ; they differ in general form as much from each other as from that species and are both less elevated. One form is even lower than huttoni, Pils., though in the characters and number of the teeth it absolutely agrees with the other. I have so far been unable to provide a satisfactory explanation for the differentiation of these from each other and from the Eudoxochitons of New Zealand.” Remarks.—1 have here admitted the two forms above indicated as distinct species, and would fully note the differences observed. E.. perplexus was first collected, and it was noted as being less elevated than £#. nobilis (Gray), though quite unlike &#. huttonz, Pilsbry. Collectors of Hudoxochiton well know the rarity of the genus, and very few specimens were obtained. Valves were not uncommonly met with on the beaeh, and examination of these constantly gave the number of slits in the interior and posterior valves as about twenty- two or twenty-three. ‘The notes I had with me (copied from Pilsbry) gave— LE. nobilis, Gray, anterior valve 30 slits; posterior 24—6 slits. E.. huttont, Pilsbry .,, a ataD Vy ieee i 19 - This seemed to indicate that the Kermadec shell was not nobilis (I had not specimens with me for actual comparison), and it was certainly not huttone. In the winter the sand moved along the north coast and forced a large number of Hudoxochiton to come up to low-water mark. This unexpected opportunity was greedily seized to collect every specimen, IREDALE: THE CHITONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 31 and it was then found that the majority of these differed in their depressed form and darker coloration, which was noticeable at sight. Moreover, they were beautifully clean specimens such as had never been collected before. In New Zealand even the smallest specimens of these Chitons are covered with ugly extraneous growths, and the earlier collected Kermadec specimens were dirty and worn. I have now concluded that this depressed form must be a deeper water dweller. It is easily separated from £. perplexus by its depressed form, different posterior valve, and longer teeth, whilst the coloration is also darker. It cannot be confused with either 2. nobilis (Gray) or F. huttoni, Pilsbry, and, on account of its pseudo-resemblance to the latter, I have called it H. imitator. There would seem to be grounds for supposing the depressed form to be the oldest, as juv eniles of all four species are very flattened and scarcely determinable. The girdle is simply leathery with a crinkled appearance, with only signs of the short spinelets thereon. I have juveniles of the Kermadee species which I would not definitely distinguish, since I do not think they could be easily differentiated from juveniles of 4. nobilis (Gray), which I collected in the South Island of New Zealand. It is certain that the Kermadec species are smaller than the New Zealand ones, the valves being comparatively broader and the girdle comparatively narrower. he largest Kermadec specimen is under 70 mm. long and 45 mm. broad, w hilst an average-sized Neozelanie #. nobilis, Gray, measures 75mm. long by 50mm. broad, and specimens 110mm. in length are known to exist. These measurements are taken from specimens with the girdle well preserved and flattened. ‘amily MOPALIIDA. Genus PLAXIPHORA. Plaxiphora, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1847, pp. 65, 68, 1€9. Type (by monotypy), Chiton carmichaelis, Gray = Ch. auratus, Spalowsky. In the Manual of Conchology, vol. xiv, p. 311, Pilsbry divided the genus Plaxiphora into two sub-genera, Plaxiphora and Placophoropsis. I would separate these generically. Pilsbry then indicated three sections. of his sub-genus Plaxiphora, viz. Plaxiphora (s.str.), Guildingia, and Frembleya. Thiele (Revision, p. 116) admits two genera, Plaxiphora and Frembleya, noting no sections. Guildingia | would generically differentiate, as the solitary species is well defined and cannot be confused with anything else; the valves are distinctive, whilst the radula seems to differ. The type of Plaxiphora is Chiton auratus, Spalowsky, and this species is well characterized by its large size, the lack of sculpture, the nature of the girdle, and the form of the posterior valve. The Neozelanic Plaxiphora campbelli, Filhol, with which P. aucklandica, Suter (Subant. Islands New Zeal., vol. i, Mollusca, p. 2, pl. i, fig. 1, 1909), based upon a juvenile, is synonymous, is typical. 32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY Plaxiphora biramosa (Quoy & Gaimard) is quite unlike the pre- ceding, though of large size. The exterior of the valves (which are very solid) is sculptured, whilst the sutural lamin are connected, - a feature otherwise quite foreign to the genus, and the posterior valve is quite differently formed. I consider this species quite worthy of sub-generic distinction, and I propose for it the new sub- generic name Drapnoroprax. The group typified by P. costata (Blainville) is also easily diagnosed by the medium size of the members, the sculptured exterior of the valves, and the formation of the posterior valve. Study of Pilsbry’s Manual (loc. cit.) suggested the use of Huplaxiphora, Shuttleworth, for this group, but “reference to Shuttleworth’s paper (Mittheil. naturf. Gesell. Berne, 1853) showed that this name was introduced (p. 193) in such a manner that it can only be treated as a substitute name for Plaxiphora, Gray, and is therefore unavailable. I propose to designate this sub-generic group Poneroprax and to name Chiton costatus, Blainville, as type. Frembleya, founded upon P. egregia, H. & A. Adams, has been admitted as a section by Pilsbry and as a distinct genus by Thiele. I would temporarily rank it as a sub-genus, the sculpture, small size, and peculiar posterior valve being diagnostic. ‘The commonest Plaxi- phora in New Zealand is P. celata (Reeve), under which name more than one species appears to be confused. The small size, definite sculpture, and peculiar posterior valve determine this sub-genus; the tegmentum of the posterior valve ends in a pointed plane mucro forming a triangle. I propose for this sub-genus, naming Chiton c@latus, Reeve, as type, Maortcurron. My conclusions regarding the division of the Australasian Plagi- phora are as follows :— Genus Guzldingia, Pilsbry. Type G@. obtecta (Pilsbry). ea Plaxiphora, Gray. », PP. aurata (Spalowsky). Sub-genus Plaxiphora, Gray f Diaphoroplax (supra). », PL. biramosa (Q. & G.). 3 Poneroplax (supra). 5, PP. costata (Blainyille). Ss Frembleya, H.& A. Adams. ,, JP. egregia (H. & A. Ad.). i Maorichiton (supra). », LP. celata (Reeve). The question may be raised whether this subdivision is necessary and will it be useful. ‘To the first, | would point out that it tends to exactness and certainly makes work more facile and identifications more certain. To the second, I say emphatically that it will be most useful, especially to the zoogeographer, and I give the following notes. ‘The genus Plaxiphora is admittedly Antarctic in its distribution. The typical sub-genus occurs in the Falkland Isles, Southern South America, the Sub-Antarctic Islands of New Zealand commonly, and the mainland more rarely. It does not occur in Australia. The sub-genus Deaphoroplaz is, so far as I know, confined to New Zealand, as is the genus Guildingia. The sub-genus Poneroplax occurs throughout Australia, and possibly P. frembleii, Broderip, should be referred here. The species ‘‘ P. glauca, Q. & G.” Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol. XI, Pl. I. Roland Green del. CHITONS FROM THE KERMADEC {SLANDS. 96 IREDALE: THE CHITONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 33 has been recorded from the Chatham Islands, but it is doubtful whether this identification be correct. ‘Thiele has recently described P. schauinslandi from that locality, and this species does not belong to the sub-genus Poneroplax, but to the sub-genus Jaorichiton. The sub-genus Lrembleya, founded upon a New Zealand species, wrongly ascribed to Australia, appears to have a representative on that continent in my P. matthewsi. Thesub-genus Maorichiton is typically Neozelanic, but it seems to include the small Plaxiphora recently described from South Africa and Ceylon. Thiele has given excellent figures of the fifth and posterior valves of all these Plaxiphora, and I propose to give similar figures, elucidating the above classification, in a paper now in preparation. The species of Plaxiphora collected at the Kermadec Islands belongs to the sub-genus Maorichiton. Praxipoora (Maonricuiron) mixta, n.sp. Pl. II, Figs. 12, 15, 16, 18. Shell small, elongate, somewhat elevated, valves keeled and beaked, girdle densely hairy. Coloration generally black, white, and green. Some specimens agree most accurately with E. A. Smith’s description of his C. terminalis as regards coloration; sometimes dark blue with white markings; rarely rich brown with white markings; girdle always green. Anterior valve with eight radiating mbs not much elevated, and between each rib wrinkled Y-sculpture. Median valves with the lateral area bounded on both sides by strong raised, some- what nodulous ribs, between which appears a transversely wrinkled or V-sculpture; the pleural areas sculptured with irregular fine wavy longitudinal ridges, more pronounced at the edges, and becoming very fine on the dorsal area. Posterior valve triangular with the mucro terminal, and the posterior area reduced to raised ribs; the anterior portion sculptured like the pleural areas of the median valves. Inside coloration deep blue-green. Anterior valve with projecting insertion- plate, with grooved, widely spaced, somewhat irregular teeth ; the slits eight in number. Median valves with projecting insertion-plate with one slit; sutural lamine widely placed apart and whitish in colour, inside as well as out. Posterior valve with no insertion-plate, but a callused semicircular ridge, which is much exceeded by the pointed tegmentum. Girdle densely covered with long hairs, which are some- what longer and bunched at the pores. Young specimens show the sculpture to be much stronger in the juvenile, the pleural areas of the median valves having well-marked and deep longitudinal ridges, and the lateral areas are bounded by heavy, somewhat nodulous ribs. The majority of adult specimens are covered with marine growths, and the tegmentum is much eroded. Length of type 32, breadth 15mm. Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec Group (type); ? Macauley Island, Kermadec Group. Station.—At Sunday Island it was rarely found in crevices of rocks between tide marks. I collected a few specimens at Macauley Island in deep rock pools between tides, but I am not satisfied that these are identical with the one here described. VOL. XI.—MARCH, 1914. 3 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Remarks.—In sculpture and form this shell is closely allied to P. celata (Reeve), differing at sight in the girdle characters. Thiele (Revision, p. 23), meeting with Neozelanie Plaxiphora, has indicated the differences between P. ca@lata (Reeve) and a young Plaxiphora from Lyttelton, New Zealand, and has also named the Chatham Island species P. schauinslandi. When I discussed Australasian Plaxiphora (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ix, pp. 92-100, 1910) I had no Lyttelton specimens before me. I had largely collected there, and receiving specimens I at once dissected some, and found them to agree with Thiele’s description. When I collected them it was with much misgiving that I associated all my small Plaxiphora together as P. calata (Reeve). That species, determined by P. terminalis (Smith), was much larger, more elevated, differently coloured, with different shape and different girdle characters, whilst it lived lower down. Thiele’s shell isthe very common smaller shell living near high-water mark and always much eroded. A new name is not needed, as I would unhesitatingly identify the latter with Tonicia zigzag, Hutton (Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. iv, p. 181, 1872), and it should be known as Praxippora (Maoricuiron) z1¢zae (Hutton). The Kermadee species is allied to the true P. celata (Reeve) and not to P. zigzag (Hutton). Family CRYPTOPLACIDA. Thiele has amalgamated Pilsbry’s two families Acanthochitide and Cryptoplacidee under the latter name, admitting two sub-families of practically the same dimensions and names. He also admits as distinct genera Cryptoconchus and Acanthochites, a course I fully endorse. I note this here, as a valve which would seem referable to Cryptoconchus was found by Mr. Roy Bell in a rock pool on the east coast. Valves of two species of Acanthochites were met with in dredgings; both were minute, but no complete specimen was procured. Family ISCHNOCHITONID. Genus IscHNOCHITON. Ischnochiton, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, pp. 127, 168. Type (by subsequent designation, Gray, 1847), Chiton textilis, Gray. Thiele subdivides this genus in a somewhat conservative manner, recognizing three sub-genera, Jschnochiton, Stenoplax, and Chondro- pleura. Under the first he places with sectional rank only Ischnoradsia, Stenochiton, and Heterozona; the other divisions do not interest Australasian students. None of these, however, should admit Stenochiton as of sectional value only, whilst I should prefer Ischnoradsia given at least sub-generic rank. As, however, the Kermadee species is referable to /schnochiton, s.str., I will defer discussion of the Thielean classification until I deal with species of Ischnoradsia at a later date. IREDALE: THE CHITONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 35 IscHNOCHITON KERMADECENSIS, n.sp. PI. I, Fig. 3. Shell small, elongate, slightly elevated; valves faintly keeled; girdle scaly. Coloration varied: commonly olivaceous of various shades, sometimes splashed with lghter or darker; commonly brownish, with a brick wash fading to dirty yellow, sometimes splashed with lighter or darker markings, rarely with an uniform dorsal broad light stripe ; frequently with lighter markings down the back extending on to some valves so as to recall the var. picturatus of J. smaragdinus ; no specimens with the markings of the var. decoratus of J. erispus, Reeve, though similar markings occur in the Neozelanic I. longicymba, Quoy & Gaimard, not Blainville = JZ. maorianus, n.sp. Other colorations and variations occur more rarely. Anterior valve faintly but closely radiately ribbed. Median valves with the lateral areas small, but similarly sculptured; pleural areas finely quincuncially punctate. Posterior valve with the posterior area sculptured as the anterior valve, the anterior area as the pleural areas of the median valves. Internal coloration generally greenish- blue, but varying somewhat according to the external coloration. Anterior valve has the smooth insertion-plate variously slit, apparently the number of slits varying with age; at least, I am unable to separate the shells specifically, though dissections give the following results : anterior 138 slits, posterior 12 slits; ant. 9, post. 8; ant. 12, post. 12; ant. 11, post. 10; ant. 12, post. 9; ant. 12, post. 11 slits. The shells with the /argest number of slits are the smallest, whilst the shells with the fewest slits are the largest. This is exactly the opposite to my anticipations regarding insertion-plate slitting. I am still engaged in the study of this variation in the slitting, and have made many dissections with no definite result as yet. Median valves have the sutural lamin short, broad, and placed far apart, the insertion- plate with one slit, the posterior tooth quite unlike either that of I. crispus (Reeve) or I. maorianus ( = I. longicymba, auct.). In some cases it is longer than in others, but in all cases it is shorter than in the former, though longer than in the latter. Posterior valve with insertion-plate very short, and variously slit as above noted. Girdle covered with very minute regularly striated scales. Juvenile shells show a completely punctate surface, no radial ribbing being observed either on the anterior and posterior valves, or on the lateral areas of the median valves. As above noted, the slits in the anterior and posterior insertion-plates seem to be more numerous in this stage and decrease with age. Length of type 18, breadth 9 mm. - Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadee Group. Station.—On the underside of clean smooth stones below low tide marks. ‘On smooth stones just below low-water lived species . . . of Ischnochiton, of the crispus, Reeve, group.” Remarks.—When Hedley & Hull described their Jschnochiton intermedius from Norfolk Island they observed: ‘‘This shell is extremely common, and appears to occupy a position intermediate between J. crispus, Reeve, of Australia, and JZ. longicymba, Quoy, of New Zealand. Compared with J. erispus, the novelty is more elevated, 36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. has more definitely sculptured lateral areas, and is especially dis- tinguishable from both J. ervspus and J. longicymba by the extremely minute girdle-scales. A similar, if not identical, species was found by Mr. T. Iredale on Raoul or Sunday Island, Kermadec Group.” I regret that I cannot coincide with my friends’ views in regarding the Kermadee shell as identical with the Norfolk Island species. The differences in this group are slight, but I fortunately have scores of each shell for comparison, and I find the Norfolk Island to be more strongly sculptured, to be a longer, narrower, and higher shell, with the back rounded and no keeling present. ‘The girdle is also broader, whilst the scales on the girdle of the Kermadec shell are even smaller than those on the Norfolk Island one. The posterior valve in I. intermedius has the mucro more central and more elevated, the posterior slope being therefore shorter and steeper. Upon dissection I find the posterior tooth of the insertion-plate of the median valves to be very short, at once recalling that of Z. maorianus (= J. longicymba, auct.), and shorter, noticeably, than that of Z. kermadecensis. I purpose to have drawings of these valves made and published later. A species, somewhat familiar to me, with which Hedley & Hull made no comparison, is Jsehnochiton gryet, Filhol (= fulvus, Suter). This shell is less elevated, has a less prominent posterior valve, and larger girdle-scales. When Pilsbry separated the New Zealand and Australian species of Ischnochiton, which had been previously confused under the name J. longicymba, he restricted that name to the New Zealand species, calling it J. longicymba (Quoy & Gaimard), and ignoring Blainville’s prior C. longicymba as indeterminable. Under the present nomenclatural laws such action is inadmissible. Blainville’s C. longicymba was described from King Island, Bass Strait, and is certainly not the New Zealand shell. Quoy & Gaimard simply used Blainville’s name, and did not separate the New Zealand species. For this species, which is well described and figured in Pilsbry’s monograph (Man. Conch., vol. xiv, p. 87, pl. xxi, figs. 58-66, 1892), I propose the name IscHNOCHITON MAORIANUS, N.Sp. This species differs from J. crzspus (Reeve) in its larger size, more rounded back, less distinctly striated girdle-scales, and the short posterior tooth of the insertion-plates of the median valves. Hab.—Throughout New Zealand. Type from Otago Peninsula, IscHNOCHITON KERMADECENSIS, Var. EXQUISILUS, var. nov. PI. I, Fig. 2. After much consideration I have concluded to introduce this shell with varietal rank only. I collected a number of these shells and found them to be fairly constant, but here accept their identity with the common Kermadec species. This variation seems unique in Australasian Jschnochiton, as it does not occur in any other species to my knowledge, and I have seen nothing like it from Norfolk Island. IREDALE: THE CHITONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 37 The general coloration of the valves is cream, splashed longitudinally, but irregularly, with very pale orange, the girdle being uniformly black. The whole shell seems less elevated and less sculptured, and the girdle-scales are smaller, but I have decided to disregard these points in view of the known variation of the common darker shells. The internal coloration is whitish, the insertion-plates seem shorter and more delicate, whilst the slits are twelve in the anterior valve and twelve or more in the posterior. The continual recurrence of this peculiarly coloured shell suggests that in time this ‘ sport’ might become fixed. The peculiar coloration met with in many species of Ischnochiton and Chiton seems to support this theory. Length of type 14, breadth 8 mm. Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec Group. Station.—With L. kermadecensis. Family CHITONID &. Genus Curton. Chiton, Linné, Syst. Nat., 10th ed., p. 667, 1758. Type (by monotypy !), Chiton tuberculatus, Linné. Four species only were included by Linné in his genus Chiton, and as three are unrecognizable the genus must be considered to be based upon the second species only. Following Pilsbry, Australasian students have referred various distinct styles of shell to the genus Chiton. In the Manual of Conchology, vol. xiv, p. 149, he wrote: ‘‘ The most natural primary division of Chiton is into two groups; one to include all American and some Old World species, in which the mucro is anterior and the scales smooth ; the other to include Old World species having the mucro subcentral and the scales striated. As this division is based upon characters not always easy to see, the following divisions into sections is more convenient. Section Chiton (restricted). Median valves having a single slit in each insertion-plate; sinus generally denticulate; scales closely imbricating. Section Radsia, Gray. Median valves having two or more slits in each insertion-plate. Section Sclerochiton, Cpr. Median valves having a single slit in each insertion-plate ; teeth of tail valve tending forward ; sinus smooth, scales of girdle separated.” This arrangement appears to have been accepted without comment until Thiele (Revision, p. 117) stated his conclusions thus :— ‘Genus Chiton, Linné. Section Radsia, Gray. Sub-gen. Clathropleura, Tiberi. Genus Sclerochiton, Cpr.” When Pilsbry introduced Sclerochiton he wrote: ‘This section or sub-genus represents a further development of the Acanthoplenroid » o PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. characters which some Australasian species of the restricted genus Chiton assume. In Ch. pellis-serpentis, for example, the mucro is median, the posterior teeth tend forward somewhat, the sinus is smooth or only very obsoletely denticulate, and the girdle-scales are striated and rather separated. In Sclerochiton the mucro is slightly more posterior, the teeth slightly more tilted forward; the sinus is smooth, and the girdle-scales still more separated. Ch. pells-serpentis could be placed ‘almost as well in Selerochiton as in Chiton s ; the necessity of reducing Sclerochiton to the rank of a scodl ‘under Chiton will therefore be apparent.” It must be remembered that Pilsbry was only conversant with Sclerochiton from a study of Pewee notes and figures. Since his time the genus has become fairly well known, and “the species have never been confused with Chiton. Selerochiton is nearly allied to Acanthopleura and Liolophura. In New Zealand the two commonest Chitons are Ch. pellis-serpentis, Quoy & Gaimard, and Ch. quoyt, Deshayes'; two more dissimilar species, as referable to the same genus, can scarcely be imagined. A third Chiton I not uncommonly obtained was Ch. ereus, Reeve. Three distinct types of shell seemed confused under one generic name. At the Kermadecs I found two species of ‘Chiton’ which greatly differed ; one recalling Ch, pellis-serpentis, Quoy & Gaimard, the other vaguely resembling Ch. @reus, Reeve. Critical examination proves their only resemblance to be the possession of a scaly girdle, and that the teeth of the insertion-plates are pectinated, but in this latter character they are very different. The dissection of many species of ‘Chiton’ provided much of interest with regard to many details of their structure, and one point worthy of consideration in the present place (I purpose to deal in much detail in this matter elsewhere) 1s the number of slits in the anterior insertion-plate. When Pilsbry was discussing Plaxiphora (Man. Conch., vol. xiv, p. 318, 1893) he wrote: ‘“‘It must be understood that although in many groups of Chitons, such as all Ischnochitonine and Chitonine, the number of anterior slits is a character of merely specific importance, the case is far otherwise in those groups in which the slits correspond in number and position with external ribs such as Muttallina and its allies, and the Mopaliide, Acanthochitide, etc. In these groups the number of slits in the anterior insertion-plate is a highly constant generic character, apparent exceptions being readily traceable to the splitting of one or more primary teeth.’ I now suggest that when the genera ‘ Chiton’ and ‘ Ischnochiton’ are better known, the slitting of the anterior insertion- plate will be found of as much importance as in the genera Pilsbry named. The species similar to Ch. @reus, Reeve, have been separated by Thiele as a sub-genus of Chiton, his conclusions being based on anatomical study. 1 The correct name of this species is Amaurochiton glaucus, Gray (Spicilegia Zoologica, pt. i, p. 5, 1828): this name was rejected by Pilsbry as he concluded the description was inadequate and the type lost. I find the type is preserved in the British Museum, and, moreover, that it was recognized by Carpenter as well as other investigators, notes to this effect being inscribed upon the back of the type tablet. IREDALE: THE CHITONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 39 The name chosen by Thiele was Clathropleura, Tiberi, the type of which is given as Ch. siculus, Gray. It might be noted that at one time Ch. ereus, Reeve, was considered synonymous with that species. The sub-genus ‘ Clathropleura’ is well represented in Australasian waters, and the dissection of many species shows that the anterior insertion-plate is normally eight-slit; this is very constant, any variation obviously being due to intersplitting. It is assuredly of no import that the external sculpture of the anterior valve is more or less than eight-ribbed. For these I propose (¢n/ra) to use Lhyssoplax generically, and would state that whether the species is heavily sculptured like Ch. canaliculatus, Quoy & Gaimard, and Ch. vaw- elusensis, Hedley & Hull, or practically smooth, as Ch. translucens, Hedley & Hull, the internal structure is exactly comparable. If Ch. pellis-serpentis, Quoy & Gaimard, be now examined, it will be found to differ in every detail. The shell is quite differently sculptured; the scales are more solid and of a different character and more loosely placed on the girdle ; the insertion-plates are coarsely pectinate, of quite unlike appearance, the sinus scarcely appreciably denticulate, and the anterior insertion-plate is never eight-slit, twelve slits probably being the normal number. The reference of Ch. pellis-serpentis, Quoy & Gaimard, to a distinct genus is the only course consistent with accuracy. It cannot be considered congeneric with the species of Rhyssoplax, and it cannot be ranked as a sub-genus of Chiton, as it is too different in every way. Pilsbry’s comparison of this species with Acanthopleura is much nearer the truth, but the intervention of Sclerochiton disconnects it rather widely from that genus. For this species alone Thiele introduced Sypharochiton, and therefore in this place the generic names Rhyssoplax and Sypharochiton will displace the familiar ‘Chiton’. Genus Ruyssoprax, Thiele. Rhyssoplax, Thiele, ‘Das Gebiss der Schnecken, vol. ii, p. 368, 1893. Type (by monotypy), Rhyssoplax janetrensis = Chiton affinis, Issel. In the Revision, Thiele admits the shells associated with, as regards shell characters, Ch. olivaceus, Spengler, as constituting a sub-generic group, and for these he uses Clathropleura. The group is well defined, and I would recognize it as a distinct genus, and would have used Thiele’s name, but upon investigation this usage is found impossible. Olathropleura was introduced by Tiberi in the Bull. Soc. Malac. Ital., vol. ili, p. 136, 1877, as a sub-genus of Chiton. No diagnosis is given, but three species are cited, Ch. levis, Ch. corallinus, and Ch. sulcatus. No authorities are given for these specific names, and in Das Gebiss der Schnecken, vol. ii, p. 367, 1893, Thiele used this name and selected Ch. sieulus, Gray, as type. Upon reference to the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) copy of the Bull. Soc. Malac. Ital., 1877, a peculiar complication is seen to occur. Tiberi’s sub-genus, as above noted, contained three species. On p. 148 Ch. levis, Pennant, is noted, and on the same page Ch. corallinus (Lepidopleurus), Risso, is discussed. Then, on p. 145, Ch. sulcatus 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. (Lepidopleurus), Risso, 1826, is recorded, and asa synonym CA. steulus, Gray, 1881, is included. The wrappers of the parts of the Bull. Soc. Malac. Ital. are preserved and bound in, and it appears that p. 145 was the first page of a new part, which did not appear until 1878. That is, that the original introduction of Clathropleura did not include -Chiton steulus, Gray, as a recognizable constituent. According to the International Rules of Nomenclature, this could not therefore be lawfully designated as type. I here designate Ch. /evis (Pennant) Tiberi, as type of Clathropleura, and that generic name must fall as a synonym of Callochiton, Gray. There is almost as much difficulty in finding a substitute for Clathropleura, Yhiele (not Tiberi), and 1 would use Ahyssoplaz, Thiele. In Das Gebiss der Schnecken, vol. ii, 1893, Thiele carefully described the radule of species of Chiton, and, magnifying the differences observed, introduced many new genera. Having accepted Clathropleura for Ch. siculus, Gray, and Ch. affinis, Issel, he proposed on the next page (p. 368) Rhyssoplax for two species identified as Chiton janeirensis, Gray, and Ch. segmentata, Reeve. On p. 377 he proposed Anthochiton for Ch. tulipa, Quoy & Gaimard. Sixteen years afterwards in the Revision Thiele explained that the species identifications were mostly wrong, having been made when the study of Chitons was in the dark ages before Pilsbry’s monograph so clearly illuminated it. On pp. 2-4 he correlates the names used in 1893 with the correct name as determined by means of his own work based on Pilsbry’s monograph. It is there stated that Rhyssoplax janeirensis (Gray), Thiele, 1893, and Rh. segmentata (Reeve), Thiele, 1893, both refer to the same species, which is none other than Chiton affints, Issel. Further, it is noted that Anthochiton tulipa (Quoy and Gaimard), Thiele, 1893, is really Chiton tulipa, Quoy & Gaimard. Both these he would class under Clathropleura as synonyms, and as that name is untenable I conclude “hyssoplax must be used. It may be argued that Rhyssoplax, 1893, is indeterminable, and should date from 1909. I quite agree with Thiele that Rhyssoplax cannot be used for janetrensis, Gray. If Rhyssoplax be post- dated to 1909, the question of the usage of Anthochiton at once occurs. That name must be considered as dating from 1893, but since the radular characters given by Thiele for his genus Rhyssoplax are peculiar, I am regarding Rhyssoplax as dating from 1893, and having priority over Anthochiton. It is unfortunate that such a delightful and distinct genus should not be in possession of a name without so many complications. I have noted that Chiton @reus, Reeve, from New Zealand, was at one time synonymized with Ch. siculus, Gray, and as Ch. affinis, Issel, was also so considered, the close relationship of the Austro-Neozelanic species to the genotype is obvious. As noted previously, species referable to the genus Rhyssoplax vary from very heavily sculptured forms to absolutely smooth species. I examined a series of Chiton @reus, Reeve, and found that the most juvenile specimens were unsculptured, then the sulcations on the pleural areas appeared before the lateral radial ribbing was formed. The following species shows the same method IREDALE: THE CHITONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 41 of growth. This implies that the primitive form was unsculptured, and the sculptured forms are more recent. It is most interesting from this point of view to study the Austra- lasian Rhyssoplax when we find this primitive form surviving unchanged in the species Chiton translucens, Hedley & Hull. The next stage is well known by means of Ch. gugosus, Gould, Ch. coxt, Pilsbry, etc., and the third stage by such species as the succeeding one and Ch. @reus, Reeve. A further development of stronger and more pronounced sculpture still is seen in Ch. canaliculatus, Quoy and Gaimard, and C. vauclusensis, Hedley & Hull. A still more com- plicated stage is exemplified by Ch. dimans, Pilsbry, where, in addition to the production of strong sculpture, the girdle-scales develop, from ordinary convex scales, into abnormal mucronate ones. I have traced this species through the stages noted. Anextraordinary and different mode of procedure is that adopted by Ch. howensts, Hedley & Hull. This species commences as a normal unsculptured shell, but no pleural sculpture is formed, and, instead of radial ribbing on the end valves and lateral areas of the median valves, concentric ridges are produced. The only other species yet known to be equally aberrant is Ch. platez, Thiele (Revision, p. 92, pl. ix, figs. 46-8, 1909), described from the Red Sea, whose radula Thiele has shown to be normal to this group. RayssopLax EXASPERATA, n.sp. Pl. II, Fig. 13. Shell of medium size, broadly elongate oval, elevated, not definitely keeled, side slopes nearly straight, girdle scaly. Colour variable, green splashed with lighter or darker being the predominant tints; the green may be very pale or dark ; white prevails in a few specimens, but no absolutely uniformly coloured shell was obtained, though practically a white one and a black-brown one were noted. Anterior valve rayed with twenty raised ribs, slightly nodulous; at the outer edge intercalating riblets occur in adult specimens. Median valves have their lateral areas similarly four- or five-ribbed ; the pleural areas are sculptured with slanting very closely packed sulci, twelve or more in number, none of which reach the anterior edge of the valve, and vanish before the dorsal area is reached, thus leaving the jugal tract smooth and polished. Posterior valve has the mucro elevated, before the centre, the anterior portion sculptured as the pleural areas of the median valves, the posterior portion as the anterior valve, the ribs being fifteen or sixteen and more nodulous in character. Inside coloration greenish, but varying a little, according to the external coloration. Anterior valve has a slightly projecting insertion-plate regularly cut by eight slits, the teeth beautifully pectinated. Median valves with the insertion-plate one-slit, the sutural lamine low and broad, the sinus narrow and finely denticulate. Posterior plate less projecting than anterior, but more developed at sides than centre; the shits number eleven, but one is disproportionate, whilst the others are fairly equal, thereby suggesting twelve to be the normal number. Girdle covered with small oval scales, very closely imbricating, and regularly finely grooved. 42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. The above description is drawn up from anormal specimen selected as type. Some specimens are almost keeled, with fewer sulci, less slanting, on the pleural areas, whilst sometimes the anterior valve- raying lacks nodulosity altogether, and in other cases it is well pronounced. A very juvenile specimen, 5mm. long, is smooth throughout, the surface minutely quincuncially granulose. It recalls Chiton translucens, Hedley & Hull. Specimens, 6°5 to 7mm. long, are still smooth, but there now appear five or six sulci on the pleural areas. In some concentric growth-lines can be observed. ‘These suggest the Ch. jugosus, Gould, group, especially Ch. torrianus, Hedley & Hull. An older shell, though only 6mm. long, shows the ribbing on the anterior valve to commence on the outside, fourteen being counted, which extend less than one-third the distance to the apex; the lateral areas are more strongly marked than in the preceding stage, a slight depression indicating the differentiation into ribbing ; at the edge of the posterior valve nine nodules mark the beginning of the radial ribs; the pleural areas are sculptured with six clean-cut sulei, which extend across the valve. Specimens, 10mm. long, in some cases show little advancement on the previous stage, whilst in others they show almost perfectiy developed adult sculpture. Length of type 18, breadth 10°5 mm. Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadee Group. Station.—On the underside of clean, smooth stones below low tides. ‘‘On smooth stones just below low-water lived species of Chiton, of the @reus, Reeve, group. . . . I have written species as I have so far failed to realize how many or how few I have collected. The shells can be separated into three forms of Chiton. . .. If these forms could be classed as variations of one species, that would seem best, but then we are confronted with the fact that C. @reus, Reeve, and its relations are very constant. . . . Then how should a species of such group commence varying under such restricted conditions as is offered them on such a small area. These forms were all living under absolutely the same conditions, so that I have been forced to suggest that they present convergence of species through the action of identical external conditions.” Somewhat against my will I here admit only one form, as though when collecting differences easily observable were noted, the dried shells show to me at present no constant characters whereby forms can be diagnosed. Under the heading Ch. corypheus, Hedley and Hull, from Norfolk Island, the authors write: ‘‘ This shell appears to approach C. discolor, Souverbie, of New Caledonia, but differs from that species in the fewer radial ribs on the end valves, and the fewer and less anteriorly prolonged sulci in the central areas. Chiton canaliculatus, Quoy & Gaimard, from New Zealand, is also related, but is more elevated, and sharper keeled, and has a harsher sculpture. A similar, if not identical, species was found by Mr. T. Iredale on Raoul or Sunday Island, Kermadec Group.” I fully agree with the relationship of Ch. corypheus, Hedley & Hull, in Ch. discolor, Souverbie, but cannot see any close resemblance in that species to Ch. canaliculatus, Quoy & Gaimard, whereas it has a great likeness to IREDALE: THE CHITONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 45 Ch. ereus, Reeve, from New Zealand. Hedley & Hull (Ree. Austr. Mus., vol. vil, p. 261, 1909) described Ch. vauclusensis from Port Jackson, which, though they did not note it, might have been com- pared with Ch. canaliculatus, Quoy & Gaimard, but neither much recall the present species or Ch. corypheus, Hedley & Hull. The Kermadec species I have called exasperata on account of the variability of the shells, and my inability to account for it. It is very close indeed to Ch. corypheus, Hedley & Hull, but superficially the Kermadec shell has the ribbing on the anterior and posterior valves less nodulous, which is also the case with the lateral area sculpture of the median valves. Closer examination shows the scales on the girdle to be smaller in the Kermadec species, whilst the sulci on the pleural areas of the median valves are weaker. Internally, as was anticipated, little distinction can be seen, but the sinus in the Kermadec shells is noticeably narrower. I should consider that very probably these two are only subspecifically distinct, but, as I am continuing my investigations into this group, I am introducing my Kermadec shell as a species. From Ch. @reus, Reeve, my Kermadec species is easily separated by its much less size, much smaller girdle-scales, more closely spaced sulci on the pleural areas of the median valves, etc. Ch. discolor, Souverbie, is also a large species, whilst Ch. suteri, Iredale, from New Zealand, has widely spaced sulci and glossy girdle-scales. Genus SyYPHAROCHITON. Sypharochiton, Thiele, Das Gebiss der Schnecken, vol. ii, p. 365, 1893. Type (by monotypy), Chiton pellis-serpentis, Quoy & Gaimard. SYPHAROCHITON THEMEROPIS, n.sp. PI. II, Fig. 14. Shell small, oval, elevated, keeled, side slopes almost straight, valves beaked, girdle scaly. Colour black; majority of specimens considerably eroded. Anterior valve with sixteen to twenty strictly radial rows of separated tubercles, the intervals minutely pustulose, the pustules being flat-topped and circular. Median valves with their lateral areas showing three or four separated tuberculose radial rows, the intervals pustulose; the pleural areas regularly pustulose, with no arrangement whatever into longitudinal rows. Posterior valve with the mucro elevate, sub-central, slightly anterior, the posterior slope faintly convex. ‘The anterior portion is sculptured as the pleural areas of the median valves, the posterior as the anterior valve with few strictly radial rows of separated tubercles. Inside coloration dark blue-green. Insertion-plate of anterior valve with ten to twelve slits, the teeth coarsely pectinated and thick; the plate short, but somewhat projecting, and the slits irregular. Teeth pale green. Median valves have the insertion-plate one-slit, the posterior tooth short and stopping very abruptly before reaching the lateral edge of the valve. The sutural lamine are pale green, rounded, low, and widely separated; the tegmentum generally approaches between, but, when the plate is recognizable, it is seen to be strongly denticulate. 44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY Posterior valve with the plate very short and somewhat thrown backward; the slits, ten to twelve in number, are very irregular, while the teeth are thick and coarsely pectinate. The girdle is covered with medium size, rounded, a little separated, deeply grooved scales. The grooves number five to seven on a scale. This description is drawn up from a young shell, as old shells are too much eroded for any sculpture to be determined, save the ends of the radial rows of tubercles; such are more elevated than younger shells. Length of type 9, breadth 5mm. Length of largest specimen 17°5, breadth 10°5 mm. Hab.—Suniday Island, Kermadee Group. Station.—In crevices of rocks between tides. ‘‘A Chiton was procured which had developed most peculiar habits; it lived in crevices of rock between tide-marks, huddling together, half a dozen being found one upon another, so that some did not touch the rock at all. This species was entirely black, and allied to pellis-serpentis, Q.&G.” Hedley & Hull, having described Chiton funereus from Lord Howe Island and Norfolk Island, write: ‘‘ A similar, if not identical, species was found by Mr. T. Tredale on Raoul or Sunday Island, Kermadee Group.” I think thatin this case the words ‘‘if not identical” have slipped in by accident, as my friends had my shell for comparison, and there is only a slight superficial resemblance between the two. Sypharochiton themeropis differs from Oh. funereus in colour, shape, sculpture, girdle-scales, and internal structure. S. themeropis is a heavy crass shell, whilst Ch. funereus is a delicately formed species ; the former is always dead black, the latter varies from black to light brown, green, striped forms, etc.; the former is a somewhat elongate oval, the latter is a very broad oval ; in the former the anterior valve is radially rowed with tubercles, the rows very distinct and widely separated; in the latter the tubercles are smaller, much more closely packed, and no distinct rows appear; in the former the pustules on the pleural areas of the median valves never show lineal arrange- ment; in the latter this is generally the case. The girdle-scales in S. themer opis are deeply erooved with a few grooves; in Ch. funereus the girdle-scales are finely striate. The dissected specimens compared show that in this state no confusion is possible; in the Kermadec shell the insertion-plates are comparatively long, with thick coarsely pectinated teeth, whilst in Ch. funereus the insertion-plates are very degraded, with the teeth very minute, and bearing very fine strie. The differences are so pronounced as to suggest that Ch. funereus can scarcely rank in typical Sypharochiton, whilst S. themeropis needs comparison with the type of that genus. S. themeropis can be readily distinguished from S. pellis-serpentis (Quoy & Gaimard) by its smaller size, grooved girdle- seales, and lack of longitudinal sculpture on the pleural areas of the median valves. SS. senclaird (Gray) differs in its smooth pleural areas and glossy girdle-seales of larger size. I always found this diagnostic of this species when collecting, but have not seen it noted; even when the shell is eroded the glossy girdle-scales will distinguish it. Fe ee Se IREDALE: THE CHITONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 45 Genus Lucinina. Lucilina, Dall, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1881, p. 290. Type (by monotypy), Chiton confossus, Gould. Pilsbry for the Tonicioid Chitons accepted two genera Jonicia and Onithochiton, but separated these into two distinct sub-families, an altogether artificial and obviously imperfect classification. Thiele has so far amended the case that his conclusions read— Genus Tonicia, Gray. Sub-genus Luctlina, Dall. Sub-genus Onithochiton, Gray. Section Onithoplax, Vhiele. I have no hesitation in accepting the very close affinity of Zonzeva, Lueilina, and Onithochiton, but 1 think that it is best expressed by accepting each as of generic rank. There can be no doubt that Thiele’s action in associating these forms is an improvement on Pilsbry’s, and it has the additional advantage of being based on examination of the radule of the Chitons. As, however, Onzthochiton is well differentiated by means of its posterior valve lacking teeth, I consider the usage of this as generic should be maintained. I include the genus Zueczlina to note that it lived at the Kermadecs, small valves being not uncommonly met with in shallow water dredgings. One specimen was obtained from a piece of coral pulled out of 6 feet of water at low tide, but I refrain from describing it; too many immature specimens have been lately described, and I do not think that many writers have studied the long series of juveniles that is necessary to understand the great changes that take place between the juvenile and adult in many species. Genus Onirnocuiton, Gray. Onithochiton, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 65. Type (by subsequent désignation, Gray, 1847), Chiton undulatus = Onithochiton filholi, Rochebrune. It seems worthy of record that at the place cited, Gray introduced the genus Onithochiton with the diagnosis: ‘‘ The hinder valve with a produced terminal apex; plate of insertion entire, rounded; valves thick; mantle covered with spines, bristles, or chaff-like scales.”’ On p. 67 is noted: ‘‘This genus (Acanthopleura) gradually passes to Onithochiton,” and on p. 68 we have given— ‘“* ONITHOCHITON. O. gaimardi . : Chiton gaimardi, Blainv., 546. O. hirtosus. : Chiton hirtosus, Blainv., 546. O. undulatus . ; Ch. undulatus, Van Diemen’s Land.” Later, typifying the genera of Mollusca, Gray (same Proceedings, p. 169) wrote :— “* Onythochiton, Gray, 1847 : : Ch. undulatus.” 46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Since that date it has been generally accepted that Onithochiton was introduced for Ch. undulatus, Quoy & Gaimard. Two points are noticeable ; throughout the paper quoted Gray constantly referred to Quoy & Gaimard, and always noted them as authors save in this case; also Quoy & Gaimard described their shell from New Zealand, and it is not known from Tasmania, though Gray recorded it as collected there, and, at the time Gray wrote, four species had been proposed bearing the name Ch. undulatus, and it is impossible at this time to know which one Gray intended. ‘To retain the generic Onithochiton in the sense now used, we must make use of the argument that Ch. gaimardi and Ch. hirtosus, Blainville, were species unknown to Gray, save from literature, whereas apparently he had a specimen of Ch. ‘undulatus before him as he notes a locality, ‘‘ Van Diemen’s Land.” When H. & A. Adams prepared the Genera of Recent Mollusca they restricted Onithochiton to the Ch. undulatus, Quov and Gaimard, group, and rejected from it Ch. gaimardi and Ch. hirtosus, Blainville. In the Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ix, pp. 153-4, 1910, I made some comments on New Zealand Onithochitons, and, accepting Pilsbry’s dictum regarding preoccupied names, which is now known to be in- correct, I admitted Quoy & Gaimard’s specific name undulatus for the common species. As, however, that name is preoccupied, the common New Zealand Onithochiton must be now known as Onithochiton filholi, Rochebrune. The synonymy and species will remain as given in my paper quoted. ONITHOCHITON OLIVERI, n.sp. Pl. II, Fig. 11. Shell of medium size, rather broadly oval, slightly keeled, girdle densely spiculose. Coloration variable ; dark green with lghter marblings being normal; one small shell is dark chocolate varied with cream and pine whilst another is bright vermilion with cream markings. ‘The whole shell is absolutely smooth and glossy, a few growth-lines only showing, the lateral areas of the median valves being indicated by a slight elevation. On the anterior valve twenty to twenty-five irregular radiating rows of eyes, about ten eyes to a row, can be counted. On the lateral areas one row, often doubled and trebled, can be noted. Inside coloration pinkish-white ; the anterior valve with two reddish-brown marks on posterior edge; the first median valve with a large red-brown blotch similarly placed, which is more or less extensive on the succeeding valves, but absent from the posterior valve. Anterior valve with projecting plate regularly eight-slit, the teeth beautifully pectinate. Median valves with large sutural lamine, higher near the sinus, which is cleanly denticulate. Insertion-plate one-slit and pectinate. Posterior valve with the insertion-plate reduced to a callus, beyond which the tegmentum extends. Girdle covered with long sharp-pointed, glassy spikes. Length of type 24, breadth 15 mm. Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec Group. Station.— Living in crevices of rocks between tide-marks. IREDALE: THE CHITONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS, 47 This species is named after Mr. W. R. B. Oliver, one of the members of the expedition, who collected most of the living specimens on Meyer Island. Remarks.—This species is closely related to Onithochiton filholt, Rochebrune (= undulatus, auct.), from which it is at sight separable by the girdle characters. Every specimen found was perfectly smooth, and showed no approach to the ribbing which caused the ‘semisculptus’ confusion in the case of the Neozelanic species. The types, which have been figured, are to be deposited in the Canterbury Museum, Christchurch. The figures here given show these shells which have not been dissected; I am having detail figures prepared which will be published later in conjunction with others covering the comparative questions raised. 9. Comparative Review. My remarks in the Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ix, p. 160, 1910, read: ‘‘The noticeable features [of the Neozelanic Chiton fauna] are the poverty of species of Jschnochiton, the large size of the Acanthochites, the distinct nature of the Plaxiphora and Onithochiton, and the presence of the genus Hudoxochiton. The Chitons collected at Sunday Island agree in the majority of these items, yet possess so many peculiarities that they deserve some little notice.’ When making this statement I had been contrasting the Chiton faunas of the marine biological divisions of Australia, and I afterwards noted the nature of the Lord Howe and Norfolk Island Chitons from my examination of my friend Mr. Hull’s collection. These have now been fully reported upon, and I propose to make comparisons with those, and show their essential distinction, though some apparent close relationship is at first noted. A tabulation of the species recorded from each group will aid in following my remarks. KERMADECS. LorRD HOWE ISLAND. NORFOLK ISLAND. Parachiton mestayer@ = — Lepidopleurus subtropicalis L. catenatus L. norfolciensis Hudoxochiton perplexus = = Eudoxochiton vmitator = — Plaxiphora mata _- — (Acanthochites sp.) A. leuconotus — (Acanthochites sp.) A. approximans A. approximans (Cryptoconchus sp.) — — Ischnochiton kermadecensis, var. exquisitus I. intermedius Sypharochiton themeropis Ch. (? S.) funereus Ch. (? 8.) funereus Rhyssoplax exasperata Ch. (R.) howensis Ch. (R.) corypheus (Lucilina sp.) — — Onithochiton oliveri O. discrepans — The merest glance will show that whereas from Lord Howe Island six species are recorded, from Norfolk Island there are only five. I make the Kermadec Chiton fauna to total nine species and one variety, with evidence of four others. Further study will show that in the nine species three additional genera are represented, whilst in 48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. the four recognized, but unnamed, two further additional genera occur. When, however, the species are separately contrasted, the differences become more marked still. I will take them in the order of the tables above given, and this will conduce to facile reference. Parachiton mestayere, Iredale, cannot be compared, as it is more than probable that this genus extends all over this part of the Pacific Ocean, the only other species of the genus, P. acuminatus, Thiele, having been described from Duke of York Island. There is a small species of Lepidopleurus found on each group, and, though they seem closely allied, very little stress can be laid upon this, as the small species of Lepidopleurus vary little over large areas. The Kermadec species is very distinc’, as is that from Lord Howe Island. Hedley and Hull compare the Norfolk Island species with the New South Wales form, whilst it clearly recalls to me the Kermadec shell. 1 have differentiated two forms of Hudoxochiton from the Kermadecs, and this genus is otherwise restricted to New Zealand with two species, and nothing nearly related occurs on Norfolk Island, Lord Howe Island, or the Australian continent. In consequence I lay great stress on this occurrence. A species of Plaxiphora was also found at the Kermadecs, whilst no form referable to the family was obtained at Lord Howe Island or Norfolk Island. The Kermadec species was, moreover, referable to the sub-genus J/aorzehiton, which 1s common throughout New Zealand, but which does not occur in Australia. This seems of great import to me. From Norfolk Island a species of Acanthochites was recorded, which is considered by Hedley & Hull close to the Australian A. grano- striatus, Pilsbry. The species also occurred on Lord Howe Island, where it was accompanied by another species which Hedley & Hull compare with the Australian 4. costatus, Adams & Angas. It should be noted that we do not yet know the small species of Acanthochites from New Caledonia and Fiji, and the New Caledonian 4. tridaena, Rochebrune, would seem to belong to the A. costatus group, whilst we know species not unlike A. granostriatus, Pilsbry, from North of Australia. Two small species of Acanthochites were noted as valves in dredgings at the Kermadecs, but no complete specimen was obtained. Of peculiar interest, however, was the collection of a valve which I refer to Cryptoconchus, a genus almost peculiar to New Zealand. The genus Jechnochiton was not represented at Lord Howe Island, though a species was found at Norfolk Island, and I have separated the Kermadec form, which, looks’so similar, that Hedley & Hull considered it identical. The’ characters in this group, however, are so slight, that I do not feel justified in advocating their identity. The absence of the genus Jschnochiton from Lord Howe Island cannot be explained at present, but it may be that this genus is also absent or ill-represented in New Caledonia. The Neozelanic Sypharochiton is represented at the Kermadecs by the form I have called S. themeropis. A species which recalls this occurs both at Lord Howe Island and Norfolk Island. Hedley and Hull remarked that the Kermadee species might be identical, but the internal features are very different, and I feel very doubtful whether Roland Green del. ISLANDS. CHITONS FROM THE KERMADEC IREDALE: THE CHITONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 49 the Lord Howe and Norfolk Island species is strictly referable to Sypharochiton. In any case it differs so much from the Kermadec species as to discount any value it might seem to have with regard to the zoological relations of the groups. The genus Rhyssoplax is well developed in Australasia, but we do not know enough about it to gauge the value of the occurrence of a single species. Thus at the Kermadecs was found a variable species which is undoubtedly closely related to a species found at Norfolk Island, but which does not occur at Lord Howe Island. My species recalled to me Ch. e@reus, Reeve, from New Zealand, whilst Hedley and Hull noted the relationship of theirs to the New Caledonian Ch. discolor, Souverbie. In each case the relationship is somewhat distant, and we cannot make any good comparison until the species of this genus are better known. ‘Thus the genus is represented on Lord Howe Island by a species ‘‘not closely allied to any other Australasian Chiton”’, as Hedley & Hull remark. A small species of Zwezlina was observed at the Kermadecs, though not yet recorded from either of the other groups. At the Kermadecs occurred a species of Onithochiton undoubtedly nearly related to the common Neozelanic species, whilst none was observed at Norfolk Island. Hedley & Hull contrast the species found at Lord Howe Island with the Australian species, but probably a nearer relative will be found in New Caledonia. My own conclusions regarding these Chiton faunas is that they are each peculiarly distinct from each other, and, as 1 have advocated the extreme value of this group as a factor in solving zoogeographical problems, I would conclude as follows:—The Kermadec Chiton fauna leaves no doubt whatever that its source is Neozelanic, the Polynesian element being almost negligible. The genera Hudoxochiton, Plaxiphora, Cryptoconchus, mark the fauna in an unmistakable manner. ‘The facts that the species of Plaxiphora must be classed in the Neozelanic sub-genus Maorichiton, that the species of Onithochiton is unquestion- ably only related to the Neozelanic species O. filholi, Rochebrune, whilst the species of Sypharochiton must also be considered of Neozelanic origin, confirm the preceding unequivocably. The Norfolk Island Chiton fauna shows no characteristic forms, but a slight relationship with the Kermadee and with the Lord Howe species. Only five small species live there: the first, a Lepedopleurus, of no value in this discussion; the second, an Acanthochites which is considered identical with a Lord Howe species and its near affinity indeterminable ; the third, an /schnochiton very close to the Kermadec species, but on account of the great resemblance of the species in this group may prove less nearly related than is at present considered ; the fourth, a Chiton, questionably a Sypharochiton, which is merged with the Lord Howe species. At present its nearest ally may be the Kermadee Sypharochiton, but it is very different from that ; the fifth, a Rhyssoplax, is nearest to the Kermadec species, but the value of this affinity I cannot caleulate with the available data. It is, however, remarkable that, omitting the Zepcdopleurus, two Norfolk Island species are considered identical with two Lord Howe forms, the VOL. XI-—MARCH, 1914. 4 50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIELY remaining two with two Kermadec forms, and that the Lord Howe forms do not occur at the Kermadecs, nor the Kermadec species at Lord Howe. The result is that Norfolk Island has no peculiar or remarkable species, and that the species occurring there are in no way characteristic forms of the Neozelanic, Australian, or New Caledonian Chiton faunas, but merely referable to non-characteristic types. We have no knowledge of the Chiton fauna of the Fiji group, and little of the New Caledonian fauna, so that as regards Norfolk Island the Chiton fauna gives little clue to its zoogeographical position, but strongly negatives its association with New Zealand. The Lord Howe Chiton fauna, though only six species are as yet known, differs remarkably from the preceding two. Zhe Neozelanie element is completely absent, whilst the peculiar species Acanthochites leuconotus, Hedley & Hull, Ch. howensis, Hedley & Hull, and Onithoehiton diserepans, Hedley & Hull, again omitting the Lepidopleurus, which, however, is peculiar, completely differentiate this fauna from anything else. I have suggested that it is more nearly related to that of New Caledonia, and I still feel that in that fauna the nearest relations to the peculiar forms will be found. It is in no way related to the Chiton fauna of New Zealand. Hedley & Hull, from their criticism of the Polyplacophora of Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands, conclude ‘The islands composing the Lord Howe, Norfolk, and Kermadee groups are small in size. Considering this, and the great distance of sea which intervenes between them, it is remarkable how much their fauna has in common. And here the Polyplacophora repeat conclusions drawn not only from the marine fauna in general, but also from the terrestrial fauna and flora. Beyond this interisland affinity the fauna and flora next express a kinship with those of New Zealand and New Caledonia. Lastly, the neighbourhood of the Australian continent has made an impression, especially on the nearer island”. I deeply regret that I must disagree with some of my friends’ conclusions, but having given prolonged study to this problem, and with more material than my friends, the results are different. The Kermadec Islands as regards their fauna and flora must be relegated to the New Zealand Biological Region, but they claim full recognition as a separate prov ince on account of the strong Polynesian element present in both the land and marine fauna and the flora. The relationship of the group to Norfolk Island is not marked as regards either the fauna or flora when full consideration is given to every detail. Thus, the marine faunas are very different in character, whilst I have in another place dilated upon the extraordinary dissimilarity of the terrestrial mollusca, which is borne out by the study of other groups. Norfolk Island has little affinity with either Lord Howe or the Kermadecs, and the presence of the (extinct) avian genera Nestor and Hemiphaga is the most remarkable zoological item. The value of the existence of these two Neozelanic genera cannot be yet accurately determined, but a criticism of the land molluscs shows that the nearest land connexion of Norfolk Island seems to have been with IREDALE: THE CHITONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 51 Fiji, and not with New Zealand. The Chiton fauna would confirm the non-existence of a Neozelanic land connexion, such as must have been between the Kermadecs and New Zealand. Lord Howe Island again shows little direct kinship with either of the other two groups. The terrestrial fauna, the marine fauna, and the flora all agree in indicating this group as an outlier of New Caledonia. The Neozelanie element is entirely missing in every branch, but ‘‘the neighbourhood of the Australian continent has made an impression .. . on the... island’”’. In making this statement the facts are in hand confirming such and will be fully given in a succeeding paper. New Caledonian Chitons are now being collected, and when these come to hand a comparison will be made with the Lord Howe forms. Since the preceding was written Mr. Roy Bell has discovered the existence of a species of Cryptoplax at Lord Howe Island. This unexpected discovery remarkably confirms my conclusions regarding the relationships of this Chiton fauna, since with the scant material yet available I am unable to distinguish the Lord Howe shells from the New Caledonian Cryptoplax huerteli, Rochebrune. EXPLANATION OF PLATES I AND II. PLATE I. Fla. 1. Parachiton mestayer@, n.sp. 2. Ischnochiton kermadecensis, var. exquisitus. 3. 55 55 n.sp. 4. Hudoxochiton perplexus, n.sp. 6. a re side view. 8. a us front view of median valve. os As amitator, n.sp. fe oe a side view. 9: - BS front view of median valve. PLATE II. 10. Lepidopleurus subtropicalis, n.sp. le nO an side view. il. Onithochiton oliweri, n.sp. 12. Plaxiphora mixta, n.sp. sy, ee ,, exterior of posterior valve. 16. < a interior of posterior valve. 18. es ,, exterior of median valve of immature specimen showing sculpture. 13. Rhyssoplax exasperata, n.sp. 14. Sypharochiton themeropis, n.sp. on to DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF HELICOIDS FROM THE INDIAN REGION. By G. Ke Gunn; Z:s- Read 9th January, 1914. Havine been entrusted with the task of compiling the next volume of Land Mollusca for the Fauna of British India, I have had occasion to examine various public and private collections. In the course of this examination some shells proved to have been wrongly identified and to pertain to undescribed forms. A number of shells of Plectopylis, forming part of the Godwin-Austen Collection in the British Museum, and handed to me for identification, also comprised three specimens of an unknown species. The object of the present paper is to publish the descriptions of these, which will ultimately be incorporated with the Fauna of British India. PHILALANKA QUINQUELIRATA, N.Sp. Shell dextral, pyramidal, narrowly perforate, pale yellowish- corneous, semi-translucent, covered with a deciduous cuticle; finely and closely striated, the striz being flexuous on the base, where there are also traces of excessively minute spirals. Spire convex, apex obtuse, suture deep. Whorls 6, tumid above, inflated below, increasing slowly and regularly, with five fine spiral lire, one at the periphery, the other four between it and the suture; the last whorl not descending in front. Aperture nearly vertical, semi-lunate ; peristome thin, the lower margin slightly, the columellar margin strongly reflected, and partly overhanging the narrow perforation. Diam. 5°26, alt. 4°25mm, Hab.—India: Anamullay Hills (Beddome). Type in the British Museum, presented by Mr. J. H. Ponsonby. Five specimens, labelled ¢ricarinata, Blanford, received by Mr. Ponsonby from the late Colonel Beddome, proved upon examination to be quite distinct, and as they also differ from all other known forms [ venture to base a new species upon them. My own collection contains two specimens from the same source. ‘Philalanka quinquelirata is much larger than P. tricarinata, which measures less than 2 mm., and possesses, moreover, only three revolving lire, the lowest of which is below the periphery, whereas in the new species it is peripheral. The perforation of P. trivarinata is pro- portionately wider, and the columellar margin is not reflected, whilst the aperture is higher in proportion to its width than is the case in P. quinquelirata. eee GUDE: NEW HELICOIDS FROM THE INDIAN REGION. 53 THYSANOTA FLAVIDA, 0.Sp. Shell narrowly umbilicate, depressed trochiform, finely plicate- striate, pale yellowish-corneous; spire sub-convex, suture impressed, apex obtuse. Whorls 63, increasing slowly and regularly, convex above and below, carinated, the carina exserted, except in the protoconch, with a raised spiral thread a short distance above the carina, and densely crowded with impressed spiral lines, more distinct on the under than on the upper side; the carina and spiral thread fringed with deciduous coarse cuticular processes, resembling flattened hairs. Aperture oblique, securiform ; peristome acute, the outer margin sub-convex, basal arcuate, columellar almost vertical, slightly dilated. Diam, maj. 12, min. 11°5mm.; alt. 7mm. Hab.—India: Nilgiries (Beddome). ‘T'ype in my collection. A specimen received from the late Colonel Beddome as 7’ crinigera proved upon examination to differ from that species in being more convex, and more elevated in the spire, in the whorls being more convex and in the narrow umbilicus; the keel is also more exserted, while the plicate transverse strize are much less pronounced, those in erinigera being almost lamellate. Mr. Ponsonby possesses two immature specimens, which I refer to the new species. They were likewise received from Colonel Beddome as erinigera, and, although labelled only South India, are probably from the same locality. PLecropyLis (CHERSACIA) KENGTUNGENSIS, N.sp. Shell sinistral, widely umbilicated, discoid, corneous. Whorls 63, narrow, increasing slowly and regularly, somewhat flattened above, rounded below, the last abruptly and shortly descending in front, and slightly dilated at the mouth. Spire a little raised, suture impressed. Aperture obovate, peristome slightly thickened and reflected ; upper margin nearly straight, outer rounded, columellar ascending ; parietal eallus with a raised flexuous ridge slightly notched at the junctions above und below. Parietal armature (Fig. 6) composed of a vertical plate, deflected posteriorly above, with a short obliquely ascending ridge below, projecting on both sides; a long horizontal fold rises a short distance from the vertical plate, running parallel with the whorl and joining the raised ridge at the aperture; below this occurs a second, but very short fold, 2mm. long, also rising close to the vertical plate, and in a line with its lower extremity; below the vertical plate runs a third, but very thin and slight horizontal fold close to the lower suture, and joining the ridge at the aperture. The palatal armature o4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. (Fig. @) consists of : first a thin bilobed horizontal fold near the upper suture; next, two horizontal rather thin elevated folds, followed by two stouter and rather less elevated folds, obliquely ascending towards the mouth; and lastly, a thin horizontal fold near the lower suture, longer than the others and gradually attenuated anteriorly ; all, except the first fold, are provided posteriorly with a slight denticle, while a low transverse ridge unites their posterior terminations. Fig. ¢ gives the posterior view of the parietal and palatal barriers. Diam. maj. 12, min. 10 mm. ; alt. 4°75 mm. Hab.—F. Burma: Kengtung (Woodthorpe). Type in the British Museum, presented by Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen. Three specimens in the Godwin-Austen Collection, British Museum, were found upon examination to be closely allied to P. nagaensis, G.-A. The new species, however, is more depressed, and lacks the spiral sculpture of its ally, which also has the barriers placed nearer the aperture, and the third, fourth, and fifth palatal folds more oblique, while kengtungensis possesses a short horizontal median fold which is absent in nagaensis. It also resembles P. muspratti, Gude, in having the palatal folds united posteriorly by a low ridge and in having the barriers at the same distance from the aperture, but in the latter species the palatal folds are much shorter and stouter, and it lacks the long horizontal parietal fold as well as the short median fold, being only provided with a short fold at the aperture. Curoritis (‘T'RicHOCHLORITIS) LEILHI, N.sp. Shell rather widely umbilicated, depressed-conoid, thin, transparent, corneous, with a narrow chestnut supra-peripheral band, finely plicate-striate, somewhat sparsely covered with soft hairs placed in pits and arranged in quincunx. Spire low, apex sunken, suture deep. Whorls 4, convex above, tumid below, increasing rapidly, the last exceeding in width the total of the other three, dilated at the mouth, not constricted behind the peristome, shortly but deeply descending in front, sub-angulated around the umbilicus, which is rather wide GUDE: NEW HELICOIDS FROM THE INDIAN REGION. BY) at first, showing the greater part of the penultimate whorl, when it suddenly contracts, leaving only a very narrow perforation. Aperture sub-circular, margins approaching; peristome scarcely thickened, expanded, but not reflexed; the columellar margin triangularly dilated and slightly overhanging the umbilicus. Diam. maj. 14°5, min. 11°5 mm. ; alt. 7 mm. Hab.—India: Bombay (Dr. Leith). Type in the British Museum. The type was labelled ‘ H. helferc’, but upon comparison with Benson’s type, kindly lent to me for the purpose by Dr. L. Doncaster, of the University Museum of Zoology, Cambridge, I was able to satisfy myself that it was quite distinct. From that Andaman species, it differs in being much thinner in texture, in having the hairs, which are larger and softer, much more crowded, and in being coiled differently, as it has the last whorl proportionately wider. It also bears some superficial resemblance to Chloritis propinqua, but that species is a much stouter shell, with a more elevated spire, while in C. leithi the umbilicus, although wider at first, becomes more contracted. Two other specimens in the Museum, also from Bombay and received from Dr. Leith, are like the type, but they are slightly damaged. Mr. Ponsonby possesses a specimen which, like the Museum shells, was labelled H. helfer’. It is a trifle smaller than the type, measuring 14: 10°75 : 6°75 mm., and is labelled Unjunera. I have been unable to trace any such locality, the nearest approach to it being Anjar, a district of Cutch, likewise, therefore, in the Bombay Presidency. Cutoriris (TRIcHOCHLORITIS) THEOBALDI, n.sp. Shell moderately umbilicated, depressed-conoid, pale corneous, with a very faint supra-peripheral band, finely striated transversely, and densely covered with hair-scars arranged in quincunx. Spire conoid, apex prominent, suture rather deep. Whorls 53, convex, increasing slowly and regularly, the last widening towards the mouth, not constricted behind the peristome, slightly angulated at the periphery -at first, the angulation disappearing near the mouth; angulated around the deep umbilicus, which shows nearly the whole of the penultimate whorl. Aperture sub-circular, margins distant, united by a thin sinuous callus on the parietal whorl; peristome white, thickened and shortly reflexed; margins regularly curved, columellar ascending, triangularly dilated, and slightly overhanging the umbilicus. Diam. maj. 24:5, min. 21 mm.; alt. 16 mm. Aperture: width 10, height 9°5 mm. Hab.—Shan States. 56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Type in the British Museum. ‘This new species is based on a specimen found with C. ansertna in the Theobald Collection of the British Museum. It differs from that species in having a more conical spire and a wider umbilicus, the base is less inflated, and consequently the aperture 1s more dilated laterally. It is also differently coiled, for, while measuring one-fifth less in diameter, it possesses half a whorl more, and the hair-scars, moreover, are much finer and more crowded, while the presence of a supra- peripheral band unfortunately omitted in the above figure still further differentiates it from C. anserina. NERF C. theobaldi bears a striking resemblance to C. franciscanorum, Gredler, a Chinese shell, but it has the umbilicus a little more con- tracted, the spire is relatively higher, and the aperture is less dilated laterally, while the columellar margin ascends less obliquely; the hair-sears are also finer. I have much pleasure in associating the late Mr. W. Theobald’s name with this new species. PLECTOTROPIS NUTANS, D.sp. Shell depressed-conoid, rather widely and perspectively umbilicated, thin, light corneous under a pale-yellowish corneous deciduous cuticle, tinely and somewhat irregularly striated, very minutely spirally striated above, the base covered with much coarser incised, slightly wavy spirals. Spire low, suture linear, apex acute. Whorls 5}-53, increasing slowly and regularly at first, the last rather suddenly ; flattened above, the last convex below, keeled at the periphery, the keel being rather pinched above and below, angulated around the umbilicus, not dilated at the mouth, very shortly and slightly de- scending in front. Aperture oblique, sub-hastate, margins approaching, united by a very thin callus on the parietal wall; peristome rather thin, scarcely thickened, but distinctly expanded, slightly reflexed ; upper margin slightly curved, forming an obtuse angle with the outer margin, which is also slightly curved, the basal margin strongly GUDE: NEW HELICOIDS FROM THE INDIAN REGION. 57 curved, slightly angulated at the junction with the columellar margin, which is almost straight, ascending obliquely, triangularly dilated, but not overhanging the umbilicus. Diam. maj. 16°5-17, min. 14-14°5mm.; alt. 8mm. Hab.—India: Habiang, Garo Hills, Assam (Blanford); also West Khasia, Assam. Type in the British Museum, presented by the late Dr. W. T. Blanford. In shape the new species somewhat resembles the var. theobaldi of P. tapetna, but the shell is much thinner, the whorls are more flattened above and less tumid below, the keel is more pronounced and pinched, and the aperture quite different. The principal character, however, separating it from P. ¢apeina and its varieties lies in the absence of cuticular granules or squamee and in the deciduous cuticle. I found specimens in Mr. Leman’s collection and in the British Museum —both the Blanford and the general collection—with the MS. name Trachia nutans, Bf. The specimen in the general collection of the British Museum is a trifle larger, measuring 18 mm. in diameter, and more solid, while the last whorl descends for a considerable distance. Mr. Ponsonby possesses two specimens, received from [ieut.-Colonel Godwin-Austen, labelled ‘‘ Habiang, Garo”. One of these measures 18mm. in diameter and has the aperture more dilated and the basal and columellar margin more curved than the other specimens I have seen. A SYNOPSIS OF THE FAMILY VENERID®. PART I. By A. J. Juxes-Browne, F.R.S., F.G.S. Read 12th December, 1918. Durine the course of the past eight years I have collected and studied the members of this family, both recent and fossil, and the results of my studies of some of the generic groups have been communicated to this Society from time to time. I have now prepared a general synopsis of the whole family in order to record my final views on the affinities and taxonomic values of the numerous groups, generic and sub-generic, which have been recognized by different writers at various times. The family is a large one, and has generally been divided into three or four tribes or sub-families. ‘Thus Deshayes, in 1853, made four such divisions which he called Dosiniana, Meretriciana, Venusina, and Tapesina.' Fischer, in 1887,? only recognized three such tribes, viz. Meretricine, Venerine, and Tapetine ; but Dr. Dall, in 1902, again proposed to make four sub-families, viz. Dosinine, Meretricine, Venerine, and Gemmine. He rightly considered that the distinction between Venerine and Tapetine could not be maintained; but in my opinion the same must be said of the supposed distinction between Dosinine and Meretricine, for the difference between the shells of Dosinia and Pitarva is very small, and there is probably quite as little difference between the animals. The two genera are linked together by the sub-genera which have been described by M. Cossmann and myself under the names of Sinodia and Cordiopsis. With respect to the Gemmine, they are separated by Dr. Dall because their embryos are incubated by retention within the mantle- cavity, as in the case of Spherium and Pisidium. He calls this viviparous reproduction, but the term is hardly correct, for, as Professor Pelseneer has remarked, ‘‘ there are no viviparous Lamelli- branchs, though a certain number of them appear to be so because they are incubators.”” The fact that Gemma, Parastarte, and Psephidia protect their young in this way is interesting, but it does not follow that they are closely related in other respects, and we know so little about the developmental arrangements of other genera that it seems unnecessary at present to separate these groups from those which seem to be their nearest allies. For instance, the shell of Psephedia closely resembles that of Gomphina, and it is quite possible that Gomphina incubates its embryos: we simply do not know. Con- sequently I do not propose to recognize the Gemmine as a distinct sub-family, believing that it is at present not convenient to make more than two such divisions, viz. the Meretricinee and the Venerine. I had hoped that the nomenclature of the various genera and sub- genera would have been settled before I set myself to draw up this ! Catalogue of the Conchifera in the British Museum, London, 1853. 2 P. Fischer, Man. de Conch., Paris, 1887. JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERIDZ. 59 synopsis, but unfortunately this is not the case. The strict application of the rule of priority has created many difficulties and absurdities which were not foreseen by those who drew up the International Code of Rules. A notable instance of such an irrational consequence of the existing rule is that of Callista, for if this name is abandoned the well-known group of shells which it connotes will have to take a subordinate place, the name Macrocallista, which was proposed for a small section of the genus, becoming the generic name, while the really typical group would receive the name of Chionella, with an Eocene fossil for its type instead of the well-known recent Venus chione, which has always been regarded as its typical example. Again, if Bolten’s Museum Catalogue is recognized as a scientific publication, and is not excluded from the law of priority, his names would supplant those of Lamarck, which have been in general use for a century or more. Moreover, Bolten’s Catalogue gives no definitions of genera or sub-genera, and is absolutely devoid of any scientific value; while Lamarck’s genera were properly discriminated and defined. I hold, therefore, that such a displacement of names is unjust, unnecessary; and inconvenient, and as the Zoological Congress has now resolved that exceptions may be made to the rule of priority I hope that Bolten’s Catalogue may soon be declared an exception. Meantime I refuse to be bound by the trammels of this rule in the strict fashion which some still advocate. I shall therefore retain the name Callista as used by Moérch in 1858 and by the Adams in 1857, ignoring its use by Leach in 1852 with a different signification which can never become operative. Similarly, I shall not accept the revived use of the names Cytherea and Paphia, as proposed by Dr. Dall, who adopts and adapts them from Bolten. As I have described most of the fossil groups in previous papers it will suffice for my present purpose if I mention them in their proper places, with only brief notices of their chief characteristics. The most ancient genera appear to be Callista, Dosiniopsis, Cyprimeria, Flaventia, and Saroda, all of which are found in the Cretaceous deposits of Europe and India. Pitarva appears in the Eocene, and is probably the ancestor of Dostnia, which does not make its appearance till the Oligocene, and then only in America, the earliest European Dosinia being of Miocene date, though the sub-genus Cordiopsts occurs in the Oligocene. Dosiniopsis does not seem to me to have any closer affinity to Dosinia than to Callista, but it is certainly related to Sunetta through ‘the Eocene Meroena; the latter, indeed, might be regarded as a Dosiniopsis in which the posterior lateral teeth have been obliterated by the extreme depression of the posterior border. With regard to the shells to which I gave the name of Flaventia in 1908, I am still of opinion that Clementia is their nearest living representative, but the group is really a comprehensive or less differentiated type, combining characters now found in Clementia and Samarangia. It may also have been the ancestor of Venus and Chione, but if so the links have not yet been discovered. 60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Sub-family MERETRICINA. Genus Cattista, Morch (after Poli). The shells of this genus were included under Meretrix (= Cytherea) by Lamarck, but were recognized as a sub-genus by Morch in 18538, and as a genus by the Adams in 1857. Hae fully described this group of shells in a recent paper,' and having therein given my reasons for attaching to it as sub-genera the recent and fossil groups known as Aphrodina, Tivelina, Transenella, and Lepidocardia, 1 need hardly reprint all the descriptions there set forth, but shall merely give a generic description and enumerate the subordinate groups. Type, Venus chione, Linn. (fixed by Meek in 1876). Synonyms: Chione, Gray, 1838 (not Megerle); Dione, Gray, 1847 (not Hubner); Chionella, Cossmann, 1886. Shell oval or elongate, smooth, striate or concentrically ridged. Lunule circumscribed, but escutcheon not defined. Hinge of left valve with a strong anterior lateral and three cardinals, of which the two anterior are united at the top, and the posterior is confluent with the nymph ; in the right valve are two anterior laterals and three cardinals, of which the two anterior are near together. Right posterior margin always, and left anterior margin generally, grooved, the opposite margins being bevelled to fit into these grooves. Ventral margins smooth (except in Zransenella). Pedal scar connected with. that of adductor by a long narrow canal. Section Callista, s.s. Type, Venus ehione, Linn. Surface glossy and vernicose, with minute discontinuous ingrained radial striz. Pallial sinus wide, horizontal, and pointed in front. Right posterior cardinal narrow and superficially grooved. Section Macrocallista, Meek (1876). Type, V. nimbosa, Sol. Section Callistina, J.-Br. (1908). Type, Cytherea plana, Sow. (Cret.). Sub-genera. Lepidocardia, Dall, 1902. Type, Venus africana, Phil. Shell small, compressed, and posteriorly attenuated. Hinge short and teeth crowded. Transenella, Dall, 1883. ‘Type, Cytherea conradiana, Dall. Pallial sinus rounded. Valve-margins tangentially grooved. Tivelina, Cossmann, 1887. Type, Cytherea tellinaria, Lam. Small and compressed. Cardinal teeth all short. Pallial sinus small, rounded, and ascending (Kocene). Aphrodina, Conrad, 1868. Type, Meretrix tippana, Conr. Cardinal teeth widely divergent. Pallial sinus deep, ascending. Cretaceous and Eocene fossils. Genus Amrantis, Carpenter, 1865. Synonyms: Dione, Gray, 1847 (not 1851); Drone, Romer, 1862 ; Dione, Fischer, 1887 ; Hyster oconcha is pre- lana 1 Proce. Malac. Soc., vol. x, p. 335, 1913. JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERIDA. 61 Shell oval, concentrically ridged. Lunule impressed and circum- scribed. Escutcheon generally defined, but narrow. Hinge like that of Callista, but the pit between the laterals of the right valve is continued into a channel which passes under the anterior cardinal. Pallial sinus deep and horizontal. Right posterior margin grooved, but not the left anterior. Pedal scar opening freely or by a short channel into that of the adductor. Section Amzantis, s.s. Type, Cytherea callosa, Conrad. Shell thick, glossy, and broadly ribbed over whole or part of surface. Hinge strong, with rugose nymphs. Pallial sinus generally pointed. This includes only three species, A. callosa, A. wmbonella, Lam., and A. purpurata, Lam. Section Lamelliconcha, Dall. Type, Cytherea coneinna, Sow. Shell concentrically ridged. Huinge-plate excavated and attenuated behind. Nymphs longitudinally striated. Pallial sinus obtuse or -regularly rounded. The shells known as Dione dione, D. lupanaria, D. rosea, D. cireinata, D. unicolor, and D. cor (Hanley) belong to this section. Venus dione, Linn., ought to have been taken as the type of the Lamelliconcha section, but Dr. Dall was under the erroneous impression that Fischer had proposed the name Hysteroconcha with V. dione as its type, whereas he merely mentioned it as a synonym of Gray’s Dione. Dall’s Lamelliconcha only ditfers in the absence of spines, which I regurd asa specific and not a sectional character. Genus Prrarta, Romer, 1857, em. This genus was also fully discussed in the article above-mentioned, and reasons were given for establishing the two sub-genera to which I gave the names of Callizona and Leucothea, but it has been pointed out to me that both these names are preoccupied and I am consequently obliged to propose substitutes. For the former I propose Z%netora (from ¢imeta and ora, a border), and for the latter Aphrodora (from appos, foam, and éwpa, a gift). I also separated a section under the name of Pitarina. By an oversight, however, the section Agriopoma was placed under Amzantis, instead of under Pitaria, where it properly belongs. The following is an amended synopsis of the genus :— Synonym : Caryatis, “Romer, 1862. Shell oval or sub-trigonal, smooth or finely striate; lunule super- ficial; escutcheon not defined. Teeth of the left valve like those of Amiantis, but the posterior cardinal generally more or less separate from the nymph; in the right valve the two outer cardinals often united to form an arch over the median. Pallial sinus short and rounded. Right posterior and left anterior dorsal margins grooved as in Callista. Pedal scar confluent with that of adductor. Section Pitaria, s.s. Type, Venus tumens, Gmel. Nymphs longitudinally striated. Left posterior cardinal confluent with the nymph, median triangular; right cardinals separate. Pallial sinus deep and pointed. Section Ca/pitaria, J.-Br., 1908. Type, Cytherea suleataria, Lam. 62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Nymphs striated. Left posterior cardinal partly free and extending across the hinge-plate; left median triangular. Right cardinals separate. Pallial sinus short and rounded (Eocene to Recent). Section Prtarina, J.-Br., 1913. Type, Cytherea citrina, Lam. Nymphs smooth ; left posterior cardinal wholly free and oblique ; outer cardinals of right valve united at top to form an arch; pallial sinus short, rounded, and ascending. Section Agriopoma, Dall, 1902. Type, Cytherea texasiana, Dall. Shell dull white; nvmphs smooth; left posterior cardinal long and partly free ; outer cardinals of right valve forming a complete arch; pallial sinus sharply angular. Sub-genera. Tinctora, n.n., J.-Br., 1914. Type, Cytherea vulnerata, Brod. Synonym: Callizona, J.-Br., 19138. Shell thick, sub-orbicular, glossy ; valve-margins crenulated ; left posterior cardinal long and partly free from nymph; median very thick ; pallial sinus short and rounded. Pedal scar as in Callista. Callocardia, A. Adams, 1864. Type, C. guttata, A. Adams. Shell very thin. Hinge-plate narrow and excavated between the teeth. Two cardinals in each valve, united to form complete curved arches. Left posterior cardinal long and free. Right posterior formed of two narrow plates. Pallial line believed to be entire. Aphrodora, n.n., J.-Br., 1914. Type, Callocardia birtsi, Preston. Synonym : Leucothea, J.-Br., 1918. Shell thin, white. Hinge-plate short, curved, and narrowed posteriorly. Teeth thin and weak; left posterior short and confluent with the nymph, right outer cardinals forming a complete arch. Pallial sinus short and rounded. Atopodonta, Cossm., 1886. Type, Venus conformis, Desh. Shell small, but not thin. In the right valve the posterior cardinal consists of two separate plates, one of which is united to the anterior tooth, forming an arch over the median, which is bifid and A-shaped. Pallial line entire. Genus Lioconcua, Morch. This genus was separated from Circe by Morch in 1853 and was placed as a sub-genus of Meretrix by Fischer in 1887, but was adopted as a genus by Dr. Dall (1902). I agree with Dr. Dall’s view of its taxonomic importance, for it is undoubtedly more nearly related to Callista than to Circe, and yet it differs from the former in several important particulars, as will be seen from the following definition. Type, Venus castrensis, Linn. Shell oval or sub-trigonal; smooth or concentrically ridged. Lunule superficial. Escutcheon not defined. Hinge-plate thick; teeth lke those of Callista, but left posterior long and partly free from the nymph. Right posterior entire or feebly grooved. Dorsal margins grooved as in Callista. Pallial line entire. Pedal scar confluent with that of the adductor. The genus includes two slightly different groups of shells; the one typified by castrensis is nearly smooth, the other typified by JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERIDA., 63 trimaculata is finely striated or grooved, and more oblique in form, the posterior end being somewhat produced ; the latter group includes L. sulcatina, Lam., and Dione philippiana, Hanley. Genus Saxrpomus, Conrad, 1857. The true position of this genus as a member of the Meretricine was established by Dr. Dall in1902.' The anterior laterals are placed so near the anterior cardinals that they have been mistaken for supernumerary cardinals, and the shell has consequently been located near Zupes and Venerupis. It is, however, more nearly related to Callista than to any other genus, and is to some extent linked with Callista by the Japanese species C. chishumana, which has a corrugated shell and oblique anterior lateral teeth. The dentition of Saxidomus differs from that of Cadlista much in the same way as the hinge of Dosinia differs from that of Pitarva. The animal is said to have long and closely united siphons. Only three living species of Saxidomus are known, namely, S. nuttalli, Conrad (=aratus, Gould, and maximus, Anton), S. giganteus, Desh., and S. purpuratus, Sow. ‘They all come from the North Pacific, ranging from California northwards to Alaska and Japan. In time they go back to the Eocene of California. Type, S. nuttall, Conrad. Shell oval, concentrically corrugated; without defined lunule or escutcheon; slightly gaping posteriorly. Ligament large and con- spicuous. Hinge-plate curved and narrow, with irregular teeth; left valve with an oblique anterior lateral and three cardinals, which are narrow and near together, the posterior being separate from the nymph; right valve with two small anterior laterals and three cardinals, of which only the posterior is grooved. Valve-margins smooth and without any groove in either valve. Pallial sinus deep and horizontal. Muscular impressions large; pedal scar opening irregularly into that of the adductor. Genus Dosrnta, Scopoli, 1777. This genus and its subdivisions have also been fully discussed in a previous paper, to which the reader is referred.* Here, therefore, I need only give a generic definition and an abbreviated synopsis of the sections and sub-genera which I think worth recognition. The Dosinorbis of Dall was based on D. bilunulata, which has a defined area outside the true lunule; similar areas exist in Chione roborata and Ch. calophylla, and are only of specific importance. The sub- genera Sinodia and Cordivpsis may be regarded as links between the genera Dosinia and Pitaria. Synonyms: Orbiculus, Megerle (1811); Artemis, Poli in Oken (1815); Asa, Leach in Basterot (1825); Arctoe, Risso (1826) ; Exoleta, Brown, 1827. Not Dosina, Gray (1838). Shell sub-orbicular, more or less compressed, concentrically striated 1 Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, vol. xxvi, p. 356. 2 Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. x, p. 95, 1912. 64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. or corrugated. Lunule generally small and impressed. Escutcheon seldom well defined; ligament generally deeply sunk. Hinge-plate deep and strong; cardinal teeth 3-8, with one anterior lateral in the left and two small ones in the right valve; mght posterior cardinal bifid, and often a supplementary tooth-like ridge at the base of the right nymph. Left posterior cardinal long and extending obliquely across the hinge-plate. Right posterior margin generally grooved for a short distance, but the left anterior only in Stnodia and Cordiopsis. Pedal sear confluent with that of the adductor. Dosinia, s.s. Type, D. africana, Gray. Escutcheon depressed. Anterior lateral large and strong. Left middle cardinal broadly bifid. Pallial sinus long, narrow, ascending. Section Dosinella, Dall, 1902. Type, D. angulosa, Phil. Lunule shallow. Escutcheon ill-defined. Anterior lateral small or obsolete; left middle cardinal broad and bifid. Pallal sinus very deep, ascending and rounded at the end. Section Austrodosinia, Dall. Type, D. anus, Phil. Escutcheon ill-defined. Anterior lateral strong and rugose. Left middle cardinal entire and solid. Pallial sinus short, horizontal. Section Phacosoma, J.-Br., 1912. Type, D. gaponica, Reeve. Escutcheon well-defined by lamellose ridges, and the inner edges turned up on each side of the ligament. Anterior lateral strong and left median cardinal oblique, rugosely striated, but not bifid. Pallial sinus deep and angular. Section Pectunculus, Da Costa (= Orbiculus, Megerle). Type, D. exoleta, Linn. Escutcheon not defined. Anterior lateral small, and left middle cardinal obscurely and unequally bifid. Pallial sinus deep, ascending, rounded or obtusely angular. Section Dosinedia, Dall, 1902. Type, D. concentrica, Born. Escutcheon not defined and lunule very little impressed. Anterior lateral small and pustular. Left middle cardinal broad and obscurely bifid. Pallial sinus deep, angular, and ascending. Dorsal margins not grooved. Sub-genera. Sinodia, J.-Br. Type, Dostnea trigona, Reeve. Shell convex. Lunule superficial, not impressed. Escutcheon not defined. Anterior lateral strong and distant. Middle left cardinal solid and central. Both left anterior and right posterior margins grooved for some distance. Pallial sinus rather short and rounded. Since the publication of my paper on Dosinia I have discovered that Cytherea gouldi, Reeve, belongs to this sub-genus. ‘The type 1s in the British Museum, and Mr. E. A. Smith writes that ‘‘it is certainly a Scnodia, the hinge being exactly the same as in trzgona”’. Cordiopsis, Cossmann. Type, Cytherea incrassata, Sow. Shell thick, sub-orbicular, convex and cordiform, with prominent incurved umbones. No lunule or escutcheon. Left anterior lateral small and becoming obsolete with age ; middle cardinal thick, rugose, and central. Left anterior and right posterior dorsal margins grooved. Pallial sinus short, sub-angular, ascending. JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERIDZ. 65 Pelecyora, Dall, 1902. Type, Cytherea hatchetigbeensis, Aldrich. This shell seems to be distinguished by its rugose nymphs and narrow angular pallial sinus. It is a fossil from the Eocene of the United States. Genus Dosrnropsts, Conrad, 1864. Synonym, ora, Conrad, 1870. Type, Cytherea lenticular vs, Rogers. Shell sub-orbicular or rounded oval. Lunule indistinct. Escutcheon often defined and depressed. Cardinal teeth three in each valve, separate, divergent, and entire, except the right posterior, which is bifid. Left median strong, central, and triangular. Anterior lateral elongate, rugose, and a simple pit for its reception in the right valve ; a single posterior lateral in each valve. Nymphs finely granulated. Dorsal margins not grooved. Pallial sinus rather short, ascending, rounded or sub-angular, This genus is extinct, and is only known from fossil representatives in the Cretaceous and Eocene deposits. The Cretaceous species D. subrotunda and the Kocene D. orbicularis have sharply depressed escutcheons, and it is from them that Jleroena and Sunetta have been derived. Genus Sunerra, Link, 1807. At the present day this genus is specially characteristic of the Indo-Pacific region, but it extends round the Cape to the west coast of Africa, as far north as Senegal. In Eocene and Miocene times it lived in European seas, but no species has survived in the Mediterranean area. In eastern seas it ranges from Japan on the north to the coast of South Australia. The animal is unknown. Synonyms: Cuneus, Megerle, 1811 (not Da Costa); Jferoe, Schumacher, 1817. Shell oval or sub- orbicular, sub-equilateral, rather thick, smooth or concentrically grooved, with obseure radial riblets. Lunule impressed and circumscribed; escutcheon narrow and deeply depressed. Cardinal teeth 3-3, straight, separate, and touching dorsal border; the medians fairly stout, the others narrow, and all generally entire ; the left posterior ‘confluent w ith thenymph. Anterior laterals strong, one in left and two in right valve. Right posterior and left anterior marginal grooves short or obsolete. Nymphs finely denticulate. Pallial sinus short, sub-angular, and horizontal. Ventral and lateral margins crenulated (except in Ifroina). Pedal scar under hinge-plate and confluent with that of the adductor. Sunetta, s.s. Type, Donax seripta, Linn. Shell elongate-oval, compressed or inflated, either equilateral or posterior side the shorter. Left posterior cardinal short, right one smooth and entire. Sunettina, Jousseaume, 1901. Type, S. sunettina, Jouss. Shell sub-orbicular, compressed ; posterior side expanded and rather longer than the anterior. Left posterior cardinal long and thin, the right one grooved at the top. VOL. XI.—MARCH, 1914. 5 66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. I have not recognized the section Solanderina, created by Dr. Dall in 1902 for S. solandri (Gray) with the brief defiintion that it is ‘‘inflated, smooth, and sub-equilateral”, because the convexity of the valves is really the only point of difference. WS. sceripfa is just as smooth, S. truncata and S. karachiensis just as equilateral, and yet both are compressed. ‘The internal characters of solandri are the same as those of the type: the only other species which could be classed with it is S. neglecta, Smith, but that is less inflated and is more nearly allied to S. vaginalis, which I should refer to the section Sunettina. Sub-genus. Meroina, J.-Br.,1908. Type, Cytherea trigonula, Desh. Shell oval or sub-trigonal, but posterior side the longer. Escutcheon less deeply sunk, and borders less acute than in recent forms. Right posterior cardinal grooved. Anterior laterals short and distant from cardinals. Ventral and lateral margins smooth. Genus Circe, Schumacher, 1817 This genus dates from Eocene times through the sub-genera Gouldia and Circenita, but no representative of the typical section has yet been found earler than the Oligocene. At the present day this group of shells is widely distributed over the whole world, but the typical section of Circe (s.s.) and the sub-genus Crista are only found in the tropical parts of the Indo-Pacific region. Synonyms: Paphia, Oken, 1815 (not Lamarck); Gafrarium, Dall after Bolten, 1902. Shell oval or sub-orbicular, with concentric or radiate sculpture or a combination of both. Lunule flat, long, and narrow ; the escutcheon when defined is very narrow. Hinge-plate deep and triangular, with three straight, separate, and slightly divergent cardinal teeth in each valve. Right posterior dorsal margin always grooved, but on the left anterior “side only the lunular margin is narrowly erooved. Lower margins smooth or crenulated. Pallial line entire or ‘slightly sinuated. Pedal scar small, round, and separate from the adductor (except in Gouldia). Circe, s.s. Type, Venus scripta, Linn. Shell compressed and flattened at the umbones, with dominant concentric sculpture, but often divaricately mbbed on the dorsal margins or umbonal disk. Escutcheon very narrow, and ligament deeply sunk. Valve-margins smooth. Left posterior tooth long, the median bifid and rugose, the others entire. Pallial line entire. This typical section includes plicatina, rwularis, undatina, and var., orbica, tumefacta, nummulina, aud lirata, Rom., but not suleata, which belongs to Gouldia. Parmulina, Dall, 1902. Type, Circe corrugata, Chem. Shell thick, sub-orbicular, much flattened on the umbonal area, which is rugosely ribbed, the rest of the surface being concentrically suleated or striated. Teeth generally more divergent. Ventral margins crenulated. Pallial line entire. So far as I can ascertain JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERIDZ. 67 only three species belong to this section, viz. C. corrugata, Chem., C. crocea, Gray, and C. intermedia, Rve. All of these live on the Arabian coasts from the Red Sea to the Gulf of Oman, and crocea ranges down the African coasts as far as Zanzibar, but I cannot learn that any of them have been recorded from India. Sub-genera. Crista, Romer, 1847. Type, Venus pectinata, Linneus. Synonyms: Paphia, Oken, 1815 (not Lam.); Gafrarium, Dall after Bolten. Shell not flattened at the umbones, convex or compressed, with radial and concentric sculpture, the radials divaricate. Escutcheon narrow and impressed, and the hgament sunken. Hinge-plate short and triangular. In the left valve the median cardinal is grooved, and the posterior is short. The margins of the valves are generally but not always crenulated. This group includes C. gibdia, Lam., C. divaricata, Chem., C. equivoca, Chem., C. dispar, Chem., C. euneata, Lam., C. australis, Sow., and C. transversaria, Desh. 'l'ypical dispar has smooth margins, while those of cuneata are crenulate; similarly, those of transversaria are smooth and of @guiveca, which it much resembles, are crenulate. Circenita, Jousseaume, 1888. Type, Circe arabica, Chem. Shell oval, convex, concentrically ribbed or striated, and without radial sculpture. Escutcheon not defined, and ligament exposed. Cardinal teeth small, near together, and entire; the anterior laterals comparatively large. Ventral margins always smooth. Pallial line slightly sinuated. This is a very small group, including only three well-marked species, viz. arabica, Chem., lentiginosa, Chem., and callipyga, Born, but several varieties have been given names, such as adenensis, Phil., pulehra, Desh., splendens, Sow., semiarata, Dkr., and funiculata, Romer. Gouldia, C. B. Adams, 1847. Type, Circe cerina, Adams. Shell rather small, oval, convex, with dominant concentric sculpture, but sometimes having fine radial striation at the sides. Escutcheon not defined. Teeth more widely divergent; right posterior cardinal grooved, but the rest entire. Posterior dorsal margins of both valves strongly grooved, each generally having a ridge and a groove. Ventral margins smooth or irregularly rugose (not crenulate). Pallial line slightly inflected. Pedal scar confluent with that of the adductor. This group includes C. minima, Mont. (Atlantic and Mediterranean), C. bermudensis, Smith (Bermuda and West Indies), C. sulcata, Gray (Red Sea to Philippines and Fiji), C. nana, Mely. (Persian Gulf to Siam), C. melvilli, Lynge (Siam), and C. amica, Smith (Pacific Islands). Meretrissa, Jukes-Browne, 1908. ‘Type, Zivelina depressa, Desh. (fossil). In 1908 I separated two species of small shells occurring in the Oligocene of the Paris Basin under the name of Jlretrissa, and regarded them as a link between Zivelina and Meretriz. More recent scrutiny of the specimens then sent me by M. Cossmann, and the 68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. removal of some adherent sand in order to expose their pedal scars, has induced me to change my opinion so far as the relationship to Meretriz is concerned. I find that in both species the pedal scar is small and separate from that of the adductor, a feature which is not found in any Meretricine genus except Circe. The cardinal teeth, being straight, separate, and nearly equally divergent, also resemble those of Circe (especially of Gouldia) quite as much as they do those of Meretriz ; but Meretrissa differs from both in exhibiting a small pallial sinus which is more than a mere inflection of the pallial line, though it is not deep. Further, since Circe, in the forms of Circenita and Gouldia, co- existed with Zvvelina, while Meretrix has not been found in any of the European Tertiaries, I now consider Meretrissa to be more closely allied to Circe than to Meretriz. It may be regarded as a link between Zvvelina and Circenita, but, as the internal features resemble the latter more than the former, I group it here as a sub-genus of Circe. Shell small, sub-trigonal, nearly smooth, compressed. Hinge weak with three divergent cardinals, the anterior of the right valve pointing to the anterior lateral pit, the median grooved, and the posterior entire. Pallial line with a short rounded sinus. Pedal scar separate from adductor. Genus Mererrix, Lamarck, 1799. This genus is very distinct both in general form and in dentition from all the preceding genera, and it is, therefore, far from being a good type of the sub-family to which it gives its name. The species of which it consists are few, and they are restricted to the Indian and Chinese seas, extending from Aden and the Gulf of Oman to Timor and the Philippines, and as far north as Japan; but I have not been able to find any record of its occurrence in Australian waters, nor in the Pacific Ocean, nor have I been able to ascertain how far it reaches southward along the east coast of Africa, but it does not exist in Natal or Cape Colony.? Moreover, it appears to be of comparatively recent origin, for it does not occur in any of the Tertiary faunas of Europe, neither can I find that any ancestral form has been described from those of India or Burmah. At present, therefore, it seems impossible to say when or where it originated, but its distribution suggests that its centre of dispersal was either from Siam or the Malay Archipelago, for most of the species are found in that region. 1 Meretrix lusoria has been recorded from Natal by Mr. G. B. Sowerby (Journ. Conch., 1894, p. 377), but he subsequently found that it was really a species of Tiwela, and in his Appendix to Marine Shells of South Africa, published in 1897, he described the species under the name of Tivela alucinans. In 1903 (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. v) Mr. E. A. Smith identified it with Tivela natalensis of Dunker, and he informs me that it was by mistake that the name of Meretrix zonaria was included in the same list, the shell being really 7’. natalensis. JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERID®. 69 I hope that paleontologists will give heed to the facts above mentioned, and will not continue to record Weretrix from Cretaceous or Tertiary deposits when they only mean some species of ‘ Cytherea’ in its widest sense, which they cannot determine more precisely from the external characters. In most cases it would be better to record it as Ca/lista(?), or else to continue the use of the name Cytherea for indeterminate fossil forms. Synonyms: Cytherea, Lam., 1805; Nympha, Morch, 18538. Type, Venus meretrix, Linn. Shell oval or trigonal, sub-equilateral, thick, generally smooth, but sometimes concentrically lrate, with a vernicose periostracum and a minute oblique striation on the posterior slope. Neither lunule nor escutcheon is clearly defined. Ligament rather short and very prominent on strong elevated nymphs. Hinge-plate thick, with three separate cardinals in each valve diverging from a point beneath the umbo; left posterior confluent with the nymph, right posterior narrow and superficially grooved, others entire. Lateral teeth strong. Both nymphs are corrugated. Ventral margins smooth. Pallial line with a small and shallow sinus. Pedal scar confluent with that of adductor. The species are not very numerous, as most of those which have received distinctive names are only colour varieties of JL meretriz, but I should recognize the following as distinct species—pe/echialis, Lam., dusoria, Chem. (= formosa, Sow.), lamarcki, Hanley, lyrata, Sow., and exdis, Desh. Genus Tivera, Link, 1807. Synonyms: Zrigona, Megerle, 1811; Zrigonel/a, Conrad, 1837. Shell trigonal, sub-equilateral, solid, smooth, with a more or less deciduous periostracum. Lunule long, but faintly circumscribed. Escutcheon not defined. Ligament very short, prominent, based on thick nymphal plates. Cardinal part of the hinge short and triangular, anterior part elongated. Cardinal teeth 3-38, all narrow and entire, except the left median, which is sometimes grooved; the left anterior points to the elongate anterior lateral, and the right anterior is close to the lunular margin. Nymphs strongly corrugated, and sometimes divided into a series of ridges which occupy part of the hinge-plate, and simulate supplementary teeth. Dorsal margins grooved as in Callista, ete. Ventral margins smooth. Pedal scar very long and confluent with that of the adductor. Tivela, s.s. Type, Venus corbicula, Gmel. (= V. mactroides, Born). Ventral margins smooth. Eutivela, Dall, 1891. Type, 7. perplexa, Stearns. Ventral margins crenulated. Only known from Brazil. Sub-genus. Grateloupia, Desmoulins, 1828. Type, Donax irregularis, Bast. Synonym: Cytheriopsis, Conrad, 1833. Shell like Ziveda, but with a number of oblique parallel ridges on the nymphs, and sometimes a thickening on the posterior dorsal 70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. margin which simulates a posterior lateral tooth. Species occur in the Kocene of America and the Miocene of Europe, and in the latter they are associated with a true Zivela. The hinge of 7%vela has been fully described by me in a previous communication,! in which I showed that the normal teeth are always present, though they are often crowded into the anterior half of the hinge-plate by the great development of the nymphal plates. The relationship of Grateloupia was discussed in the same paper. Genus Anrigona, Schumacher, 1817. This genus comprises the shells which Gray regarded as the typical group of the Venus of Lamarck, taking the type to be Venus verrucosa, but not himself designating it as such.* In this view he was followed by Deshayes (1853) and the Adams (1857), and they all included the genus in the sub-family which possesses an anterior lateral tooth. Romer, however, in 1867 introduced confusion by regarding the group as part of the genus Chione, not even distinguishing it as a separate section, but grouping the species in the same section as the typical Chione under the name of Omphaloclathrum. Paul Fischer (in 1887) adopted Romer’s method of classification, and most French geologists have followed in his footsteps, so that even such con- chologists as Cossmann and Peyrot include the Antigona group under a comprehensive Chione genus, though they do separate it as a section under Morch’s name. In America Dr. Dall has followed the English view of complete generic distinction, and has placed the two genera in separate sub- families. Unfortunately, however, he has revived the abandoned name of Cytherea from Bolten’s catalogue, and has applied it to this genus with V’. puerpera asa type. Hence, though agreeing with his recognition of the genus, I cannot accept his nomenclature. Of course, the whole question of generic difference depends upon the structural importance of the small tooth on the front part of the hinge-plate. Romer must have regarded it as a mere excrescence, and not as a definite anterior lateral, though how he could possibly hold such a view with regard to Ant. lamellaris (=A. lamarehki, Gray) is really incomprehensible. ‘The fact is that different species of Antigona show every gradation between the well-developed laterals of A. lamellaris (in both valves) and the little pustular tooth in the left valve of A. reticulata, which looks like an outgrowth from the anterior cardinal and has no corresponding pit in the right valve. Yet comparison with other species shows that the pustule is undoubtedly an atrophied anterior lateral, apparently in process of being crowded out by a shortening of the hinge-plate and the greater development of the anterior cardinal. It may, of course, be argued that the Chvone group has been evolved ! Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. x, p. 266, 1913. See my discussion of the name Venus in Proc. Malac. Soe., vol. ix, p. 242, 1911. i] JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERIDZ, 71 from Antigona by the gradual elimination of the anterior laterals, and I am quite disposed to think that such has been its origin; but our genera are established for the sake of convenience in classification, and not for the purpose of expressing a theory. There is no difficulty in distinguishing the two groups and in recognizing them as genera, and they have certainly had a separate existence ever since the Miocene period. In the recent forms the anterior lateral is persistent from youth to full age, and if there are fossil forms in which it disappears with growth, they must be allocated on the sum of their other characters, but I do not know of any. Here I must correct an error into which I fell in 1908 when describing the Veneride of the Eocene and Oligocene deposits. An Oligocene shell described by M. St. Meunier under the name of Venus loewyi ! was then ascribed to the genus Chione, because M. Cossmann had referred it to that genus, and because reference to the published figures seemed to show that such reference was correct. Recently, however, by the publication of MM. Cossmann & Peyrot’s Conchylio- logie Néogénique de l’ Aquitaine, I became aware that their genus Chione was the antiquated conception of Romer, and that it included the groups of Clausina, Omphaloclathrum, ete. In reply to inquiry M. Cossmann informs me that his valves of Venus loewyt show a distinct anterior lateral tooth in the left valve and a pit for its reception in the right. It is clear, therefore, that the shell is a species of Antigona, and dves not belong to Chione; it follows, moreover, that Antigona dates from the Oligocene period, and that Chione does not, so far as we yet know. It may also be stated that the Ventricoloidea of Sacco (1900)? appears to be a synonym of Artena, Conrad (1870).° The type of the former is Cytherea multilamella, Lam., and having compared specimens of this shell, which I owe to the kindness of Professor Peyrot, with the descriptions and figures of Artena given by Dr. Dall, I have no hesitation in saying that it accords with Artena in all essential particulars. As Dr. Dall remarks, Artena bears the same relation to the typical Antigona (A. lamellaris) as Ventricola does to the group which he calls Cytherea (i.e. A. puerpera), and this I understand to be exactly the idea which Professor Sacco wished to express. It is unfortunate that the genotype of Antigona (V. lamellaris, Schum.) is so different from all the other recent members of the genus that it stands by itself. It is one of the absurd results created by the plan of fixing genera by ‘types’, and by the rigid rule of priority that the so-called typical section of a large genus may include only one species! This, however, makes no difference to the definition of the genus as a whole, and I therefore give such a description before indicating the various divisions of it. 1 Nouy. Arch. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, sér. 1, tom. iii, p. 235, pl. xiii, figs. 11, 12. I Moll. Terz. Piem., pt. xxviii, p. 80, 1900. Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. vi, p. 76. eo bw 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Antigona, Schum., 1817. Synonyms: Dosina, Gray, 1838; Venus, s.s., Gray, 1847, and Deshayes, 1853; Omphaloclathrum, Morch, 1853; Venus (Antigona), E. A. Smith, 1885 (Challenger Report); Cytherea, Dall (after Bolten), 1902. Shell convex and generally globose, with prominent concentric lamellae and sometimes with radial sculpture. Lunule and escutcheon both clearly defined. Umbones prominent and incurved. Inner margins crenate. Hinge thick and teeth strong; each valve with three divergent cardinals, of which three are grooved, and the posterior of the left valve is confluent in the nymph. The anterior lateral of the left valve is often small and papillose, and those of the right are obsolete. Pallial sinus short, either angular or rounded. Pedal scar generally separate from that of the adductor. Antigona, s.s. Type, Cytherea lamellaris, Schum. Shell oval, with strong concentric lamelle, crossed by radial riblets. Lunule impressed, and escutcheon defined in both valves. Ligament exposed. Teeth widely divergent, and both anterior cardinals directed forward ; a strong anterior lateral in the left, and two small ones in the right valve. Nymphs long and striated. Palhal sinus small and acutely angular. Artena, Conrad, 1870 (= Ventricoloidea, Sacco, 1900). Type, Venus straminea, Conrad, 1842 (not of Conrad, 1837). Shell oval, globose, with sharp concentric lamelle, and striated interspaces, but no radial ribs. Left anterior lateral well developed, and two strong laterals in the right valve with a long, deep pit between them. Other teeth normal. Pallial sinus small and angular. The type is an American Miocene fossil. European species are Venus loewyi, Meun. (Oligocene), Cytherea multilamella, Lam. (Miocene and Pliocene), Venus burdigulensis, Mayer (Miocene). Sub genera. Periglypta’ J.-Br., 1914 (= Cytherea, s.s., Bolten in Dall). Type, Venus puerpera, Linn. Shell cancellated by strong concentric ridges crossed by radial riblets which crenulate the ridges. Escutcheon narrow, and the right half overlapping the left. Ligament deeply sunk. Nymphs usually having a finely rugose area. Anterior lateral very small and close to the anterior cardinal. Pallial sinus usually wide and rounded. This group includes the tollowing species which are currently known as ‘ Venus’: V. reticulata, Linn., V. crispata, Desh., V. lastert, Gray (W. Indies), V. e/athrata, Desh., V. sowerbyt, Desh. (K. Indies), V. multicostata, Sow., and V. monilifera, Sow. The forms known as lacerata, Hanley, magnifica, Hanley, and reticulata, Sow., are probably only varieties of puerpera. ‘Two other species, V. daqueata, Sow., and V. chemnitzi, Hanley, differ from all the rest in the following 1 From mept, very much; yAumtos, carved. JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERIDZ. 73 particulars: they have smooth nymphs, a small angular sinus, and the pedal scar is confluent with that of the adductor. Clausina, Brown, 1827. Type, Venus verrucosa, Linn. Shell oval or rotund, globose or compressed, with dominant concentric structure. Lunule and escutcheon well defined, the latter being unequally divided between the valves. Teeth less widely divergent than in Periglypta, but normal, except that the anterior lateral is small. Nymphs smooth. Pallial sinus always small and angular. Clausina, s.s. Inflated and often globose, concentric ridges crossed by irregular radial riblets which sometimes become nodular prominences. Left anterior lateral very small and pustular; right laterals and pit often becoming obsolete. Pedal scar large, oval and separate from adductor scar. Only afew species can be included in this group, viz., V. verrucosa, Linn. (with the vars. canariensis and rosalina), V. nodulosa, Sow., V. toreuma, Gould, V. gukesi, Desh., and V. fordi, Dall. Ventricola, Romer, 1857. Type, Venus rigida, Dillw. (=rugosa, Chem.). Shell globose or merely convex, ornamented with numerous regular concentric lamelle with striated interspaces and sometimes weak radial strize on the posterior slope. Anterior denticle and its corre- sponding pit both persistent. Pedal scar confluent or opening by a channel into the adductor scar. This group includes V. casina, Linn., V. foveolata, Sow., V. oblonga, Hanley, V. declivis, Sow., V. lyra, Sow., V. effossa, Phil., V. strigillina, Dall, V. magdalena, Dall, V. rugatina, Heilprin (if not vars. of rigeda). Circomphalus, Morch, 1853. Type, V. plicata, Gmel. (fixed by Sacco, 1900). Shell compressed with flattened umbones, encircled by distinct concentric lamella swhich pass posteriorly into expanded elevations. Hinge-plate much curved and attenuated posteriorly. Anterior lateral very small and often impersistent; pit in the right valve obsolete. Pedal scar rather small, nearly separate, but connected with the adductor scar by a narrow channel. Valve-margins very finely crenate. The name Circomphalus was adopted by Morch from Klein, and apphed to the following small group of shells: V. peruriana, Sow., V. dysera, Linn. (= plieata, Gmel.), V. calophylla, Phil., V. tiara, Dillw., and V. berryi, Gray. In 1857 the Messrs. Adams also adopted it for the same group, and included many other species allied ‘to V. tiara, but without indicating any one as a type. In the same year Romer proposed the name Anaztis for what was practically the same group, but this name was preoccupied by Duponchel in 1829, and cannot therefore be used. No one seems to have selected a type for Circomphalus until 1900, when Professor Sacco definitely indicated V. plicata, Gmelin, as the type of a small group including V. lamellata and V. calophylla, but without giving any diagnosis, merely remarking that its members were species which could not be referred to other sub-genera such as 74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Chione, Clausinella, and Anaitis.' In 1902 Dr. Dall gave V. plicata as the type of Circomphalus, but without reference to Sacco or to anyone else in explanation of such a selection.’ It is much to be regretted that the name should thus come to be attached to V. plicata instead of to some member of the tara group, for which it was evidently intended both by Morch and by H. & A. Adams. They only included V. plicata in that group because they supposed it to resemble the rest in having no lateral teeth, or because they did not regard the small anterior tubercle as a normal tooth. Neither V. damellata nor V. calophylla can be grouped with V. plicata, for neither of them shows any trace of an anterior lateral even in very young shells, and through the kindness of Dr. J. C. Verco, of Adelaide (S.A.), I have been able to examine young shells of both these species. Another shell which much resembles V. plicata in external characters is V. yatest, but the specimens which I have seen show no trace of an anterior denticle. Indeed, so far as I can ascertain there is no other recent species which can be associated with the type of Circomphalus. There are, however, several species in the Miocene and Pliocene deposits of France, Italy, and Austria which certainly belong to it; these are V. subplicata, @Orb., V. basteroti, Desh., V. dertoparva, Sacco, and V. scalaris, Bronn. By Messrs. Cossmann and Peyrot these species have been referred to the Clausinedla section of Chione, but that must be reserved for the shells which have no rudiment of a lateral tooth, as there is none in C. faseiata which is the type. The other species which they associate with V. plicata I should refer to Ventricola; these are V. casinoides, V. fasciculata, and V. haidingert. Professor Sacco has figured many varieties of the above-mentioned species, but I do not think he has correctly referred all his specimens to their proper species, for he evidently regards the anterior denticle as of no importance even in the distinction of species. I am quite prepared to admit that the fascrata and tiara group has probably been derived from the plicata group by the elimination of this anterior lateral, but I regard the retention of the lateral tooth as a feature of generic importance. This question will be further discussed in the sequel. 1 I Moll. Terz. Piem., pt. xxviii, 1900. 2 Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxvi, p. 356, 1902. MWalacological Soctety of London. (Founded 27th February, 1893.) Officers and Council—elected 18th February, 1914. President :—Rev. A. H. Cooks, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.S. Vice-Presidents :—A. 8S. Kennarp, F.G.S.; R. Bunten Newron, F.G.S.; H. B. Preston, F.Z.8. ; E. R. Syxus, B.A., F.L.S. Treasurer :—J. H. Ponsonsy, F.Z.S., 15 Chesham Place, London, S.W. Secretary :—G. K. Gupr, F.Z.8., 9 Wimbledon Park Road, Wandsworth, London, S.W. Editor :—-E. A. Smiru, 1.S.0., 22 Heathfield Road, Acton, London, W. Other Members of Council:—G. C. Crick, F.G.S.; T. IREDALE; C. OupHamM ; G. C. Rosson, B.A. ; J. R. pe B. Tomuin, M.A., F.E.S.; B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S. By kind permission of the Council of the Linnwan Sociwry, the MEETINGS are held in their apartments at BurtLinaron Housz, Piccapinty, W., on the seconp FriDay in each month from NoveMBER to JUNE. The OBJECT of the Society is to promote the study of the Mollusca, both recent and fossil. MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of recommendation signed by two or more Members. LADIES are eligible for election. The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per aunum or £7 7s. for Life, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per anuum or £5 5s. for Life. All Members on election pay an Entrance Fee of 10s. 6d. The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each Member is entitled to receive a copy of those numbers issued during “membership. [Vols. I-VIII and Vol. IX, Parts I-III, consisting of 52 Parts, price 5s. net per Part. Parts IV-VI of Vol. IX, and all succeeding Parts, price 7s. 6d. each. A discount of 20 per cent upon the above prices is allowed to Members purchasing these Volumes or Parts through the Secretary. | Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent at his private address, as given above. NOW _ READY. The International Directory OF Malacologists and Conchologists. ONE DOLLAR PER COPY. MAXWELL SMITH, Hartsdale, New York, U.S.A. NEW CATALOGUE OF European-Palaearctic and Exotic Helices. One of the largest catalogues of the Helices ever published. Containing about 400 genera and 3,400 species, with localities and prices. Arranged according to the systems of Dr. H. A. Pilsbry and Professor Dr. W. Kobelt. Price 1s., can be paid in stamps. KOSMOS NATURHISTOR. INSTITUT, Speyerstr. 8, Berlin W. 30, Germany. STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS, LTD., PRINTERS, HERTFORD. Wol’ XL Part IT. JUNE, 1914. PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Price 7s. 6d. net. EDITED BY Bi A SMITHS TS.0., 175 Under the direction of the Publication Committee. AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE PAPERS. GOA sta Sy aS PROCEEDINGS :— PAGE | PAPERS continued :— PAGE Annual Meeting : | Diagnosis of four new species February 13th, 1914 ......... 96 | of Land Shells from German : New Guinea. By Cmsar R. Ordinary Meetings : BOETTGER. (Plate III.) ... 118 caer 1914 ........, a The genus-name Martensia, ‘Galejn(ole/alate/o.aialeleial Sialic cle 2 T D) Neri ob Us Bemper wl oe nea, ie sya 3 ome more notes on Polyplaco- Obituary Notices.............000.. 98 | phora. Part I. By Tom NotTES :-— JEP OVAL eg eae 123 Pisidium vincentianum living in Turkestan. By B. B. WoopwarD, F.L.S. ......... 99 PAPERS :— A Synopsis of the Venerida. Part II. By A. J. Juxss- BROWNE, F.R.S., F.G.S. ... 75 Presidential Address: Some Points and Problems of Geo- graphical Distribution. By the Rey. A. H. COOKE, M.A., DESC.) MU Sane eee ae 100 LONDON: DULAU & CO., LTp., 37 SoHo Square, W. Description of a new Recent Pholadomya(Ph. tasmanica), By C. HEDLEY and W. L. REA ren (Mae: )i. ocean ne: 132 Characters of three new species of EHnnea from Southern Nigeria. By H.B. PRESTON, Bez See (Bigss)) ane 134 A list of Australian Mactride, with a description of a new Species. By E. A. SMITH, 1.8.0. (Figs.) BERLIN: R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, 11 KARLSTRASSE, N.W. For information concerning the MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON See page iii of this wrapper. CHARGES FOR ADVERTTSENMLA TS OUTSIDE COVER. Each insertion— Whole page . : ; 30s. Half page 2 : : 15s. Quarter page . ‘ ‘ 7s. 6d. INSIDE COVER. Each insertion— Whole page . ; : 20s. Half page : : 10s. Quarter page . : ‘ 5s. ~I on A SYNOPSIS OF THE FAMILY VENERIDH. PART ILI. By A. J. Juxes-Browne, F.R.S., F.G.S. Read 13th March, 1914. I wave followed Gray and Deshayes in dividing the Veneride into sub-families, but into two only, the Meretricine and the Venerine, according to the presence or absence of an anterior lateral tooth. By this criterion the genus Antigona is separated from the genera Venus and Chione, but I do not wish it to be supposed that I regard these two sub-families as two distinct lines of evolution. On the contrary, I think each series includes several stirpes or branches of development, and I think that the Chione group has been developed directly from the Antigona stock by suppression and elimination of the anterior lateral tooth. On this point I again find myself in disagreement with Dr. Dall, who imagines that there are important anatomical differences between the animals of Chione and Antigona, and thinks that the possession of an anterior lateral is correlated with such differences. In his own words, ‘‘there is not @ priort any very good reason why the presence or absence of a minute pustule of shelly matter in front of the cardinal teeth shou!d count for much in the classification of species (or) genera, or still less be the criterion for determination of the sub-family to which a species belongs. Yetin making comparisons of the anatomical features of these animals this little tooth or pustule is found an excellent index to important anatomical differences. So, whether it has any intrinsic value or not its correlation with important characters must be admitted.” ? Dr. Dall, however, does not state what these characters are or how the animal of Antigona, which he calls Cytherea, differs from that of Venus and Chione. He only states under the head of Meretricinee that they have ‘‘siphons of moderate length with papillose orifices, the tubes united for a great part of their length, the margin of the mantle largely free, more or less papillose, the foot large, hatchet- shaped, not byssiferous”?; and that in the Venerine ‘‘the siphons are usually comparatively short and more or less separate from one another. The foot is hatchet-shaped, and in the adult not byssiferous except among the nestlers”. He might also have added that the mantle-margins are free and generally fringed, and that the orifices of the siphons are often cirrhose; and he should have said that the length of the siphons varies much in different genera. It will be seen, therefore, that in the characters which are generally considered to be of importance for the purposes of comparison there is no essential difference between the animals of the Meretricinze and Venerine, unless he intended to signify that the siphons of the latter are always more separate than those of the former. On this peut 1 Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Science, vol. iii, pt. vi, p. 1281, 1903. VOL. XI.—JUNE, 1914. 6 76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. I have made inquiries, more particularly in regard to the Antigona and Ventricola group, with the following results : in Clausina verrucosa the siphons are said to be completely separate, but there is no record about those of Ventricola casina; I therefore applied to Professor Herdman, who kindly informs me that in this species the siphons are united for a great portion of their length, i.e. for about half their extension outside the shell. Again, to Mr. H. Suter, of New Zealand, I owe the information that Ventricola oblonga has ‘short and rather small siphons which are united to their tips”. There is, therefore, ereat variation with regard to the union of the siphons in this genus. There seems to be an equal lack of uniformity in the Venus and Chione group, though they are usually united for about half their external length. This 3 is the case in Venus mercenaria as figured by Dr. Dall himself;! also in Chione gallina and Ch. fasciata, but in Timoclea ovata fe are united for three parts of their length, and it is stated that the sameis the case with some varieties of Ch. gallina. In the case of Ch. grus, moreover, a West Indian species, Dr, Dall himself states that ‘‘the animal has two subequal closely united fringed siphons”, so that his own statements are inconsistent with one another. The facts above are sufficient to dispose of the theory, stated by Dr. Dall as if it were a proved fact, that there is any correlation between the anatomical characters of the animals and the presence or absence of an anterior lateral tooth on the shell. On the other hand I am decidedly of opinion that this anterior pustule or ‘dentelon’ has an intrinsic value of its own, for if it is the vestigial relic of an anterior lateral tooth, then it represents an important structural element in the dental armature of the hinge-plate. It may of course be argued that if Venws and Chione may be descended from species of Antigona they should not be placed in different sub-families, and to this there is no answer except that no sub-families could then be recognized, and that it does seem useful to emphasize the importance of looking for this little tooth, and of using it as a basis of classification. Among the Venerineé the groups which I recognize as having the rank of genera are—Venus, Protothaca, Samarangia, Gomphina, Gemma, Clementia, Cyclina, Cyprimeria, Mareia, Tapes, Paratapes, Baroda, and Venerupis. A few remarks on the taxonomic values of certain groups may be useful to explain the connotation of these genera and some of their divisions. In the first place I do not find any differences of real generic importance between Venus (= Iercenaria) and Chione, so that I rank the latter as a sub-genus of the former; nor is there any good reason for the generic separation of Anomalocardia, which combines some characters of Mercenaria with some of Chione. As a matter of fact it would be more reasonable to separate those Chione which are destitute of radial sculpture, such as roborata and tiara. It seems more natural and convenient, however, to regard all these three 1 Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 37, pl. lv, 1889. JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERID. Ct groups Chione, Anomalocardia, and Clausinella as sub-genera of a comprehensive genus Venus. With regard to Timoclea, of which the type is Venus ovata, Pennant, I am convinced that it cannot be separated from the typical section of Chione either solely or principally on the ground of its external sculpture. There is every gradation between the cancellated forms of Chione and the Zimoclea type, in which the concentric ridges are reduced to scales or nodes on the radial ribs. The distinction must be found in other points of difference, and Venus ovata can be grouped with other species which have a similar ovate sub-equilateral shape, the same widely divergent teeth, with an obtuse or rounded pallial sinus ; I also find that in all these species the pedal scars are separate from those of the adductors, while in the typical section of Chione there is almost always an open connexion between the two scars, which means of course a more or less complete union of the pedal and adductor muscles. In this connexion it is curious to find that M. Cossmann has proposed to make Zimoclea a separate genus, but this estimate of its importance is partly due to his confusion of Chione with Antigona. Moreover, he relies entirely on the characters of Z. ovata, and con- sequently he does not give such a comprehensive definition of Zimoclea as would make it comprise such species as V. marica, V. striatissima, V. subnodulosa, and V. arakanensis. It may be noted also that the straight imner border of the hinge-plate, which he mentions as distinctive, is largely a function of the sub-equilateral shape of the shell, for an oblique curvature of the shell naturally produces a curvature of the hinge-line. Again, the differences between the Clausinella of Gray and the Lirophora of Conrad (which should have been written Lirifera) seem to me so small and unimportant that no good purpose can be served by laying much stress on them. ‘The real fact is that these names, through the types attached to them, belong to exceptional forms of a large natural group. Thus Venus fasciata is a European form, which, in its compressed shape and its sculpture of broad flattened ridges, stands quite by itself, while Conrad’s type was a fossil nearly allied to the West Indian Venus paphia, Linn., a species in which the ridges pass into erect posterior expansions, and also exhibit an obscure radial striation. Now the natural group to which these species belong is that typified by Venus tiara, Dillwyn, V. berry?, Gray, and V. roborata, Hanley. It was this group for which Morch, in 1853, used Klein’s name of Circomphalus, and if subsequent writers had only taken note of this (Tryon, Sacco, and Dall) they would not have chosen V. plicata as the type (see ante, p. 73). The name Clausinella, however, was published in 1851, and has priority, so that obviously the best course to pursue is to adopt it for the whole natural group, though Lzrophora may be used for the few recent American shells which conform to Dr. Dall’s definition, and for their fossil representatives. Venus gallina, the type of Moérch’s Chamelea, is another exceptional form which is allied to the V. tiara group, and seems to be connected 78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL. SOCIETY. with it by some fossil species, both in Europe and America. It may therefore be regarded as a section of Clausinella, which will thus become a sub-genus of as much importance as Chione. In this apprecia- tion of Clausinella I find myself in accord with Messrs. Cossmann and Peyrot, but they have made the mistake of including V. plicata in the group and several fossil species which do not belong to it. My reasons for the elevation of the group named Protothaca by Dr. Dall to the rank of a genus will be given in the sequel, but, briefly stated, they are that when one species included in the group by that author has been restored to Chione, and another one to Zapes, the remainder form a small genus which can be satisfactorily defined, and which seems to be intermediate between Chione and Zapes. Under the head of Clementia it will be found that I have separated certain recent species as a new section with the name of Zerentia, and I desire to thank Mr. MacAndrew for giving me the opportunity of examining his specimens of these rare species. ‘The Cretaceous fossils, for which I created the sub- -genus Flaventia in 1908, have again occupied my attention, and the examination of the interior of a left valve of FV. ovalis, preserved in the Royal Albert Museum at Exeter, has confirmed my opinion of the relationship between Flaventia and Clementia. I have included Clementia and Cyciina in this sub-family because of their conchological characters, which, in the Lamellibranchs and for the purposes of classification, I consider to be of more importance than the small differences which are observable in the animals within the limits of a family. I am aware that Deshayes described the animal of Clementia papyracea as resembling that of Dosinia, and as having completely united siphons and a compressed hatchet-shaped foot; so that if we trusted to the characters presented by the animal of this species we might place Clementia in the Meretricinee near Dosinia or Pitaria, which latter, according to Adanson, has an animal of similar structure. But we have no detailed information about other species of Clementia, except that Dr. Dall has recently stated! that the animal of Cl. subdiaphana (an American species) is ‘veneroid’. He does not explain what he means by this term, but it can only mean that ve siphons are wholly or partially free and that its foot is tongue- shaped, and he has consequently referred this species to his genus Noe (i.e. Sumarangia). There can be no doubt, however, that the shell and dentition of C. subdiaphana is more like that of Clementia than that of Samarangia, and that it is still more different from the fossils called Veneredla by Cossmann. Hence I agree with Carpenter in regarding subdiaphana as a species of Clementia, akin to C. vatheleti and C. cumingt, and, if their animals differ from that of C. papyracea, it may be convenient to establish them as a section or sub-genus. Probably, however, the differences are no greater than those which exist between different species of Zapes, as will be made manifest in the sequel. 1 Nautilus for January, 1914, p. 103. JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERIDZ. 79 I have made a careful investigation of the shells which have hitherto been included in the genus Tapes, with the result that I propose its division into two genera and the transference of the T. pullastra group to the genus Venerupis. The reasons for this are discussed under the head of Zapes. Genus Venus, Linneus. Animal with frilled or fringed mantle-margins. Siphons rather short and united for half their external length or more. Foot linguiform, thick or compressed, often extensile. Shell oval or sub-trigonal, more or less inequivalve. Lunule and escutcheon generally well defined. Sculpture concentric or cancellate. Hinge-plate thick, with three divergent teeth in each valve, the left posterior being long, narrow, and adherent, or adjacent to the nymph. Pallial sinus small. In the right valve the posterior dorsal margin is always grooved, but in the left there is seldom any groove. Ventral margins crenulated. Sub-genera. Venus (s.s.), Lamarck, 1799. Type, V. mercenaria, Linn. Synonym: Mercenaria, Schumacher, 1817. Shell ovate, convex, solid. Sometimes nearly smooth, sometimes ornamented with thin, concentric lamelle and by faint radial striation on the posterior side. Teeth not widely divergent, not occupying more than a right angle; left anterior straight, right posterior and both medians generally "grooved. Pedal scar separate from the adductor, with a thread- like channel between them. Pallial sinus triangular. This group is restricted to the coasts of North America and Japan ; it includes V. campechiensis, Gmelin (= mortont, Conrad, and Julgurans, Tryon), V. kennicotti, Dall, V. apodema, Dall, and V. stimpsont, Gould. Geologically it dates from the Oligocene, and several species have been described by Conrad and Dall from the Miocene and Pliocene of the United States. Chione, Megerle, 1811. Type, Venus cancellata, Lam. Shell oval or sub-trigonal, oblique or sub-equilateral. Sculpture always comprising concentric and radial elements. Hinge-plate short, teeth becoming solid and entire with growth, but both medians grooved when young, each set generally widely divergent. Section Chione (s.s.). Shell oblong or obliquely trigonal, inequi- lateral, umbones prominent. Sculpture cancellate. Lunule and escutcheon always well defined. Pallial sinus small and angular. Pedal scar confluent with that of adductor. Marginal crenulation sometimes obsolete posteriorly. This section includes granulata, Gmelin, pectorina, Lam., sub- rostrata, Lam., crenulata, Sow. (= pubera, Val.), grata, Say = histrionica, Sow.), undatella, Sow., succincta, Val., pulicaria, Brod., amathusia, Phil., gnidia, Brod. & Sow., asperrima, Sow., columbiensis, Sow., subrostrata, Lam., compta, Sow., and stutchbury?, 80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Gray. These are all American species except the last, which is a New Zealand shell. Section Zimoclea, Brown. Type, Venus ovata, Pennant. Shell oval and nearly equilateral, the umbones being generally sub-central and not prominent. Sculpture cancellate, and the radials sometimes stronger than the concentric ribs. Hinge-plate straight, and the anterior teeth directed forward so that there is a wide divergence. Nymphs high and rather short. Pallial sinus obtuse or rounded. Pedal scar separate from the adductor. Valve-margins strongly crenulated all round. This section includes the following species—lagopus, Lam., gallinula, Lam., australis, Sow., costellifera, Ad. & RKve., scabra, Wood, striatissima, Sow., marica, Linn., recognita, Smith, arakanensis, Sow., subnodulosa, Sow., stamensis, Lynge, micra, Pilsbry, ¢mbricata, Sow., lionata. Smith, pygme@a, Lam. The only American species known to me which can be referred to Z’moclea (as above defined) is pygmea, which has an obtuse sinus and a separate pedal scar, though it is far from being equilateral. Anomalocardia, Schum., 1817. Type, Venus flexuosa, Linn. Synonyms: Zriquetra, Anton after Blainville, 1818; Cryptogramma, Morch, 1853. Shell trigonal, convex, posteriorly attenuated and angulated. Sculpture mainly concentric, in broad rounded ribs crossed by finer radial riblets. Teeth solid and widely divergent. Nymphs rugose. Pallial sinus very small and sometimes obsolete. Pedal scar opening narrowly into that of adductor. This is a small section only, including the species flexuosa (Linn.), brasiliana, Gmelin (= macrodon, Hanley), cuneimeris, Conrad (=rostrata, Sow.), subimbricata (Sow.), subrugosa (Sow.), puella (Pfeiffer), and leptalea (Dall). All these, except the type, are American species. Dr. Dall regards Venus squamosa, Linn., as an Anomalocardia, and separates it as a section under the name of Anomalodiscus, but in my opinion both it and swbrostrata, Lam., belong to the typical section of Chione, for I see no difference except in shape. On the other hand, Venus impressa, Hanley, has smooth ventral margins as well as smooth nymphs, and is consequently a remarkable exception to the crenulated margins of the genus. It might be regarded as a section with the name of Cryptonema, in allusion to the concealment of the radial striation along the margins. Clausinella, Gray, 1851. Synonyms: Ctrcomphalus, Mirch, 1853 (no type specified) ; Anaztzs, Romer, 1857 (in part), not of Duponchel, 1829. Shell with dominant concentric sculpture of strong ribs or ridges, radial striation being absent or obscure. Teeth widely divergent and solid in the adult, though the medians are often feebly erooved in young shells. Lunule and escutcheon well defined, but the latter more marked in the left valve. Nymphs striated and sometimes rugose. Pallial sinus very smali, angular or rounded. Pedal scar very narrowly connected with that of adductor. Clausinella, s.s. Type, Venus fasciata, Da Costa. JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERID. 81 Shell sculptured in regular concentric ridges, which do not rise into erect lamelle, and seldom show any radial striation. Inter- spaces finely concentrically striated. Nymphs with one or two longitudinal strie. The majority of the species belonging to this section occur in the Indian, Australian, and Pacific regions. They include fara, Dillw., foliacea, Phil., roborata, Hanley, isabellina, Phil., berry?, Gray, an roseotincta, Sow. In Kurope it dates back to the Helvetian stage of the Miocene (V. dertoparva).' Lirophora, Conrad, 1864. Type, Venus athleta, Conrad. Shell sculptured in thick concentric ridges, which are rounded in the centre, but pass into erect lamelle posteriorly, and often show radial strie on their ventral sides. ‘The interspaces are concentrically striated. Nymphs more or less rugose. This group is chiefly American, and includes V. paphia, Linn., V. maria, VOrb., V. peruviana, Sow. , and V. kellettii, Hinds. In Florida it appears to date back to the Oligocene, and there are many Miocene species. Chamelea, Morch, 18538. ‘Type, Venus gallina, Linn. Synonyms: Ortygia, Brown, 1827 (not of Boie, 1826); Hermione, Leach, 1852 (not of Blainville, 1828); Chamelea, Adams, 1857. Shell sculptured in narrow close-set concentric rounded riblets, which are often oblique and irregular; the radial strize are sometimes faintly visible. Nymphs nearly smooth. Pallial sinus angular. V. interpurpurea, Conrad, of the Caribbean Sea, and V. crassa, Q. & G., of New Zealand, may be referred to Chamelea, and the group dates back to the Miocene epoch in Europe (V. cothurnie, Dujardin), and to the Oligocene in the United States. Salacia, Jukes-Browne, 1914. Type, Venus Jamellata, Lam. Etym.: Salacia, the wife of Neptune. Shell oblong or oval, flattened at the umbones, with distant, thin, erect, or recurved concentric lamelle. Lunule small and lanceolate. Escutcheon only defined in left valve. Median teeth always bifid. Nymphs smooth. Margins feebly crenulate. Pallial sinus moderately deep. Pedal scar long, narrowly confluent with adductor. This group seems to be restricted to Australia and New Zealand. It comprises Chione yatesi, Gray, and Ch. jackson’, Smith, and perhaps C. calophylla, which links it with Clausinella. Bassina, J.-Br., 1914. Type, Venus paucilamellata, Sow. (= V. alata, Reeve). Dedicated to Lieut. Bass, after whom Bass’ Straits were named. Shell sub-trigonal, thick, convex, brownish, concentrically striated with only a few erect scales on the anterior slope. Escutcheon not defined. Both dorsal margins of the right valve grooved, and those of the left bevelled to fit. The only species known occurs along the south coast of Australia and round Tasmania. 1 Tt was by mistake that this species was referred to Circomphalus on p. 74. 82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY Genus Prororwaca, Dall, 1902., Type, Chama thaca, Molina (= Venus dombeyt, VOrb.). This group of shells was separated by Dr. Dall in his ‘‘ Synopsis of the Veneride ”’,’ and placed as a sub-genus of Zapes. I have protested against this rillochion on two previous oceasions, holding that the species which he took as his type, i.e. that usually known as Venus dombeyti, is much more closely allied to Venus and Chione than to Tapes. A careful examination of all the species which Dr. Dall then included under the name Protothaca has convinced me that they do not form a homogeneous natural group, but a heterogeneous assemblage. One of the species belongs to the typical section of Chione, another is an abnormal form of Zapes; but the rest (including the type) do present peculiarities which distinguish them both from Chione and Tapes, and possess characters which make it inconvenient to class them as a sub-genus of either. The fact is that Dr. Dall’s diagnosis only records some of the differences between Protothaca and Chione, and those are chiefly superficial differences. He dwells chiefly on the external sculpture, and does not say a word about the disposition of the teeth, nor does he sufficiently distinguish the group from Zupes. The sculpture, being partly concentric and partly radial, differs little from that possessed by the typical section of Chione, and would not entitle the shells to more than sectional value, but there are points of much more importance, and one of these is the closer approximation of the teeth. No doubt this was perceived by Dr. Dall, and was the chief reason for his placing the shells under Zapes, although he does not say so, nor does he distinguish Zapes from Chione by the divergence of the teeth. It is a fact, however, that in Protothaca both the posterior cardinals are shorter than in Chione, the left posterior being a short oblique tooth crossing the hinge-plate on a line nearly parallel to the hinder side of the median, while in Chione it is a long tooth, parallel to the base of the ligament. Protothaca resembles Chione in having a strong hinge-plate, and consequently there is a space between the left posterior cardinal and the base of the ligament. The ligament itself is very long, extending nearly to the end of the posterior dorsal slope, the consequence being that the groove, which is usually found on this margin of the right valve, is in Protothaca merely a short indentation for the reception of an equally short projection on the left valve. In this respect it differs from Chione, and resembles some forms of Tapes, such as 7. decussatus and 7. pullastra. The following is a list of the recent species which are referred to Protothaca and its section Callithaca by Dr. Dall:— Chione grata, Say (= Venus discors, Sow., and V. histrioncca, Sow.). Chama thaca, Molina (= Venus dombey?, VOrb.). Chione ruderata, Desh. 1 Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxvi, p. 364, 1902. JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERID. 83 Ch. petiti, Desh. (as Saxidomus; = Venus rigida, Gould, and Tapes diversa, Sow.). Ch. staminea, Conrad (= Venus mundulus, Reeve). Tapes orbella, Carpenter. T. laciniata, Carp. T. tenerrima, Carp. (the type of Callithaca, Dall). Of these eight species I consider the first to be a typical Chione, for it has the teeth of Chione with the left posterior parallel to the nymph, and it may be regarded as the Pacific analogue of the Caribbean Ch. granulata, which Dr. Dall himself classes as a Chione. The last species on the list is very different from all the others, and I regard it as a form of Zapes. The remaining six species do form a special group with characters of their own; they differ from Chione in the features already mentioned, as well as in the greater depth of the pallial sinus. The sub-genus of Zapes which they most nearly resemble is Ruditapes (7. decussata), but from this they differ in the following particulars, i.e. in having— A stronger hinge-plate with a broader anterior expansion. . Longer and stronger teeth. Smooth nymphs, never corrugated. Left anterior tooth entire, not grooved. Crenulated valve-margins. Pedal scar confluent with adductor. Dork oo to The fact is that the Protothaca group has characters which make it inconvenient to include it either under Venus or under Tapes, and I therefore propose to consider it a genus, especially as I believe the following species may also be referred to it, Chione jedoensis, Lischke, Ch. hiraset, Pilsbry, Ch. costata, Q. & G., and possibly the shell known as Petricola elliptica, Sow. (from Peru). ‘The group is essentially a Pacifie one, and may be defined as follows :— Sheil oblong, of dull white, yellow, or brownish colouring, sculpture more or less cancellate, but the radial ribs often becoming dominant. Lunule defined, but escutcheon absent, or only defined in the left valve. Ligament very long and prominent. Hinge-plate strong and deep; teeth separate and rather near together, both medians bifid, and both posteriors more oblique than in Chione. Nymphs smooth. Pallial sinus fairly deep and rounded in Californian species, short and subangular in others. Pedal scar confluent at top with that of the adductor. Ventral margin crenulated, but often becoming smooth ‘posteriorly. Ridge and groove on dorsal margins very short. Dr. Dall describes the animal of the type as having short siphons which are united to their tips, the foot hatchet-shaped (? hnguitorm), and not byssiferous nor exhibiting even a byssal groove. There is another shell which I am inclined to place under Protothaca in spite of the fact that its margins are entirely smooth, and that it was placed under ‘ Marcia’ by Dr. Dall. This is the Venus rufa, Lam., a large, thick, oval shell which has a curiously curved hinge- plate and teeth, which are quite different from those of Samarangra. 84 PROCKEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. I propose to make it a sub-genus of Protothaca with the name of Rhomalea, from pouareos, strong. It can be defined thus :— Sub-genus. Rhomalea, J.-Br., 1914. Type, Venus rufa, Lamarck. Habitat, Peru. Shell similar to Protothaca, but nearly smooth; showing faint radial strie all over the surface, obscured on the anterior side by stronger concentric strie. Ligament very large and prominent. Hinge- plate curved and both posterior teeth very short. Interior margins smooth, pallial sinus sharply pointed. Pedal scar small and separate from that of adductor. Venus kennerlyi may perhaps be associated with rufa, as its dentition and sinus are similar. Genus Samaranaia, Dall, 1902. Shell oval or sub-quadrate, concentrically striated or minutely reticulated. Inner margins of valves smooth. Lunule flat, cireum- scribed. Escutcheon not defined. Hinge-plate short, with a flat or concave anterior expansion. ‘Teeth divergent, three in each valve, the left anterior and median united at top, and fitting over the right anterior ; left posterior generally long and partly confluent with the nymph. Pallial sinus fairly deep. Pedal scar more or less confluent with that of the adductor. Samarangia, s.s. Type, Venus quadrangularis, Ad. & Rve. Shell solid, sub-quadrate, dull white. Ligament long. Valve- margins smooth. Pallial sinus horizontal, linguiform, and pointed. Pedal scar oval, very narrowly confluent with that of adductor. So far as my own knowledge goes, this section only includes quadrangularis, lenticularis, Sow., and exalbida, Chem. Sub-genera. Mercimonia, Dall, 1902. Type, Venus bernay?, Cossmann (Eocene fossil). Shell sub-orbicular, substantial, convex, concentrically striated. Lunule feebly defined, ligament sunk. Hinge-plate deep, and anterior concavity well developed. Right posterior tooth widely bifid, and both posteriors curved. Left median and oe united at top and both entire. Posterior marginal groove long. [Pedal scar confluent with that of adductor. Pallial sinus variable in depth and shape. A perusal of the description given by Messrs. Cossmann and Peyrot of V. dyyardini of the Bordeaux Miocene, and the examination of a left valve, for which I am indebted to Professor Peyrot, have convinced me that it belongs to the same group as the Eocene shells described by M. Cossmann and mentioned by me in a_ previous volume of these Proceedings (vol. viii, p. 169). Textivenus, Cossmann, 1886. Type, Venus texta, Lam. (Eocene). Shell small, oval, ornamented with raised obliquely reticulate strie. Valve-margins smooth. Only right posterior margin grooved. Pallial sinus ascending. Pedal scar narrow, and confluent with that of adductor. JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERID. 85 Genus Gomputna, Morch, 18538. The isolation of Gomphina as a genus was discussed and maintained by me in 1909,' and at the same time it was pointed out that the small group of shells now known as Liocyma seemed to stand in the relation of a sub-genus. Since then I have ventured to affiliate the small American shells called Psephis by Carpenter in 1864, but renamed Psephidia by Dr. Dall in 1902, and I have also described a new sub-genus under the name of Acolus, based on a species from the Falkland Islands which was referred to Psephis by Messrs. Preston and Cooper in 1910.* The species of Gomphina proper are only found on the western side of the Pacifie Ocean from Australia north- ward to Japan, and the other groups are entirely American. Generic characters: Shell trigonal or oval, solid, smooth or con- centrically striated. Lunule flat, circumscribed. Escutcheon not defined. Valve-margins smooth or tangentially grooved. Right posterior and left anterior dorsal margins grooved to receive the opposite bevelled margins. Hinge-plate short and triangular; teeth equally divergent, and both medians generally grooved. Pallial sinus small. Pedal scar separate from that of the adductor. Gomphina, s.s. Type, Venus donacina, Chem. Shell trigonal, smooth, and near equilateral. Three teeth in each valve, the left posterior confluent with the nymph, and sometimes rugose, as also the right nymph. Pallial sinus short and rounded. Sub-genera. Psephidia, Dall. Type, Psephis lord’, Baird. Shell small, smooth, sub-equilateral. Left posterior tooth free. Inner margins tangentially grooved and microscopically crenulated. Pallial sinus short, triangular. Acolus, Jukes-Browne. Type, Psephis foveolata, Preston & Cooper. Shell small, trigonal, equilateral. Teeth 3 in the left valve, 2 in the right. Ventral margins smooth, but dorsal margins striated. Pallial line very slightly inflected. Liocyma, Dall. Type, Venus fluctuosa, Gould. Shell oval, inequilateral, oblique, concentrically striated. Three teeth in each valve. Pallial sinus short and rounded. Valve-margins smooth. Genus Crementia, Gray, 1842. Animal having long siphons, united for their whole length, with plain orifices. Foot compressed and sub-quadrate (or hatchet-shaped) _ like that of Dosenta. Mantle-margins plain. Shell oval or oblong, convex, thin or substantial, sculpture generally concentric and feeble, but sometimes reticulate. Lunule indefinite or feebly defined. Escutcheon generally depressed, but not defined. Valve-margins smooth, and right posterior dorsal margin grooved. Hinge-plate weak or strong in relation to the thickness of the shell, with a concave expansion in front of the teeth ; 1 See Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. viii, p. 233. 2 See Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xii, p. 479, 1913. 86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. three divergent teeth in each valve, the right posterior being generally bifid or composed of two lamine; the left posterior is a short tooth crossing the hinge-plate. Pallial sinus variable. Clementia, s.s. Type, Venus papyracea, Gray. Shell thin, oval, concentrically undulated and striated. Hinge weak, teeth separate, right posterior bifid or composed of two compressed plates, median and anterior near together, left median sometimes bifid. Pallial sinus generally subangular and ascending. Pedal scar large, oval, and opening narrowly into that of the adductor. Terentia, Jukes-Browne, 1914. Type, Clementia granifera, Sow. Shell thin, oblong, very inequilateral, ornamented with irregular divaricate or reticulate strie. No escutcheon. Hinge narrow, teeth short, and anterior concavity small; all the teeth entire, the mght posterior being tall and narrow, the left very slight and feeble. Pallial sinus very large and deep, and partly confluent with the pallial line. Pedal scar large and confluent with that of adductor. Sub-genera. Flaventia, Jukes- Browne, 1908. ‘'ype, Venus ovalis, Sow. (a Cretaceous fossil). Shell elongate-oval, fairly strong, with a defined lunule. Teeth all entire, except the right posterior, which is widely bifid, the hinder lamina being much ‘longer than the other; left median narrow and oblique, anterior triangular. Pallial sinus deep, ascending and rounded. Psathura, Deshayes. Type, Venus fragilis, Lam. (an Eocene fossil). Shell thin. Teeth small; right posterior bifid, median grooved ; all in left valve entire. Pallial line without inflection. Genus Cycrina, Deshayes, 1849. Type, Venus sinensis, Gmelin. Shell orbicular, convex, concentrically striated with subordinate radial striz in the typical section. No defined lunule or escutcheon. Hinge-plate well developed, with a short anterior and long posterior extension, so that the teeth only occupy a small space. Both posterior teeth are short, and traverse the plate obliquely. Right posterior and sometimes left median bifid. Pallial sinus deep and ascending. Pedal sear small and confluent with that of adductor. Cyclina, s.s. Valve-margins crenulated. Pallial sinus angular in sinensis, but rounded in flavida, and subangular in orientalis. Sub-genus. Cyclinella, Dall, 1902. Type, Dosinia tenuis, Récluz. Hinge-plate and teeth like that of Cyclina, but valve-margins smooth. Pallial sinus sharply angular, ascending. Genus Gemma, Deshayes, 1853. As I have recently described this genus in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History! and have given a corrected description of it with 1 Ser. VIII, vol. xii, p. 473, 1913. JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERIDA. 87 reasons for regarding Parastarte as a sub-genus, I need only here quote the definitions there printed. It is a small group of small American shells which seems to stand by itself, though, by the characters of the hinge and the crenulation of the margins, it resembles Chione more than any other. Shell small, oval or sub-trigonal, smooth or concentrically striated. Lunule large, superficially defined. No escutcheon. Hinge-plate short. Teeth widely divergent, the left posterior inconspicuous or obsolete, but, when present, parallel to the nymph; left median and right posterior bifid, all the rest entire. Right postero-dorsal and left antero-dorsal margins grooved to receive ridges on the opposite margins. Ventral margins finely crenulated. Gemma, s.s. Type, Venus gemma, Totten. Shell oval, striate. Three teeth in each valve. Marginal grooves long and deep. Pallial sinus generally rounded, ascending. Sub-genus. Parastarte, Dall. Shell thick, smooth, equilateral, and sub- trigonal. Three teeth in the right valve and only two in the left. Marginal grooves narrow. Pallial line only slightly inflected. Genus CyprimertaA, Conrad, 1864. Fossil shells of Cretaceous age, and represented by one small species in the Hocene of the Paris Basin. Shell more or less orbieular, smooth or concentrically striated. Umbones small. Lunule superficial and feebly defined. No escutcheon. Hinge-plate prolonged anteriorly to form a concave space. ‘Teeth widely divergent, the right posterior being so broadly bifid that its components form two separate teeth, while the median and anterior are directed forward. Left median thiek and sometimes bifid. Cyprimeria, s.s. Type, Cytherea excavata, Morton. Shell sub-orbicular, compressed. Left median tooth thick, triangular and bifid; left posterior long and nearly parallel to the nymph. Pallial line with a very slight inflection. Cyclorisma, Dall, 1902. Type, C. carolinensis, Conrad. Shell oval or sub-orbicular, convex. Left median tooth entire, left posterior short and crossing the plate obliquely. Pallial sinus fairly deep, ascending and subangular. Genus Marcia, H. & A. Adams, 1857. This genus and its separation from Zapes have been fully discussed in a previous paper.! The name was proposed by the Messrs. Adams in their Genera of Recent Mollusca in 1857 for a group of shells which they regarded as a sub-genus of Chione. By Romer, however, these species were included in his Hemitapes and Katelysia groups, the former being regarded as a section of Zapes; and in 1887 Fischer recognized DMareia, as well as Hemitapes and Matelysia, placing them 1 Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. viii, p. 233, 1909. 88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. all under Zapes. It was Dr. Dall in 1902 who first proposed to separate this assemblage as a genus under the name of Mareia, but he was mistaken in supposing that a type had been properly indic: ated, so that it was not until 1909 that Venus pingwis was definitely selected as its typical species, and that Samarangia was excluded from the genus. The following i is an abstract of the generic definition then given by me :— Shell oval or oblong, inequilateral and oblique, smooth or con- centrically strated. Lunule well defined, but escutcheon only defined by absence of sculpture. Valve-margins smooth. Hinge- plate short, with three fairly strong, divergent, and nearly equidistant teeth; the right posterior and median, as well as the left median, are bifid or srooved, and frequently all the teeth are rugose. The right nymph and the left posterior tooth are striated with linear riblets ; the posterior right and anterior left dorsal margins are grooved. Pallial sinus of moderate depth and rounded. Pedal scar separate from that of the adductor. Mareia, s.s. Type, Venus pinguis, Chem. Shell oval or oblong, convex, smooth or obscurely waved, often attenuated posteriorly. Lunule distinct and impressed. ‘Teeth rather small and widely divergent, the left posterior rugose and confluent with the nymph, left anterior and median both grooved. This group ineludes V. nebulosa, Chem., paupercula, Chem. (with the varieties fhochi, Phil., ambigua, Desh., and krauss’, Desh.), 2 interrupta, Koch., and fumigata, Sow. (= levigata, Sow.). It inhabits the Indian Ocean from the east coast of Africa to Australia and the Philippine Islands. Sub-genera. Hemitapes, Romer, 1864. Type, Venus rimular’s, Lam. Shell oval or sub-trigonal, convex, and generally tumid. Sculpture of narrow irregular concentric ribs. Teeth short, the left posterior oblique and only in part adherent to the nymph; both the anterior teeth are tall and entire. Pallial sinus fairly deep. This group is also East Indian and Australian, including fammiculata, Lam., striata, Chem., cor, Sow. (non Hanley), philippit, Desh., marmorata, Lam., variabilis, Phil. (with its varieties Jaterisulca, Sow., orventalis, Desh., ustulata, Desh., and recens, Sow.), flammea, Gmelin (= radiata, Chem.), and recens, Chem. (not Sow.). Katelysia, Romer, 1857. Type, Venus scalarina, Lamarck. Shell obliquely oval, compressed or convex, anterior side very short; sculpture of strong concentric ridges which are sometimes corrugated by radial ribs. Teeth nearly straight, but divergent, and all more or less rugose. Pallial sinus small, obtuse, or rounded. This is a small group of Australian shells comprising Venus strigosa, Lam., V. corrugata, Lam., V. peronti, Lam., V. aphrodina, Lam., and V. regularis, Desh. To these may, I think, be added the shell described by Deshayes as Saxidomus decussatus and said to come from South America, but of which I have specimens from Japan. JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERIDZ. 89 The genus Tapzs. Even after the separation of J/arcia and its allies, the shells which have been grouped under the head of Zapes form a heterogenous assemblage which is difficult to define in terms that would be applicable to all of them. If we neglect the variations in shape and external sculpture, and confine our attention to the internal characters, we find that the group typified by Zapes litteratus differs considerably from that which was called Zextriz by Romer, and still more from the shell which is commonly known as Zapes pullastra, which last is in many respects more closely allied to Venerupis than to Tapes proper. So great is this resemblance that the cavicolar variety of 7. pullastra. was supposed to be a distinct species by Lamarck, and was by him classed as a Venerupis under the name of V. perforans. After a careful examination of the two assemblages which have gone under the names of Zapes and Venerupis I have come to the conclusion that they really form a connected series with Zapes litteratus at one end and Venerupis trus at the other; and further that it is almost impossible to frame a definition of the one that would exclude the other. Consequently I would either make one genus of them under the name of Zapes with Venerupis as a sub-genus, or divide the series into three genera which could then be more easily defined and distinguished. On the whole, and having special regard to the characters of the hinge, I prefer the latter arrangement, and find it more convenient to create a new genus for the shells which occupy an intermediate position between the two extremes. Here, however, we are brought up against the thorny fence of priority in the selection of a name and type for this intermediate genus. The groups of which it can be formed are those for which the following names have been proposed: Textriz, Paratapes, Pullastra, Polititapes, Callistotapes, and Protapes. Of these, Pullastra is the oldest, having been proposed by Sowerby in 1826, while the Zewtrix of Romer only dates from 1857, and was, moreover, preoccupied b Sundeval in 18338, so that the next name was Paratapes (Stoliczka, 1871). Pullastra, however, can only be recognized as a subsidiary group, whereas the type of Paratapes is the first species on Romer’s list of Zextriz, so that the one name could stand for the other, and could be defined so as to include the same species. Under the International Rules, however, the oldest name in any assemblage of groups must be taken as the generic name, and, if we submit to this ruling, Pud/astra would be the name of the genus, and ' Paratapes would have to rank as a sub-genus. The only other way out of the difficulty is to detach Pullastra from the intermediate genus, and to consider it as a sub-genus of Venerupis. This indeed I regard as the most convenient and most natural arrangement of the several groups, for Pullastra is intimately connected w vith Venerupis through the species which were separated by the Messrs. Adams under the name of J/yrsus. Some of these species have since been referred to Zapes and some to Venerupis by different authors, but they are best united under the head of Pudlastra. 90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. It must here be remarked that a genus Pullastra was first proposed by Sowerby in 1826,' and it included most of the species which Megerle and Lamarck had respectively allotted to their genera Tapes and Venerupis. One can only suppose that Sowerby was ignorant of Megerle’s name, and did not agree with Lamarck’s separation of Venerupis. Anyway, the name might have been dropped as a synonym of Zupes if it had not been revived by subsequent authors for a section of that genus. The Messrs. Adams used it in 1857 for a group of species which did not include V. pullastra, a group which was in the same year called Paratapes by Romer. Under the International Rules a genus which contains a species bearing the same name must take that species as a type; consequently Fischer was right in giving Zupes pullastra as the typical example of his section Pullastra, and Dr. Dall was right in definitely indicating that species as the type of a sub-genus Pudlastra. Lastly, with regard to the animals of the different forms of Zapes, the differences which exist between them are not in very close correlation with the differences of the shells, and would not lead us to the same generic grouping. If, for instance, we were to group them in genera according ie the partial union or the total separation of the siphons, we should get a different classification from that based on the characters of the Bik, Thus Zapes litteratus has long and nearly equal siphons which are entirely separate from one another. In Paratapes euglyptus, for a specimen of which I am indebted to Mr. Hirase of Kyoto, the siphons are also quite free and separate from one another, but in Polititapes (both riombordes and fetus) the siphons are united for about half their length. Again, in Zupes decussatus, the type of Amygdala, the siphons are free and separate, but in Zapes philippi- narum (sent me by Mr. Hirase) they are united for three-quarters of their length. The differences in the foot also show the same want of correlation. In 7. litteratus the foot is long and tongue-shaped, but does not possess a byssus, nor even a byssal groove, so far as I could see in the spirit-preserved specimens sent me by Mr. J. Banfield of Dunk Island, Queensland. In Paratapes the foot is very large, thick, and elongated, and there is no trace of a groove at its base, while in P. rhombovdes, and in the aureus group, the foot is rather small, with a byssal groove, and castrensis is said to have a small byssus. Zupes decussatus has a small byssus, while Z. philippi- narum, or, at any rate, the specimen examined by me, has only a groove; both have a broad lanceolate foot, not thick, but rather compressed. The distribution of these Tapesine genera at the present day is interesting, for the restricted section of Zupes is essentially tropical, being only found in the Indian Ocean and in the western Pacific from Japan to the northern parts of Australia. 1 Genera of Shells, Zool. Journ., vol. iii, p. 134. JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERIDZ. 91 Amygdala has a wider range, extending from the west coast of Europe through the Mediterranean and the Indian Ocean to the Philippines, Australia, and New Zealand. Callithaca is the only American representative. The typical section of Paratapes, again, is Indo-Pacific, the type being quoted from Natal, India, Tasmania, but Polititapes is restricted to the Mediterranean and the western coasts of the Old World. It has been supposed that the name Amygdala could not be used for a molluse because it was preoccupied for an Echinoderm. This idea was based on a statement of Agassiz, who referred to ‘‘ Amygdala, Van Phelsum, 1774”, but Mr. Sherborn found that this was a mistake, and that the name did not occur in Van Phelsum’s work on KEchino- derms (see Index Animalium, p. 46). Neither can the name be rejected on account of the Amygdalum of Megerle (1811); con- sequently it can be accepted from Romer (1857), and since his first species was Zapes decussatus, and this has been givenin textbooks as the typical example of Amygdala, that species should be regarded as the type. The several groups above-mentioned are distributed in the three genera Tapes, Paratapes, and Venerupis as follows. Genus Tarrs, Megerle, 1811. Shell oblong, inequilateral, and generally expanded posteriorly ; concentrically striated or radiately ribbed. Lunule defined, but escutcheon often obscure. Ligament long and prominent. Hinge with three divergent teeth in each valve, only three of the six being bifid; the left posterior directed backward so as to be nearly parallel to the nvmph. Valve-margins smooth. Pallial sinus fairly deep, horizontal, and rounded. Tapes, s.s. Type, Venus litterata, Linn. Shell rather compressed, with small flattish umbones, concentrically striated or grooved. Escutcheon defined, but narrow. Left median tooth broad, triangular, and deeply bifid. Pedal scar separate from adductor. Besides the varieties of 7. ditteratus this group includes 7. turgida, Lam., 7. sulearia, Lam., 7. deshayest, Hanley, 7. similis, Desh., and T. phenax, Pilsbry. Sub-genera. Amygdala, Romer, 1857. Synonym: Luditapes, Chiamenti, 1900. Shell convex, bearing radiate ribs which are more or less decussated by concentric ridges. Escutcheon not defined. Hinge-plate narrow and curtailed behind, so that the posterior teeth are both very short. Pallial sinus deep. Pedal scar small and narrowly confluent with that of the adductor. This group includes Zapes indicus, Sow., ZT. vartegatus, Sow., a plilippinarum, Ad. & Rve., 7. bruguiert, Hanley, and 7. intermedia, eG. VOL. XI.—JUNE, 1914. i 92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY Callithaca, Dall, 1900. Type, Zapes tenerrima, Carpenter. Shell broadly oblong, sculptured, with fine radial nblets, crossed by distant concentric ridges. Hinge-plate long with a space in front of the teeth. Dorsal margins not grooved; ventral margin feebly crenulated when young, but smooth in adult. Pallial sinus very long and turned up at the end. Pedal scar elongate, separate, with a connecting canal. ‘This species appears to stand by itself, and its dentition is very different from that of Protothaca, with which Dr. Dall placed it. Genus Pararapes, Stoliczka, 1871. Synonyms: Pullastra, Adams; Textriz, Romer, 1857 (not of Sundey ral) ; Eutapes, Chiamenti, 1900; Paphia, Dall after Bolten, 1902; Protapes, Dall, 1902. Shell smooth or concentrically ribbed; generally coloured with a glistening brownish periostracum. Lunule defined, but not the escutcheon. Hinge-plate narrow, teeth short, near together, s shightly divergent, and of nearly equal length. Right dorsal margin grooved. Pallial sinus moderate and rounded. Pedal scar always separate from that of adductor. Paratapes, s.s. Type, Venus textilis, Linn. (= textus, Chem.). Shell oblong-elongate. ‘Two of the teeth in each valve bifid or grooved, and the posteriors curved. Pallal sinus obtuse and ascending. This section includes undulatus, Born, rotundatus, Linn., sulcosus, Sow., amabilis, Phil., semirugatus, Phil., politus, Sow., graffet, Dunker, schnellianus, Dunker, inflatus, Desh., meroeformis, Sow., liratus, Phil., euglyptus, Phil., malabaricus, Chem., and declivis, Sow. Polititapes, Chiamenti, February, 1900. Type, Venus aurea, Gmelin. Synonym: Callistotapes, Sacco, April, 1900 (type, Zapes vetulus). Shell oval or oblong, concentrically grooved, with sometimes obscure radial striation. Pallial sinus nearly horizontal. This is a small group of European and West African shells which seems to take the place of Paratapes in those regions. There are a number of Mediterranean forms which Saree regard as varieties of aureus, but Jletus, Poli, texturatus, Lam. (= = petalina), and castrensis, Desh., seem good species. Other species are rhombordes, Penn. (=virgineus, auctorum), British, and durus, Sow., from West Africa. It has fossil representatives in the Miocene and Pliocene deposits. Genus Vrenervurpis, Lamarck, 1818. Type, Venus rus, Linnzeus. Shell oblong, often irregular from its nesting habit. Sculpture of radial lines or riblets, crossed by concentric ridges or strize. Lunule indefinite. Escutcheon not defined, or only on left valve. Hinge- plate very short and narrow, excavated and curtailed posteriorly, so that all the teeth are very short, near together, and nearly parallel to one another. Two of them in each valve are bifid or grooved, but the teeth are often irregular and malformed. Groove on the posterior dorsal margin obsolete. Ventral margin smooth. Pedal scar separate from adductor. JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERIDZ. 93 Venerupis, s.s. Type as above. Shell with radial riblets crossed by distant concentric ridges. Escutcheon defined by a ridge in the left valve. Pallial sinus ‘generally short, subangular, and ascending. Claudiconcha, Fischer, 1887. Type, V. monstrosa, Chem. Shell very irregular and inequivalve, the posterior margin of the right valve so expanded as to overlap that of the left. Escutcheon not defined. Pallial sinus variable. The typical section of Venerupis includes V. elegans, Desh., V. exotica, Lam., V. lamellifera, Conrad, V. crenata, Lam., V. carditordes, Lam., V. planicosta, Desh., V. mitis, Desh., V. pulcherrima, Desh., and possibly V. diemenensis, Q. & G. Claudiconcha includes V. cumingt, Desh., and V. madreporica, Jonas. Sub-genus. Pullastra, Sowerby, 1826. Type, Venus pullastra, Mont. Shell with shallow radial or corrugated concentric sculpture. Escutcheon not defined. Pallial sinus large and deep, sometimes touching the pallial line below. Pedal scar separate. The other species are P. geographica, Lam., P. fabagella, Desh., P. galactites, Lam., P. corrugata, Chem., P. cumingi, Sow., P. disrupta, Sow., and ? P. dactyloides. I see no reason for separating the four last as a distinct section under the name of J/yrsus (Adams); some specimens ol 2: pullastra are nearly as rough as corrugata, and the pallial sinus varies both in depth and width. Moreover, two species generally assigned to Venerupis, viz. V. rugosa and V. siliqua, have a deep rounded pallial sinus, and are better placed under Pudlastra than under Venerupis. Genus Baropa, Stoliczka, 1871. The separation of this genus from Zapes was advocated by me in 1908,’ and at the same time I pointed out the close resemblance between the hinges of Baroda and Venerella, the former being a Cretaceous fossil “and the latter being small oval shells found in the Eocene of the Paris Basin. I see no reason to alter the opinion then formed, because the similarity of the dentition is to my mind of more importance than the dissimilarity of shape; but those who think otherwise will doubtless agree with M. Cossmann in placing Veneredla near Mercimonia. On my view the following is a comprehensive generic description. Shell oblong or oval, concentrically striated, and sometimes also radiately ribbed. Lunule superficial. Escutcheon not defined. Hinge with three entire teeth in each valve, even the right posterior being entire and very narrow. In the right valve the anterior and median are placed under the umbo and directed forward, while the posterior is directed backward, so that there is a wide space between it and the median with an excavated border. In the left valve the teeth are more equally divergent, and the plate is excavated between each of them. Valve-margins smooth. 1 Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. viii, p. 171. 94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Baroda, s.s. Type, Venus fragilis, d’Orbigny. Shell oblong and much elongated posteriorly. Sculpture concentric only. Pallial sinus ample, horizontal, and rounded. Posterior teeth very long and parallel to the nymphs. Lcanotia, Stoliczka, 1871. Type, Psammobia impar, Zittel. Shell similar to Baroda, but having well-marked radial sculpture. Sub-genus. Venerella, Cossmann, 1886. Type, Venus hermonvillensis, Desh. Shell small, oval, short, concentrically striated. Hinge as above. Pallial sinus fairly deep, ascending, rounded. Pedal scar small, but apparently confluent with that of the adductor. In the preparation of this account of the Venerids I have received much valuable assistance from Mr. J. C. Melvill and Mr. J. J. MacAndrew, who have most kindly lent me specimens in their collections for examination, and also from Mr. E. A. Smith, to whom I am indebted for much information, not only about shells in the British Museum but about matters which required reference to various publications. I have also to thank Mons. M. Cossmann, of Paris, and Professor Peyrot, of Bordeaux, for specimens of Eocene and Miocene species, and for information respecting other species from those formations. Ven} for) THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. PROCEEDINGS OF GCUVNNAM S V FIGL ‘Lg Aepnuve XTIONNOO ‘W ‘IOINSVIIT, “UOT ‘AANOSNO "F{ NuOL "4091109 9q 0} JUIIUO}BYS BAOGB ay puy OM pus ‘uopuo'y jo Aya100g [BoLsopoorye yy ayy jo TIIMSBILT, ayy jo SZJUNODIB’ ayy poululVxs Arp STUY DAVY OM "sIOJIPNY OOS 0G: Or Ged "+ + qunosoy [vtouay Wolf aajsuvay, ‘ 0 0 OCF ° ° * Stel ‘Savnuve puvy Ut souryeg oF, | 0 ZL GI " + + + + + geod 4sv] WOIT GOULTYG OF, ‘UNAT T¥IOWdS ¢ @ &&ls G¢ G@ Sele (0 € IT yooqg °/, §% urppodosqoyy OGF wo puoprarq * | C 219 ° ° ° °* [090 ‘suoIzVIysn{]]T to; suotywuog *° = . : : ; A ‘ ; 6 ate) a, Se GG _s eee ere Pelt oO Sage _SHUIPINOOL,, JO avg 6 0 Gz SE A Se IO. “GaP OL ee ee anoty uorypisodmuoy ‘ (enh 2a: puny petoadg 0} LaysuUAy, equ aes suena hens - + + goog oounrquop “ eg¢ °° °° * * * sosuodxg s,Arejoroeg “| 9 OL F a OS er aaa : | 0 & PT *. stoquopy Surpuodsatoy 0 OL G SPUBPU94} Y OF SOTFINYCIY) | 9 81 eF ° *° * stoquoayy ArvuIpsC OMcmeccrme ne nee Gs LOOT ETO | oouvape ur suorydriosqng jenuuay * asu AQ poddnout sosuodxop | eS ee ae : ioe °, 5 ie || & ’ e —Ayoroog Uvouul’y | O21 * saoquioyy Sutpuodsoa109 920 °°: ' * + + + + * yooq-anbeyg “ | o 1s as ea Arvurpag : 063 °° °° * * + + savpnoatg Suyquug “ | — vote ut suorzdiiosqng jenuuy fee ce ae Pies 6 —— | G L FG ° Stloqmoyy sutpuodsar1o(y CT 2) SUOTFVAYSN] TT 9 | ee7F °° * SdOqmO ATvUTPIC I 61 6L7 ° ° as8uysog pue suyUug —suoydiiosqnug jenuuy —,,ssuipovoorg ,, Joysog AG) 1] OL FB °° ttt avod Gsuy Woaz sounpeg oO, Ye St) Ft “2(9) “p sigs F aq "SIGE ‘IS UAINAONd AHUNY UVAA THLE UOX AXALIGNAdTXA UNV AWOONI ‘NOGNOT JO ALHLIOOS TVOIDOTOOV'IVIN 96 ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING. Fripay, 13ra Fresrouary, 1914. The Rey. A. H. Cooks, M.A., D.Sce., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair. Mr. F. W. Reader and Mr. F. H. Sikes were appointed scrutineers. The following report was read :— ‘‘Your Council, in presenting their twenty-first Annual Report, refer with pleasure to the fact that the Society has now attained its majority, and may look back with extreme satisfaction on the amount of useful work accomplished during the period of its existence and published in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Society. ‘The papers printed during the preceding year, details of which are given below, have maintained their usual standard of excellence. ‘It is with great regret your Council have to record the loss by death of two members, Mr. R. Bruce Foote, F.G.S., and Mr. W. Moss, while, owing to resignation and other causes, four more names have been removed from the Society’s roll. ‘During the year nine new members have been elected, so that the membership of the Society on December 31st, 1918, stood as follows :— Ordinary members . : : : : ; é 71 Corresponding members. : 5 é : 5 94 Total . . 165 ‘“As regards finance, the position of the Society shows an improve- ment on last year’s figures. The current account shows a balance of £22 Os. 9d., while the special fund has £20 standing to its credit, one composition fee of £5 5s. having been added and £2 8s. transferred from current account. The Society, moreover, still holds the sum of £50 invested in Metropolitan 23 per cent stock. ‘‘'Three parts of the ‘ Proceedings’, forming the last half of Vol. X, have been issued during the year 1915. They consist of 154 pages of text, illustrated with 5 plates and 30 text-figures. A portrait of Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen, President of the Society 1898-9, was issued with Part V as a frontispiece to the volume. ‘The following authors have very kindly contributed towards the cost of illustrations, or have furnished drawings or photographs for the plates or text-figures: C. R. Boettger, Rev. A. H. Cooke, T. Iredale, A. J. Jukes-Browne, Marquis de Monterosato, H. Bb. Preston, G. C. Robson, and H. Suter. “The thanks of the Society are again especially due to the Council of the Linnean Society for permitting the meetings to be held in Burlington House as in previous years.” On the motion of Mr. F. W. Reader, seconded by Mr. E. A. Smith, the above was adopted as the Annual Report of the Society. The following were elected Officers and Council for the year 1914:— President. —Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.S. PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 97 Vice- Presidents —A.S. Kennard, F.G.S., R. Bullen Newton, F.G.S., iM, B. Preston, H.Z.S:, Hak. Sykes, B-A., FL-S., E.Z.8. Treasurer.—J. H. Ponsonby, F.Z.S. Secretary.—G. K. Gude, F.Z.S. Editor.—E. A. Smith, 1.8.0. Other Members of Couneil.—G. C. Crick, F.G.S., T. Iredale, ©. Oldham, G. C. Robson, B.A., J. R. Le B. Tomlin, M.A., B. B. Woodward, F.L.S. On the motion of Mr. H. Fulton, seconded by Mr. C. Oldham, a vote of thanks was passed to the Retiring Officers and Members of the Council and to the Auditors and Scrutineers. ORDINARY MEETING. Fripay, 13rmH Fresrvary, 1914. The Rey. A. H. Cooks, M.A., D.Sce., F.Z.8., President, in the Chair. The President delivered his Annual Address, entitled ‘‘ Some Points and Problems in Geographical Distribution ”’. On the motion of Mr. B. B. Woodward, seconded by Mr. R. H. Burne, a vote of thanks was passed to Mr. Cooke for his interesting address, which it was resolved should be printed an extenso. ORDINARY MEETING. Fripay, 138ta Marca, 1914. The Rey. A. H. Cooks, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair. The following communications were read :— 1. ‘* Diagnoses of four new species of Land Shells from German New Guinea.”? By Cesar R. Boettger. 2. ‘*Characters of three new species of Lnnea from Southern Nigeria.” By H. B. Preston, F.Z.8. 3. “A Synopsis of the Veneride.” Part Il. By A. J. Jukes- Browne, F.R.S. | ORDINARY MERTING. Fripay, 177TH Apri, 1914. R. BULLEN NEWTON, F.G.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The following communications were read :— 1. “A list of Australian Mactride, with a description of a new species.” By E. A. Smith, 1.8.0. 2. ‘On the generic name J/artensia, Semper.” By Tom Iredale. 3. ‘Some more notes on Polyplacophora.” Part I. By Tom Iredale. 4. ‘“‘ Description of a new recent Pholadomya (P. tasmanica).” By C. Hedley and W. L. May. Mr. B. B. Woodward exhibited a large specimen of Helix desertorum, with an abnormally high spire, and specimens of Pesediwm vincentianum from Turkestan. 98 OBITUARY NOTICES. Ir is with much regret that we have to record the death on the 17th June last of William Moss in his 70th year. He was one of the original members of the Society, but being a resident in the North of England he was scarcely ever able to be present at the meetings. He, however, contributed, in conjunction with Mr. W. M. Webb, one paper to the “Proceedings ” . Altogether he was responsible between the years 1892 and 1912 for nine different papers, issued in various journals, either entirely his own writing or in collaboration with W. M. Webb, F. Paulden, and A. E. Boycott. His work in connexion with the Mollusca chiefly treated upon some points in the anatomy of certain Helicoid forms, and with special reference to the radule and genitalia. It is curious that the last paper from his pen was an obituary notice of his old friend Robert Cairns, published in 1912 in the Journal of Conchology, and in part vi of that publication issued in April this year some further information respecting himself is given by Mr. R. Standen. For twenty-three years he was a member of the Conchological Society, where, as a regular attendant, his genial presence was greatly appreciated. E. A. Sirsa. Rosert Bruce Foorr, F.G.8., a member of the Society since 1894, died in India on the 29th December, 1912, aged 78 years. He was formerly senior Superintendent of the Geological Survey of India, having joined the staff of that institution in 1858, retiring in 1891 after a service of thirty-three years. On leaving the Survey he became Geologist to the State of Baroda, issuing a valuable report on that area of India in 1898, which was published in Madras under the auspices of His Highness the Gaekwar of Baroda. His geological researches were mainly restricted to the Madras and Bombay Presidencies, most of his results appearing in the ‘Records’ and ‘ Memoirs’ of the Geological Survey of India. He was also a great authority on the Paleolithic period of India, being specially interested in the history of flint implements. His malacological work was chiefly in connexion with the fossils he collected during the various surveys in which he was engaged, consisting of lists of genera characterizing the various formations. One of the lists thus issued dealt with the Cretaceous fossils of Trichinopoli in Southern India, which contained references to some Cephalopod remains under the genera Rhyncholites, Belemnites, Ammonites, and Baculites, mention being also made of the Gastropoda and Pelecypoda met with in the same series of deposits (Records Geol. Survey India, vol. x11, pp. 159-61, 1879). Although a member of the Society for eighteen years, he never contributed a paper to its ‘« Proceedings” R. B. Newton. 39 NOTE. PISIDIUM VINCENTIANUM Livine IN Turkestan. (Read 17th April, 1914.)—Amongst a number of Pisidia from Russian localities forwarded for determination by Herr W. A. Lindholm was one gathering from Tschatyr- Kul on the Thian-schan range, Turkestan, obtained in 1906 by D. D. Pedaschekon, that proved to be the first living examples of Pisidiwm vincentianum, B. B. Woodw. The species was originally described from specimens coming from the Pleistocene (Campinien) at Soignies, Belgium (Cat. Brit. Pisidium, Brit. Mus., p. 127), and it was noted at the time that the only species at all resembling it was the living P. stewartz, Preston, from Tibet. Its discovery, therefore, in Turkestan is both ot interest and significance. B. B. Woopwarp. 100 PRESIDENTIAL ADDRES Ss (Delivered 18th February, 1914.) SOME POINTS AND PROBLEMS OF GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. By the Rev. A. H. Cooxnr, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.8 I rise to address you to-night, in accordance with the custom— desirable perhaps from your point of view, quite the reverse from mine—which imposes upon your President for the time being the task of delivering an annual disquisition on some branch of malacological science. You will not expect from me, and you will certainly not receive, an address that will bear any comparison with those of my predecessors, in respect either of encyclopedic knowledge or powers of exposition. You must have been well aware, when you placed me in the position which I have the honour to occupy, that my hours of scientific leisure were but few, and that I was of necessity, though not of choice, in respect of the objects of our common worship, ‘‘ pareus deorum cultor et infrequens.” I propose for your consideration a few points and problems of Geographical Distribution, relating wholly to the Marine Mollusca. My endeavour will be, not so much to solve these problems as to raise them, perhaps to propose difficulties rather than to suggest explanations. One of the soundest ways of learning is, and has been from the time of Socrates till now, by grasping the fact of our own ignorance. And one has little fear that nature will have, even for our children’s children, no secrets still to be revealed. Geographical b PaLAtortitone if one may so put it, forms a kind of background or setting to ‘Te whole study of zoology. The subject of our investigation, whatever it may be, lives its life within a certain definite area or areas of the earth’s surface, to the exclusion of the rest—it is ‘here’ and not ‘there’. ‘To state the fact is to invite the demand: Why are certain forms of life found in some localities and other forms in other localities ? Modern science answers the question by pointing out a certain correspondence between the organism and its environment, between the circumstances of life and the power to live. When we find an organism living under surroundings, whether of food, light, temperature, soil, ete., which enable it to attain, so far as we can judge, the maximum of its efficiency, and produce descendants equally efficient, we speak of it as enjoying the optimum of environment, and, so long as this optimum of environ- ment is maintained, so long, other things being equal, will the organism continue to live and flourish. On the other hand, if certain of its surroundings become continuously and considerably modified, if, in other words, the environment begins to decline from the optimum, the organism may and probably will be modified also in a manner adverse to its perfect development. And if this process of change in the environment becomes emphasized and prolonged, it may COOKE: ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 101 be that surroundings are produced which are wholly unfavourable to the organism under consideration—in other words, it may be unable to sustain existence any longer. So far as our present knowledge extends, we are unable to determine, with any approach to demonstration, what amount of modification in surroundings becomes unfavourable to the life of a particular species. Changes apparently insignificant on the one side produce, at times, profound modifications on the other, and it is seldom an easy matter to refer with certainty the production of a definite change in form to its causa causans, or, conversely, to predict with accuracy what particular modification of form will result from a known environmental change. For instance, specimens of LInttorina rudis, Mat., from the coast ‘of Labr ador, are habitually much eroded,! and our common Z. obtusata, L., as we follow it northwards in Norway tends more and more to assume the form known as palliata, Say; but no precise explanation of these modifications is forthcoming. Conversely, we cannot predict what particular change of form will occur when ZLimnea pereger is found living in hot water, nor would it be reasonable to assume that all Zimnea living in hot springs were similarly modified. One thing is plain, that violent and rapid changes of condition destroy life, while gradual changes are readily tolerated. Even this rule would seem to have its apparent exceptions, for nothing is more striking than to note how certain common littoral marine species begin to die out or become rare on the coasts of South-West Sweden and East Denmark, where the water is not yet brackish. The water of the Kattegat can be but slightly affected by the diminished salinity of the Baltic, and yet we find that such species as Purpura lapillus, Patella vulgata, Ostrea edulis, and all the littoral Trochide, which are entirely wanting in the Baltic, are but feebly represented in that broad strait. Science has long been accustomed to distinguish various areas or zones of distribution, the littoral, the laminarian, the nullipore, or coralline, and the benthal, abyssal, or deep-sea zone, each characterized by its own peculiar groups of Mollusca. Scientific expeditions, from those of the Lightning and Porcupine in 1868-70, and of the Chadlenger in 1873-6, down to the most recent dredgings of the Prince of Monaco in the Wirondelle and Princesse Alice in 1912, have established the fact that an increasing number of species are found to live at very distant points on the ocean floor, the uniformity of environment, the absence of sharp breaks in the conditions of life in the great depths, offering only slight barriers to dispersal, and admitting of the widely extended range both of genera and species. Thus Seaphander punctostriatus has been found off Spitzbergen, in the West of Ireland, the Azores, and off Culebra Island, West Indies ; Philine aperta not only i in the seas of Norway, the w hole of W estern Europe, and the Mediterranean, but also off the Canaries, the Cape Verde, the Cape of Good Hope, East Africa, and the Philippines.’ Bush, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. vi, pp. 236-47, 1883. WT de 2 Ne Odhner, Kungl. Svensk. Vetensk. Hand. , vol. xli (4), pp. 46, 55, 1907. 102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. The Challenger dredged Arca corpulenta off North-East Australia in 1,400 fathoms, in mid-Pacific in 2,425 fathoms, and near Juan Fernandez in 1,375 fathoms; Zima goliath off South Japan in 775 fathoms, and off South Patagonia in 245 fathoms. It is obvious, however, that our ability to study the vital conditions which govern the existence of the Mollusca, not only in these great depths, but even in comparatively shallow water, is infinitesimal as compared with our opportunities of studying the life conditions of Mollusca which live habitually between or not far below tide-marks. In the one case we can only do a little scraping of the bottom here and there, in the other we have the coastline of all the seas in the world to work upon. It seems possible that in the zeal for deep-sea exploration, which has been prosecuted with such signal success in every branch of marine zoology for more than forty years, we may have lost sight of the rich harvest of knowledge which must assuredly be reaped by a further study of the habits, “mode of life, and distribution of the shore fauna, using the term to include the shallow-water fauna as well. Let me indicate a few problems of distribution which may be said to be waiting for solution. How does it come about that Scphonaria, a littoral genus which occurs in a profusion of individuals wherever it is found, is common throughout the Tropics, and ranges as far south as Cape Horn, the Falklands, St. Paul’s Island, and Kerguelen Island, in an area of cold water, whose surface temperature in winter barely exceeds 40° F., and even in summer does not exceed 50° F., while at the same time, in Kuropean seas, it only reaches a point on the Spanish coast, some- where north of Cadiz, where the summer surface temperature is 68° F. and the winter temperature is scarcely less than 60° F.? The same phenomenon is repeated on the south-east coast of North America, where Siphonarva lineolata, Orb., reaches its extreme northern range in Georgia, and S. alternata, Say, in East Florida and in Bermuda. On the other hand, on the west coast of North America, a species (S. thersites, Carp.) is reported from Vancouver and up to ° N. lat.! Is it possible that at the present moment Siphonaria is spreading northward along the western shores of Europe and the eastern shores of America? If not, special investigation might throw light on the anomalies of its distribution. The geographical range of Patella forms another subject of interest. Itisa remarkable fact that, although many of our own littoral mollusca occur on the eastern and some also on the western coasts of North America, both East and West America, north of the Tropics, are destitute of Patella proper altogether. If we may assume that the focus of distribution of a genus is the area, be it great or small, within which the genus attains its largest number of species and its ‘general maximum of development, the foci of the distribution of Patella are South A and to a much less considerable extent Southern ' P. P. Carpenter, Report, 1863, p. 133 (647); G. W. Taylor, Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, ser. II, vol. i (4), pp. 17-100, 1895. COOKE: ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 103 Australia and New Zealand. Krauss' enumerates no less than twenty-one species of Cape Patella, which more modern investigation only reduces to seventeen. Patella proper occurs almost all over the world, but is not characteristic of the cold boreal or Antarctic waters. In the latter, as well as in the Californian region, it is largely replaced by the Wacella group, while in North Europe and the north-east coast of Asia it becomes rare in species. Our own Patella vulgata, G3 finds its northern limit in the Faroe and Lofoden Islands; it does not occur in Iceland or in Greenland, and thus took no part in the spread of those littoral Mollusca which are conveniently described as ‘circumpolar’. The Heletoniseus group of Patella spreads all over the Kastern Hemisphere and touches the Western at Chili, Juan Fernandez, and the Sandwich Islands, but is absent from West Africa, where Patella proper is strongly represented. On the western shores of North and South America Patella is replaced by Acmea, except within the Tropics, where a few species of true Patella occur, amongst them the giant P. mexicana, Brod., ranging from Mazatlan and Acapulco to Paita, and occasionally measuring 14 ‘inches i in length. The fact is significant that Acmea is entirely absent from all African waters, where Patella is so abundant, while it occurs liberally in certain districts, i.e. Western North America, from which Patella proper is absent. Yet it would not be safe to assume that the genera are mutually exclusive, or that shores not occupied by the one genus have been appropriated by the other. Further study of their distribution would probably throw light on these points. ‘The scarcity of Patellide on the coast of East America may perhaps be due to the want of rocky surface to which they could attach themselves, the coast being, in the main, low-lying and sandy. Haliotis i is another genus, belonging in the main to shallow water, whose distribution would repay further investigation. Certain facts are plain: that Australia and the adjoining seas are the focus of its distribution, and that there are two well-marked sub-foci in Japan and North-West America. ‘‘ Not one species” is found on the eastern coast of North or South America, and only one (HZ. pourtalesii*) on the west coast of America south of Lower California.” The northern range of our own ZZ. tuberculata is, as is well known, the Channel Islands, 49° N. lat. It would be interesting to know exactly how far north H. kamschatkana, Jonas, extends on the coasts of British Columbia and Kamschatka. Nothing definite seems to be known of the range of the South African species on the east and west coasts of that continent. ~The distribution of Purpura, a very marked littoral genus, would amply repay careful study. Especially one would like to know the Siidafrikanischen Mollusken, pp. 43-57. H. A. Pilsbry, Manual of Conchology, vol. xii, p. 73. Dredged in 33 f. sand, at Charles I., Galapagos. Pourtalés dredged one living Haliotis (the specimen has since been lost) from the bed of the Gulf Stream, in 200 f., near Florida reefs. No specimens of Haliotis have since been found in the West Atlantic or Gulf of Mexico. 1 2 3 104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. extreme north and south limits of our own P. lapillus, L., no less in Europe and Africa than on both sides of North America and in Japan, and whether Adanson was right or wrong when he enumerated it among the Mollusca of Senegal.’ Purpura hemastoma, L., has long been known to inhabit both sides of the tropical Atlantic, from West Africa, the Mediterranean, and the coasts of Portugal and France on the one hand, to Brazil, the West Indies, and the southern states of Eastern North America on the other. But it is only of recent years that we have learned that P. coronata, Lam., has crossed the Atlantic too, and has appeared in Demerara*® and Trinidad and in East Guatemala.? The West Indies have retaliated by sending to West Africa a form (P. eudeli, Sow.) whose relationship to P. patula, L., is so close as to leave no doubt of its origin, and scarcely any that it should be counted as a mere variety.4 Has this process of exchange between the shores of the Atlantic at its narrowest part, over 1,600 miles, gone any further, e.g. In any form of Zittorina possessing a free-swimming larva? The transit of the larval form from one coast to another would be facilitated by the remarkably equable temperature of the intervening water (a steady 77°-80° F. all the year round), by the absence of any strong north or south current, and by the more or less circulatory drift of water between the two continents. If larval forms of Purpura can pass from West Africa to South America, and vice versa, it is easy to understand how P. columedlaris, Lam., an obvious derivative of P. patula, L., became established at the Galapagos, only 600 miles from the nearest mainland. ‘The heated water of the Bay of Panama follows the coast southward until it reaches Cape San Lorenzo, in lat. 1° S., where it is deflected westward, straight for the islands. ‘Trees from the mainland, with the leaves still upon them, have been found cast up on the island shores. The mollusean fauna of the Galapagos thus exhibits large contributions from the Panamic and Peruvian regions, with a very slight admixture of the Indo-Pacific element.° Again, P. neritoidea, L., is a common West African littoral shell. It is also found in the Cape Verde, 300 miles from the coast, and, as a variety scarcely distinguishable from the type, on Ascension Island, nearly 900 miles from the nearest African land. Further research on the relationships of adjacent groups of Purpura would probably bring out valuable results, for the genus is almost worldwide and abundant in species and in individuals. Some light might be thrown on the remarkable way in which it is replaced, on the coasts of Chil and of the Magellanic and part of the Patagonian 1M. Adanson, Hist. nat. Sénegal: Coquillages; Paris, 1757, pp. 106-7, pl. vii, fig. 4. 2 INo Vale Cooke, Journ. Malac., vol. iv, p. 69, 1895. HLA: Pilsbry, Nautilus, vol. xiii, p. 130, 1900. + The species was described by Sowerby in Journ. Conch., vol. x, p. 74, 1903. ° These facts are due to W. H. Dall, Report on a Collection of Shells from Peru, etc.: Smiths. Inst. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxxvii, pp. 147-294, 1909. COOKE: ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 105 province, by the singular toothed Acanthina ( Calear) and by Concholepas, both of which genera appear to have a wide but as yet undetermined range on the coasts of West America. Similar attention might be paid to Werzta and also to Littorina, due regard being had to the fact! that, in the latter case, some species which live in the neighbourhood of high-water mark are viviparous, while others, which live at a lower tide-level, produce a trochosphere or veliger embryo. The exact distribution and economic habits of such widely spread species as mauritiana, Lam., aspera, Phil., the eroup which centres round Ania, ns aR. Quoy, and malaccana Phil., would repay investigation and might bring out some interesting facts. We still continue to speak of the distribution of marine Mollusca under the headings of ‘districts’ or ‘provinces’ or ‘regions’, or whatever name we choose to employ, and indicate the fact that certain wide areas or stretches of adjacent coast-land are characterized by the’ occurrence of certain genera and species, as contrasted with the phenomena observed in the case of other geographical areas. This method of subdivision is convenient, but it needs careful handling. The results of deep-sea dredging during the past few decades have accentuated the fact that these subdivisions apply solely to the Mollusca of the shore or of shallow water. And we must be careful to recollect that in scarcely any instance is it possible to draw a hard and fast line between one ‘region’ and another. On the contrary, adjacent regions seldom fail to overlap. On the west coast of America, for instance, the Magellanic region overlaps the Peruvian, and the Peruvian the Panamic, and the same is the case with the regions further north, the Californian and the Aleutian, while the Aleutian in its turn graduates into the north circumpolar region. All that we can allow ourselves to mean, when speaking of the limits of a region, is that at a certain point on the map we are able to say that the characteristic fauna of that region occurs infrequently, or is beginning to be sensibly replaced by a tauna characteristic of another region. Some regions, owing to special geographical facts, may be more sharply defined than others, at one or at both extremes. If we were asked to cite the sharpest break in existence between one marine fauna and another we should lay our finger on Cape Hatteras, at which point a vast number of pace tropical species find their northern limit. But how can we name a point of separation between, say, the Californian and Panamic, or between the Panamic and Peruvian regions? The main but not the only factor in determining the limits of a region is the surface temperature of the sea-water, as distributed by ocean currents. The truth is that the present state of our knowledge, as regards the geographical limits of this or that fauna, is singularly defective. Large portions of coastline remain at present unexplored, and it is 1 W. M. Tattersall, quoted by B. B. Woodward in Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. viii, p. 282, 1909. 106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. only necessary to point to the map of Africa, from Morocco and the mouth of the Orange River, and from Lorenzo Marques to Cape Guardafui, or to the coast of China from the mouth of the Mekong to Korea, to show that at present our knowledge is limited to the species which have been collected at a few isolated spots, while no systematic exploration worth the name has as yet taken place. One is not without the hope that before long expeditions will be equipped with the sole object of exploring the fauna of certain definite pieces of coastline, more particularly those where geographical and faunistic regions, as at present understood, tend to merge into one another— the marchlands of adjacent kingdoms. P. Fischer defines! the Lusitanian region as comprising the Atlantic coasts of France, Spain, and Portugal, the Mediterranean, the North-West African coast from Tangier to Cape Juby, and the Azores, Madeira, and Canary groups. Paul Pallary, after remarking ” that recent researches tend to show that even the Mediterranean fauna is not yet completely known, continues as follows: ‘‘Si done la faune d’une mer entourée de pays civilisés et d’une étendre relativement restreinte est encore incomplétement étudiée, quoi de surprenant que nous ne sachions que bien peu de chose sur celle des cdtes occidentales de Afrique?’ And he goes on to say that he found, between Cape Spartel and Mogador, Patella compressa, three species of Yetus, four of Marginella, including glabella, monilis, and cornea, and a Pustonella, all species characteristic of the Senegalian fauna, and never before recorded from so high a latitude. Already in the Canaries a considerable proportion of equatorial species occur, and he thinks that the tropical fauna comes up very high on the west coast of Africa, even reaching the Algerian coast, so that the limits of the old Lusitanian province or region must be modified and made to lie much further north, at least as far as the Straits of Gibraltar. And when one adds that the proposal imphes the addition of at least 800 miles of coastline to the Senegalian region, it is quite clear that further exploration of obscure and remote coast-lands promises to provide us with plenty of material for discussion. Conversely, M. Ph. Dautzenberg, remarking*® on the molluscan fauna of the inhospitable coast between the bay of Lévrier and Senegal (N. lat. 21°-16°), says that the proportion of ‘ Mediterranean’ species which spread along ‘the western coast of Africa is greater than has been supposed. ‘Thus, in the collection under review, of ninety-eight Mediterranean species which occur, fifty-eight live in the Cape ‘Blanco seas and thirty-four on the coasts of Mauretania and Senegal. The problems involved are not of a simple nature, and may be complicated by all manner of interferences on Nature’s side. As an 1 Man. de Conch., p. 143. 2 Bull. Sci. France Belgique, vol. xli, pp. 421-5, 1907. ’ **Sur les Mollusques marins provenant des campagnes scientifiques de M. A. Gruvel en Afrique occidentale, 1906-9 ’’: Comp. Rend. Acad. Sci., vol. exlix, pp. 745-6, 1909. COOKE: ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 107 example of a district on which we are remarkably destitute of information we may take the whole South American coastline from Venezuela to Buenos Aires, and even further south. What little we know inclines us to believe that the Mollusca of these thousands of miles of coast is typically Antillean in character; at uny rate Purpura hemastoma, L., both typical and in varieties, is found as far south as Rio Grande do Sul (32° 8.) and the mouth of the Rio de la Plata. That many thoroughly littoral species should be able to cross the present volume of the discharge of Amazonian fresh- water, covering some hundreds of square miles, seems so incredible that it may be held that the existing coast fauna antedates the existence of that and other streams, at least in their present immensity.! Verrill has pointed out* that the entrance of Long Sound and the bays and sounds lying south of South Massachusetts are inhabited by two separate molluscan faunas, the shallower waters of the bays being occupied chiefly by southern forms belonging to what he then calls the Virginian fauna, while the deeper channels of the central parts of the sound are inhabited exclusively by a northern fauna. The cause of this apparently anomalous state of things is that an offshoot of the cold Arctic current which sweeps round Nova Scotia sets into the middle of the sound and produces, both at the surface and at the bottom, a change of temperature, which, within a space of only 2 miles, amounts to as much as 5° F. Thus the littoral fauna is of a comparatively southern type, while even the shallow-water fauna, at depths of no more than 18 to 39 fathoms, is strictly northern, consisting of the following amongst other species: Molgula pilularis, Glandula mollis, Cardita borealis, C. novanglie, Yoldia sapotilla, Y. limatula, Nucula proxima, Astarte quadrans, A. castanea, Modiolaria nigra, ML. corrugata, Chrysodomus pygmea, Margarita obscura, Cylichna alba, and many others. Much useful aid in exploration may be gained from geology in showing that certain modifications of climate and of elevation, otherwise unsuspected, must have taken place. Thus, to take one instance out of many, G. Bardason has shown,’ from the evidence of Pleistocene marine beds in North Iceland, that within comparatively recent times the sea was at least 4 metres above its present level, with the effect that the temperature of that particular region must have been higher than it is at the present epoch, or much as it is now in South-West Iceland. This is shown by the presence in the deposits of Purpura lapillus and Zirphea erispata, and by the absence of Pecten islandicus. As the sea retreats the temperature, in northern regions, becomes lower, and the conditions assume a more Arctic character. lw. H. Dall, ‘‘ Additional Notes from the Coast of Southern Brazil ”’ : Nautilus, vol. vi, pp. 109-12, 1893. ‘‘List of Shells collected at Bahia, Brazil, by Dr. H. von Ihering ’’: ibid., vol. x, pp. 121-3, 1897. 2 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. IV, vol. ix, pp. 92-7, 1872. * “* Maerker efter Klima- og Niveanforandringer ved Huinafléi i Nord-Island ”’ : Vid. Medd. Copenhagen, 1910 (ii), pp. 35-79. VOL. XI.—JUNE, 1914. 8 108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Again, certain northern species which are littoral under normal conditions of life tend to seek deeper water as they move southward, while exactly the reverse is the case with certain southern species, which are found in shallower water in northern than in southern latitudes.!. This seems to emphasize the point that temperature is of prime importance in determining habitat, northern species finding the cold they are accustomed to by migrating to somewhat deeper water in the south, and southern deepish water species finding the low temperature they need in shallower water as they move north. Mediterranean species of the coralline and abyssal fauna are found to live, as a rule, in depths less profound than they do in the Atlantic. Buecinum undatum, L., which is common at low-water mark at certain places in Northern and Eastern England, is never found between tide- marks at Scilly. Meptunea antiqua, L., may be found alive on the shores of Shetland, but in Southern and Western England it retires into deeper water. Emarginula crassa, J. Sow., is not rare on the shore at Oban; in the Gulf of Gascony it has only been dredged at 400-500 metres. It must not be forgotten that conditions of life in every quarter of the globe can never be regarded as absolutely permanent. Changes of environment, some vast and sweeping, others apparently trivial and scarcely detected, are in operation and must affect, to a greater or less degree, the life of the organisms which inhabit the different areas. Collectors who work a particular ground are familiar with the fact that certain species may be found by the score or by the hundred in a given locality, and then for years they will be extremely scarce, and then will reappear again, as numerous as before. Of Aplysia depilans, L., ‘‘a small fleet arrived in Torbay in 1875 and lingered for a couple of years . . . previous to that only one specimen had been found there.’ Of Oscanius membranaceus, Mont., ‘‘in 1874 a large fleet appeared simultaneously at Weymouth and at Torbay, and again in the latter district in 1877 and 1887.”2 ‘At one time Nassa fossata, Gld., at another Pertploma discus, Stearns, at another Lima orientalis, Cpr., or Sealatella striata, Cpr., are found by the dozen in San Pedro Bay [Cal.], and then for years after only a few are found at a time.”’* It must be remembered too that certain Mollusca, notably the Opisthobranchia and Nudibranchia, come ashore in the breeding season to deposit their eggs and then retire to deep water. Occasionally we are able to observe a definite extension of area on the part of a species, without being able to assign any definite cause. When Jeffreys wrote his British Conchology (1865 i is the date of vol. 111) Aemea testudinalis, Mill., had not been observed on our eastern coast south of Hartlepool; in 1890 it had reached Scarborough, in 1910 it was south of Bridlington, and is said to be extending its range rapidly 1 See W. H. Dall, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxxvii, pp. 1-221, 1889. 2 J.T. Marshall, Journ. Conch., vol. xiv, pp. 65, 66, 1913. 3-9, P. Monks, Nautilus, vol. vii, p. 75, 1893. COOKE: ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 109 still further south.’ Has anyone observed that the surface temperature of the water on our north-eastern coast has fallen, during the last fifty years? Cassidaria tyrrhena, L., which was first added to the British fauna in 1870, and subsequently dredged off the Kerry coast and off the Scillies, has of late been trawled in considerable numbers in the deep trough between Milford Haven and the Irish coast, off the Saltees lightship, and appears to be moving northward. In the list of the Mollusca of Long Island? published by Sanderson Smith and Temple Prime in 1870, a list which embodied the results of eleven years’ collecting, Littorina littorea, L., did not occur. F. N. Balch, publishing * in 1899 a list of the marine Mollusca of Coldspring Harbour, Long Island, remarks: ‘‘Ten years ago it might have been possible to define a spot within 60 miles by saying it was a place where Purpura lapillus was not, and Litt. littorea was, found, but now the wave of the conquering European species has spread far down toward Virginia, and at Coldspring the native competitor (Nassa obsoleta) begins to yield room.” When the agency of man gives them a chance of extending their area the Mollusca are as quick to take advantage of their opportunity as the rabbit was in Australia. The spread of Mediterranean and Red Sea species into the waters of the Suez Canal has been commented upon by Tillier and Bavay, by Faurot and others. No doubt our American friends will be equally ready to note the results of the opening of the Panama Canal, and to observe whether the ‘ homo- logous species’ which, in some numbers, inhabit the two sides of Central America, show any signs of approximation, as a result of the mingling of waters which have been separated since the Miocene epoch. We have watched the almost meteoric swiftness with which Petricola pholadiformis, Lam., and Crepidula fornicata, Lam., have established themselves in European waters. The former, after having first been noticed in the River Crouch, Essex, in 1890, was at Shellness and Herne Bay in 1896, in 1901 it had reached Belgium, and was notified from Ostend in 1908 and Dunkirk in 1906, in 1907 it had spread all over the Suffolk coast, Denmark notified it in 1906-7, in 1908 it was at Noordwijk, Holland, in 1910 at the mouth of the Medway, and the same year at Shallinger, Denmark. It will be interesting to see at what point short of the Baltic it stops. Of C. fornicata, dead shells of which were first notified at Cleethorpes in 1887, 10 tons of live specimens were dredged‘ in four weeks in the Blackwater River twenty years later. Urosalpinx cinerea, Say, has been transplanted with East American oysters to the Pacific coast. A quart of specimens of this oyster scourge has been collected in less than ten minutes at Belmont, near San Francisco.°® 1 J. A. Hargreaves, Journ. Conch., vol. xiii, p. 89, 1910. 2 Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. York, vol. x, pp. 377-407, 1870. > Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. (7), vol. xxix, pp. 133-62, 1899. 4 J. Murie, Zoologist, ser. IV, vol. xv, pp. 401-15, 1911. ° R. E. C. Stearns, Nautilus, vol. viii, p. 18, 1894. 110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. The best-studied coastline in the world is, beyond a doubt, that of Eastern North America, from Texas and Florida to Labrador, thanks to the work of Dall, of Verrill, Bush, and many others. Let us for a moment employ some of the material gathered by them,! and fix our attention on the tropical fauna of the extreme south-east States, a fauna which is in close alliance with the West Indian. What is the extreme northern range along that coast of such thoroughly tropical genera as Conus, Cyprea, Trivia, Strombus, Oliva, Olivella, Fasciolaria, and the Phyllonotus group of Murex? Of Conus ten species occur, nine of them on Florida Keys; four reach Cape Hatteras, none further north. Of Cyprea there are three species, all West Indian; one only (C. exanthema, L.) reaches Cape Hatteras, and no further. Of Trivia there are seven species, all found on Florida Keys, but only one reaches Cape Hatteras, and no further. Strombus is represented by five species (four of them West Indian); all five occur on Florida Keys; three only reach Kast Florida, one reaches Georgia, one (pugilis, L.) Cape Hatteras, and no further north. Oliva has two species; one of these reaches Cape Hatteras, and no further. Olivella has six species, all West Indian ; three reach Cape Hatteras, but no further north. Of Fasciolaria there are three species, all represented on Florida Keys; all reach Cape Hatteras, but no further. Finally, of Phyllonotus there are four species; two of these reach Cape Hatteras, but no further. This list might be considerably extended, and it would not be easy to find a more striking instance of the power of a current of warm surface-water to carry a tropical fauna northward. Cape Hatteras, be it remembered, is in about the latitude of the Straits of Gibraltar. The Gulf Stream, issuing from the Gulf of Mexico, makes a right- angled turn at Cape Sable, the extreme southern point of Florida, and hugs the East American coast more or less closely until it reaches Cape Hatteras, when it parts company with the land and moves north-east and east across mid-Atlantic. A further factor which accentuates the sudden break in the range of the tropical fauna, and makes the northward barrier more effective, is the fact that a cold current, the remains of the Polar and Labrador drift, running a westerly and southerly course from the outer banks of Newfoundland? and the south coast of Nova Scotia, parallel to, but in the reverse direction to, the Gulf Stream, impinges on the North American coast ! See particularly W. H. Dall, ‘‘ A preliminary Catalogue of the Shell-bearing Marine Mollusea . .. of the south-east coast of the United States”’: Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxxvii, pp. 1-221, 1889. 2 “The Grand Banks of Newfoundland . . . are inhabited by an extremely Arctic fauna, including many species of Mollusca which haye not yet been found further south’’ (A. EK. Verrill, Trans. Connect. Acad., vol. v, pp. 447-587, 1878-82). COOKE: ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. WU somewhere just north of where the Gulf Stream leaves it, and thus brings a cold-water fauna down to a point in the latitude of Lisbon, and effectually prevents the tropical fauna from creeping any further north. Thus Acmea testudinalis, Mill. (a cold-water species), ranges as far south as New Jersey, in N. lat. 40°, while on the European side it has not been found south of abont 54° on the east coast of England, and about 58° on the Irish coast, while hardy eircumpolar species like IMacoma balthica, L., Mya arenaria, L., and Mytilus edulis, L., creep as far south as Hatteras and even Georgia. It is interesting to observe that besides the migrants from the sub-Arctic fauna southward, and from the tropical fauna northward, the eastern shores of North America have a temperate fauna of their own, which appears to be comparatively unaffected by the great change of temperature which occurs at Cape Hatteras. For we find a large number of species, corresponding to the temperate element in our own seas, which occur commonly between Cape Cod and Georgia or even Florida. Possibly this fauna may be considered to have taken up its abode on these coasts before the present conditions of current became fixed. ‘Thus there are five species of Fudgur, all of which occur in Georgia, which may be regarded as their metropolis; three of these reach the West Indies and three Cape Hatteras, but two range northward as far as Cape Cod. Lassa trivittata, Say, extends from St. Augustine in North Florida to Nova Scotia, WV. vibex, Say, from Aspinwall to Cape Cod, WV. obsoleta, Say, from Tampa to Nova Scotia. Two muricidan species, both strongly characteristic of East American temperate shores, are Urosalpinx cinerea, Say, and Kupleura caudata, Say. The former ranges from Florida to Nova Scotia, the latter from Florida to Cape Cod. Similarly, Astyris lunata, Say, ranges from Turtle Harbour in West Florida to Cape Ann, and Anachis avara, Say, from Florida Keys to Massachusetts Bay. In all these cases what may be called the indigenous fauna pass with ease a barrier which proves so formidable to the northern and southern migrants. Now let us compare the position on the western side of North America. Our information may not be quite so full, but the general trend of distribution is plain. Here the tropical fauna of the Panamic region, instead of being carried far northward along the coast by a warm-water current, is checked by the far-reaching effect of a stream of cold water. The Kuro Shio current, issuing from the warm seas to the south of Japan, and crossing the North Pacific, loses much of its warmth in the passage, and is very possibly reinforced by cold water from the north. It impinges on the West American coast about the latitude of Queen Charlotte Island (N. lat. 52°), and breaks into two branches, the northern of which washes the coasts of North Canada and Alaska, while the southern moves southward along the coasts of Oregon and California. ‘The effect of this cool current sweeping southward must obviously be to keep back the northward spread of the tropical species. The result is that the same genera, Strombus, Oliva, Cassis, Conus, etc., which were well represented up La PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. to lat. 36° N. on the eastern side, are far less numerous at the same Bae on the western. Santa Barbara, in 35°5° N. lat., shows few traces of a tropical fauna. The surface temperature of the sea-water at Cape Hatteras in August is 77° F., in February 68° F. (mean 723° F.); the corresponding temperatures at Sta. Barbara are 66° F. and 59° F. (mean 624° F.); in other words, the February temperature on the east coast exceeds the August temperature on the west on the same parallel. These special conditions enable the temperate fauna of Upper California to penetrate far southward; Priene cregonensis, Redf., e.g., has been found at ieee several of the Chlorostoma group at Margarita Bay, in lat. 24° N., Purpura ostrina, Gld., at the same place. Closer investigation of the fauna of Lower California is much to be desired, but one interesting fact is plain, that the great Gulf of California, nearly 900 miles in length, forms a great hot-water basin and is quite unaffected by the ocean currents. The result is that it bears a tropical fauna up to its extreme northern point, so that the Californian peninsula, more particularly in its northern portion, has a tropical fauna on its eastern side, and a mixed tropical and sub- tropical fauna on its western, and at certain points these two fauna are within 50 to 60 miles of one another across the isthmus. The mean annual surface temperature of the water inside the gulf is somewhere near 80° F., on the outside it is about 72° F. It may be remarked parenthetically that the Red Sea and the Persian Gulf offer similar examples of enclosed seas whose surface temperature is very high. That of the lower portion of the Red Sea rises to 90° F. in the summer, and that of the Persian Gulf to the astonishing figure of 95° F. The heat of the Red Sea explains why at Suez we have tropical forms such as Pyrula, Strombus, Murex (typical), and Wertta living on the shore, in a latitude well to the north of the Canaries. The head of the Persian Gulf is in exactly the same latitude as Suez. Now to come a little nearer home. On the eastern shores of the Atlantic many southern species enjoy a wide range northward, and many northern species an equally wide range southward. This is due to the extremely equable temperature of the surface-water of the sea from Norway to Morocco. Along this vast stretch of coast there is no pronounced equatorial current moving northwards to bar back the northern species, still less is there any polar current sweeping southward along the coast to check the spread of the southern species. It is quite true “that the Gulf Stream and Antillean Current exercise a powerful influence upon the temperature of our northern waters, but that influence is so widely diffused, and the changes it induces are so gradual, that at no point is there any sudden variation in temperature, such as is found on the western side of the Atlantic. Even the south-western shores of Nova Zembla (N. lat. 72°) are washed in August by water no colder than 40° F. The isothermal line of 50° in August all but touches the North Cape; the isotherm of 60° in the same month is not reached till south of the Wash, on the east of England, and Lough Swilly, to COOKE! ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. Wale the west. Southward of these points the temperature of the surface- water continues singularly equable, for the August isotherm of 70° F. is not reached till Cadiz, and that of 77° F. not till N. lat. 20°, far to the south of the Tropic. And the February surface temperatures are equally striking. Water from 40°-49° F. tempers the Norwegian coasts as far north as the Arctic Circle, and encloses the whole of the British Isles and the French coast as far south as La Rochelle. Here begins the isotherm of 50° F., coming down from a point off North-West Ireland; water at 60° F. is not reached on the Portuguese coast till Lisbon, and the isotherm of 68°F. is attained near the latitude of the Cape Verde, well to the south of lat. 20° N. These singularly equable conditions of surface temperature seem to explain many of the prominent features of the distribution of the shallow-water and shore Mollusca of Western Europe. We can understand, on the one hand, how it is that Finmark and the Mourmane coast have a rich littoral fauna,’ that warm-water genera such as Pinna and WMeretriz, Ovula and Truneatella, Phastanella, Triforis, Ocinebra, Haliotis, and Lotorium reach our own coasts. And we can also understand how northern species have penetrated southward; how, for instance, Buccinum undatum, L., and Neptunea antiqua, L., reach South-Western France, how Littorina littorea, L., reaches the Straits of Gibraltar, JZ. obtusata, L., the Western Mediterranean, and Purpura lapillus, L., Algarve and even Mogador. R. T. Lowe remarks? that of a collection of marine Mollusca picked up on the shore at Mogador, close upon three-fifths are found commonly in Britain. R. McAndrew, dredging in 35-40 fathoms off Mogador, obtained 22 species of shells, 16 of which were British ; and of 125 species obtained by him at Madeira, 58 are common to our own shores.® I should like to see the distribution of the marine Mollusca of Western Europe, both in its northern and southern extension, and in range of depth, worked out with the same precision and accuracy as has been done in the case of the Mollusca of the eastern coast of North America. At present there is plenty of enthusiasm, but little organization, plenty of statistics, but no centralized store-room for their preservation. Britain, in virtue of its central position, looking as it does both north and south, and possessing an enormous stretch of coast-land, should take the lead, and I can think of no body better fitted to undertake the task of collecting material, sifting evidence, formulating tables of statistics, and keeping them up to date, and generally of acting as a depository of facts and an authoritative court of reference, before which all questions bearing on the subject ought to be brought, than the Society which I am now addressing. The task would be serious; it ought not to be beyond our powers. The British marine molluscan fauna—leaving out of consideration such abyssal species as may be reckoned in the list—is clearly made 1S. Herzenstein, Conegrés intern. Zool., vol. ii, pt. ii, pp. 127-47. 2 Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., vol. v, pp. 169-204, 1861. 3 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 11, vol. x, pp. 100-8, 1852. 114 PROCKEDINGS OF THK MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. up of three elements: (1) a northern element, consisting of species which may be supposed to have spread southwards from Arctic or sub-Arctic latitudes; (2) a southern element, consisting of species which have spread in the reverse direction from more southern latitudes; (3) an element which is probably indigenous in our own and neighbouring temperate seas. Perhaps the most striking way of bringing out this point is to instance particular genera which happen to include species of both northern and southern origin. Of Zittorina, for instance, we have four species on our shores, three of which are northern and one southern in origin: @ttorea, L., a northern form, ranges from the White Sea and Mourmane coast to Lisbon and the Straits of Gibraltar ; yudis, Mat., from the Glacial Ocean to Southern Spain'; obtusata, L., extends from the White Sea, Finmark, and Iceland to South Spain and South France, but not further east in the Mediterranean. All these three species are found on the east coast of North America. L. neritoides, Iu., on the other hand, is a markedly southern species, ranging from the Canaries and Madeira to North Britain. Of Acmea we have two species, one of markedly southern, the other of equally clear northern origin; 4. virginea, Mill., ranges from St. Helena, the Azores, and Madeira to North Norway; A. testudinalis, Mill. (a thoroughly Arctic form), occurs from Nova Zembla, North Labrador, Greenland, and all Arctic seas to the Yorkshire coast on this side of the Atlantic, and to New Jersey on the other. Zmarginula is represented by three species, each of which appears to belong to a different fauna; . erassa, J. Sow., is a northern form, curiously, as it seems, absent from the eastern coasts of Britain, and found in littoral and shallow waters no further south than Dublin Bay ; E. fissura (L.), with a range from Finmark to the Canaries, seems characteristic of the temperate fauna, while #. coniea, Schum., is a strictly southern form, ranging from the Mediterranean and South Spain to the Dorset coast, but no further north. The same point may be illustrated in other of the genera occurring on our shores, e.g. Modiolaria, Crenella, Rissoa, Scala, Calliostoma, and Lunatia, of which latter genus pallida, Brod., montagui, Forbes, and affnis, Gmel., are northern forms, alder?, Forbes, belongs to the temperate fauna, while catena (da Costa) and sordida, Phil., are of southern origin, The following members of the British marine fauna rank as ‘northern’ species (the list has no pretensions to completeness, and Nudibranchia and Cephalopoda are not included) :— *4++8Tonicella marmorea (Fabr.).” *++Nuculana tenwis (Phil.). +7. rubra (Lowe). *Limopsis aurita (Broc.). *+Craspedochilus albus (L.). tt$ Modiolus modiolus (L.). 1 Unless we unite rudis, Mat., and sawatilis, Oliv., in which case the range extends all over the Mediterranean, Adriatic, and Black Seas. 2 R. McAndrew is said to have dredged this species at Carthagena in 5-10 f., which seems improbable. COOKE: ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 115 *++Modiolaria discrepans (Leach). *+tOrenella decussata (Mont.). *Lima elliptica, Jeff. +£L. subauriculata (Mont.). *Limea sarsti (Lov.). *+Astarte compressa (Mont.). +Arctica islandica (L.). *Cryptodon croulinensis (Jeft.). *Cuspidaria abbreviata (Forb.). *Dentalium striolatum, Stimps. *D. agile, M. Sars. *+Acmea testudinalis (Miill.). *+t Lepeta ceca (Miill.). LL. fulva (Mill.). *+Puncturella noachina (L.). tEmarginula crassa, J. Sow. *Propilidium ancyloide, Forb. Rissoa albella, Lov. +Onoba striata (J. Ad.). +Skenea planorbis (Fabr.). *+t+Lunatia pallida (Brod. & Sow.). L. montagui (Forb.). *+Amauropsis islandica (Gmel.). +tVelutina levigata (Penn.). *+§V. flexilis (Mont.). * Scala grenlandica (Chem.). Caecum imperforatum (G. Ad.). *Trichotropis borealis, Brod.&Sow. +Buccinum undatum, L. B. humphreysianwm, Benn. Liomesus dalei (J. Sow.). *+§ Volutopsis norvegica (Chem.). * Beringius turtoni (Bean). +Tritonofusus islandicus (Chem.). T. gracilis (da Costa). *T. propinquus (Ald.). T. fusiformis (Brod.). Buccinofusus berniciensis (King). +t§ Purpura lapillus (L.). *+Admete couthouyt, Jay. *++§ Humargarita helicina (Fabr.). “+H. grenlandica (Chem.). Solariella cincta (Phil.). *+Calliostoma occidentale (Migh.). +t$ Lacuna crassior (Mont.). +Littorina obtusata (L.).1 +tL. rudis (Mat.). +L. littorea (L.). +Bela turricula (Mont.). ttB. trevelyana (Tutrt.). Typhlomangilia nivalis (Loy.). Tornatina mtidula (Lov.). +tBullinella alba (Brown). +Philine quadrata (S. V. Wood). * These species have seldom, if ever, been found south of the Wash. + Also occurs in East North America. + Also occurs in West North America. § Also oceurs in Japan and Kamschatka. The following members of the British molluscan fauna rank as ‘southern species’ (the list is not meant to be complete) :— Lepidopleurus scabridus (Jeff.). Acanthochites discrepans (Brown). Barbatia lactea (L.), Modiolus barbatus (L.). Modiolaria costulata (Risso). Crenella rhombea (Berk.). Pteria hirundo (L.). Pinna fragilis, Penn. Loripes lacteus (L.). Divaricella commutata (Phil.). Diplodonta rotundata (Mont.). Lepton squamosum (Mont.). L. sulcatulum, Jeff. ~ Galeomma turtoni, Brod. & Sow. Ervilia castanea (Mont.). Tellina squalida, Pult. T. donacina, L. Donax variegatus (Gmel.). Mactra glauca, Born. Lutraria oblonga (Chem.). Meretrix chione (L.). Venus verrucosa, L. Tapes decussatus (L.). Cardiwm aculeatum, L. C. tuberculatum, L. Phasianella pullus (.). Littorina neritoides (L.). Rissoa gueruu, Récl., var. costulata, Ald. Alwvania cancellata (da Costa). A. lactea (Mich.). Ceratia proxima (Ald.). Setia pulcherrima (Jeff.). S. fulgida (J. Ad.). Gallodina carinata (da Costa). Adeorbis subcarinatus (Mont.). Truncatella truncata (Mont.). Calyptrea chinensis (L.). Simnia patula (Penn.). Erato levis (Don.). 1 North American, if palliata, Say, is to be regarded as a variety of obtusata, L. 116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Lunatia catena (da Costa). L. sordida (Phil.). Triforis perversa (L.). Cerithiopsis tubercularis (Mont.). Scala clathratula (Ad.). Lotoriwm nodiferwm (Lam.). L. cutaceum (L.). Cassidaria rugosa (L.). C. echinophora (L.). Cardium papillosum, Poli. Solecurtus scopula (Turt.). S. antiquatus (Pult.). Barnea parva (Penn.). Thracia pubescens (Pult.). Dentalium vulgare, da Costa. Hmargiula conica, Schum. Fissurella greca (l.). Haliotis tuberculata, L. Gibbula magus (L.). G. umbilicata (Mont.). Monodonta crassa (Montf.). Calliostoma montagui (W. Wood). C. exasperatum (Penn.). C. striatum (L.). C. granulatum (Born). Donovania minima (Mont.). Ocinebra erinaceus (L.). O. corallina (Seac.). Hedropleura ecostata (da Costa). Mangilia attenuata (Mont.). M. rugulosa (Phil.). M. brachystoma (Phil.). Bellardiella gracilis (Mont.). Clathurella reticulata (Ren.). C. purpurea (Mont.). Haminea hydatis (L.). Philine catena (Mont.). Aplysia depilans, L. Pleurobranchus plumula (Mont.). Oscanius membranaceus (Mont.). The following species occur in the Channel Islands, but have not yet been met with in waters on the north side of the English Channel :— ? Teredo pedicellata, Quat. Setia pulcherrima (Jett.). Haliotis tuberculata, L. Lotorium nodiferum (L.). LL. cutacewm (L.). Ocinebra corallina (Seac.). Of the above, Z. nodiferum has not again been found in British waters since three living specimens were trawled off Guernsey between 1825 and 1832. LZ. cutaceus is probably still an inhabitant, though rarely, of this station. I have myself picked up two worn shells at Herm, and Mr. Marshall dredged a living specimen off Guernsey, in 22 fathoms, in 1885.' Purpura hemastoma, L., has probably not lived on these shores in recent years. There isa record ? of the discovery of three specimens at Guernsey, but they were probably due to the refuse of French trawlers. Brest is the most northern authentic recorded habitat of the species. P. Fischer remarks * that the English Channel ‘‘ est une véritable barriére qui limite l’expansion vers le nord de 81 espéces de la céte francaise et de la Méditérranée”. I do not feel quite clear whether Fischer meant that all the eighty-one species inhabit the southern coast of the English Channel. If they do not—and a consideration of the list makes it seem very unlikely that they do—the effectiveness of the ‘ véritable barriére’ tends to disappear. Certainly, of forty-nine species which he cites specifically, six at least have been found on the northern side of the Channel since he wrote. A juster view of the case would appear to be, that not more of the Lusitanian fauna ‘ drop off’ on the northern, as compared with the southern, side of the English Channel than one would naturally expect. 1 Journ. Conch., vol. xiii, p. 202, 1911. 2 J. T. Marshall, ibid., p. 197. 3 Man. de Conch., 1887, p. 145. COOKE: ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. Lyi The following species just reach the western coasts of the Channel and South and West Ireland :— Lepidopleurus scabridus (Jeft.). Acanthochites discrepans (Bronn). Pteria hirundo (L.). Crenella rhombea (Berk.). Dwaricella commutata (Phil.). Lepton squamosum (Mont.). L. suleatulum, Jeff. Galeomma turtoni, Brod. & Sow. Cardium tuberculatum, L. C. papillosum, Poli. Thracia pubescens (Pult.). Mactra glauca, Born. Donazx variegatus (Gmel.). Emarginula conica, Schum. Calliostoma exasperatum (Penn.). C. striatum (L.). Truncatella truncata (Mont.). Calyptrea chinensis (L.). Cassidaria tyrrhena (L.). C. echinophora (L.). Donovania minima (Mont.). Mangilia rugulosa (Phil.). Aplysia depilans, L. 118 DIAGNOSES OF FOUR NEW SPECIES OF LAND SHELLS FROM GERMAN NEW GUINEA. By Czsar R. Borerterr. Read 18th March, 1914. PLATE III. Tue following four new species of pulmonate land shells were collected, together with other well-known species, at Sattelberg, near Finschhafen, German New Guinea, and presented to me by the late U. Stahlberg of Schwerin, Mecklenburg. The types are preserved in my private collection. 1. HetLicarion NovHGvuINEX, n.sp. Pl. III, Figs. 1-2. Testa imperforata, tenuis, cornea, nitens, lineis accrescentibus indistinctis anguste striata. Anfractus 5, convexiusculi, celeriter accrescentes, sutura subplana, linea impressa comittata separati ; ultimus non descendens. Apertura ovata, obliqua; peristoma simplex, acutum. Alt. 9, diam. maj. 15, min. 12mm. ; apertura, alt. 8, lat. 9 mm. Hab.—Sattelberg, near Finschhafen, German New Guinea. Shell imperforate, thin, corneous, shining, striated by indistinct lines of increment. Whorls 5, moderately convex, quickly increasing in size, separated by an almost flat suture, which is provided with an impressed line; the last whorl not descending in front. Aperture ovate, oblique ; peristome simple, acute. 2. Hemiptecra PapuaNa, n.sp. Pl. III, Figs. 3-5. Testa umbilicata, applanata, carinata, supra corneo-fusca, infra pallidior, sericea, striis spiralibus minutissimis et costulis transversis angustis minutissime cancellata, sub carina linea castanea basim versus evanescente ornata. Anfractus 6, subplani, regulariter accrescentes, sutura plana separati; ultimus non descendens. Apertura angulato-ovata, obliqua, intus colore et pictura externa translucentibus ; peristoma simplex, acutum. Alt. 14, diam. maj. 29, min. 24 mm.; apertura, alt. 113, lat. 15 mm. Hab.—Sattelberg, near Finschhafen, German New Guinea. Shell umbilicate, flattened, keeled, corneous brown above and lighter below, with a silky lustre, surface finely cancellated by very minute spiral lines and narrow transverse riblets, under the keel ornamented with a chestnut band, which becomes indistinct on the underside. Whorls 6, almost flat, regularly increasing in size, separated by a flat suture; the last whorl not descending in front. Aperture angulate-ovate, oblique, displaying the external ‘colour and painting ; peristome simple, acute. Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol. XI, Pl. III, NEW SPECIES OF LAND SHELLS FROM NEW GUINEA, BOEITGER: LAND SHELLS FROM NEW GUINEA. 119 3. Hemiptecta sericea, n.sp. Pl. ILI, Figs. 6-8. Testa anguste umbilicata, solida, carinatula, sericea, costulis angustis et striis spiralibus angustissimis minutissime cancellata, supra brunnea, ad carinam linea flavescente supra non definita, infra sub carina nigrescente brunnea, basim versus in colorem olivaceo- brunneum clarescente. Anfractus 53, convexiusculi, regulariter accrescentes, sutura subplana, antice profundiore, separati; ultimus non descendens. Apertura ovata, obtusissime angulata, obliqua, intus albida, colore et pictura externa translucentibus ; peristoma simplex, subacutum, basi incrassatum, marginibus callo tenuissimo junctis. Alt. 163, diam. maj. 294, min. 244 mm.; apertura, alt. 12, lat. 15 mm. Hab.—Sattelberg, near Finschhafen, German New Guinea. Shell narrowly umbilicate, solid, very faintly keeled, with a silky lustre, cancellated by fine riblets and very fine spiral lines, brown above, with a yellowish band on the keel, which is not well defined above, blackish-brown under the keel, becoming by and by olive-brown towards the base. Whorls 53, moderately convex, regularly increasing in size, separated by an almost flat suture, becoming deeper towards the aperture; the last whorl not descending in front. Aperture ovate, obtusely angulated, oblique, whitish within, displaying the external colour and painting; peristome simple, almost acute, incrassated at the base, the margins united by a very thin callus. 4. CoLioLus sTaHLBERGI, n.sp. Pl. III, Fig Testa rimata, turrita, distinctissime carinata, luride albida, ad carinam linea fusco-purpurascente ornata; apex albidus, nitens. Anfractus 6, superiores inflati, sequentes plani, regulariter accrescentes, sutura plana separati; ultimus non descendens. Apertura angulato- ovata, subobliqua, intus colore et pictura externa translucentibus ; peristoma reflexum. Alt.153, diam. maj. 15, min. 13 mm.; apertura, alt. 7, lat. 8 mm. Hab.—Sattelberg, near Finschhafen, German New Guinea. Shell rimate, turreted, very sharply keeled, dirty whitish, at the keel ornamented with a purplish-brown band; apex whitish, shining. Whorls 6, upper whorls inflated, the others flat, regularly increasing in size, separated by a flat suture; the last whorl not descending in front. Aperture angulate-ovate, little oblique, displaying the external colour and painting ; peristome reflexed. EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. Fias. 1-2. Helicarion noveguinee, n.sp. », 3-5. Hemiplecta papwana, n.sp. » 6-8. H. sericea, n.sp. p 9. Coliolus stahlbergi, n.sp. THE GENUS-NAME MARTENSIA, SEMPER. By Tom Irepa.e. Read 17th April, 1914. At my suggestion Mr. Robin Kemp made the magnificent collections of East African Land Molluscs which have been studied by Mr. H. B. Preston. Most of this material was casually examined by myself as it passed through my hands, and thus a slight’acquaintance was made with this prolific land molluscan fauna. ‘I'his apology seems necessary to account for my present incursion into a field quite foreign to my labours. An outstanding Zonitoid genus of which a number of species was collected by Mr. Kemp was that known as J/artensia, Semper. This name was proposed in the Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen, vol. li, p. 42, 1870, for the species Helix mozambicensis, Pfeiffer (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1855, p. 91) alone. It has been continually used, and I have noted no fewer than ten workers on African molluscs accepting it without question. Yet upon reference to Scudder’s Nomenclator Zoologicus a prior Martensia is indicated, and this is proven upon confirming that work, as Agassiz in the Contr. Nat. Hist. United States, vol. ii, p. 195, footnote, 1860, had correctly and lawfully appropriated that name for a genus of his Ctenophore lobatee. The only available substitute appears to be Lepourxra, Bourguignat. In the Helixarionidées de V Afrique Bourguignat proposed this name for a series of species, sinking J/artensia as a synonym of Trochonanina. 1 am quite unable to understand Bourguignat’s classification, judging the species from a conchological view-point. Under the genus-name TZyrochonanina he included mozambicensis, Pfeiffer, yenyns?, Pfeiffer, and some other species, naming as new (p. 9) a Zr. anceyx. On p. 12 he proposed Ledoulxia, the first species named being LZ. albopieta, based upon Nanina mossambicensis, var. albopicta, Mtns., the second pyramidea, Mtns., and five new species introduced. Bourguignat contended that the introduction of albopicta as a variety of mossambicensis was due to a misinterpretation of the latter species by Von Martens. I cannot, however, generically separate either this or pyramidea from the type of Jlartensia, and Connolly, Ref. List South African Non-marine Mollusca, still retains (p. 103) albopicta, Mtns., as a variety of mozambicensis, and moreover considers Trochonanina anceyt, Bourguignat, as synonymous. Tryon maintained Martensia, and conservatively suggested that Ledoulxia might temporarily be considered a synonym. Connolly (ibid., p. 101) quotes as synonym of Martensia ‘‘Ledoulxia, Bet. 1885, pars”. I would designate as type of Ledoulxva the first species, Z. albopicta, Mtns., and thus make this exactly equivalent to the invalid DMartensia. IREDALE: ON THE GENUS-NAME MARTENSIA. 121 T have collated all the apparent species referred to this genus, and though at first sight the genus appears polyphyletic, no conchological characters can be grasped for differentiation. The extremes such as Martensia pereivali, Smith, and TZrochonanina germaini, Cesar Boettger, seem easily separable, but after careful consideration I feel that it must be the part of the anatomist to point out the differences. The names of the species I have brought together may be here noted as a beginning for some African worker. My ignorance of the literature of this fauna prohibits the proposition of a complete list. LepovLrx1a— mozambicensis, Pfeiffer, P.Z.S., 1855, p. 91. var. albopicta, Martens, v. d. Decken’s Reise, vol. 111, p.56, 1869. var. elatior, Martens, Mal. Blatt., vol. xiii, p. 92, 1866. ibuensis, Pfeiffer, Symb. Hel. viv., iu, p. 66, 1846. Jjenynsi, Pfeiffer, P.Z.S., 1845, p. 131. obtusangula, Martens, S.B. Ges. naturf. Berlin, p. 125, 1895. tumidula, Martens, Monatsbr. wiss. Berl., 1876, p. 256. leucograpta, Martens, ib., 1878, p. 290. plicatula, Martens, Nachr. Malak. ges., 1869, p. 149. pyramidea, Martens, v. d. Decken’s Reise, iii, p. 55, 1869. mesoged, Martens, Deutsch Ost Afr., vol. iv, p. 50, 1898. var. bohmz, id., l.c. livingstoniana (Ancey), id., l.c., p. 48. subjenynst (Ancey MSS.), id., l.c., p. 49. episcopalis, Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. vi, p. 152, 1890. percivalt, Smith, Journ. Conch., vol. x, p. 317, 1903. permanens, Smith, Journ. Malac., vol. viii, p. 94, 1901. consociata, Smith, P.Z.S., 1899, p. 584. nyassana, Smith. ancey?, Bourguignat, Helix. Afr., 1885, p. 9. alfieriana, Bourguignat, ib., p. 13. formosa, Bourguignat, ib., p. 14. megastoma, Bourguignat, ib., p. 14. insignis, Bourguignat, ib., p. 15. unizonata, Bourguignat, ib., p. 15. smitht, Bourguignat, Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 17. meruensis, D’ Ailly, Kilim. Meru Exp. 6, p. 18, 1911. busuensis, Kobelt, Rev. Suisse Zool., vol. xxi, p. 59, 1913. entebbeana, Pollonera, Torin. Boll. Mus. Zool., No. 561. germaini, Cesar Boettger, Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. x, p. 348, 1913. bowkere, Preston, ib., vol. vu, p. 88, 1906. gwendolene, Preston, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. vi, p. 529, 1910. martensiana, Preston, ib., p. 529. monozonata, Preston, ib., p. 580. ? shimbiense, Preston, ib., p. 580. levistriata, Preston, Rev. Zool. Afr., vol. 111, p. 48, 1913. nytroensis, Preston, ib., p. 48. votensis, Preston, ib., p. 49. inflata, Preston, ib., p. 49. solida, Preston, ib., p. 49- 122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. This list may not be complete, nor is it critical, but is an association of the species grouped together as or under the generic name fartensia. The species tumzdula, Martens, does not seem congeneric, whilst others, such as nytroensis, Preston, and shimbiense, Preston, need further consideration. Another correction may be here noted. Connolly, in his invaluable Reference List of South African Non- marine Mollusca (Annals South African Museum, vol. xi, 1912), introduced a new sub-family Trochonanine, which is represented in his list by the genera Martensia, Trochomorpha, Trochozonites, and Thapsiella. 1 do not consider that these African molluscs have any close relationship with Zrochonanina, the type of which is schmeltziana, Mousson, a Pacific Ocean shell (cf. Gude, Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. x, p. 389, 1913). I would suggest that the sub-family name be altered to Trocnozonitinm, the basis of which is the genus Trochozonites, proposed for an African shell, and the species of which closely resemble in conchological features the species of Ledoulxia. Trochomorpha, used by Connolly (p. 103), following Melvill and Ponsonby, can have no place in the African list, the type being also a Pacific Ocean shell. Thapsiella, at my suggestion, was altered to Gudeella by Preston, but acknowledgment was accidentally omitted; this genus does not seem to fall into my sub-family Trochozonitine, and I would suggest to Connolly reconsideration of this association. 123 SOME MORE NOTES ON POLYPLACOPHORA. PART I. By Tom Irepate. Read 17th April, 1914. Some time ago I contributed to these Proceedings some notes on Polyplacophora (vol. ix, pp. 90-105 and pp. 153-62, 1910), and in the last part (vol. xi, pp. 25-51, 1914) I furnished an account of the Chiton Fauna of the Kermadec Islands. During the intervening years I have accumulated some interesting notes, mostly on extra-Australian forms, and a larger number of notes, dealing with Australasian material, I hope to incorporate in a review of the Australasian Chiton Fauna I have in preparation. However, Dr. Thiele has written me that he is now preparing a monograph of the Polyplaco- phora for Das Tierreich, and | therefore consider it necessary that my notes should be made available so that they may be criticized in the production of Dr. Thiele’s work. The succeeding notes are mainly nomenclatural, but are of more than usual interest, while some few are suggestive. Craspepocuiton (‘HAuMAsTocHITON) MOBIUsI, Thiele. In the Report on the Marine Mollusca obtained by J. Stanley Gardiner among the Islands of the Indian Ocean (Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. xiii, p. 119, 1909) Melvill reeorded— © 357. Acanthocites (Loboplax) laqueatus (Sowb.). Loc. Amirantes: Station E18, 20 to 25 fathoms, calcareous rubble.” The specimen upon which this record is based is now in the British Museum, and at the first glance it seemed quite distinct from Sowerby’s daqueatus. The shell is curled, and approximately measures 38mm.xX1li5mm. The girdle is produced in front and narrowed behind, and could be termed leathery, minutely sandy. Four pores are clearly observed before the head-valve, and seven at the sutures, and a peculiar feature is their presence behind the tail-valve. Here, apparently protected by the curling, the tufts are preserved, as is also a peripheral fringe, consisting in each case of long opaque-white spicules. The colour of the girdle is bright puce pink. The head- valve is sculptured with seven elevated ribs, the outside ones con- stituting the border. I note this, as in Zoboplax usually only five ‘ribs are indicated, no outside ones being developed. ‘These ribs are not differentiated in any way, but appear simply as undulating elevations. The sculpture consists of rounded separated pustules of varied sizes. ‘The lateral areas of the median valves are well raised, the sculpture consisting of rounded pustules closely packed; the median areas are covered with oval flat-topped pustules which become confused and merged into a continuous flattened rib on the jugum. The tail-valve is long, the mucro posterior, very much elevated and recurved, then sloping backward, making a convex lateral area. I have VOL. XI.—JUNE, 1914. 9 124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. seen no similar tail-valve yet in any other Chiton. The upward curve of the tail-valve of Plaxiphora (Frembleya) egregia (H. & A. Adams) is recalled, but this instance much exaggerates it. Besides, in that case there is no convex lateral area, which is clearly shown in this. Upon dissection the tail-valve was found to possess, instead of an insertion-plate, simply a callused ridge showing faint striations. In his Revision des Systems der Chitonen (Chun’s Zoologica, Heft lvi), Thiele (p. 34) introduced for a Mauritian shell Craspedochiton ( Thaumastochiton, n.subgen.) mdbiust, usp. Beautiful figures are given on Taf. iv, figs. 36-48, and the Amirantes shell certainly falls into the sub-genus Zhaumastochiton, though it may specifically differ from Thiele’s Mauritian form. The tail-valve in the latter, judging from Thiele’s figures, does not show such an upeurved mucro, nor possess such a well-defined, convex, lateral area. As the Amirantes would geographically fall into the Mauritius area, and further, as only one specimen is available, I would minimize the observed differences and record this shell under Thiele’s species- name. On account of the interest this sub-generic form must have to all Chiton students, I have brought forward this alteration, and would note the rejection of Jaqgueatus, Sow., from the Amirantes fauna. Thiele (p. 116) under Thaumastochiton made a footnote ‘‘ Dahin gehort wahrscheinlich ‘ Onithochiton’ isipingoensis, Sykes (P. Malac. Soc. London, vol. iv, p. 259) von Sud-Afrika”. This induced the examination of Sykes’ species, the type of which is preserved in the British Museum. It was obviously no Onithochiton, judging from the description alone, and was as certainly a Craspedochitonoid shell. Thiele’s suggestion proved correct, since, though ‘ 0.’ ¢sipingoensis, Sykes, differed altogether in sculpture from the Amirantes shell, the tail-valve agreed minutely in structural characters. Sykes’ description of the tail-valve is here reproduced: ‘ Posterior valve similarly sculptured, but having a dorsal area; it is concave above and the mucro is posterior. . . . The insertion plate of the posterior valve is flattened behind, and appears to be without any slit, the tegmentum overhanging, and the valve being obtusely beaked behind.” Curton petasus, Reeve. This species is described in the Proce. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 25, and figured in the Conch. Icon. Chiton, and also in the Zoology of the Samarang. In the Man. Conch., vol. xiv, p. 811, Pilsbry placed this species in the genus Placiphorella, with the note ‘‘ Referred to this genus on account of the peculiar girdle”. At that time the genus Craspedochiton was imperfectly known, and consequently it was a forgivable error to overlook the undoubted relationship of Reeve’s species to that genus. However, quite recently Nierstrasz, deter- mining the Chitons of the Siboga Expedition (p. 48, 1905), has introduced a new species of Craspedochiton with the name fesselatus, which, coming from the same locality, seems to be the long-lost Reevean species. It should be observed that in the same paper IREDALE: NOTES ON POLYPLACOPHORA. 125 (p.111) Nierstrasz catalogued Placiphorella petasa, Reeve, as being on record, from the locality, with the remark ‘‘ Placiphorella petasa, Reeve, von Stroomen Kap, N. W. Celebes stellt ebenso eine isolierte Form dar”. The recognition of Chiton petasus, Reeve, as referable to Craspedochiton, and not to Plaeiphorella, removes one of the few apparent geographical anomalies present when the distribution of the Polyplacophora is studied. In this place I might point out that Nierstrasz (p. 23) introduced a new species of Jschnochiton with the species-name variegatus. I cannot see that amendment has yet been made, though one of the commonest Australian Ischnochitons bears that species-name, and has the prior right. Reverting to geographical anomalies, I would cite a paper by Nierstrasz in the Tijdschr. der Nederl. Dierk. Vereen, ser. u, vol. x. In that paper Nierstrasz, through the acceptance of inaccurate Museum records, has perpetuated some incorrect generic determinations, and introduced others. These will mostly be dealt with in their places, but the admission of Cryptoplax to the Neozelanic Fauna, the reference to DMaugeria of specimens from the Straits of Magellan and the Cape of Good Hope, as also Zonieva from New Zealand, will be refused without the slightest hesitation until perfectly authenticated examples are procured. Nierstrasz also referred to Heterozona the species Hedley described (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xxiii, p. 100, 1898) under the name Ischnochiton araucarianus. Thiele (Revision, p. 96) suggested the reference of this species to Sclerochiton. Judging from figures I agreed, and it seemed difficult to separate this from Chiton (Selerochiton) miles, Pilsbry, described from Torres Straits. With his usual generosity, Mr. Hedley forwarded me paratypes of his species, and without doubt it is very close to S. miles. I have received a fair collection of Chitons made by my friend Mr. Robin Kemp at Cape York, Torres Straits, and therein was included many specimens of S. curtisianus (Smith), proving that that species extends from Port Curtis northwards to Cape York, thus apparently confirming my subjection of Thiele’s S. aruensis (Proce. Malac. Soc., vol. ix, p. 103, 1910). Nothing like Pilsbry’s S. miles has yet been seen from Torres Straits, so that it is quite possible the locality is erroneous, and that the shell may have come from New Caledonia. I hope to revert to this matter again soon. Two other incorrect determinations may be here rectified. In the Report on the Polyplacophora of Ceylon (Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fisheries Suppl. Reports, p. 178, 1903) Sykes recorded Callochiton platessa, Gould? This would seem to be confirmed by the admission by Smith into the Fauna of the Maldives and Laccadives, p. 619, of the same species, C. platessa. This species is fairly familiar to me, as I have collected it both in New Zealand and Australia, and though both Smith’s and Sykes’ shells, which I have examined, are undoubtedly referable to the genus Callochiton (sensu lato), they are just as certainty not specifically identical with Gould’s C. platessa. 126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. CHmToPLEURA NoBILIS, Pilsbry. In the Man. Conch., vol. xiv, p. 80, 1892, Pilsbry included a species Chetopleura nobilis, citing it as of Reeve, basing it upon ‘‘ Chiton nobilis, Gray, Reeve, Conch. Icon., pl. xxi, fig. 189, May, 1847. Not Chiton nobilis, Gray; Chetopleura nobilis, Rv., Cpr. MS.” Reeve's figure is reproduced on Pilsbry’s pl. xiv, fig. 80. The species is included upon Carpenter’s MS. notes which Pilsbry quotes. Some extraordinary confusion has here occurred, as part of the note reads: ‘‘ The above is written from the type specimen which 2ve. described as the C. nobilis of Gray, and which Mr. Adams most kindly submitted to my examination.”? I have been unable to fathom the connexion of Mr. Adams with the type-specimen, as Reeve described his Ch. nobilis, Gray, from a specimen in the British Museum, which is still preserved with the data upon the back of the tablet. This shell is undoubtedly the New Zealand LEudoxochiton nobilis (Gray), so that we are confronted with the problem of Adams’ shell. As its whereabouts are unknown, it would seem necessary to write off, as indeterminable, the species Ch. nobilis, Pilsbry. The Reevean reference and figure pass correctly into the synonymy of the New Zealand shell, whilst the citation of Pilsbry’s name in connexion with the missing Chetopleura keeps the latter in perspective, so that its rediscovery may be looked for. ‘The unknown locality, of course, handicaps the investigator. The genus-name ACANTHOCHITONA. In the London Medical Repository, vol. xv, 1821, John Edward Gray published ‘‘A Natural Arrangement of Mollusca, according to their internal structure’. Dealing with the genus-name Chiton, Pilsbry (Man. Conch., vol. xiv, p. 150, 1893) quoted the matter dealing with Chitons, but did not dispose of the questions offered by that excerpt. Inasmuch as Pilsbry incorrectly quoted that extract, it is possible he was indebted to second-hand information for his knowledge of the paper. If the concluding paragraph of Gray’s article (p. 239) be studied, the procedure is quite simple. This reads: ‘*The genera that are here given mostly contain many sub-genera, and are what are called by several modern naturalists natural families; but I prefer to call them genera, and their subdivisions sub-genera, because then either name can be used separately, and so suits both opinions, for the genera may be made into families by changing the termination as from limax to limacide, and because I think that it is easier to recollect limax arion hortensis than arion hortensis alone, as genera are now become so numerous that naturalists really want something to let them know to what part of natural history they belong.” With this in front of us we know how to deal with the following nomination on p. 284— "Ord. 10. PotypLacoPHora. (Description of animal, etc.) a. Plates placed on the back of the mantle. 1. Gymnoplax or gymnoplacide. Acanthochitona, Chiton fascicu- laris, Lepidochitona, Chiton marginatus.” IREDALE ; NOTES ON POLYPLACOPHORA. 127 When Pilsbry quoted this extract he wrote Leptochitona, which is quite a different name. There can be no other conclusion than that the name Acanthochitona is correctly introduced as a sub-generic name for the species grouped with Chiton fascieularis. Though never hitherto used, it claims every right to usage, and fortunately little confusion will be caused by giving the name its due. The name commonly in use is Acanthochites, which date from Risso, 1826. Risso introduced it from Leach’s MS., and it is probable that Gray was also influenced by Leach’s proposition. It might be noted that Risso’s spelling has been amended to Acanthochates, Acanthochitus, and even Acanthochiton, whilst the species are commonly called Acanthochitons as a vernacular term. Though not recorded in Scudder’s Nomenclator, Gray’s genus-name appears 1n the synonymy of Acanthochites, Risso, in H. & A. Adams’ Genera Recent Mollusca, vol. i, p. 482. The genus-name LeprpocHirona. The consideration of this name naturally follows the preceding discussion. However, here rather radical alterations are necessary. The only species mentioned in conjunction with the name is Chiton marginatus, and this consequently becomes the type by monotypy. Pilsbry (Man. Conch., vol. xiv, p. 67, 1892) included this species in the genus Lsehnochiton, placing it in the sub-genus Zrachydermon, Carpenter, 1863, citing as a synonym Craspedochilus, G. O. Sars, LS7s. ) thie succeeding year, however, Pilsbry (Man. Conch., vol. xv, p. 68, 1893) admitted “that Trachydermon was generically distinct from Jschnochiton, and named as type 7. flectens, Carpenter. Craspedo- chilus, G. O. Sars, was proposed for C. marginatus alone, and in the List of British Marine Mollusca, to by a Committee of the Conchological Society (Journ. Conch., vol. x, p. 10, 1901), Craspedo- chilus, probably at Sykes? suggestion, was given generic rank, as independent of Zrachydermon. ‘Lepidochitona will therefore displace Craspedochilus, being exactly eae to it. Thiele (Revision, p. 116, 1909) makes Zrachydermon a genus of his family Callochitonide, ranking Craspedochilus as subordinate, with sectional rank; his family Callochitonide is divided into two sub-families, Trachydermonine and Callochitonine. ’he acceptance of Thiele’s classification and the recognition of Lepidochitona would necessitate the following alterations :— Family Lrprpocuironip2. vice CALLOCHITONID®, Sub-family Leprpocurronin &. vice 'TRACHYDERMONIN®. Genus Lepidochitona, Gray, 1821 (= Craspedochilus, G. O. Sars, 1878). vice Trachydermon, Cpr., 1868. Sub-genus Zrachydermon, Cpr., 1863. In the Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond., 1847, p. 127, Gray introduced the new genus Leptochiton with three species, cinereus, hanleyt, and 128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. cajetanus. The first-named was designated, as type, on p. 169. This cannot be considered the same name as Lepidochitona, the two roots having entirely different meanings, The grup Ly Uae C5 fra dpecees wurtl be an tLpaek Ag ng 4 al epifo chil or as, The genus-name Amicoura. Pilsbry in the Man. Conch., vol. xv, p. 68, 1898, gives, as the primary introduction of this genus-name, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1847, pp. 66, 69, 169, and notes the Syn. Brit. Mus., 1840, usage as earlier, but without diagnosis. In the Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., vol. x, pp. 294-809, 1913, I gave the results of my investigation of the Synopses British Museum. ‘There I showed that in 1840, on p- 148, appeared the new generic name Amicula. On p. 302 I showed that in the 1840 A edition, p. 127, the following note was given: ‘* Acanthochetes is peculiar for having a bundle of bristles placed on each side of the valves; and Chitonellus and Amicula only differ in having the valves nearly hidden in the mantle of the animals.” I would agree with Pilsbry that there can be no determination about a name introduced in this manner. In Dieffenbach’s Travels in New Zealand, vol. ii, p. 246, 1848, Gray included as a New Zealand shell ‘‘ Amécula monticularis. Chiton monticularis, Quoy et Gaim., Voy. Astrol., iui, 406, t. 78, f. 30-86”. This is the first time Amzcula is generically used as a recognizable group, and consequently that name falls as a synonym of Cryptoconchus.* Cryptoconchus is rejected by Pilsbry as of Burrow, 1815, and dated from Guilding, 1829. In the Elements of Conchology, 1815, Burrow described a shell under the name Chiton porosus (p. 189), and figured it, pl. xxvii, fig. 1, giving ‘‘ Habitat uncertain, probably New South Wales”. On p- 190 he wrote: ‘‘ They (this and the succeeding species) have been examined by Dr. Blainville, of Paris, by whom a communication respecting them has, it is understood, been made to the French Philomatic Society. The names he has affixed to the two species are Cryptoconchus porosus and C. larveformis.”’ According to the Opinions rendered by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, Cryptoconchus must be recognized as from this introduction. If it were not it might be argued that it should fall as a substitute name for Cryptoplax, Blainville. This genus-name introduced in the Dict. Sci. Nat. (Levrault), vol. xii, p. 124, 1818, contained the same two species, but both genus-name and one species-name were changed ; thus Cryptoplax larviformis, Blainville = Cryptoconchus larveformis, Burrow, ex Blainville MS., and Cryptoplax depressus, Blainville = Cryptoconchus porosus, Burrow, ex Blainville MS. Blainville states that Cryptoplax was ‘‘ Sous-genre de l’ordre des oscabrions, établi par M. H. de Blainville, dans le Supplément a1’ Encyclopédie a’ Edinbourg”’. It would appear that Blainville’s articles concerning these molluscs were too advanced to meet with approval by the powers that were concerned in the publication, as neither in the Bulletin of the French Philomatic Society nor in the Supplement to the Eneyclopedia Britannica are they included. She orOlarn dhette wheck hace beer eS Dipaeted ee nee Le ae eae - byw mclio ge- pheyres( midd) Chena 1587. Tape, fatlara Medel, IREDALE: NOTES ON POLYPLACOPHORA. 129 Moreover, it would seem that Blainville himself got disgusted at the treatment of his genus, as in his monumental monograph on the Chitons in the Dict. Sci. Nat. (Levrault), vol. xxxvi, p. 519 et seq., 1825, he discarded it, and included the species in the genus Chiton, but once again changing their names. Here, on p. 553, Chiton vermiformis, Blainville = Cryptoplax Jlarviformis of seven years earlier, and Chiton leachi, Blainville = Cryptoplax depressus of seven years previous. Pilsbry preferred Acanthochites, Risso, 1826, to Cryptoconchus, Guilding, 1829, and based his family name on that, separating the Cryptoplax species into a separate family, Cryptoplacide. Thiele has amalgamated these two families, ranking them as sub- families only, and using the name Cryptoplacide on account of the earlier introduction of the genus-name Cryptoplazx. The conclusion that Cryptoconchus must date from 1815 makes this the oldest genus-name, and consequently the family name would become Cryptoconchide. I am at present inclined to agree with Thiele that Cryptoplax is not able to be considered as separable as a family. The genus-name MacanpDRELLvs. This name was introduced ex Carpenter’s MS. by Dall in the Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. i, p. 299, 1878, where the type is designated as Muacandrellus costatus, Adams & Angas. Pilsbry rejected it in the Man. Conch., vol. xv, p. 32, 1893, as Dall’s genus was not the same as that of Carpenter, and also ‘‘ The first use of the name (as above) being unaccompanied by a diagnosis must fall”. In my investigations I constantly meet with such statements by authors, and Dall wrote (Journ. Conch., vol. xi, p. 294, 1906), “It is an unfortunate fact that the abrogation of the original rule requiring a diagnosis to validate a genus.”’ I will admit there may have been such a rule, but the abrogation appears to have been useful as long ago as 1847, and probably earlier. For we have Gray in the Proce. Zool. Soc., 1847, when he drew up his epoch- marking ‘ List of the Genera of Recent Mollusca, their Synonyma and Types”, introducing new generic names without a diagnosis. We have the commonly utilized Catal. Yoldi Collection, 1858, by Morch, and I note Fischer in his Man. Conch. in 1880-7 also indulging in the same practice; this is only to quote the very first works that occur to memory. Judging from Risso’s genera, where the generic diagnosis disagrees with the identifications of the species named, it would have been better had the abrogation commenced earlier. To come back to Macandrellus, there is now no lawful reason for its non-acceptance, and it must replace the name Loboplax, Pilsbry, introduced in the Vautilus, vol. vii, p. 82, 1893, with Chiton violaceus, Quoy & Gaimard, cited as type. This species and Adams and Angas’ costatus are undoubtedly congeneric in the strictest restriction. In my paper in these Proceedings (vol. ix, p. 101, 1910) I noted the extreme difficulty of determining the divisions of Acanthochites. I showed Thiele had been puzzled, and admitted my own difficulties. I, from further study, now consider the admission of the following 130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. generic terms will be more helpful in discriminating these difficult shells when dealing with the Australasian forms: -Acanthochitona, Cryptoconchus, Cryptoplax, Notoplax, Macandrellus, and Craspedo- chiton. The Neozelanic shell commonly known as Acanthochites violaceus (Quoy & Gaimard) would become Macandrellus violaceus (Quoy and Gaimard), and the second Neozelanic species If. marie (Webster). Craspedochiton would also be credited with two New Zealand forms, C. rubiginosus (Hutton) and C. cuneatus (Suter). It is a somewhat remarkable coincidence that both these species, at an interval of almost forty years, should have been described as Zonzeva, a genus without the slightest resemblance in any way to these species. It is exactly parallel with Sykes’ reference of a similar shell to Onithochiton, as previously noted. Although the genus Zonicia is unknown from New Zealand, I have recorded the existence of a small species of Lucilina (= Tonicra) at the Kermadecs. Some misuseD Speciric Names. I pointed out in my last paper (these Proceedings, p. 46) that Pilsbry, in his monograph (Man. Conch., vols. xiv—xv, 1892-3), did not accept the present usage regarding preoccupied names, and that consequently some alterations were necessary. ‘l'o those interested I would suggest the following I have noted :— On pp. 196-8, vol. xiv, Pilsbry admitted Zoniera elegans, based upon Chiton elegans, Fremt sly, Zool. Journ., vol. iui, p. 208, 1827 ; sub-species were included chilensis, Frembly, ibid., and tneolata, Frembly, ibid. Ch. elegans, Frembly, is unavailable on account of the prior Ch. elegans, Blainville, 1825, whilst déneolata, Frembly, is also later than Blainville’s d:meolata, 1825. his would leave the species-name as chi/ensis, Frembly, 1827, if Pilsbry’s association be correct. On p. 280 Nuttallina seabra, based upon Ch. scaber, Reeve, Conch. Tcon., pl. xvu, fig. 106, Mch., 1847, must be changed, as Blainville had appropriated that specific name in 1825. There appears to be a substitute ready in ] ’ >) >] Secretary :—G. K. Gupn, F.Z.S., 9 Wimbledon Park Road, Wandsworth, London, 8.W. Editor: —I. A. Smrrn, I.8.0., 22 Heathfield Road, Acton, London, W. Other Members of Council:—G. C. Crick, F.G.S.; T. IREDALE; C. OLpHaM ; G. C. Rosson, B.A. ; J. R. pe B. Tomuin, M.A., F.E.S. ; B, B,. Woopvwanp, F.L.S. By kind permission of the Council of the Linnean Sociwry, the MEETINGS are held in their apartments at Burninaron House, Piccapinty, W., on the seconp Fripay in each month from NovEMBER to JUNE. The OBJECT of the Society is to promote the study of the Mollusca, both recent and fossil. MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of recommendation signed by two or more Members. LADIES are eligible for election. The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per annum or £7 7s. for J.ife, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per annum or £5 5s. for Life. All Members on election pay an Entrance Fee of 10s. 6d. The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each Member is entitled to receive a copy of those numbers issued during membership, [Vols. I-VIII and Vol. IX, Parts I-III, consisting of 52 Parts, price 5s. net per Part. Parts IV-VI of Vol. IX, and all succeeding Parts, price 7s. 6d. each. A discount of 20 per cent upon the above prices is allowed to Members purchasing these Volumes or Parts through the Secretary. ] Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent at his private address, as given above, NEW CATALOGUE OF European-Palaearctic and Exotic Helices. One of the largest catalogues of the Helices ever published. Containing about 400 genera and 3,400 species, with localities and prices. Arranged according to the systems of Dr. H. A. Pilsbry and Professor Dr. W. Kobelt. Price 1s., can be paid in stamps. KOSMOS NATURHISTOR. INSTITUT, Speyerstr. 8, Berlin W. 30, Germany. STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS, LTD., PRINTERS, HERTFORD. Vol. XI. Part IV. MARCH 29th, 1915. PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Price 7s. 6d. net. EDITED BY E. A. SMITH, 1.8.0., F.Z.S. Under the direction of the Publication Committee. AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE PAPERS. COs aes SIS PROCEEDINGS :— PAGE — PAPERS continued :— PAGE Ordinary Meetings : On the Non-marine Mollusca November 13th, 1914......... 189 | of a Post-Pliocene Deposit December 11th...............00 189 at Apethorpe, Northampton- January 8th, 1915 ............ 189 shire. By A. S. KENNARD, NOTES :— On the Extension of the Distri- bution of the American Slipper - Limpet (Crepidula fornicata) in the English Coastal Waters. By J. H. QuErON; Sosa oa 190 Note on the Land and Fresh- water Shells of Texel and Terschelling. By F. H. SHGES 5 MeARo BL iS cee oe eeceet 191 PAPERS :— The Geographical Distribution of Purpura lapillus (L.). By the Rey. A. H. COOKE, ME AY Gas, BiaZs Se. cscer. ses 192 Descriptions of Colour Varieties of Conus quercinus, Hwass, and Cyprealamarcku, Gray. By H. O. N. SHaAw, B.Sc., EY Zi Sapien cs eseieiachoctecsssscss 210 | LONDON: DULAU & CO., LTD., 37 SOHO SQUARE, W. F.G.S., and B. B. Woop- WARD (HICSS 166Cis. Adanson’s ‘‘Le Sadot’’ is P. lapillus. He not only figures the species himself, but makes reference to figures of Lister’s ‘‘ Buccinum Anglicum’’. ‘J’ai observé,’’ he continues, ‘‘ce coquillage dans le port de l’Orient, a I’fle de Ténérif des Canaries, a celle de Fayal, Pune des Asores; et je scai qu'elle se trouve fréquemment sur toutes les cotes de la Bretagne.’’ It is curious that he never definitely states that he has seen specimens from Senegal. But there can be no reasonable doubt that he was mistaken in regarding it as an inhabitant of that coast, or of the Canaries or Azores. Mr. Tomlin has kindly given me two specimens of P. lapillus ex Coll. Watson, taken at Grand Canary. I have seldom seen shells more beach-worn. ‘They must be considered as ‘ ballast’ specimens. No writer for 150 years has recorded the species as living in the Atlantic islands. I owe to Mr. Tomlin three other specimens, also ex Coll. Watson, from Madeira, no doubt the actual specimens to which Watson (122) refers when he places P. dapillus in a list of species ‘‘ dredged by me or brought to me as Madeiran, but which I reject’. On the strength of two specimens of unknown locality from the Cape, Krauss (62) allowed himself to include 2. /apillus in his list of South African marine Mollusca. G. B. Sowerby (112) has ‘“‘ received no confirmation of its living there’’. M. Sars (106), G. O. Sars (105), and Pfeffer (98) give Behring’s Sea as a locality for P. dapdllus, but not on the authority of their own collecting. Crosse (19), cataloguing (after Dall 20) the Mollusca of Behring’s Strait and the neighbouring parts of the Arctic Ocean, records no other Purpura but canaliculata, Ducl., from Plover Bay, Norton Sound, and the Aleutian Islands. Krause (60), whose collecting was chiefly done on the T'schuktschen Peninsula, in the far north of the Gulf of Anadyr, found no Purpura in Behring’s Sea. In the Pribiloff and Commander Islands, Behring’s Sea, Dall (28) found only P. lima, Mart., a form with which canaliculata, Ducl., is identical. Middendorff, both in his Beitrige and Reise (82, 83), gives P. lapilius from the Sea of Ochotsk, and mentions the islands of Sitcha and Urup (in the Kuriles) as further localities. He says that in the Sea of Ochotsk it is rare, the majority of examples being rather thin, and he describes a form intermediate between Japillus and Sreycinetir, Desh. 1 Search among Lowe’s Mogador shells in the Natural History Museum failed to reveal his specimens of ‘ P. lapillus’. But Mr. Tomlin has placed in my hands a box labelled in R. B. Watson’s hand ‘‘ Pisanta, Mogador’’. It contains numerous examples of Ocinebrina purpuroidea, Pallary. When one knows that many, if not most, of Lowe’s marine shells passed into Watson’s possession, it appears extremely probable that we have here the actual specimens which Lowe took at Mogador, and mistook for a ‘‘ dwarf state of P. lapillus’’. COOKE: DISTRIBUTION OF PURPURA LAPILLUS. 199 When we come to detailed investigation of the Japanese seas, there is still less evidence for the occurrence of P. dapilius in Far Eastern waters. Schrenck, Reisen in Amur Lande (108), omits it from his list ; Lischke (70) does the same. Pilsbry’s (100) catalogue admits it only on the authority of Stearns from Hakodate, and of E. A. Smith (below). A. Adams (1) mentions P. /apillus from different points in Japanese seas, from Saghalien southward, but when we find that he includes in his synonymy /freycineti, Desh., attenuata, Reeve (?), analoga, Forbes, and sguamosa, Lam., his evidence ceases to possess value. E. A. Smith (109) included P. dapiilus in a list of Gastropoda brought from Japan by Commander St. John, R.N., remarking that ‘the Japanese forms of this Protean shell are as varied as those in European seas”. The actual specimens are in the British Museum, and undoubtedly belong to freycinetiz, Desh. The truth appears to be that there is no reason to believe that the species which we call dapillus, L., occurs in any part of Eastern Asia or North-West America. All the specimens from these seas hitherto referred to lapillus belong either to freycinetiz, Desh., or to one or other of the West American Purpure which will be mentioned below. It is quite conceivable that a relationship, more or less close, exists between these groups and /apillus. When Northern Asia enjoyed a milder climate, opportunity would be given for the passage of littoral forms from the North Atlantic to the North Pacific, and vice versa. This may be held sufficient to account for the presence of closely allied, or even of identical species, in both these areas at the present day. Even as it is, experts find it no easy matter to distinguish between /apil/us and certain forms of freyctnetii, and between certain forms of saxicola, Val., and lapillus. Middendorft goes so far as to remark: ‘It can hardly fail to be the case that on the coasts of the North American Ice Sea passage-forms between P. lapiilus and P. freycinetii will be found in the future.” But a sufficient time seems to have elapsed since the passage via Northern Asia was closed for the forms on both sides to harden into what we agree to call species, just as we find a number of ‘ homologous forms’ on the two sides of the Isthmus of Panama. Aurivillius (6) distinguishes freycinetii from Jlapillus by the prominence of the last whorl and the great size of the mouth, but remarks on the similarity between certain forms of the two species. Middendorff speaks of the long aperture, short spire, and more impressed sculpture. Lischke particularizes, as points of difference, - the narrowing of the mouth in front, running into a long canal, the strongly marked spiral ridges, the irregular longitudinal foldings on the upper part of the whorls. He thinks Adams’ lapillus is freycinetit. Dunker (32) remarks that the description and figures of the type of Sreycinetii are so different from certain Japanese specimens which are before him, that he cannot believe they are freycimetii. Among the specimens are several which he cannot separate from certain varieties of dapillus, and accordingly he refers all his specimens to that species, confessing himself still ignorant what freycineti? is. The truth is, that, as Lischke has pointed out, Deshayes’ type of freyeinetid was 200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. described from an extreme variety of this very variable shell. Mr. G. Hirase, in whose catalogue of Japanese marine Mollusca lapillus finds no place, has supplied me with a sufficient number of specimens of freycinetii to illustrate the fact that freyeinetii is nearly as variable as dapilius itself, and at the same time to establish the complete distinctness of the two species. Dunker’s P. leysiana is a form of freycinetic in which the spiral ridges are deeply cut by longitudinal lamine or foliations. The geographical range of freyeinetit appears to be as follows: Behring’s Sea, Aleutian Islands, and Sea of Ochotsk (Middendorff) ; Kamschatka (Deshayes, Chiron, Schrenck) ; West Saghalien, Castries Bay, at Wjachtu and Dui, East Saghalien, at Manué (Schrenck) ; Urup (Middendorff, as dapillus, L.); Etrup or Etoro, and Kunashiri in the Kurile Islands (Coll. A. H.C.); N. Yesso, at Teshiwo (as saxicola, Val., ¢este Pilsbry), Kushiro and Hidaka (Coll. A. H. C.); 8S. Yesso, Hakodate (Schrenck); N.E. Nippon, the southernmost locality I know (Stimpson). For some unexplained reason, freycinetid does not occur in Pilsbry’s catalogue of Japanese marine Mollusca. No satisfactory record exists of the occurrence of P. lapillus on any part of the west coast of North America. Cooper’s P. lapillus is emarginata, Desh. (see p. 208). Part II. In Nearcric Waters. P. lapillus is recorded as an inhabitant of Greenland by Fabricius (33), Gould (40), Morch (85), Moller (85), G. O. Sars (105), and others, the majority only repeating Fabricius’ statement. According to Fabricius, ‘* Zritontum lapillus habitat in littoribus arenosis : in Sinu Nerrutiksok dicto e regione boreali colonize Friderichshaab copiosum ”’? (Friederikshavn is in about the latitude of South Iceland). Posselt (101) remarks that it appears to be found fairly locally, and that its possible range is from the extreme south to about 69°N. lat., at Jacobshavn, where he found one specimen. The majority of examples belong to the var. ¢mbricata, Lam. Drygalski (31), cataloguing the Mollusca of the Berlin expedition of 1891-3, did not find it at Karajak and Umanak Fiords, N. lat. 71°, nor was it found by H.M.S. Vadorous in 1875 at Godhavn on Disco Island (Jeffreys). Professor Jensen writes to me: ‘‘The few speci- mens in our [Copenhagen] Museum have no distinct locality, only the collective name ‘Greenland’, and they are all from old days; in modern times the species has not been brought to us, and the last expeditions have seen nothing of this species, nor have I found it myself on my three journeys to Greenland. I have therefore some doubts regarding this species as an inhabitant of the present Greenlandic shores.” It has never been recorded from East Greenland. By the courtesy of Dr. J. Vernhout, I have had the opportunity of examining the Greenlandic specimens belonging to the ’sRijks 1 Deshayes, in his description (Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 360; Mag. Zool., ser. I, i (Moll.), pl. xxvi, 2 figs., 1839), specially mentions the arched columella. His locality is Kamschatka. COOKE: DISTRIBUTION OF PURPURA LAPILLUS. 201 Museum of Natural History, Leiden. The shell is fairly solid, well developed, not dwarfed; length 1:25 inch, breadth -75; mouth °75 long (to front end of canal), shape long oval; canal broad, well marked; outer lip simple, not denticled; sculpture, a number of strong transverse cords or blunt ridges, about eleven on the body- whorl, suddenly ceasing, to form a sort of shoulder, some way below the suture ; colour dirty white. The British Museum has three specimens, dated 28rd June, 1843, labelled ‘‘ Greenland”’, purchased from Dr. Moller, and with a label attached in his handwriting. The shell is solid, strongly corded, spire prolonged, aperture orange-coloured, outer lip simple, scarcely thickened, specimens heavier and more solid than the Leiden shells. They closely resemble specimens from various parts of Scotland. Considerable uncertainty appears to prevail with regard to the extreme northern range of P. lJapillus on the east coast of North America. It is certainly not found in Northern Labrador ; it does not occur in a list of Mollusca from Ungava Bay and the adjacent Arctic seas (Dall 21). Hancock (42) did not find it on the west coast of Davis Strait. A catalogue of Mollusca dredged on the Labrador coast in 1882 (Bush 18) does not contain it, though such common species as Littorina rudis, Mat., and Z. littorea, L., are included. The coast referred to lies between N. lat. 52° 48’ and 51° 33’, and thus includes part of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Nor does it occur in a list by Packard (94) of shells obtained while coasting from Little Meccatura Island, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, to Hopedale (in N. lat. 55° 25’ on the East Labrador coast), and the same author (Packard 93), publishing a list of dredgings, etc., near Caribou Island, at the entrance of the Straits of Belle Isle, remarks that the ‘‘entire absence of any specimens of Purpura lapillus was inexplicable, though I searched for that shell”. In the more sheltered waters of the western portion of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, P. dapillus occurs e.g. at Gaspé, in New Brunswick, on stones near the shore (Dawson 28), ‘‘on the whole coast below Little Metis, extremely common” (Bell 10), and at Anticosti, not very common (Packard 93), while Whiteaves (125) gives it in his list of marine Mollusca of East Canada, no doubt from this part of the gulf. It would thus appear that the whole of the Kast Labrador coast, and even the Canadian shores for some distance within the Straits of Belle Isle, offer no habitat for this species. Verkriizen (121) records a var. ponderosa from Notre Dame Bay in North Newfoundland (N. lat. 50°). If this approximates to the most northern point of its occurrence on the east coast of America, no better illustration could be afforded of the power of very cold water to bar back a species, for on the other side of the Atlantic the latitude of 50° just touches the Lizard. Accordingly Gould’s (40) statement that P. /apillus ‘‘ occurs on rocks everywhere from Green- land all through New England” will need some modification. P. lapilius is extremely abundant on the northern coasts of Nova Scotia (Jones 56); at Grand Manan, New Brunswick, a large chocolate-coloured form occurs (Dr. Gratacap). Verkriizen (120) records it from Annapolis, and Nova Scotia in general. On the coasts 202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. of Maine it is abundant (Stimpson 114), e.g. at Eastport (Roper 103), at Frenchman Bay (Blaney 12), at North Haven (Jackson 50), at Boston (Stearns 113), where the var. ¢mbricata, Lam., occurs. Ap-gar’s (4) statement, that P. /apillus is abundant north of Cape Cod, local south of the cape, represents the facts exactly. At the point of Cape Cod it is found on the wharves at Provincetown (Winckley 127, Rathburn 102). I am permitted to quote from a forthcoming work by Dr. Gratacap, curator of the Brooklyn Museum, the following localities south of Cape Cod: Nabsca Point, shores of Vineyard Sound, Cuttyhunk Island, and Watch Hill, Rhode Island. On the Connecticut coast the species becomes local at certain points only, and does not occur east of Stonington (Linsley 69), which les close to long. 72° W. and in N. lat. 41° 30’. On Long Island it is abundant only in the extreme north-east, at Montauk Point (Wheat 124, Smith & Prime 111), and is not recorded from any other place. This is its extreme southern range. Balch (8) does not give it in his list of the Mollusca of Coldspring Harbor, nor does Perkins (97) in his catalogue of New Haven Mollusca, and it does not even occur in Sanderson Smith’s (104) catalogue of the Mollusca of Little Gull Island, which les off Oyster Point, close to Montauk. Through the courtesy of Mr. Wheat, I am informed that a dead specimen was once found at the Narrows on Staten Island, but this was probably introduced among “ oyster seed”? from Connecticut. Hubbard & Sanderson (49) do not include it in their catalogue of the Mollusca of Staten Island. Dall’s locality ‘‘New Jersey” (Dall 22) is not to be taken as implying that P. /apillus occurs on the shores of that State; ‘‘ New Jersey”? is merely his label, in the particular paper referred to, for a stretch of coast from New Jersey to Delaware and Long Island. Ford (34) does not include it in his list of the shells of the New Jersey coast. Letson (66) gives P. lapiilus a place in his check-list of the Mollusca of New York, avowedly on the authority of De Kay (80). De Kay’s authority becomes questionable when we observe his remark that P. lapillus ‘occurs along our coast from Cape Cod to Florida”’. In conclusion, it will perhaps be interesting to direct attention to the extremely limited range of the species on the American coast, as compared with its extremely wide range on the eastern shores of the Atlantic. Leaving Greenland out of the question, the range of P. lapillus on the American mainland is no more than 10 degrees of latitude, from about N. lat. 51° to 41° 30’. In Europe, on the other hand, it extends from N. lat. 71° to 37°, or 34 degrees of latitude. Stated in miles, the range is in the one case about 690, in the other above 2,340. If we take in Greenland on the one hand and Novaya Zemlya on the other, the range in miles becomes 1,890 as compared with 2,480. On the American shore the northward range of the species is clearly restricted by the Labrador current, which flows steadily southward from the Polar basin throughout the year, and lowers the temperature of the water off East Canada, while the estuary of the St. Lawrence is blocked with ice for four or five COOKE: DIS'RIBUTION OF PURPURA LAPILLUS. 203 months. Its southward range is equally restricted by the influence of warm-water currents flowing northward from the Gulf of Mexico, and possibly also by the fact that south of Long Island the shore appears not very suitable for species requiring rocky lodgment. That P. lapillus should be able to exist up to N. lat. 69° in Greenland, and unable to exist further north than about 51° in Labrador, is at first sight very remarkable, for, in other words, it occurs on the east of Davis Strait more than 1,200 miles north of its most northerly point on the west of that strait. But the western coast of Greenland has its climate softened by the influence of a warm southern drift from the Atlantic, which makes itself felt as far north as Baffin’s Bay, and renders human habitation possible. The eastern shores of Greenland are swept by the ice-bearing Greenland current, flowing direct from the Polar basin. Nore on tHe Norraern Group oF West AMERICAN PuRPURS. This group exhibits, perhaps more than any other section of the genus, the tendency of Purpura to vary in shape, size, and sculpture. Some writers, e.g. Hemphill (Williamson 126), regard all these forms as mere varieties of P. dapillus. But P. P. Carpenter (14, p. 148) long ago sufficiently distinguished the three species under which the different forms must fall, and more recent authors, e.g. Taylor (115) and Vanatta (118), agree with him in essentials. Thus we have (only a selection from the synonymy is given )— 1. lima, Martyn, 1784, Univ. Conch., 11, fig. 46 ( Buccinum). = canaliculata, Ducl., 1832, Ann. Sci. Nat., xxvi, p. 104, pli, fig. 1: p. 116, pl. ix, figs. 1-3. + var. attenuata, Reeve, 1846, Conch. Icon., sp. 49, pl. x, fig. 49. + var. analoga, Forbes, 1850, P.Z.S., xviii, p. 273, pl. xi, fig. 12. 2. plicata, Martyn, 1784, Univ. Conch., ii, fig. 44 (Buecinum). = lamellosa, Gmelin, 1790, Systema, p. 3498, No. 178 (Buccinum). =crispata, Chem., 1795, Conch. Cab., xi, pp. 84-5, pl. elxxxvil, figs. 1802-3 (Buecinum). = ferruginea, Esch., 1829, Zool. Atlas, pt. ii, p. 10, pl. ix, fig. 2a—b (Murex). + var. lactuca, Esch., 1829, Zool. Atlas, pt. 11, pl. ix, fig. 3a-b (Murex). + var. septentrionalis, Reeve, 1846, Conch. Icon., sp. 50, pl. x, fig. 50. 3. emarginata, Desh., 1839, Rev. Zool., p. 360; Mag. Zool., ser. 11, 1 (Moll.’, pl. xxv, 2 figs., 1839. = conradi, Nutt. MSS. = lapillus, Cooper (non Linné). + var. fuscata, Forbes, 1850, P.Z.S., xviil, p. 274, pl. xi, fig. 13. = saxicola, auctt. (non Val.). + var. ostrina, Gould, 1852, Otia, p. 225 = Moll. U.S. Expl. Exped., Wilkes, xi, p. 244, fig. 310. 204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. One of three specimens in the British Museum no doubt represents the type of attenuata, Reeve; no locality is marked, the shells are Cuming’s. The form is closely allied to canaliculata (= lima), but is larger, broader, somewhat less solid, sculpture more conspicuously laminated, spiral ridges more numerous and smaller, shell without the deep ‘channel’ below the suture, which gives the name to canaliculata. No type of analoga, Forbes, seems to be preserved. The type of septentrionalis, Reeve, is similarly represented in the British Museum by one of several specimens; the shell is massive, without flounces, and there is a variety with one broad white band on the body-whorl. Vanatta (118) has pointed out—and he is undoubtedly right—that P. saxicola of Valenciennes (Voy. Vénus, Atlas, pl. viii, figs. 4, 4@) is a form of freycinetii, Desh. In the case of the Vénus Mollusca, there is no description to accompany the pictures in the Atlas. “marginata, Desh., therefore becomes the type of the species, and the form hitherto represented by the name saxicola, Val., will become fuscata, Forbes. The type of fuscata is the larger of two specimens in the British Museum, collected by Captain Kellett and Lieutenant Wood, R.N., and erroneously said to come from the Sandwich Islands. The spire is elevated, and the spiral ridges well marked. The form ostrina has a low spire, with whorls almost or altogether destitute of spiral ridges. Deshayes must have named his emarginata from a malformed specimen with a marked indentation in the outer lip, hence his name. He lays stress on this ‘échanernre’, which ‘corresponds to the second row of tubercles on the last whorl, and is comparable to the impression which the finger-nail might have left on the edge, had it been softened”. His locality is ‘‘ New Zealand’’, but there can be little doubt that his shell is the form which has been commonly recognized as emarginata. As regards distribution, the J¢ma group is found, in the far north, in Plover Bay, North-East Siberia, and Norton Sound, North-West Alaska (Dall 20, as canaliculata), in the Pribiloff and Commander Islands, Behring’s Sea (Dall 23), and southward to Monterey (Berry 11). The plicata group extends from Sitcha and Kandjak Islands, Konyagen (Middendorff, as Murex lactuca) and Alaska (Coll. A. H. C.), through all British Columbia (Taylor 115), to the neighbourhood of San Francisco, but apparently not so far south as Monterey (Berry 11). I have a specimen from Hidaka, Yesso (Hirase). The emarginata group extends from Ounalaska (Cooper 18, as saxicola) to Margarita Bay, Lower California (Pease in Carpenter 14, p. 152), in the form ostrzna. LIST OF AUTHORS QUOTED. 1. ApAms, A. ‘‘On some species of Proboscidiferous Gasteropoda which inhabit the Seas of Japan’’: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. Iv, v, 418- 30, 1870. 2. ADANSON, M. Histoire Naturelle du Sénégal: Coquillages ; Paris, 1757. a oo PF & COOKE: DISTRIBUTION OF PURPURA LAPILLUS. 205 ANON. ‘‘ Gabinete de Zoologia: Fauna de Portugal’’: Ann. Acad. Porto, 1895-6, 54; 1900-1, 84. . ApP-GAR, A.C. ‘‘ Mollusks of the Atlantic Coast south to Cape Hatteras’? : Journ. Trenton, N.J., Nat. Hist. Soc., ii, 75-163, 1889. . ASBJORNSEN, P. C. ‘‘Bidrag till Christianiafjordens Litoralfauna ’’ : Nyt. Mag., vi, iv, 307-66, 1853. . AURIVILLIUS, C.W.S. ‘‘ Oversigt dfver deaf Vega-Expeditionen insamlade Arktiska Hafsmollusker,’’ ii: Vega-Expeditionens Vetensk. Iakttag., iv, 311-83, 1885. . BAKER, F. ‘‘ Shell Collecting in Puget Sound and Alaska ’’: Nautilus, xxiv, 25-31, 1910. . Baucu, F. N. ‘‘List of Marine Mollusca of Coldspring Harbor, Long Island’’: Proc. Boston Soc. N.H., xxix (7), 1383-62, 1899. 9. BarpARSON, G. ‘‘ Maerker efter Klima- og Niveanforandringer ved Hiinafldi i Nord-Island’’: Vid. Medd. Kjobenh., ii, 35-79, 1910. 9a. BECHER; E. ‘‘ Mollusken von Jan Mayen’’: Internat. Polarforschung, 1882-3, iii, 1886. 10. BeLu, R. ‘‘On the Natural History of the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the Distribution of the Mollusca of Eastern Canada’’: Canad. Nat., iv, 197-220, 1859. 11. Berry, S. S. ‘‘Molluscan Fauna of Monterey Bay, California’’: Nautilus, xxi, 39-47, 1907. 12. BuaNEy, D. ‘‘ List of Shell-bearing Mollusca of Frenchman’s Bay, Maine ’’: Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xxxii, 23-41, 1904. 18. Busy, K. J. ‘‘ Catalogue of Mollusca ... dredged on the Coast of Labrador . . . in 1882’’: Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vi, 236-47, 1883. 14, CARPENTER, P. P. ‘‘ Supplementary Report on the present state of our Knowledge with regard to the Mollusca of the West Coast of North America’’: Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1863, 517-686. (Reprinted Smiths. Misc. Coll., 252, 1872.) 15. CHRISTENSEN, S. ‘‘Om den jydske Vestkysts Molluskenfauna’’: Vid. Medd. Kjobenh., ser. VI, ix, 11-18, 1907. 16. CoLuin, J. Om Limfjordens . . . Marine Fauna; Kjébenhavn, 1884, 1-169. Lie ‘‘Brachiopoder, Muslinger, og Snegle fra Kara-Havet’’ (Expedition of the Dijmphna in the Kara Sea): Extr. Dijmphna-Togtets zool.-bot. Udbytte ; Copenhagen, 1886. 18. Cooper, J. G. Notes on Mollusca of Monterey Bay, California: Amer. Journ. Conch., vi, 42-70, 1871. 19. CRrossE, H. ‘‘Catalogue des Mollusques qui vivent dans le détroit de Behring, et dans les parties voisines de l’Océan Arctique’’: Journ. de Conch., xxv, 101-28, 1877. 20. DaLL, W. H. ‘‘ Catalogue of Shells from Bering Strait and the adjacent portions of the Arctic Ocean . .. ’’: Proc. Acad. Calif., v, 246-53, 1873-4. 21. Report on the Mollusks obtained by L. M. Turner at Ungava Bay, North Labrador, and from the adjacent Arctic Seas: Proc. U.S. Mus., 1886, 202-28. 22. ‘*A preliminary Catalogue of the Shell-bearing Marine Mollusca. . . of the South-East Coast of the United States’’: Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 37, 1889, 1-221. 23. Mollusca in Report of Fur-Seal Investigations of the North Pacific Area, pt. iii, 539-46 ; Washington, 1899. 24. DAUTZENBERG, Ph. ‘‘ Liste des Mollusques rapportées de la Nouvelle Zemble par M. Serge Ivanoff’’: Journ. de Conch., lix, 297-310, 1911. 25 and FiscHER, H. Duc d’Orléans Campagne Arctique de 1907 (voyage of Belgica) : Mollusca; Brussels, 1910, 7-25. 26. ‘* Mollusques et Brachiopodes recueillis en 1908 par la Mission Bénard dans les Mers du Nord (Nouvelle Zemble, Mer de Barents, Mer VOL. XI.—MARCH, 1915. 15 206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Blanche, Océan Glacial, Norvége, Mer du Nord)’’?: Journ. de Conch., lix, 1-51; Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Paris, xvii, 143-6, 1911. . DAUTZENBERG, Ph. and FiscHER, H. Hirondelle and Princess Alice : Résultats des Campagnes Scientifiques . . . Albert I. . . . de Monaco, fase. xxxvii, Mollusques, Monaco, 1912, 1-629. . Dawson, J. W. ‘‘A Week in Gaspé’’: Canad. Nat., ili, 321-31, 1858. . DE GUERNE, J. ‘‘ Catalogue des Mollusques testacés recueillis dans le Varangerfiord pendant la Mission de Laponie’’: Ann. Soc. Roy. Malac. Belg., xxi, 106-16, 1886. . DE Kay, J. E. Zoology of New York, pt. v, Mollusca; Albany, 1843, MPA . DRYGALSKI, E. von. Grinland Expedition der Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde zu Berlin, 1891-3 ; Berlin, 1897, Mollusca, ii, 185-93. . DuNKER, G. ‘‘Index Molluscorum maris Japonici’?: Noy. Conch., Suppl. vii, Kassel, 1882. . Fasricius, O. Fauna Groenlandica (Mollusca, 398-9); Copenhagen, 1780. Forp, J. ‘‘ List of Shells of the New Jersey Coast south of Brigantine Island ’’: Nautilus, iii, 27, 1889. . Frey, H. and LEucKArRT, R. Beitrdge zur Kenntniss wirbelloser Thiere . .: Heligoland; Brunswick, 1840. . FRIELE, H. ‘‘Jan Mayen Mollusca from the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition in 1877’: Nyt Mag. Naturv. Christiania, xxiv, 221-6, 1879. . — ‘‘Catalog der auf der norwegischen Nordmeer-Expedition bei Spitzbergen gefundenen Mollusken’’: Jahrb. deut. Malak. Ges., vi, 264-86, 1879. ‘*Mollusken der ersten Nordmeerfahrt des Fischereidampfen Michael Sars, 1900 .. .’’: Bergens Mus. Aarbog, 1902, No. 3, 1-19. . Gipson, G. ‘‘ Exploration de la mer sur les cétes de la Belgique en 1899’’: Mém. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, i, 1901. . GouLtpD, A. A. Report on the Invertebrata of Massachusetts, ed. W. G. Binney, Boston, 1870. . HAae, R. ‘ Mollusken und Brachiopoden gesammelt von der schwedischen zoologischen Polarexpedition nach Spitzbergen, dem nordéstlichen Grénland und Jan Mayen I. (1900) ’’: Arkiv. Zool., ii, No. 13, 1-136, 1905. . Hancock, A. ‘‘A List of Shells dredged on the West Coast of Davis’s Strait ’’: Ann. Nat. Hist., xviii, 323-38, 1846. . HERZENSTEIN, 8. ‘‘ Materials for the Fauna of the Murman Coast and White Sea’’ (trans.): Trudui Sankt-Peterb. Obsht. Estest. (Trans. St. Petersb. Nat. Soc.), xvi, 635-808, 1885. 44. ‘* Apercu sur la faune malacologique de l’Océan Glacial Russe ”’ : Conegrés internat. Zool., ii, pt. ii, 127-47, 1892-3. 45. HrpaueGo, J.G. ‘‘ Catalogue des mollusques testacés marins des cétes de l’Espagne et des Iles Baleares’’?: Journ. de Conch., 1867, 115-75, 258-90, 357-426. 46. “* Catalogo de los moluscos recogidos en Bayona de Galicia’’: Rev. Prog. Cienc. Madrid, xxi, 373-414, 1886. 47. ‘* Moluseos marinos testdceos de Santander y de otros puntos de la provincia’’: Rey. Real Acad. Cienc. Madrid, ii, 313-30, 1905. 48. ‘“Moluscos marinos testaceos de la costa y bahia de Cadiz ’’: Rev. Acad. Cienc. Madrid, ix, 776-803, 865-86, 1911. 49. HUBBARD, J. W. and SANDERSON SMITH. ‘‘ Catalogue of the Mollusca of Staten Island, New York’’: Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, viii, 151-4, 1867. 50. 51, JACKSON, H. ‘‘ The Mollusca of North Haven, Maine ’’:. Nautilus, xxi, 142-4, 1908. . JEFFREYS, J. G. British Conchology, iv ; London, 1867. COOKE: DISTRIBUTION OF PURPURA LAPILLUS. 207 52, JEFFREYS, J.G. ‘‘ Norwegian Mollusca’’: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. Iv, v, 438-48, 1870. 53. “Preliminary Report of the Biological Results of a Cruise in H.M.S. Valorous to Davis Strait in 1875’: Proc. Roy. Soc., xxv, 177, 1876. 54. ‘“A List of Mollusca collected by the Rev. A. E. Eaton at Spitz- bergen ’’: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. IV, xvili, 499, 1876. 55. JOHANSEN, A. C. ‘‘ On the Mollusca between Tide-marks at the Coasts of Iceland’’: Vid. Medd., 1902, 385-92. 56. JONES, J. M. ‘‘ Mollusca of Nova Scotia ’’: Proc. Nova Scotia Inst., lv, 321-30 (as rightly numbered), 1877. 57. KnipovirscH, N. ‘‘ Etude sur la répartition verticale des animaux le long du littoral des Iles Solovetsky’’: Congr. Intern. Zool., ii, pt. ii, 58-72. 58 ‘* Zoologische Ergebnisse der Russischen Expeditionen nach Spitz- bergen ’’; Mollusca und Brachiopoda, i: Ann. Mus. St. Petersb., vi, 435-558, 1901; vii, 355-459, 1902. 59. KOBELT, W. JIconographie der schalentragenden europaischen Meeres- conchylien, i, 36-9; Cassel, 1887. 60. Krause, A. ‘‘ Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Mollusken-Fauna des Beringmeeres ’’: Arch. f. Naturgesch., Ixi, i, 256-302, 1885. 61. **Mollusken von Ostspitzbergen ’’?: Zool. Jahrb. Syst., vi, 339-76, 1892. 62. Krauss, F. Die siidafrikanischen Mollusken, Stuttgart, 1848, 1-140. 63. LAMEERE, A. Manuel de la Faune de Belgique, Bruxelles, i, 241, 1895. 64. Lamy, E. ‘‘Liste des Mollusques recueillis par M. Ch. Gravier a Bergen’’: Bull. Mus. Paris, 1908, 380-83. 65. LECHE, W. ‘‘ Ofversigt éfver de af Svenska Expeditionerna till Novaya Semlya och Jenissej} 1875 och 1876 insamlade Hafs-Mollusker’’ : K. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., xvi, No. 2, 1878-9. 66. Letson, E. J. ‘‘ Check List of the Mollusca of New York’’: Albany, N.Y., State Educ. Dep. Mus. Bull. No. 88, 1905. 67, LipTH DE JEUDE, Th. W. van. ‘‘ List of the Mollusca collected during the Cruises of the Willem Barents in 1878 and 1879’: Niederl. Arch. Zool., Suppl. i, Mem. 11, 1881-2. 68. LILJEBORG, W. ‘‘ Malacologiska Bidrag’’: Oefv. k. Vet. Akad. Forh., Stockholm, 1851, 280, with addendum, 1854. . LINSLEY, J. H. ‘‘ Catalogue of the Shells of Connecticut’’: Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. I, xlviii, 271-86, 1845. . LISCHKE, C. E. ‘‘ Japanische Meeres-Conchylien ’’ : Noy. Conch. Suppl., iv, Cassel, 1869. . LocarD, A. Catalogue général des Mollusques vivants de France: Mollusques marins ; Lyon—Paris, 1886, 146-7 (P. lapillus). . Lovin, S. Index Molluscorum litora Scandinavia occidentalia habi- tantium : Oefv. k. Vet. Akad. Férh., Stockholm, 1846, 14. . Lowe, R. T. “A List of the Shells observed . . . at Mogador... in April, 1859”’ : Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., v, 169-204, 1861. . McANDREW, R. ‘‘ Notes on the Distribution... of Mollusca... observed on the Coasts of Spain, Portugal, etc.’’: Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1850, 264-304. . —— On the Geographical Distribution of Testaceous Mollusca in the North Atlantic and neighbouring seas ; Liverpool, 1854, 1-51. . — ‘‘List of Species of Mollusca obtained by Professor Goodsir from Spitzbergen ’’: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 11, xvi, 465-6, 1855. . —— ‘Report on the Marine Testaceous Mollusca of the North-East Atlantic and neighbouring seas ’’: Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1856, 101-58. and WOODWARD, H. ‘‘ Species of Mollusca obtained in Corunna Bay’’: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. III, xiv, 232-5, 1864. . Maum, A. W. “ Zoologiska Observationer,’’. ii: K. Vet. Gdtheborg, Handl., 1853. 208 80. 81. 82. 83. 84, 85. 86. 87. 88. 89. 90. 91. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97. 98. 99. 100. 101. 102. 103. 104. 105. 106. 107. PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Maum, A.W. ‘‘ Om Hafs-Mollusker i Gétteborgs skargard och i Gétaelfs mynning’’: Gétheb. k. Vet. Vitt. Samh. Handl., xxvi, No. 122, 1858. MELVILL, J. C. and STANDEN, R. ‘‘ Report on the Mollusca of the Jackson Harmsworth Expedition to Franz Josef Land (1896-7) and Andrew Coats Cruise (1898) to Kolguev, ete.’?: Manchester Lit. Phil. Soc., xliv, No. 4, 1900. MIDDENDORFF, A. T. von. ‘‘Beitrage zu einer Malacozoologia Rossica”’ : Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb., 1847-9, Abt. ii, iii, 113-15. Reise in den Aeuessersten Norden und Orten Sibiriens ; Band ii, Zoologie; Theil i; St. Petersburg, 1851, 219 22. MOuueR, H. P. C. Index Molluscorum Groenlandie; Copenhagen, 1842. Morcu, O. A. L. Fortegnelse over Grinlands Bléddyr ; Copenhagen, 1857, 14. — ‘‘Faunula Molluscorum Insularum Faeroensium’’: Vid. Medd., 1867, 42. ‘*Catalogues des Mollusques du Spitzberg’’?: Mém. Soc. Malac. Belg., iv, 7-32, 1869. ‘* Synopsis Molluscorum marinorum Danie ’’: Vid. Medd., 1871, 157-225. Monr, N. ‘‘Forsog til en Islandsk Naturhistorie’’ ; Copenhagen, 1786, 135. Nospre, A. ‘‘ Mollusques et Brachiopodes de Portugal’’: Ann. Sci. Nat. Porto, 1905, 1-147. Norman, A. M. ‘‘ Notes on the Natural History of Eastern Finmark ”’ : Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. vil, x, 341-61, 1902. ODHNER, N. ‘‘ Marine Mollusca of Iceland in the collections of the Swedish State Museum’’: Ark. Zool. Stockholm, vii, No. 4, 31, 1910. PACKARD, A. S. ‘‘A List of Animals dredged near Caribou Island, Southern Labrador . . .’’: Canad. Nat., viii, 401-29, 1863. ‘* Observations . . . with a View of the Recent Invertebrate Fauna of Labrador ’’: Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., i, pt. ii, 278-90, 1867. PALLARY, P. Diagnoses de Nouvelles Coquilles du Maroc; Oran, 1906. PELSENEER, P. ‘‘ Etude sur la Faune littorale de la Belgique’’: Ann. Soc. Roy. Malac. Belgique, xviii, 116-21, 1883. PERKINS, G. H. ‘‘ Molluscan Fauna of New Haven’’: Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xiii, 109-63, 1869. PFEFFER, G. ‘‘ Uebersicht derim Jahre 1881 von Grafen Waldberg-Zeil im Karischen-Meere gesammelten Mollusken’’: Abhandl. Naturw. Ver. Hamb., ix, 1886. ‘* Die Fauna der Insel Ieretik, Port Wladimir, an der Murman- Kiiste,’’ pt. i: Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anat., vii, 76-94, 1889. Piussry, H. A. Catalogue of Marme Mollusks of Japan; Detroit, TS 9oseL 196: PossELT, H. J. ‘* Groenlands Brachiopoder og Bloeddyr’’: Meddels. Groenl., xxiii, 173, 1898. RATHBURN, R. “‘ The Littoral Marine Fauna of Provincetown, Cape Cod, Mass. ’’: Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., iii, 116-33, 1880. Roper, E. W. ‘‘ Shell Collecting at Eastport (Maine) ’’: Nautilus, vi, 49-51, 1892. SANDERSON SMITH. ‘“‘ Catalogue of the Mollusca of Little Gull Island, Suffolk Co., New York’’: Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, viii, 194-5, 1867. Sars, G.O. Mollusca Regionis Arctice Norvegice; Christiania, 1878. Sars, M. “‘ Bidrag til en Skildring af den arktiske Mollusk-fauna ved Norges nordlige Kyst ’?: Forh. Vid. Selsk., 1858, 34-87. ScHMIDT, F. ‘‘ Wissenschaftliche Resultate der zur Aufsuchung eines . . . Mammuthcadavers . . . an den unteren Jenissei ausgesandten Expedition ’’: Mém. Acad. Se. St. Petersb., xviii, No. 1, Mollusken, 47-67, 1872. 108. 109. 109a. 110. LE 112, 113, 114, 115, 116. TET, 118, 119, 120. 121. 122. 123. 124, 125. 126. 127. COOKE: DISTRIBUTION OF PURPURA LAPILLUS. 209 ScHRENCK, L. von. Reisen wnd Forschungen im Amnur-Lande, ii, Zoologie, Mollusca, 259-974. SmitH, E. A. ‘‘A List of the Gasteropoda collected in Japanese Seas by Commander H. C. St. John, R.N.’’: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. Iv, xv, 414-27, 1875. ‘List of Mollusca collected off Novaya Zemlya,’’ in A Polar Reconnaissance, Voyage of the Isbjirn in 1879: A. H. Markham, 1881, 344-5. SMITH, Maxwell. ‘‘ Shells from the Bay of Cadiz Region’’: Nautilus, xxiv, 81-3, 1910. SmitH, S. and Prime, T. ‘‘ Report on the Mollusca of Long Island, New York, and of its Dependencies’’: Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, ix, 377-407, 1870. SoweERBy, G. B. Marine Shells of South Africa; London, 1892. STEARNS, R. E. C. ‘‘ Purpura lapillus, var. imbricata’’: Nautilus, x, 85, 1896. STIMPSON, W. Shells of New England; Boston, 1851, 45. TayLor, G. W. ‘‘ Preliminary Catalogue of the Marine Mollusca of the Pacific Coast of Canada, with Notes upon their Distribution’: Trans. Roy. Soc. Canad., ser. I1, i (sect. 4), 17-100, 1895. THEEL, H. ‘‘ Om utvecklingen af Sveriges zoologiska hafstation Kristine- berg och om djurlifvet i angrinsande haf och fjordar’’: Ark. Zool. Stockholm, iv, No. 5, 1-136, 1908. TORELL, O. ‘‘ Bidrag til Spitzbergens Molluskfauna’’; Stockholm, 1859. VANATTA, E.G. ‘‘ Purpura crispata and saxicola’’: Nautilus, xxiv, 37-8, 1910. VERKRUZEN, T. A. ‘‘ Dredging Excursion to Iceland in June and July, 1872’’: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. IV, x, 371-6, 1872. ‘* Zur Fauna von Neu Schotland (Nova Scotia) und Neufundland”’ : Jahrb. Deut. Malak. Ges., v, 208-30, 1878. ‘* Bericht iiber meinen Besuch der grossen Bank von Neufundland ...?’: Jahrb. Deut. Malak. Ges., viii, 82-100, 1881. Watson, R. B. ‘‘On the Marine Mollusca of Madeira’’?: Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., xxvi, 233-329, 1897. WEINKAUFF, H. C. Die Conchylien des Mittelmeeres ; Cassel, 1867-8. Wueat, S.C. ‘‘ List of Long Island Shells’’: Bull. Brooklyn Conch. Club, i, 7-10, 1907. WHITEAVES, J. F. ‘‘On the Marine Mollusca of Eastern Canada”’ : Canad. Nat., N.S., iv, 48-57, 1869. WILLIAMSON, H. Burton. ‘‘Note on Thais (Purpura)’’?: Nautilus, xxv, 30-1, 1911. WINCKLEY, H. W. ‘‘ Cape Cod Notes’’: Nautilus, xxi, 74, 1907. 210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. DESCRIPTIONS OF COLOUR VARIETIES OF CONUS QUERCINUS, HWASS, AND CYPRA4iA LAMARCKII, GRAY. By H. 0: N: Suaw, B:Se5 F-Z:8: Read 13th November, 1914. Conus QUERCINUS, Var. ALBUS, N.vVar. I wave thought it worth while to note this variety of Conus quercinus, Hwass, for which I propose the varietal name albus, on account of the following pecuharities. In the first place, the colour is snow-white. The apex of the spire is a warm rose-brown, and the shell is entirely devoid of the usual fine thread-like, transverse brown markings. With regard to form, the shell, for its length, is wider across the shoulder of the last whorl than is usually the case, while the shoulder is more angular, and the spire very much flatter. The spiral striations of the latter, and on the body-whorl, particularly on the upper half, are coarser and more deeply engraved than on typical examples of the species. The shell, which is in excellent condition, was collected at Aden. Length 58 mm., max. breadth 34mm. CyPRmA LAMARCKII, Var. PHYLLIDIS, N.var. I have recently received from Aden four specimens of what appears to be a new variety of the above species. ‘They are in different stages of growth and size, the largest being a perfect example, 40 mm.long. This variety is more elongate, less ventricose, and the dorsum less humped than in the typical C. lamarckii, Gray, while the base and teeth are fairly normal, though the two anterior labial teeth are slightly less accentuated. The colour and markings are entirely different. The sides are slightly thickened and pure white. The whole of the dorsal surface is a pale translucent yellow- brown extending down to the white sides. This colouring is punctuated on each side by numerous fine red-brown spots, which extend upwards on each side to the dorsal surface, where they are less distinct. It may indeed be said that the whole of the sides and dorsal surface are covered with these fine brown spots. The apex of the dorsum is suffused with a faint patch of pink. From the fore- going, the features not occurring in the typical shell will be seen, and they may be further accentuated by saying that the large deep-brown spots on each side, the brown colouring of the dorsal surface, the pale dorsal space, the innumerable white spots (sometimes ocellated), and the brown markings of each extremity, all characteristic of a typical specimen, are in this variety entirely absent. There is not a single white spot on any of the four shells before me. For this beautiful and striking variety I propose the name phyllidis. 211 ON THE NON-MARINE MOLLUSCA OF A POST-PLIOCENE DEPOSIT AT APETHORPE, NORTHAMPTONSHIRE. By A. 8S. Kennaxp, F.G.S., and B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., etc. Read 11th December, 1914. We have twice recorded Vertigo parcedentata (A. Braun) as occurring in a fossil state at Stamford, Lincolnshire (Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., vol. vii, pp. 119-20, 1906, and Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. ]xviii, p- 2386, 1912). This record was based on examples which had been found in shell marl given to one of us some years ago by the late Professor T. Rupert Jones, the box containing the marl being labelled ‘‘Stamford, from 8. P. Woodward’’. In the course of correspondence with Mr. W. R. Horwood, of the Leicester Museum, he kindly pointed out that this is without doubt the material described by the donor in 1881. The account is as follows: ‘‘From the grey marl of an old lake-floor in a valley near Apethorp, not far from Stamford, on which a Roman station (discovered in 1859) had been established, though subject to inundation; the following freshwater shells and other organisms were found by Mr. John F. Bentley. ‘They were named by Dr. 8. P. Woodward,” and a list of thirty-two species is given (Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. vi, p. 213, footnote, 1880). Although the amount of material was small, yet we have been able to determine thirty-eight species, viz. :— Vitrea crystallina (Mill.), 6 examples. Polita cellaria (Mill.), 7 examples. P. radiatula (Alder), common. Zonitordes nitidus (Miill.), 1 example. Euconulus fulvus (Mill.), 5 examples. Punetum pygmeum (Drap.), 10 examples. Pyramidula rotundata (Miill.), common. Felicella itala (Linn.), 2 examples. Hygromia liberta (West.), common. Acanthinula aculeata (Mill.), 5 examples. Vallonia pulchella (Miill.), common. V. costata (Mill.), common. V. excentrica, Sterki, common. Arianta arbustorum (Linn.), 4 examples. Cochlicopa lubrica (Mill.), common. Ceecilioides acicula (Miill.), 4 examples. Pupilla muscorum (Linn.), common. Vertigo antivertigo (Drap.), 10 examples. V. substriata, Jeft., 4 examples. V. pygmea (Drap.), 5 examples. V. parcedentata (A. Braun), common. V. pusilla, Miill., 1 example. V. angustior, Jeff., 1 example. 22, PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Clausilia laminata (Mont.), 2 examples. C. bidentata (Strom), 1 example. C. rolphit, Leach, 2 examples. Succinea elegans, Risso, 6 examples. Carychium minimum, Mill., common. Limnea pereger (Miill.), 3 examples. L. palustris (Mill.), 1 example. L. truncatula (Mill.), common. Planorbis leucostoma, Millet, common. P. crista (Linn.), 2 examples. Physa fontinalis (Linn.), 2 examples. Bithynia tentaculata (Linn.), common. Valvata cristata, Mull., 1 example. Acicula lineata (Drap.), 6 examples. Pomatias elegans (Miill.), 4 fragments. Two species previously recorded, Hygromia striolata (Pfr.) (= Helix rufescens, auctt., non Penn.) and Bithynia leachii (Shepp.), are missing, and these records are very doubtful. All the larger forms are represented either by immature examples or by fragments, but the large size of the smaller species is noteworthy, showing clearly that the environment was congenial to the Mollusca. The comparative abundance of Vertigo parcedentata is interesting, since in the three other British deposits in which it occurred it was decidedly rare. No stratigraphical evidence is available to fix the age of the deposit, so one must rely solely on the Mollusca. There is only one extinct species, V. parcedentata. In these Islands it is only known elsewhere from Elie, Fifeshire, and Ponders End and Angel Road, Middlesex. The first-named is early Holocene, the two latter, really one deposit, late Pleistocene. The whole facies of the Apethorpe Mollusca is so different from that of the Lea Valley beds that it cannot be correlated with them, whilst the great difference in the latitude prevents any comparison with the Scotch deposit. We are, however, inclined to think it is late Pleistocene, and belongs to some part of that vast period of time which elapsed between the deposition of the Crayford brickearths and the Glacial Period, which latter marks the end of the Pleistocene. 2135 DESCRIPTIONS OF FIVE NEW SPECIES OF MOLLUSCA OF THE GENERA DRILLIA, MARGINELLA, APICALIA, PLESIO- TROCHUS, AND RINGICULA, ALL FROM CEYLON; ALSO NOTES ON THE GENUS PLESIOTROCHUS. By G. B. Sowersy, F.L.S. Read 8th January, 1915. DRILLIA PRECLARA, N.Sp. Testa fusiformis, argenteo-nitens, fusco strigata; spira acuminata, acuta, ad apicem obtusiuscula; anfractus 8, apicales (13-2) leves, rotundati, ceteri longitudinaliter costati, costis crassis, superne intersectis; anfractus ultimus spiram fere equans, leviter convexus, sinistrorsum vyaricosus; apertura oblonga, breviter canaliculata, labrum extus valde incrassatum, ad marginem acutum, postice profunde sinuatum. Long. 9, diam. maj. 3mm. Hab.—'lrincomalee, Ceylon. A bright shining little shell, of an almost nacrous lustre. MarGINELLA CARTWRIGHTI, 0.Sp. Testa minuta, oblongo-ovata, utrinque leviter attenuata, alba, translucida ; spira callosa, contecta; apertura angusta, arcuata ; columella callosa, antice plicis sex perminutis instructa; labrum leviter arcuatulum, extus rotundatum, leve, intus minutissime denticulatum. Long. 2, diam. 1mm. Hab.—Trincomalee, Ceylon. 214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. I found it rather difficult to determine the generic position of this little shell; it has much the appearance of a very minute Amphiperas (Ovulum), but the minute columellar plaits seem to prove it a Marginella. The exceedingly minute denticulation of the outer lip is only perceptible under a powerful lens. MUCcRONALIA EXQUISITA, N.Sp. Testa minuta, cylindracea, translucida, nitens, transversim rufo- fusco lineata; spira leviter convexa, ad apicem mucronata; anfractus 6, primi 2 (apicales) minuti, elevati, cateri leves, planulati, transversim bilineati, sutura vix impressa_ sejuncti; anfractus ultimus oblongus, vix convexus, trilineatus, ad basim leviter attenuatus; apertura oblongo-ovata; columella tenuis, rectiuscula ; labrum acutum. Long. 3, diam. maj. 1mm. Hab.—Trincomalee, Ceylon. Of this elegant little species I have only seen a single specimen. It is a very characteristic Mucronalia, the mucronate apex consisting of two small elate whorls; the next three whorls have each two narrow light-brown bands, one about the middle, and the other just above the suture; the last whorl exhibits a third band at the base, not shown in the figure. RINGICULA TRUNCATA, D.sp. Testa subglobosa, crassa, levis, alba; spira brevis; anfractus 3, convexi, leves, sutura angustissima sejuncti; anfractus ultimus latus, convexus, ad basim truncatus; apertura longiuscula, postice angustata, antice latior; columella callosa, triplicata, plicis validis, postica lata, acuta, media obliqua, antica oblique contorta; labrum crassum, leviter complanatum, intus minutissime denticulatum, extus arcuatum, postice angustius, leviter sinuatum. Alt. 2, diam. maj. 2mm. Hab.—Colombo, Ceylon. A very solid convex smooth shell, truncated at the anterior end. SOWERBY : ON PLESIOTROCHUS AND N.SPP. OF MOLLUSCA. 215 PLESIOTROCHUS CEYLONICUS, 01.Sp. Testa parva, imperforata, conica, albida; spira elata, acuta, anfractus 6, apicales 2 leaves, cateri planato-declives, infra acute unicarinati, spiraliter exiliter striati, hie illic longitudinaliter irregulariter pauciplicati, sutura impressa minute crenulata sejuncti ; 2 anfractus ultimus 2 longitudinis teste aquans, leviter ventricosus, ad peripheriam bicarinatus, infra coneavus; apertura lata, antice breviter canaliculata; columella leviter contorta; labrum tenue, arcuatum. Long. 3, diam. maj. 2 mm. Hab.—Ceylon. Compared with P. pagodiformis, Hedley, this shell is smaller, less elately conical, less longitudinally plicate, whorls less concave, and base more ventricose. Referring to Hedley’s interesting comments on this genus (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xxxii, p. 499, 1907), I have no doubt that he is right in placing it in the family Cerithiide, and also in including in Fischer’s genus several forms formerly called Certthium and Bitivum. In my opinion the names Certthium eludens, Bayle, and dubium, G. B. Sow., are synonyms of Plestotrochus monachus, Crosse. ‘This much less trochiform species forms an interesting link between Cerithium and the typical Plesiotrochus. 1. PLEsrorrocuus EXILIs (Pease). Trochus exilis, Pease, Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. i111, p. 286, pl: Xxivy neat, Leow. Plesiotrochus souverbieanus, Fischer, J. de Conch., vol. xxvi, p. 212, 1878. 2. PiestorrocHus IMPENDENS (Hedley). Cerithium impendens, Hedley, Mem. Aust. Mus., Mem. iii, pt. vil, p. 434, fig. 23, 1899. 3. Presrorrocaus PpacgopiFormis, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xxxil, p. 498, pl. xvii, fig. 16, 1907. 4. PLesiorrocuus MonacHus (Crosse & Fischer). Cerithium monachus, Crosse & Fisch., J. de Conch., vol. xu, p. 847, 1864; vol. xii, p. 45, pl. iui, figs. 17, 18, 1865. C. dubium, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. ii, p. 864, pl. clxxxi, fig. 120, 1855 (non Sow., Min. Conch., vol. ii, p. 108, 1816). C. eludens, Bayle, J. de Conch., 1880, p. 245. 216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 5. PLESIOTROCHUS OosIMENSISs, Watson. Bittium oosimense, Challenger Rep., Zool., vol. xv, p. 548, ph. xxxix, fig: 1, 1886. 6. PLestorrocnus FIscHERI, Smith, Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. viii, p. 870, fig., 1909. 7. Piestorrocuts unictnetus (A. Adams). Liziphinus unicinctus, A. Ad., Proce. Zool. Soc., 1851 (1853), p.. 167. Plestotrochus unicinctus, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xxxvili, p. 291, pl. xvii, fig. 63, 1913. 8. Prestorrocuus ceyLonicus, Sowerby (herein described). Add to these two unnamed species mentioned by Nevill (Hand List Moll. Ind. Mus., 1884, p. 158) from Mauritius and the Andamans, and probably Brttiwm scalatum, Dunker, from Japan (Index Moll. Maris Japon., 1882, p. 108). ON SOME MOLLUSCAN REMAINS FROM THE OPAL DEPOSITS (UPPER CRETACEOUS) OF NEW SOUTH WALES. By R. Butiren Newron, F.G.S. Read 8th January, 1915. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) PLATE VI. Dvurine a recent visit to Australia, as a member of the British Association, I was fortunate in obtaining from a curio-merchant at Sydney a few of the rare opalized fossils of Upper Cretaceous age found in the opal-bearing strata of White Cliffs, New South Wales, some 65 miles N.N.W. of the township of Wileannia, comprising the remains of both marine and freshwater shells, as well as a small phalangal bone of a Plesiosaurian (Cimoliosaurus). These fossils QUEENSLAND . LIGHTNING RIDGE SOUTH AUSTRALIA ? Sketch-map of NEW SOUTH WALES Localities for Cretaceous opalieed-fossils are anderlined - Scale: 265 miles to the inch. now enrich the paleontological collection of the Rev. F. St. John Thackeray, M.A., F.G.S., the Vicar of Mapledurham, near Reading, to whom I am indebted for the privilege of describing them on this occasion. But, as well as considering Mr. Thackeray’s specimens, the opportunity will be taken of referring to similarly opalized shells from the same beds contained in the Geological and Mineral Departments of the British Museum, which have been on exhibition for some years, bearing more or less provisional identifications, a new study of which, it is hoped, will lead to a more accurate knowledge of their relationships. The British Museum (Geological Department) also possesses two Pelecypods of freshwater habits from the Lightning Ridge opal-field, situated in the parish of Wallangulla, county Finch, near the Queensland border, and distant about 50 miles from Walgett in 218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. a northerly direction, which are of interest, as no determined molluscan remains have hitherto been recorded from this area. The deposits have, however, yielded Dinosaurian bones which have been referred to in literature by Dr. A. 8. Woodward. Another locality in New South Wales for opalized fossils has quite recently come into prominence through the discovery of Ceratodus remains at Baradine, situated some 90 miles 8.8.E. of Walgett, which Mr. Chapman has just described, a fact. of much interest, since this is a genus of fish which still survives in Queensland rivers. List of the recognized Cretaceous opalized fossils from New South Wales, including the new species of Pelecypoda described in the present paper. PLANT. Araucarioxylon sp., Giirich. CrinorpEA Isocrinus australis, Moore, sp. PrLecypopa. Unio white-cliffsensis, n.sp. Unio sp. indet. Unio jaqueti, n.sp. Cyrenopsis australiensis, n.sp. Cyrenopsis (% ?) elongata, n.sp. Cyrenopsis meekr Cyrenopsis opallites Corbicula corrugata, Tate, sp. Fissilunula clarkei, Moore, sp. Maccoyella barklyi, Moore, sp. Inoceramus sp. aa see ee Etheridge, jun. Modiola sp. indet. / Trigonia sp. ef. mooret, Lycett (Giirich). Gresslya sp. cf. gregaria, Goldfuss (Giirich). Teredina opalina, Giirich. Etheridge, jun. GASTROPODA. Euspira variabilis (reflecta), Moore, sp. Viviparus (?) alba-scopularis, Etheridge, jun. CEPHALOPODA. Belemnites canhami, Tate ) Actinocamax, according to Belemnites kleini, Giirich G. C. Crick. Ammonites. PIscEs. Ceratodus (Metaceratodus) wollastont, Chapman. Repripia. Cimoliosaurus leucoscopelus, Etheridge, jun. Polyptychodon (H. Woodward’s determination). Dinosaurian remains of a Megalosaurian type (A. S. Woodward). NEWTON: OPALIZED SHELLS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 219 The evidence of these fossils, consisting of terrestrial, freshwater, and marine organisms, clearly proves the estuarine origin of the opal deposits of New South Wales, and their association with the opalized coniferous wood (Araucarioxrylon sp. of Giirich) further accentuates this view. Although the fauna, so far as we know it, is quite endemic, yet it is of interest to point out that a somewhat similar assemblage of forms characterizes some of the estuarine deposits occurring in the Cretaceous strata of North America. For instance, the Judith River group of rocks in the Wyoming region of the United States, which are of the latest Cretaceous age, have yielded both Corbicula and Dinosaurian remains in association. Then, again, there are the Belly! River deposits of Canada (Alberta), of somewhat similar age, which contain Plesiosaurian (Cimoliosaurus) and Dino- saurian bones, as well as Unioniform shells, Corbicula, Viviparus, ete., and those of marine habit like Pterva, Jfytilus, Ostrea, etc. (Whiteaves, Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Canada, vol. i, p. 55, 1885). The Belly River and Judith River beds are recognized as belonging to the Montana epoch (see Chamberlin & Salisbury, Geology, vol. iu, p- 152, 1906), which represents very high Cretaceous, or probably what may be the equivalent of the Danian of Europe. It is, therefore, possible that the opalized deposits of Australia were laid down at nearly the end of Cretaceous times. It often happens that these mineralized shells, before they reach the paleontologist, have been polished by the lapidary to intensify their opalescent characters, an operation which of course is very much to the detriment of the finer structures of the fossils, although among the specimens to be noticed are those which have escaped such treatment and in which the details of sculpture have been preserved. I wish to record my indebtedness to Mr. Spencer for giving me facilities to examine Australian opalized shells in the Mineral Department of the British Museum, to Messrs. E. A. Smith and G. C. Crick for information on certain of the Mollusca, as also to Drs. A. S. Woodward and C. W. Andrews for suggestions in connexion with the vertebrates found in the same deposits. BrsLioGRAPHY. The opal deposits of White Cliffs were first noticed by Mr. W. Anderson? in 1892, who described them as very siliceous, horizontally bedded sandstones of Upper Cretaceous age, and the probable equivalent of the Desert Sandstone of Queensland ; in close proximity _ were vertical Silurian slates and horizontally bedded Devonian conglomerates and sandstones. Reference was also made to the original structures of the Mollusca, wood, Encrinites, ete., found in the beds being replaced by opaline matter. Mr. Anderson regarded opal as a secondary product of igneous rocks, sandstones, limestones, etc., which is usually the result of deposition from opal-silica solutions percolating through the rocks. ' According to the latest information from Canada, this river is now to be known as the Lethbridge River. -- = ; 2 “ Notes on the Occurrence of Opal in New South Wales ” : Rec. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., vol. iii, pt. i, pp. 29-32, 1892. 220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. In the following year Mr. J. B. Jaquet! offered a fuller account of the deposits at White Cliffs, and similarly regarded them as Upper Cretaceous and contemporaneous with the Desert Sandstone of Queensland (an extensive formation originally described by Daintree,? who, in the absence of accurate fossiliferous evidence, wrongly considered it as part of the Kainozoic system). The opal beds were referred to as resting on Paleozoic rocks, and consisting of con- glomerates and kaolin, the fossils found in them being mentioned as Mollusca, Belemnites, and wood. Scattered throughout the deposits were ‘enormous waterworn boulders ”’ of a vitreous-looking sandstone which, when broken open, exhibited thin veins of opal as well as ‘‘impressions of characteristic Devonian Mollusca and other inverte- brates”’. These boulders were stated to have been derived from Palzozoic conglomerates and sandstones occurring to the westward of the opal-field. It was further mentioned that ‘‘the occurrence of nodules and veins of opal. the replacement of the remains of Mollusca and other organisms by opal, and the deposition of opaline quartz in the interstices of the conglomerate belonging to this formation, and the foreign boulders of sandstone which are found in it, would seem to indicate that at some period the beds had siliceous waters running through them. The presence of hydrous silica in various forms seems characteristic of these beds wherever they have been observed ’’. Mr. F. G. de V. Gipps* in 1894 referred briefly to some opalized organisms he had found at White Cliffs, which included Plesiosaurian bones, crinoid arms, and wood; and the following Mollusca determined by Mr. Etheridge, jun.: Maccoyella reflecta, Tellina sp. indet., Modiola, Natica variabilis, and Belemnites canhamt. During 1895 Dr. Henry Woodward‘ exhibited at the Geological Society some ‘‘opalized Cretaceous fossils, consisting of a tooth of Polyptychodon [now in the Geological Department of the British Museum, R. 2614], the guard of a Belemnitella, and a bivalve shell, from New South Wales”, and ‘precious opal having the form of a Watica’’; they presumably came from White Cliffs, although no particular locality was stated in this brief announcement (see R. Etheridge, jun., Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Paleontology, No. xi, p. 6, 1902), Interesting observations on the opalization of fossil organic remains from White Cliffs were published by Mr. Etheridge, jun.,° in 1897, when describing some reptilian remains (Cimoliosaurus) from that locality. He referred to the oceurrence in those beds of ‘‘ Crinoid remains, the shells of Pelecypoda and Gastropoda, portions of Belemnite guards, Sauropterygian bones, and an Ammonite wholly 1 ** On the White Cliffs Opal-field’’: Ann. Rep. Dept. Mines Agric. N.S.W. for 1892-3, pp. 140-2. 2 “*Notes on the Geology of Queensland’’: Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxvili, p. 275, 1872. > Trans. Australasian Inst. Min. Eng., vol. ii, pp. 70-80, 1894. + Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. li, Proc., p. iii, 1895. ° “An Australian Sauropterygian (Cimoliosawrus) converted into Precious Opal’’: Rec. Australian Mus., vol. iii, No. 2, pp. 19-27, pls. v—vii, 1897. NEWTON : OPALIZED SHELLS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 221 converted into precious opal (6 inches in diameter), unfortunately since destroyed in a conflagration, but which was once in the Geological Survey Museum of New South Wales. The preservation of some of these fossils is excellent, although all are not alike in this respect, and the extent to which the opalization has at times been carried is remarkable”. Considerable colour effects are visible by reflected light, Mr. Etheridge having noticed ‘‘ principally blue, red, green, and yellow, with their various shades and combinations, not the least pleasing being an ever-varying degree of red and blue-tinted urple”’. 4 In the succeeding year two opalized Pelecypods from White Cliffs were described by the late Professor Ralph Tate’ as ZLucina(?) bonythont and Platopis(?) corrugata, both being regarded as new species and of Upper Cretaceousage. The late Professor H. G. Seeley ? referred in the same year to the humerus of a Plesiosaurian from the opal-mines of White Cliffs, in which ‘‘ the substance of the bone was almost entirely replaced by opal’’; this specimen, it is interesting to state, is now in the Mineral Department (No. 83630) of the British Museum. Mr. G. Giirich,® of Breslau, next published an account of some Mollusca, a vertebra of Plestosaurus, and fossil wood (Araucarioxylon sp.) from the same opal deposits, and regarded them as of younger Jurassic age, the molluscan species being as follows :— Avicula barklyi, Moore. Trigonia sp. ef. moorer, Lycett. Cyrena(?), n.sp. Teredina opalina, Giirich. Gresslya sp. ef. gregaria, Goldfuss. Natica variabilis, Moore. Belemnites kleini, Giirich. The more complete account, however, of the paleontology of the White Cliffs opalized beds was that contributed by Mr. Etheridge, jun.,* in 1902, which included a bibliography, as well as descriptions and figures of new and little-known species of Mollusca embracing the establishment of two new genera of Pelecypoda, viz. Fisstlunula and Cyrenopsis. The list of species included the following forms :— CrinorpEa. Isocrinus australis, Moore, sp. PELECYPODA. Maccoyella barklyi, Moore, sp. Lnoceramus sp. Modiola dunlopensis | Modiola tatei Modiola sp. indet. Cyrenopsis opallites Etheridge, jun. 1 Trans. R. Soe. S. Australia, vol. xxii, pt. ii, pp. 77-9, text-figures, 1898. * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. liv, Proc., p. evi, 1898. * Neues Jahrb., Beilage Band xiv, pl. xix, pp. 484-500, 1901. + Monograph of the Cretaceous Invertebrate Fauna of New South Wales (Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Paleontology, No. xi, 1902). VOL. XI.—MARCH, 1915. 16 222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Cyrenopsis (?) corrugata, Tate, sp. Teredina opalina, Giirich. Fissilunula clarkei, Moore, sp. GASTROPODA. Pseudamaura variabilis \ - Moore, sp. Pseudamaura reflecta J Viviparus (?) alba-scopularis, Etheridge, jun. CEPHALOPODA. Belemnites canhami, Tate. Belemnites kleint, Giirich. ? In some prefatory remarks to Mr. Etheridge’s memoir, Mr. E. F. Pittman introduced a detailed section of the deposits at White Cliffs, and supported their Upper Cretaceous age, which was _ first pronounced by Anderson, as against Giirich’s view that they should be considered younger Jurassic. A comparatively new opal-field at Lightning Ridge, New South Wales, was reported upon in 1906 by Mr. J. B. Jaquet.' From a geological section (text-figure) accom- panying the account, it is seen that the Upper Cretaceous or Desert Sandstone beds of this area consist of ‘‘ white powdery siliceous rock, with opal”’, beneath being the Lower Cretaceous or Rolling Downs deposits, and surmounting the whole is a capping of ‘‘ quartz pebble conglomerate’. There is no reference to the occurrence of fossiliferous remains, although Mr. Jaquet regarded the beds as identical in their modes of structure with those at White Cliffs. The locality is famous for the much-coveted ‘black opal’ which is found in association with opals of ordinary character. A new interest was given to the Lightning Ridge Beds? in 1910, when it was announced by Dr. A. S. Woodward that Dinosaurian bones had been discovered there, representing a small Megalosaurian animal now preserved in the Geological Department of the British Museum (R. 3716-18). The account stated that the specimens were opalized, and that they occurred with other bones and shells in a similar condition, their geological age being given as Upper Cretaceous. A reference to the opalized deposits of New South Wales was made by Mr. C. A. Siissmilch* in connexion with both White Cliffs and Lightning Ridge. At the former locality he mentioned the occurrence of shells, reptilian bones, and fragments of fossil wood, wholly or partly replaced by precious opal; he regarded the beds as of Upper Cretaceous age, the opalization being referred to as of secondary origin. 1“The Wallangulla Opal Field’’: Ann. Rep. Dept. Mines N.S.W. for 1905, 1906, pp. 68-9. 2 **On Remains of a Megalosaurian Dinosaur from New South Wales’’: 79th Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1909, 1910, pp. 482-3. 5 An Introduction to the Geology of New South Wales [Sydney], 1911, p. 125 (with coloured geological map). NEWTON: OPALIZED SHELLS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 223 Finally, Mr. F. Chapman,' Paleontologist of the National Museum at Melbourne, has quite recently described an opalized tooth of Ceratodus from the Upper Cretaceous opal deposits of Baradine, some 90 miles 8.S.E. of Walgett, New South Wales, and has determined it under a new sub-genus and species as Ceratodus (Metaceratodus) wollastoni. It is of interest to state that Ceratodus, although chiefly characteristic of Trias and Jurassic times, has been recognized by E. W. Cope in the Fort Union Beds of Montana, United States (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1876, pp. 259-60), which are regarded as uppermost Cretaceous or oldest Eocene, as well as in the later Cretaceous deposits of Patagonia, by Ameghino. Dr. A. S. Woodward has further recorded the occurrence of Ceratodus and a Dinosaurian in the Lower Jurassic rocks of Gippsland, Victoria, Australia (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. vit, vol. xviii, pl. i, pp. 1-8, 1906). Aw Account oF tHE Opattzep Mortusca CONTAINED IN tHE CoLLECrIONS OF THE British Museum AND THE Rev. F. Sr. J. THAcKERAY. PELECYPODA. Fam. CYPRINIDA. FIssILUNULA CLARKEI, Moore, sp. Cytherea clarkei, Moore, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxvi, p. 250, ple ccs fie. 1 1870. Cyprina expansa, Etheridge, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol xxviii, p. 98, pl. xix, fig. 1, 1872. Cytherea clarket (= Cyprina expansa), Tate, 1st Rep. Australasian Assoc., 1888-9, p. 230. Cyprina clarket, Etheridge, jun.: Jack & Etheridge, jun., Geology and Paleontology of Queensland, 1892, pp. 474, 568, pl. xxvii, ie. Oy pl. xxv, figs. 18, 19; Ppl. xxvii, fies. 10, 11. Fissilunula clarkei, Etheridge, jun., Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Paleontology, No. xi, pp. 36-7, pl. vi, fig. 3; pl. ix, fig. 1; plex, figs. 2s pl.-x1, figs: 1, 2;- 1902. Description (original).—Shell large, thick, rather compressed, transversely ovate, inequilateral, moderately convex; umbones flattened, incurved over a large and rounded lunule; anterior and posterior ends and dorsal margin rounded; surface of the shell with broad irregular transverse bands of growth. Remarks.—The specimen referred to this species has parts of both valves preserved in the closed condition, so that no internal characters are exposed, besides which the umbones are, unfortunately, absent. '** On a new species of Ceratodus from the Cretaceous of New South Wales ’’: Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, N.S., vol. xxvii, pp. 25-7, pl. v, 1914. The genus Ceratodus was reported by Krefft as occurring with Diprotodon remains in the Alluvial deposits of Queensland (Natwre, vol. ix, p. 293, 1874), being regarded as an extinct form under the name of C. palmeri, a determination subsequently set aside by C. W. De Vis, who recognized its identity with the recent Ceratodus forsteri of Queensland rivers (Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, vol. i, p. 40, 1884). 224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. It is of small and very medium size when compared with the more adult forms from Queensland, which sometimes reach 9 inches in length; the valves are well inflated and covered with wide and rounded growth bands bearing intervening concentric striations; the posterior region is subangulate and furnished with strongly oblique lines of growth, whereas anteriorly the valves are slightly compressed and narrow in the direction of the outer margin; the lunular excavation appears to be rather shallower than usual, probably on account of the absence of the umbones. Dimensions (approzimate).—Length 60, height 50, diameter 35 mm. FISSILUNULA CLARKEI (Moore). A = Left lateral view of specimen. B = Ventral aspect of same, showing well-inflated valves. Loc. White Cliffs. British Museum (Geol. Dept., L. 21274). Moore’s original description of the Queensland shell was based upon very imperfect material, but from the later studies of Mr. Etheridge, jun., of better preserved examples the real affinities of the species came to be more accurately known. From a delineation of the hinge-characters and other important internal structures, that author was able to prove fairly close relationships to Jsocardia, and thus he made the species the type of his new genus Jvsstlunula. The present fossil compares favourably with a partially testiferous cast originally collected by Mr. H. Y. L. Brown from the Cretaceous region north of Lake Eyre, South Australia, and which he presented to the British Museum (Geol. Dept., L. 9682), where it was determined years ago by Mr. Etheridge, jun., as Moore’s Cytherea clarket. That specimen, however, is rather more compressed, but allowing for certain NEWTON : OPALIZED SHELLS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 225 variations which exist in the species, it would appear reasonable to regard the example from White Cliffs as belonging to the same form. Locality.—W hite Cliffs, New South Wales. Collection.—British Museum (Geol. Dept., L. 21274). Distribution.—Lower Cretaceous: New South Wales, Queensland, and South Australia. Upper Cretaceous: Queensland and South Australia (Lake Eyre region). Fam. PTERUDZ (= Aviculide). MaccoyELLa BARKLYI, Moore, sp. Pl. VI, Fig. 19. Avicula barklyi, Moore, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxvi, p. 245, pl. xi, figs. 1,2; 18:70: Avicula alata, Etheridge, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxviii, p. 342, ple xx, fis. 8; 1872. Monotis barklyi, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia, vol. 11, p. 179, 1880. Macevyella barklyi, Etheridge, jun.: Jack & Etheridge, Geology and Paleontology of Queensland, 1892, p. 465, pl. xxii, figs. 1-5; pl. xlii, figs. 4-6 ; pl. xxiii, figs. 1-2 ; Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Paleontology, 1902, No. xi, p. 17, pl. ii, figs. 3-6 ; pl. i, figs. 4, 5; pl.iv, figs. 3, 4. Description (original).—Shell slightly inequilateral, orbicular, large valve convex, small valve flattened, umbones prominent; auricles rather small, nearly equal. The large valve slightly produced posteriorly and ornamented with 24 radiating costs, which are more raised and appear spinous on the posterior margin. The small valve slightly convex with a very distinct ornamentation from the larger, the costz being much finer, and about 44 in number. The cost are decussated by numerous regular concentric lines of growth, which, when they meet, give them a nodulated aspect. The lines of growth have been reflected or folded over the anterior auricle and side, which gives the shell a very peculiar appearance. ‘The small valve possesses a large and deep groove for the passage of a byssus. The punctate structure of the Aviculide may be clearly distinguished, by aid of the lens, in this species. Remarks.—The specimen referred to this species exhibits an external view of a left valve which is so attached to the matrix that all internal characters are concealed. Itis of medium size, slightly convex, with an umbo well above the dorsal line; the margins are fractured and imperfect, especially posteriorly, while the ventral border is rounded. Although much eroded the surface has still preserved some thirteen equidistant, primary, radial costs, an obscure secondary rib dividing equally the intercostal spaces being occasionally present, and seen only in the later development of the shell, and which is not observable on the umbonal region. Numerous close, concentric striations form part of the ornament of the valve, and where they cross the radial cost minute nodulations are produced. Dimensions (approximate).—Length 40, height 38 mm. We are indebted to Mr. Etheridge, jun., for our later knowledge of this species, which he made the type of his genus Iaccoyella (Jack 226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. and Etheridge, Zhe Geology and Paleontology of Queensland, 1892, p. 451), including therein further species from the Queensland Cretaceous, all of which were described by Moore under the genus Avicula. It was pointed out that the chief peculiarities of J/accoyella were connected with the hinge-structure of both valves, which widel differed from those characterizing Avicula; but, unfortunately, the specimen from White Cliffs is too much buried in matrix to allow of the comparison of internal characters; from external features, however, it may be said to resemble the published figures of this shell, especially Avicula alata of Etheridge, sen., from the Desert Sand- stone of Queensland, recognized as a synonym of the present species, and a kaolinized cast of a valve from White Cliffs figured by Mr. Etheridge, jun. (pl. iv, fig. 4), in his last account of this species. Locality.— White Cliffs, New South Wales. Collection.—British Museum (Geol. Dept., L. 21272). Mstribution.—Lower Cretaceous : South Australia (Peak Creek and Lake Eyre district); Queensland; New South Wales. Upper Cretaceous: Queensland (Maryborough); New South Wales (White Cliffs). Fam. CYRENIDA. CyRENOPSIS MEEKI (Etheridge, jun.). Pl. VI, Figs. 13, 14. Mactra meeki and Unicardium (?) meeki, Etheridge, jun.: Jack and Etheridge, jun., Geology and Paleontology of Queensland, 1892, pp. 472-3, pl. xxvii, figs. 2, 3; pl. xxvi, figs. 13-15. Cyrena meeki and Corbicula (?) meeki, Etheridge, jun., Mem. Roy. Soe. S. Australia, vol. 11, pt. 1, pp. 30-1, pl. vi, figs. 8-18, 1902. Cyrenopsis.—VType Mactra (vel Corbicula) meeki, Etheridge, jun., Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Paleontology, No. xi, p. 28, 1902. Description (author's diagnosis of 1902).—Shell obtusely triangular, somewhat cuneiform, and posteriorly produced, moderately convex. Cardinal margins considerably arched, the anterior shorter than the posterior; ventral margins rounded throughout, curving rapidly upwards anteriorly, but less curved posteriorly ; anterior margins well rounded ; the posterior-ventral extremities produced, but obtusely rounded. Umbones moderately large, obtuse and contiguous; anterior and posterior diagonal slopes obtusely rounded, posterior area ill- defined, ligament short and strong. A large, robust, projecting, triangular, submedian cardinal tooth in each valve; anterior and posterior lateral teeth lamellar and projecting; sculpture of con- centric lamelle, of slightly variable width, and on the anterior slopes gathered in bundles; the lamelle bear numerous very fine and regular concentric lines. Remarks.—There is only one specimen in the British Museum which may be referred to this species. Its valves, in the closed condition, are, however, fragmentary and without umbones, but its cuneiformity, triangular outline, rounded ventral margins, produced posterior margins, and abruptly truncated area, all agree with Mr. Etheridge’s figures, especially 13 and 15 of plate xxvi of the Queensland memoir. Some slight additions may be made to the NEWTON : OPALIZED SHELLS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 227 ornamentation of the species as exhibited in this specimen. The sculpture is seen to consist of bold concentric depressed ridges and broad shallow sulcations covered with fine concentric lineations, but crossing them are numerous short, microscopical, vertical striations, as well as occasional longer and filamentous lines similarly directed, mostly confined to the ventral region, such as may be seen on the valves of both fossil and recent freshwater Pelecypoda, being sometimes present in Corbicula cuneiformis of J. Sowerby, from the older Eocene deposits of England and Europe, as also in further fossil species of that genus; it is besides seen on Unioniform shells, for which examples of Unio tumidus of Retzius in the Geological Department of the British Museum (L. 10032) may be quoted, which were obtained from the Post- Pliocene deposits of the Lea Marshes near London; and the character is also apparent in Anodonta becklesi, which I described some years since before this Society (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ix, pp. 114-17, pl. i, 1910) from the English Wealden formation. Dimensions.—Length 29, height 26 (approx.), diameter 15 mm. This species forms the type of Cyrenopsis, Etheridge, jun., being at first regarded as a doubtful Unicardium and afterwards as an example of Mlactra. A more complete study of the dentition enabled the author to see its close connexion with Cyreniform shells like Corbicula, from which it differed, however, in the possession of a triangular, submedian, cardinal tooth in each valve, making two instead of three teeth for both valves as in that genus. Locality.— Lightning Ridge, New South Wales. Collection.—British Museum (Geol. Dept., L. 21832). Distribution.— Lower Cretaceous of Queensland (Walsh River) and South Australia (Lake Eyre Basin). Cyrenopsis opALLITES, Etheridge, jun. Pl. VI, Figs. 11, 12. ? Cyrena (?), n.sp., Gtirich, Neues Jahrb., Beilage Band xiv, p. 486, pl. xix, figs. 5, 6, 1901. Cyrenopsis opallites, Etheridge, jun.: Mem. Geol. Surv. New South Wales, Paleontology, No. xi, p. 29, pl. v, figs. 12-17, 1902. Description (original).—Shell ovate, moderately inflated ; cardinal margins arched, ventral margins well rounded; anterior ends some- what flattened, with rounded margins; posterior ends slightly produced or nasute, the dorsal posterior margins straight and oblique, the ventral rounded; posterior slopes slightly flattened, narrow, and generally inconspicuous ; umbones depressed, escutcheon long, deep, and narrow ; ligament short. Articulus arched, longer on the posterior than the fails: ; anterior cardinal of fhe, left valve triangular, projecting, and slightly oblique, posterior cardinal of the same ‘valve laminar; anterior lateral slightly curved, short, posterior lateral long, distant, and straight. Central upper cardinal of the right valve laminar and almost marginal, lower cardinal laminar and oblique ; anterior lateral short and curved, posterior lateral long, distant, and straight. Adductor impressions and pallial lines very faint. Sculpture of concentric lamine, with faint coincident lines. 228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Remarks.—There are two excellent examples of this species in the British Museum with the valves in the closed position, and therefore not exhibiting internal characters. They are of nearly orbicular contour, and would represent the type of the species as figured and described by Etheridge. The valves exhibit a moderate convexity over the umbonal region, but afterwards considerable compression ; they are furnished with a fairly deep lanceolate escutcheon and a short ligament, while beneath the umbones in front is a slightly excavated area, although possessing no true circumscribed lunule. The ornamentation consists of more or less equidistant, flattened growth-bands which are covered with closely arranged, thread-like, concentric striations which are sometimes of slightly irregular design, especially near the ventral margin. Type (from largest figure). New examples. Dimensions. Length . . 3d4 32 mm. Height . weal 30 mm, Diameter . 20 15 mm. The specimen figured by Giirich, showing the dentition, which Mr. Etheridge, jun., includes under his species opadlites, is of far larger dimensions than those mentioned above, and although no exact measurements can be made on account of the fragmentary state of the margins, 1t probably was nearly double the size of the ‘largest form represented by Mr. Etheridge’s figures; I have therefore queried its inclusion in this species. Locality.— White Cliffs, New South Wales. Collections.—British Museum (Geol. Dept., L. 21273; Mineral Dept., 80065). Distribution. —Upper Cretaceous: White Cliffs, New South Wales. CYRENOPSIS AUSTRALIENSIS, n.sp. Pl. VI, Figs. 9, 10. Description.—Shell ovate, subtriangular, height less than length, umbones anterior; posterior region elongate, obliquely rounded at margin, with narrow lanceolate escutcheon bearing short ligament; anterior short, shghtly excavated beneath the umbones; ventral margins round, and with rounded extremities; valves moderately convex umbonally, afterwards compressed ; ornamentation consists of equidistant, concentric, periodical growth-bands furnished with fine and closely arranged concentric striations. Dimensions (with united valves),—Length 33, height 24, diameter 11 mm. Remarks.—The example described is the largest of three specimens, each of which is in good preservation, although no interiors are seen, as the valves are united and closed. The more or less triangulate and suboval contour, together with its anteriorly placed umbones, will suffice to separate this form from C. meek?, with which it is otherwise closely related. Among the specimens mentioned is one that has been highly polished by the lapidary, and is associated on a small piece of ferruginously tinted sandstone, with an example of Huspira vartabilis, bo wo NEWTON: OPALIZED SHELLS OF NEW SOUTH WALKS. 2 Locality.— White Cliffs, New South Wales. Collections.—British Museum (Mineral Dept. ,’s%%, ; Geol. Dept., G. 19603). Cyrenopsis(?) ELoneata, n.sp. Pl. VI, Figs. 17, 18. Deseription.—Shell thick, robust, subtrigonal, oval, length nearly 13 times the height, valves compresso-convex ; umbones anterior, incurved ; posterior region elongate, sloping, probably subangulate, anterior extremities rounded, short, ventral margins elongately curved ; sculpture consisting of rather coarse, concentric, elevated, rounded growth-periods with fine concentric interlineations, crossing which are a series of short, equidistant, raised, filiform, vertical striations. Dimensions (closed valves).—Length 32, height 24, diameter 15 mm. Remarks.—Vhe shell of this specimen has been partially removed by fracture from the dorsal region, especially beneath the umbones, and posteriorly where the areal surface within the margins is quite lost. Otherwise it consists of a pair of valves in the closed condition, the left lateral surface showing a well-arched umbonal region, and the surface exhibiting interesting details of sculpture. The growth-bands are more or less raised and feebly convex, while the general surface is covered with fine concentric striations, except where erosion can be traced, when such markings have become obliterated. ‘The short vertical striations, observable in the ventral region more particularly, are of filiform character, and like a similar structure noticed previously in Cyrenopsis meeki, Etheridge, jun. I have no doubt at all as to the freshwater origin of this shell, and chiefly from the peculiar character of the ornament, which indicates a slight uncertainty or irregularity in the design of the concentric lineations, a similar phenomenon existing in most Pelecypod shells of the same habit, and in this way differing from marine forms, which generally show a greater decision in their sculpture markings. As no dental characters are preserved, this shell is associated provisionally with the genus Cyrenopsis; it appears to differ chiefly from other species in possessing a more elongately oval contour. Locality.— White Cliffs, New South Wales. Collection.—Rey. F. St. J. Thackeray. CorsicuLa corrueata, Tate, sp. Pl. VI, Figs. 15, 16. Platopis (?) corrugata, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8S. Australia, vol. xxu, p- 79, text-figures, 1898. _Cyrenopsis (?) corrugata, Etheridge, jun., Mem. Geol. Surv. New South Wales, Paleontology, No. xi, p. 30, 1902. Description (original).—Shell transversely triangular, somewhat cuneiform, convexedly depressed. Umbones large, obtuse, ante- median; lunule ill-defined. ‘The dorsal slopes straight, inclined at an angle of 45°, the posterior considerably the longer; post-ventral extremity roundly pointed, the ventral margin nearly straight to beyond the middle line, thence curving rapidly upwards to form the well-rounded anterior extremity. The post-dorsal line is bounded by 230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. a narrow declinous lanceolate area, and delimited on its inner aspect by an ill-defined obtuse ridge extending from the umbo to the post- ventral extremity. ‘The inner margin of the valves is smooth at post- ventral extremity. The ornamentation consists of subacute concentric undulations of variable strength, and at variable distances, separated by shallow concave spaces wider than the ridges ; coincident with the undulations are widely separated linear erowth- lines ; ; the concentric undulations are continued beyond the post- umbonal ridge as close-set growth-lines. Remarks.—There is an excellent specimen to represent this species with united valves in situ and possessing complete margins, rather inflated and obtuse umbones, and straight ventral borders with rounded extremities. The triangularity of the valves is also well expressed, a shape considerably aided by the almost straight dorsal slopes of which the posterior is much the longest. In the ‘lanceolate escutcheon-area reposes a short, thick ligament, and beneath the umbones in front it is only very slightly excavated. The ornamentation exhibits equidistant concentric bands of growth, with raised margins, and covered with extremely fine, close, concentric striations. No external characters are exposed. Dimensions (with united valves) : length 25, height 20, diameter 10 mm. This species was originally regarded as marine, and doubtfully associated with Platopis of Whitfield, from the Syrian Cretaceous, being thought to have possible affinities with Astarfe ; subsequently Mr. Etheridge, jun., considered it a probable form of his genus Cyrenopsis, although without knowledge of the dentition, as the type showed no internal characters. My opinion, however, is that the triangularity of the shell, in addition to the other external characters, is more in favour of its being regarded as a Corbicula than any other genus, and therefore, until further evidence is forthcoming, it is proposed to include the species under that genus. Locality.— White Cliffs, New South Wales. Collection.—British Museum (Mineral Dept. 76806). Distribution.—Upper Cretaceous: New South Wales (White Cliffs). Fam. UNIONIDA. Unio saqueti, n.sp. Pl. VI, Figs. 2-6. Description.—Shell elongately oval, narrow ; dorsal margin slightly sloping to posterior extremity ; dorsal and ventral borders subparallel ; umbones anterior, eroded ; valves compresso-convex ; posterior region produced, and slightly narrowing at end, anterior and ventral borders rounded; sculpture exhibiting concentric growth-lines, crossed by numerous, closely set, fine radial striations. Lightning Ridge. White Cliffs. Dimensions (with Length . . 42 (about) 53 mm. closed valves). Height . . 20 22 mm. Diameter eel2 15 mm, Remarks.—This species is represented by two specimens of some- what imperfect condition, but their rarity as opalized Australian NEWTON: OPALIZED SHELLS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. Oil fossils makes them important for reference. ‘The more complete, so far as contour is concerned, and which was found at Lightning Ridge, exhibits both valves in the closed state, the margins of which are generally well defined, while the anteriorly situated summit region is very depressed, the umbones having been completely eroded away, the postero-dorsal characters being also without proper definition. The shell-structure is only very partially preserved, although sufficient remains to show the presence of concentric growth-lines and some obscure microscopical radial striations. The second example is from White Cliffs, also with closed valves, and is larger than the previous form. In this the umbonal regions have disappeared through erosion, and a fractured posterior end of the specimen prevents an exact knowledge of its original length, although this seems to have been about 53 mm. The dorsal view, however, exhibits a part of what would have been a fairly long lanceolate escutcheon with sharply angulate lateral borders, enclosing a well-rounded, lengthy ligament, bearing annulations of growth, and furnished with tapering ex- tremities, the concentric growth-lines forming a fairly sharp angle where they meet the margins of the escutcheon. The radial striations are either absent or only very obscurely traceable, erosion having probably obliterated these finer details of sculpture. 1 would wish to associate with this shell the name of Mr. J. B. Jaquet, who was the first geologist to describe the Lightning Ridge opal deposits, and who previously had furnished important details in connexion with the constitution of the beds at White Cliffs. Localities.—Lightning Ridge and White Cliffs, New South Wales. Collections. — British Museum (Geol. Dept., L. 21833); Rey. F. St. J. Thackeray. Unio WuHite-cLirFsensis, n.sp. Pl. VI, Figs. 7, 8. Description.—Shell of small size, with moderately inflated valves, length about 13 times the height ; umbonal regions anterior, coarsely rugose or marked with strong, widely V-shaped cost; anterior margin rounded, posterior side with an elongate, abrupt, oblique, and narrow, angulate, ridged area, in front of which the valve is slightly excavated. Sculpture beyond the V-shaped costal rugosities of the umbonal area consists of periodical growth-divisions, and numerous, closely set, microscopical concentric striations, which at the posterior ridge become angulate, and take an upwardly oblique direction on the surface of the posterior area. Dimensions (wrth closed valves).—Length 22, height 15, diameter 10 mm. Remarks.—This specimen exhibits a pair of closed valves, which, however, are not quite in situ, having slightly shifted from each other during the process of fossilization. It is a well-marked form, with all the characters referred to properly defined ; the umbones themselves are not present, but the rugose umbonal regions are quite definite and characteristic of Unioniform shells. Locality.— White Cliffs, New South Wales. Collection.— Rev. F. St. J. Thackeray. 232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Unio sp. indet. Pl. VI, Fig. 1. Description.—Shell of oblong, oval contour, compressed, moderately and uniformly convex; dorsal margin elongate, declining slightly to the narrower posterior "end, ventral margin ‘neatly straight : umbonal region very anterior, extremities more or less rounded ; sculpture consisting of fine concentric growth-lines with no evidence of radial striations. Dimensions (right valve).—Length 60, height 30, diameter 14 mm. Remarks.—Only a small fragment of testiferous structure is obscurely preserved near the posterior end of this specimen, otherwise the lapidary, in developing its opalescent qualities, has destroyed all the original details of structure. The contour and general com- pression, however, may probably be relied on, although the marginal boundaries are a little uncertain. The shape appears to bear some resemblance to forms of Unio found in the Judith River Beds (= uppermost Cretaceous) of the United States, such as are figured in Meek’s ‘“‘ Invertebrate Cretaceous and Tertiary Fossils of the Upper Missouri Country’: United States Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. ix, pl. xli, 1876 (i.e. Unio dana, Meek & Hayden), but without the radial striations that ornament the American shells. The specimen represents an external view of a right valve with the umbonal area wanting, the whole of the interior being filled with a moderately soft kaolinized sandy matrix. Locality.— White Cliffs, New South Wales. Collection.—Rey. F. St. John Thackeray. GASTROPODA. Fam. NATICIDZ. Evsprra VARIABILIS (Moore). Pl. VI, Figs. 20-3. Natica variabilis and Delphinula reflecta, Moore, Quart. Journ. Geol. N0c.5 VOl..xxvl, p. 206, plex, tes lo, 217 1870. Natica lineata, Etheridge, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxviii, p.042, ple xxi, tos dy 182: Delphinula (?) reflecta, Etheridge, jun.: Jack & Etheridge, jun., Geology and Paleontology of Queensland, 1892, p. 485, pl. xxix, Hg al2.p. dd. Plex xXx hes yao: Natica variabilis, Giirich, Neues Jahrb., Beilage Band xiv, p. 489, pl. xix, fig. 7, 1901; Etheridge, jun., Mem. Roy. Soe. S. Australia, vol. ii, pt. i, p. 42, pl. vi, figs. 15-17, 1902. Pseudamaura reflecta and Pseudamaura variabilis, Etheridge, jun., Mem. Geol. Survey N.S. W., Paleontology, 1902, No. xi, pp. 40-38, pl. ii, figs. 9-12, 13-16. Deseriptions (original) : Of variabilis. Shell very thick, broader than high; spire of 3-4 volutions, somewhat depressed ; body- whorl increasing rapidly, and extended; aperture ovate ; umbilicus small. Of reflecta. Shell rather small, turbinated; whorls 3-4, spire slightly elevated ; volutions separated by an encircling sinus; body- whorl much increased ; aperture circular, with a thick reflected lip. NEWTON : OPALIZED SHELLS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 233 Remarks.—Mr. Etheridge, jun., has carefully studied the merits of Moore’s imperfectly defined species, Watica variabilis and Delphinula reflecta, and has acknowledged the difficulty of separating them on account of the similarity of their characters. He has alluded to the presence of an ovate aperture in the first-named, and one of rounder contour in the other, as of some importance, although an unfortunate slip in the text informs us that it is ‘‘ovate”’ in both. Apart from this, however, Mr. Etheridge’s figures do not assist us as to the actual roundness of the aperture in the species reflecta, in which case it is thought that the apertures for both would be better diagnosed as more or less ovate, and consequently both species might with advantage be united, more especially as the remaining characters are very similar in each ; it is, therefore, suggested to retain vardabilis. Well-preserved specimens are seen to be ornamented with fairly strong growth-lines, crossed by microscopica lly small, close, and spiral striations ; one specimen, however, in the British Museum (Mineral Dept.) exhibits a series of thick, equidistant, vertical coste on the penultimate whorl, which is a somewhat unusual structure, having a resemblance to what is occasionally seen on the apie of Gyrodes pansus from the Indian Cretaceous as figured by Stoliezka,’ who regarded such markings as raised striz of erowth, while Mr. Etheridge, jun., has noted and figured the same ‘ornament in an example of the species from the Lower Cretaceous deposits of South Australia, which, like the present specimen, has the general characters of Natica variabilis (see pl. vi, fig. 17, Mem. Roy. Soc. 8. Australia). Another difficulty presents itself as to the proper genus with which to associate this species. Mr. Etheridge, jun., recognized it as belonging to Fischer’s Psendamaura, of which the type is Watica bulbiformis of J. de C. Sowerby from the Austrian (Gosau) Cretaceous ; but that seems an unsatisfactory determination, because the Austrian fossil has a much more elongate and tabulate spire, as well as possessing an extensive callus to the inner lip, and is besides without any indication of an umbilical opening. The Australian shell much more nearly approximates in spiral structure to the Cretaceous Gyrodes, although removed from it by the absence of a wide basal excavation which characterizes that genus. It is now suggested that Agassiz’s Huspira? should include this species, which was founded on Watica glaneinoides of J. Sowerby from British Lower Eocene rocks, and which seems to embrace, in a more or less modified manner, the chief characters of the shell in question. Locality.— White Cliffs, New South Wales. COUN Museum (Geol. Dept., G. 19602-3; Mineral Dept., vs's% , 1585); Rev. F. St. J. Thackeray. Distribution.—Lower Cretaceous: South Australia; Queensland. Upper Cretaceous : White Cliffs, New South Wales. ' “ Cretaceous Fauna of Southern India eee : Mem. Geol. Surv. India, Paleontologia Indica, vol. ii, pl. xxii, fig. 9a, 1868. “ Desor & Agassiz, Conchyliologie Minéralogique de la Grande Bretagne par James Sowerby, traduit del’ Anglais, p. 15, 1838. 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. CEPHALOPODA. Fam. BELEMNITIDA. ACTINOCAMAX Spp. Belemnitiform guards are of rather frequent occurrence in these opalized beds of Australia (White Cliffs), having been first referred to by Dr. Henry Woodward as belonging to the genus Belemnitedla, and by later authors as Belemnites, under the species canhami, Tate, and kleini, Giirich. Mr. G. C. Crick, of the British Museum, who has examined the evidence, is of opinion that such remains would be more accurately determined as Actinocamax, and that without question they denote an Upper Cretaceous age. Locality.—White Cliffs, New South Wales. Collections.—British Museum (Geol. Dept., C. 12086-7 ; Mineral Dept., vso%) ; Rev. F.St. J. Thackeray. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. The figures are of the natural size with the exception of 4, 14, and 23, which represent magnifications of sculpture. FIG. UNIO sp. indet. 1. An imperfect right valve with polished surface, exhibiting faint traces of concentric growth-lines in the posterior region. Loc. White Clifts. Rev. F. St. J. Thackeray Coll. UNIO JAQUETI, n.sp. . Left lateral aspect. . Ventral view of same, showing the shallow, depressed valves. Sculpture magnified, consisting of closely arranged radial striations. Loc. Lightning Ridge. British Museum (Geol. Dept., L. 21833). . Left lateral view of another specimen, imperfect posteriorly. 6. Dorsal view of same, exhibiting eroded umbones and a prominent ligament with annulations of growth. Loc. White Cliffs. Rev. F. St. J. Thackeray Coll. UNIO WHITE-CLIFFSENSIS, n.sp. 7. Left lateral view, showing the umbonal \/-shaped rugosities. 8. Right laterial aspect of same, in which the posteriorly ridged area is seen. Loc. White Cliffs. Rev. F. St. J. Thackeray Coll. CYRENOPSIS AUSTRALIENSIS, n.sp. 9. Left lateral view of a slightly fractured example displaying the periodical erowth-bands. 10. Dorsal aspect of same, showing shallow valves and a short ligament. Loc. White Cliffs. British Museum (Min. Dept., 35/7). CYRENOPSIS OPALLITES, Etheridge, jun. 11. Right lateral aspect, showing a nearly orbiculay contour. 12. Dorsal position of same, exhibiting considerable umbonal convexity and elongate escutcheon. Loc. White Cliffs. British Museum (Min. Dept., 80065). CYRENOPSIS MEEKI, Etheridge, jun. 13. Left lateral view, showing a triangularity of contour. 14. Sculpture details magnified, in which the short and longer radial striations are seen crossing the concentric growth-lines. Loc. Lightning Ridge. British Museum (Geol. Dept., L. 21832). He Go bo Or ha, whe . rad iteeat wont bow *: ity lee. P, an get telag Sie | =? . ia ese q — se i eS SS ————— a. a VoL.XI. PLVI. Proc.MaLac.Soc. oY * AUNT TTT Huth coll. CRETACEOUS SHELLS FROM THE OPAL DE PiOShEStO NEW SOUTH WALES. ae FIG. 15. 16. Te I19¢ NEWTON: OPALIZED SHELLS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 235 CORBICULA CORRUGATA, Tate, sp. Left lateral aspect, exhibiting well-marked dorsal slopes and equidistant concentric growth-bands. The opalescent characters of this specimen are particularly fine. Dorsal view of same. Loc. White Cliffs. British Museum (Min. Dept., 76806). CYRENOPSIS (?) ELONGATA, n.sp. Left lateral view, showing subtrigonal contour and the short vertical striations crossing the concentric growth-lines. . Ventral aspect of same, exhibiting considerable anterior convexity. Loc. White Cliffs. Rev. F. St. J. Thackeray Coll. MACCOYELLA BARKLYI, Moore, sp. External aspect of a left valve displaying the equidistant radial coste crossing the closely arranged concentric striations. Loc. White Cliffs. British Museum (Geol. Dept., L. 21272). EUSPIRA VARIABILIS, Moore, sp. . Front aspect, showing small elongate perforation and ovate aperture. . Summit surface of same specimen, containing sculpture ridges on the penultimate whorl. Loc. White Cliffs. British Museum (Min. Dept., 3557). . Front view of a larger example which has been polished by the lapidary. Loc. White Cliffs. British Museum (Geol. Dept., G. 19602). . Sculpture striations, magnified, as seen on well-preserved test of another specimen. Loc. White Cliffs. Rev. F. St. J. Thackeray Coll. 236 MOLLUSCAN NOTES. By Huew C. Forron. Read Sth January, 1915. No. 1.—Srenoryuts, Fulton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xiv, p. 163, 1914. In my short paper quoted above, I omitted to note that Mr. Charles Hedley gave an account of the radula and jaw of S. hemiclausa, Tate, in the Appendix to Professor 'late’s paper (Horn. Exped., Mollusca, 1896, p. 221). Professor Bavay informs me that his S. microdiscus has only 83 whorls, not 44 as depicted by the artist. As I can see no difference between this species and the previously described S. hemiclausa it falls into synonymy. No. 2.—Enwnea AFFEcTATA, Fulton, and E. rosEnBERGIANA, Preston. Having had the opportunity of examining a co-type of Z. rosen- bergiana, Preston (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ix, p. 53, fig., 1910), I find it is identical with the shell described by me as Z. affeetata in vol. v, p. 32, 1902, of the same Proceedings. My specimens were obtained through Mr. Rosenberg, and formed part of the collection of the late Mr. A. Boucard, and were labelled ‘‘ Zanzibar”. Mr. Preston’s specimens are said to have been collected in Angola, W. Africa, by Dr. Ansorge. No. 8.—Tomicervus Levis, Thering. I received from Mr. Dias da Rocha, collector of the type-specimens, some original specimens of Zomdgerus levis, Ihering (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. vi, p. 197, 1905). I have no hesitation in pronouncing them to be simply dead and weathered examples of Zomigerus clausus, Spix (Testac. Brasil, 1827, pl. xv, figs. 4, 5). Although the corrugation on the last half-whorl is, owing to the worn condition, weaker than in T. clausus, it is clearly present in every one of the twelve specimens examined by me. The only difference between these two forms noted by von Ihering is that levis is smooth and white. To me the loss of colour and smoothness has evidently been caused by weathering, and the type must have been a very worn specimen if it showed no signs of the corrugations characteristic of Z. clausus. No. 4.—CiavusI“ta FALCIFORMIS, var. Montana, Molldff. In the Nachr. deutsch. Malak. Gesell., 1901, p. 77, Dr. von Mollendorff described a Tonkin Clausilia under the above names. As no previous species has been described as faleiformis I propose that the varietal name be dropped, and the species be known as Cl. faleiformis, Molldff. It is evident that Mollendorff intended to write fulcifera, Bav. & Dtz. (Journ. de Conch., vol. xlvii, p. 290, pl. xii, fig. 10), a species to which falczformis is allied, but is, in my opinion, quite distinct; they are similar in form, but faletformis is much larger, of a darker coloration, and has a much coarser FULTON: MOLLUSCAN NOTES. Dil crenulated suture; falcifera is almost smooth, whereas, under the lens, falciformis is seen to be very distinctly obliquely striated. The internal plaits are similar in both forms. This comparison has been made with original specimens of both species. No. 5.—The Identity of Prrrocycros prestoni, Bav. & Dtz., with PreROCYCLOS COCHINCHINENSIS, Pfr. Comparison of original examples of P. prestoni, received from Colonel Messager, with the type of P. cochinchinensis demonstrates that these two forms are identical. The colour of both is light yellowish brown; darker specimens with some irregular waved markings above and a peripheral narrow band of darker brown were named P. prestoni, var. depicta, Bav. & Dtz.; the larger specimens of this variety cannot, in my opinion, be distinguished from Rhzostoma morleti, Dtz. & Fisch. Judging by shell characters and the manner in which various authorities have placed the same forms under different generic names, the position of the sutural tube, upon which character the genera Pterocyclos, Rhiostoma, and Opisthoporus are mainly founded, appears to be of little significance. Synonymy of Pterocyclos cochinchinensis, Pfr. 1856. Opisthoporus cochinchinensis, Pfr., Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 337. 1865. Pterocyclos cochinchinensis, Pfr., Pneumonop. Viv., Supp., i, p. 37. 1891. P. planorbulus, Morlet (non Lamk.), Journ. de Conch., vol. xxxix, p. 247. 1905. Rhiostoma morleti, Dtz. & Fisch., Journ. de Conch., vol. lui, p. 429, pl. x, figs. 1-4. 1908. Pterocyclos prestoni, Bav. & Dtz., Journ. de Conch., vol. lvi, p- 248. 1908. P. prestoni, var. depicta, Bay. & Dtz., Journ. de Conch., vol. lvi, p- 249. Hab.—Cochinchina (Pfr.); Tonkin (Morlet, Mansuy, and Messager) ; Laos (Massie). No. 6.—On Dr. Anton WacGner’s Monocraru or HELICINIDE IN THE ConcHYLIEN-CaBiInetr, 1911. Whilst looking through the above work I was surprised to find that many species have been omitted, and thought a list of such, with the correction of some errors, might prove useful to others when consulting that monograph. Probably some of the omitted species, which number more than 100, are the same as some of the numerous new species created by Dr. Wagner. In proposing a number of new genera and sub-genera for various sections of the Helicinide, Dr. Wagner has ignored many of those of previous authorities, as may be seen by consulting the Manuel de Conchyliologie, 1887, of Dr. Paul Fischer. The sectional names Oxyrhombus and Pyrgodomus of Crosse & Fischer (Miss. Sci. Mexique, Moll., 11, p. 899, 1893) have also been omitted. VOL. XI.—MARCH, 1915. ly 238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. The figures that illustrate this monograph look as though drawn by some mechanical devices, and have a most unnatural appearance. ‘The following are corrections of a few errors that I have met with :— p- 205. H. pelevensis, Shykes, should be pelewensis, Sykes. p- 48. H. brownei, Gray, is put as a sub-species of palliata, Ad., although Gray’s species has twenty-five years priority over pallata. p. 147. H. exserta, Marts., should be sundiana, Ancey (= exserta, Marts., xon Gundl.), as proposed by Ancey in the Nautilus, vol. xiv, p. 84, 1900. p- 217. Dr. Wagner gives H. baudinensis, Smith, and states in a footnote, ‘‘ich verwechselte diese Art friiher mit H. walkert vom Festlande Australiens.” I am informed by Mr. Edgar A. Smith himself that he never described any elicina as baudinensis. Dr. Wagner, in his ‘‘ Helicinenstudium”’ (Denk. Akad. Wien, 1905, p. 430), gave the correct name for the species in question, viz., Helicina walker?, Smith (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. i, p. 90, 1894). The localities given by Smith were Queens, Baudin, and Parry Islands. his species should therefore read, H. walkert, Smith (=baudinensis, Wagener). p. 248. Helicina rufocallosa. This is incorrectly ascribed to E. R. Sykes. The species is really H. rabe2, Pils., Nautilus, 1897, vol. xi, p. 84. Although Ancey, in the Nautilus, vol. xi, p. 87, 1897, claimed to have described a HZ. rufocallosa prior to H.rabet, Pils., I am unable to find any record of its publication, and it does not appear in the list of Ancey’s species given by Geret in the Journ. de Conch., 1909; pan. p. 259. H. soe, var. gebeana, Smith. Mr. Smith assures me that he has never given a Helicinathe name of gebeana; it should therefore bear Dr. Wagner’s name as author. p. 262. H. diversicola, Cox. This should read H. draytonensis, Ptr. (not dryatonensis as Dr. Wagner puts it), P.Z.S., 1856 (= diversicolor, Cox, P:Z:82, 1866). p. 296. H. ghisbrechti should be H. ghiesbreghti. p. 348. Luerdella foxt, Pils. Add reference, Nautilus, vol. XXlil, p. 56, 1899. The following list of omitted species is taken from Pfeiffer’s Monog. Pneumonopomorum Viventium, Supp., ui, 1876, and the Zoological Record from 1879 to 1913 :— anaguana, Weinl., J. B. Malak. Ges., vol. vii, p. 852, 1880. antont, Pfr., Zeit. Malak., p. 88, 1848. Honduras. baldwini, Ancey,; Proc. Malac. Soe., vol. vi, p. 126, 1904. Kauai Island. berniceia, Pils. & Cooke, Honolulu Occ. Papers, Bishop Mus., 1910. Hawail. biangulata, Pir., Zeit. Malak., p. 192, 1850. Hab. ? bicolor, Pfr., P.Z.S8., p. 146, 1852. Tahiti. biteniata, Hartm., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philad., p. 286, 1890. Society Islands. FULTON : MOLLUSCAN NOTES. 239 bourailensis, Hartm., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 93, 1889. New Caledonia. bulla, Pfr., P.Z.S., p. 145, 1852. Hab.? cacaguelita, Pils. & Clapp, Nautilus, vol. xv, p. 136, 1902. Colombia. candeana, Orb., Voy. dans Amérique Mérid., p. 860, 1887. Caraccas. carinata, Orb., Synopsis in Mag. Zool., Moll., p. 28,1885. Bolivia. chrysocheila, Binney, Terr. Moll. U.S., vol. ii, p. 354, 1851. Mexico. consors, Ancey, Bull. Soc. Malac. Fr., vol. iv, p. 41, 1887. Marquesas Island. cornea, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. i, p.18, 1842. Hab. ? crassidens, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., vol. xxii, p. 247, 1899. South Australia. crassilabris, Phil., Zeit. Malak., p. 125, 1847. Sandwich Islands (?). derepta, Tapp.-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Genova, vol. xix, p. 278, 18838. New Guinea. diaphana, Pfr., P.Z.S., p. 98, 1850. Honduras. dissotropis, Ancey, Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. vi, p. 127, 1904. Oahu Island. ecuadoriana, Miller, Malak. Blatt. (2), vol. i, p. 146, 1879. Ecuador. exigua, Pfr., P.Z.S., p. 121, 1848. Honduras. flammea, Quoy & Gaim., Voy. Astrol., Moll., vol. 11, p. 198, 1832. Tonga Island. goniostoma, Sow., Beechey Voy., Zool., p. 145, 1839. Hab. ? gonochila, Pfr., P.Z.S., p. 121, 1848. Venezuela. gosser, Pfr., P.Z.S., p. 122, 1848. Jamaica. grayana, Pfr. (Trochatella), Zeit. Malak., p. 85, 1848. Jamaica. grenadensis, Smith, Proc. Malac. Soe., vol. i, p. 318, 1895. Grenada, W.1I. halmaherica, Kobelt, Abh. Senck. Ges., vol. xxiv, p. 39, 1897. Halmahera Island. hawattensis, Pils. & Cooke, Honolulu Oce. Papers, Bishop Mus., 1910. Hawaii. heighwayana, Dall, Smiths. Inst. Mise. Coll., p. 862, 1909. Brazil. hirsuta, C. B. Ad., Ann. Lye. N. York, vol. v, p. 49, 1852. Jamaica. Japoniea, var. echigoensis, Pils., Nautilus, vol. xvi, p. 131, 1903. Japan. judd, Pils. & Cooke, Honolulu Occ. Papers, Bishop Mus., 1910. Hawai. kauaiensis, Pils. & Cooke, Honolulu Occ. Papers, Bishop Mus., 1910. Hawaii. kienert, Pfr., P.Z.S., p. 122, 1848. Caraccas. ~ knudsent, Pils. & Cooke, Honolulu Occ. Papers, Bishop Mus., 1910. Hawaii. laniertana, Orb., Moll. Cuba, vol. i, p. 245, 1841. Cuba. lens, Lea, Obsery., vol. i, p. 161, 1840-2. Fiji Islands. lenticularis, Sow., Cat. Tank., App., p. vili, No. 1024, 1825. Pacifie islands. leptalea, Ancey, Le Naturaliste, p. 104, 1901. Bolivia. leucostoma, 'Tapp.-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Genova, vol. xix, p. 275, 1883. New Guinea. leucozonalis, Ancey, Journ. Conch., vol. vii, p. 95, 1892. Brazil. 240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. livida, H. & J., Voy. Pol. Sud., Moll., p. 47, 1854. Solomon Islands. loutstadensis, Forbes, Voy. Rattlesnake, App., p. 882, 1861. Louisiade Islands. lutea, Lesson, Voy. Coquille, Zool., vol. 1, p. 850, 1831. New Guinea. lymaniana, Pils. & Cooke, Honolulu Oce. Papers, Bishop Mus , 1910. Hawaii. macilenta, C. B., Ad. Contrib. Conch., No. 1, p. 18, 1849. Jamaica. maculata, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. i, p. 7, 1842. South America. margaritacea, Lesson, Voy. Coquille, Zool., vol. 11, p. 3850, 1831. New Guinea. maxima, Sow. (Aleadia), P.Z.S., p. 6, 1842. Jamaica. merdigera (Salle), Pfr., P Z.S., p. 102, 1855. Mexico. multicorunata, Hedley, Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S.W., vi, p. 115, 1891. British New Guinea. nehoueensis, Hartm., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philad., p. 938, 1889. New Caledonia newcombiana, Weinl., J. B. Malak. Ges., vol. vii, p. 851, 1880. Haiti. nobilis, C.B. Ail., Ann. Lyc. New York, vol. v, No. 2, p. 49, 1852. Jamaica. novella, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Autun, vol. viii, p. 400, 1896. New Hebrides. novoguineensis, Smith (= fischeriana, var.), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., p. 425, 1887. New Guinea. nunanensis, Pils. & Cooke, Honolulu Occ. Papers, Bishop Mus., 1910. Hawaii. oahuensis, Pils. & Cooke, vars. alpha, beta, gamma, delta, Honolulu Occ. Papers, Bishop Mus., 1910. Hawaii. obiana, MOlldff., Nachr. Malak. Ges., p. 195, 1902. Obi Island. oleosa, Pfr., P.Z.S., p. 141, 1852. Haiti. orbiculata, s.sp. clapp?, Pils., Nautilus, vol. xxiii, p. 90, 1909. Florida. orbignyt, Pfr., P.Z.S., p. 128, 1848. Cuba. pallida, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., p. 202, 1847. Fiji Islands. pellucida, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. i, p. 9, 1842. French Guyana. pisum, Phil., Zeit. Malak., p. 124, 1847. Sandwich Islands. pterophora, Sykes, Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. v, p. 20, 1902. Guatemala. pusilla, C. B. Ad., Contrib. Conch., No. 7, p. 101, 1850. Jamaica. pygmea, Pot. & Mich., Gal. Moll. Mus. Douai, vol. i, p. 230, 1888. St. Domingo. raiatensis, Garrett, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., ser. 1, vol. ix, p. 106, 1884. Society Islands. rawsont, Pfr., Malak. Blatt., p. 165, pl. xiv, 1867. Bahamas. rotella, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. 1, p. 12, 1842. Hab. ? sanctemarthe, Pils. & Clapp, Nautilus, vol. xv, p. 136, 1902. Colombia. sanguinea, Pfr., P.Z.S., p. 124, 1848. Honduras. sazoniana, Hartm., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 93, 1889. New Caledonia. semilirata, Pfr. ( Trochatella), P.Z.S., p. 124, 1848. Venezuela. similis, Sow., P.Z.S., p. 8, 1842. Guadeloupe. FULTON: MOLLUSCAN NOTES. 241 simpsoni, Pils. (Zrochatella), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 782, 1903. Honduras. solomonensis, Smith, P.Z.S., p. 599, 1885. Solomon Islands. sordida, King, Zool. Journ., vol. v, p. 839, 1834. Rio Janeiro. sowerbyana, Ptr., P.Z.8., p. 124, 1848. Guatemala. sprucei, Pfr., P Z.S., p. 111, 1857. Peru. suleulosa, Ancey, Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. vi, p. 127, 1904. Hawaii. sylvatica, Orb., Synops. Mag. de Zool., Moll., p. 28, 1835. Bolivia. tantilla, Pils., Nautilus, vol. xvi, p. 58, 1902. Florida. torrei, Henderson, Nautilus, vol. xxiii, p.50, 1909. Cuba trochiformes ( Lucidella), Pils., Nautilus, vol. xiii, p. 56, 1899. Jamaica. trochlva, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., p. 2u2, 1847. Matea Island. unifusciata, Gray, Zool. Journ., vol. i, p. 69, 1824. Hab. ? usukanensis, Godwin-Austen, P.Z.S., p. 852, 1889. Usukan Island, Borneo. ranatte, Pils., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 540, 1909. Mexico. varians, Sykes, Journ. Malac., vol. x, p. 67, 1908. Santa Cruz Islands. versilis, Ancey, Bull. Soc. Malac. Fr., vol. iv, p. 42, 1887. Marquesas Islands. vestita (Guild), Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. i, p. 14, 1842. North America. woodlarkensis, Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. vii, p. 138, 1891. Woodlark Island. zebriolata, Pfr., P.Z.S., p. 101, 1865. Lord Howe’s Island. When consulting the Zoological Record I noticed a Helicina trochiformis, Miller (fossil), Stuttgart Jahreshefte Ver. Natk., 1907, p- 452. Since this name is preoccupied by Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1842, p. 7, I suggest it be changed to millerc. As Mr. E. R. Sykes has noted in Proc. Malac. Soe., vol. iv, p. 260, 1901, a Helicina suprafasciata, Sow., and it also appears in the Paetel Catalogue, I may state that I have been unable to find any further reference or description of such a species. There are also a good many typographical errors in the index of Dr. Wagner’s monograph; for example, joshwarana should be yoshiwarana, inignis is put for insignis, redler for roller, ete. 242 DESCRIPTION OF A SUPPOSED NEW SPECIES OF PLACOSTYLUS. By HuGH C. FULTON. Read 8th January, 1915. PLacostyLus (CALLISTOCHARIS) SUBROSEUS, N.sp. SHELL very narrowly umbilicate, oblong-ovate, moderately solid, of a pale pink ground colour with a thin, pale greenish cuticle on the last half-whorl, the latter ornamented by irregular longitudinal markings of a darker green; apex somewhat obtuse; nucleus very finely punctured ; whorls five, convex; aperture elongately oval, light orange colour within, of a deeper shade near the outer margin ; peristome expanded, whitish; columella white, triangularly expanded at the upper part; columellar plait rather flat and thin, not noduled. Alt. 44, diam. maj. 20 mm.; height of aperture (with peristome) 26 mm. Hab.—Viti Islands (Godeffroy Museum). Similar in form to P. gracilis, Brod., but a little narrower, and with decidedly weaker sculpture. The aperture is relatively longer than in P. guamensis, Garr., and shorter than that of gracilis; it differs from both in coloration and in the shape of its columellar fold or plait. For information concerning the MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON See page iv of this wrapper. MWalacological Soctety of Wondon. (Founded 27th February, 1893.) Officers and Council—elected 12th February, 1915. President :—-Rev. A. H. Cooks, M.A., Sce.D., F.Z.S. Vice-Presidents :—A. S. KENNARD, F.G.S.; R. BuLtEN Newron, F.G.S.; H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. ; J. R. ve B. Tomutn, M.A., FES. Treasurer :—J. H. Ponsonpy, F.Z.S., 15 Chesham Place, London, S.W. Secretary :—G. K. Gupn, F.Z.S., 9 Wimbledon Park Road, Wandsworth, | London, S.W. Editor :—E. A. Sarva, I.8.0., 22 Heathfield Road, Acton, London, W. Other Members of Council:—G. C. Crick, F.G.S.; T. Irepare; G. C, Ropson, B.A.; F. H. Stxes, M.A., F.L.S.; E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.1..8.; B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S. By kind permission of the Council of the Iinnwan Sociury, the MEETINGS are held in their apartments at Bortineron House, Piccaptnty, W., on the second Fripay in each month from NovEMBER to JUNE. The OBJECT of the Society is to promote the study of the Mollusca, both recent and fossil. MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of recommendation signed by two or more Members. LADIES are eligible for election. The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per annum or £7 7s. for Life, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per annum or £5 5s. for Life. All Members on election pay au Entrance Fee of 10s. 6d. The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each Member is entitled to receive a copy of those numbers issued during membership. [Vols. I-VIII and Vol. IX, Parts I-III, consisting of 52 Parts, price 5s. net per Part. Parts IV-VI of Vol. IX, and all succeeding Parts, price 7s. 6d. each. A discount of 20 per cent upon the above prices is allowed to Members purchasing these Volumes or Parts through the Secretary. ] Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent at his private address, as given above. STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS, LTD., PRINTERS, HERTFORD. Vol. XI. - Part V. JUNE 17th, 1915. Price 7s. 6d. net. PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. EDITED BY Ey A. SMITH, 1.8:0;, F.Z.S. Under the direction of the Publication Committee. AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESEECTIVE PAPERS. CO GOTT Si TE Reo PROCEEDINGS :— PAGE | PAPERS continued :— PAGE Annual Meeting : On the Mounting of Radule for February 12th, 1915 ......... 244 Microscopic _ Examination. Bidindin: Moskines - By the Rev. EK. W. BOWELL, ce neproniaa a ies M.A. (Plate VIL).......00... 272 February 12th, 1915 ......... 245 Note on Hygromia hispida, March UD Gar Ri eee eee 245 | var. nana, Jeff. By the PANT: Oy acdaveaesanseee sents 245 Rey. E. W. BowEtu, M.A. Obituary Notice .................. 247 (Bigs ooo amartieerscsss oetescde cst 275 Notes on Swainson’s Hottie PAPERS :— Conchology. By C. DAVIES Presidential Address: The SHERBORN and ALEXANDER genus Clausilia: a study of | RONAN DIDI) sopSsoabegnsnnOSboAseoaS 276 its geographical distribution, | On Ranella leucostoma, with a few notes on the | Lamarck. By E. A. SMITH, habits and general economy | TSO IS. as conidhencadeqHanoBdeecocee 283 of certain species and groups. | Note on Nawtilus mokattam- By the Rey. A. H. Cooks, | ensis, A. H. Foord, from the ME AN OCD SA. ay wens ccs 249 | Kocene of Egypt. By G. C. On Helicella (Candidula) cray- CrIcK, F.G.S. (Plate VIII fordensis, n.sp., from the BVO UG OG eens sc ctisec eaicinssecwes 286 Pleistocene Deposits of South- Some more Misused Molluscan Eastern England. By A. S. Generic Names. By Tom KENNARD, F.G.S., and B. B. | PRE DVAG/Biey..c Hedeitivarns vases ceeace 291 WoopwarD, F.L.S., ete. On Humphrey’s Conchology. {IB BE) eareaeeeeeee emis ace aes 270 | By TOM TREDALE) oy.cncsenss 307 LONDON : BERLIN: DULAU & CO., LTD.,° R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, 37 SOHO SQUARE, W. 11 KARLSTRASSE, N.W. For information concerning the MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON See page iv of this wrapper. CHARGES FOR ADV ERTISEMET> OUTSIDE COVER. Each insertion— Whole page . : : 30s. Half page ‘ ; s 15s. Quarter page. ; j 7s. 6d. INSIDE COVER. Each insertion— Whole page . : é 20s. Half page : : : 10s. Quarter page. : : OS. 243 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. ‘S10}IPN-Y UACVAL “M SIONVUA GUVNNAM 'S ‘V “CI6I 607 Aannuvp "‘IOINSVILT, “UOT ‘ATNOSNO "FT NHOL *JO9IL0D 9G 0} JUDUINIBIS DAOGB ay} puy aM pue ‘uopuo'y jo Ayaro0g [BOLso[ooR RY ayy jo IIIMSVIIT, 94} JO syUnod0v OY} POULlUvXs Aep SITY} VAG 3M. 0 0 00F* S 2. 60TS 0 Sl eT — | a ee OF Sts 0 0 oOo 6 - y <1 ¥8 6 L poe F co asn Aq potanout sosuedxy ‘UNAXT TRIOWdS ‘ wn Foe ee + goueteg - + gosuadxg sArnjaroeg ‘ squBpusiy 0} SOT}IN{B.LO " + gtooyy Jo —Ayoroog uvouury ‘¢ n " * * gieinoitg suyuug ‘ aS aa SUOT}V.AYSN]TT ' gsuqysog puv sulyug —,, Ssulpasoo1g ,, Jo ysog Ag "10 8 cocoo ¢ 6 a - eg] ‘Saenuve puvy ut oourpeg oF, | 0 0 OCF ° *° ° 7° * * Awad qsvT WoIZ oOULTLG OF, L 6015 oI 19048 °/, $% weyrpodorqoyy OG F uo puoprarq ‘ 0 1 . « SSUTPOB0Ig 5, UI JUoMaSIZIOApPYy ‘ Est °° 3 2 * = + \ se ssurpooonrg, oma. lot) Ste Se oe. Dee edo eis E82 9 9 F * Stlaquap Surpuodsar1og OY Sikes stoquiayy Areurpsg —aouvapr ur suoydiosqng [enuuy “ TS 0 ¢ Z@ °* sdoqmoyy surpuodsai109 0 lL IF ° ° ° stoquopy Arvurpi¢ —lvalie ut suotydiosqng penuuy ‘ € GC 81 0% ° sdaquiay Surpuodsast0g 0 OL Sex’ ° * Sdaqmuey Lrvutpsg —suoydiosqng [vnuuy 0 ogo = es '. ce iva 4svl Wor souL[Lg oO, “I(T ‘YI6T ‘ITS WHAINAOAC CHANT UVAA AHL UOA AUQLIGNAdMXA ANY AWOONT ‘NOGNOT dO ALHIOOS TVOIDOTOOVIVIN io.2) ei VOL. XI.—JUNE, 1915. ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING. Fripay, 12TH Frsruary, 1915. The Rev. A. H. Cooks, M.A., Sc.D., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair. Mr. C. P. Crick and Mr. F. W. Reader were apppointed scrutineers. The following report was read :— ‘“Your Council, in presenting their twenty-second Annual Report, have much pleasure in recording once more a year of steady progress. ‘““The papers printed during last year, while somewhat less voluminous than those of the few preceding years, have maintained their usual standard of excellence. ‘It is with considerable regret your Council have to record the loss by death of a distinguished member, Mr. A. J. Jukes-Browne, F.R.S., while, owing to resignation and other causes, five more names have been removed from the Society’s roll. ‘‘During the year two new members have been elected, so that the membership of the Society on December 31st, 1914, stood as follows :— Ordinary members . A , ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ (al Corresponding members . : : ; : ; 90 Total ; : 161 ‘‘The financial state of the Society is fairly satisfactory. We have no liabilities, while on the other hand we retain £20 on the Special Account, still possess £50 in Metropolitan stock, and commence the year with a small credit balance. “As usual three parts of the ‘ Proceedings’, Vol. XI, parts 1-3, have been published during the past year. They comprise 188 pages of text, illustrated with 5 plates and 62 text-figures. ‘“The following authors have very kindly assisted in the cost of these illustrations, or have provided drawings or photographs for . reproduction: C. R. Boettger, the Rev. E. W. Bowell, H. C. Fulton, C. Hedley, T. Iredale, A. S. Kennard, H. B. Preston, E. A. Smith, and B. B. Woodward. ‘‘Further, the thanks of the Society are especially due to the Council of the Linnean Society, through whose kindness it has been permitted, as in former years, to hold its meetings in Burlington House.” On the motion of Mr. Charles Oldham, seconded by Mr. C. P. Crick, the above was adopted as the Annual Report of the Society. The following were elected Officers and Council for the year 1915 :— President.—The Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., Sc.D., F.Z.S. Vice-Presidents.—A. 8. Kennard, F.G.S., R. Bullen Newton, F.G.S., H. B. Preston, F.Z.S., J. R. le B. Tomlin, M.A. Treasurer.—J. H. Ponsonby, F.Z.S. Seeretary.—G. K. Gude, F.Z.8. Editor.—E. A. Smith, 1.8.0. PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 245 Other Members of Counctl.—G. C. Crick, F.G.S., T. Iredale, G. C. Robson, B-A., F. H. Sikes, M.A., F.L.S., HE. R. Sykes, B.A., F.L.S., B. B..Woodward, F.L.S. On the motion of the Rev. E. W. Bowell, seconded by Mr. E. Collier, a vote of thanks was passed unanimously to the Retiring Officers and Members of the Council, and to the Auditors and Scrutineers. ORDINARY MEETING. Fripay, 12TH Frsrvuary, 1915. The Rev. A. H. CooKE, M.A., Sc.D., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair. The President delivered his Annual Address, entitled ‘‘ The genus Clausilia: a study of its geographical distribution, with a few notes on the habits and general economy of certain species and groups’’. Mr. A. 8. Kennard proposed and Mr. Charles Oldham seconded a vote of thanks to Dr. Cooke for his address, and requested him to allow the same to be printed 7m extenso in the Society’s Proceedings. ORDINARY MEETING. Fripay, 12TH Marca, 1915. The Rev. A. H. COOKE, M.A., Sc.D., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair. The following communications were read :— 1. ‘©On Helicella ( Candidula) crayfordensis, n.sp., from the Pleisto- cene deposits of South-Eastern England.” By A.S. Kennard, F.G.S., and B. B. Woodward, F.L.S. 2. ‘On the Mounting of Radule for microscopic examination.” By the Rev. E. W. Bowell, M.A. 3. ‘* Note on Hygromia hispida, v. nana, Jeff.”” By the Rev. E. W. Bowell, M.A. 4. ‘Notes on Swainson’s Fxotie Conchology.” By C. Davies Sherborn and Alexander Reynell. Mr. A. Reynell exhibited proof plates of Sowerby’s sale catalogue of the Tankerville Collection. These plates were quarto size, the catalogue having been issued in octavo size. ORDINARY MEETING. Fripay, 9TH Aprit, 1915. The Rey. A. H. CooKE, M.A., Se.D., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair. Mr. A. E. Salisbury was elected a member of the Society. The following communications were read :— 1. ‘©On Ranella leucostoma, Lamarck.” By E. A. Smith, 1.8.0. 2. ‘Note on Nautilus mokattamensis, A. H. Foord, from the Eocene of Egypt.” By G. C. Crick, F.G.S. 3. “Some more misused Molluscan Generic Names.’”? By Tom Tredale. 4, ‘‘On Humphrey’s Conchology.”’ By Tom Iredale. 246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Mr. A. S. Kennard exhibited vol. ii of the second edition of Ross’ Voyage of Discovery to the Arctic Regions, in which the section relating to shells, by Leach, contains diagnoses of some genera and species occurring as nomina nuda in the first edition, both editions bearing the date 1819. The Secretary, on behalf of Mr. Y. Hirase, exhibited part ii of The Illustrations of a Thousand Shells, published by the latter in Kyoto. The work, which is issued without text, contains numerous exquisite figures reproduced from wood-blocks and coloured by hand. Mr. A. Reynell exhibited India proofs of the woodcut illustrations to Broderip’s article on the Conchacea in Knight’s Penny Cyclopedia, issued about 1833. OBITUARY NOTICE. Wirn deep regret we have to chronicle the death of A. J. Juxxs- Browne, which took place at Torquay on August 14 of last year, in his 64th year. He was a nephew of the distinguished geologist, Professor J. Beete Jukes, F.R.S., from whom he derived his compound name. Educated at Cholmondeley School, Highgate, and later at St. John’s College, Cambridge, he obtained his B.A. degree in 1874, and in the same year received an appointment on the Geological Survey of Great Britain, under Sir Andrew Ramsay, which he held for twenty-seven years, retiring through ill-health in 1901. He became a Fellow of the Geological Society i in 1874, being awarded the Lyell Fund in 1885 and the Murchison Medal in 1901 for meritorious services to geological science. In 1909 he was elected to the Fellowship of the Royal Society. He was a prolific writer on geology in all its branches, and one of our principal authorities on British Cretaceous rocks, his memoirs being mainly published by the Geological Survey, the Geological Society, and in the Geological Magazine. He also issued some important treatises on geology, including The Students’ Handbook of Historical Geology, The Building of the British Isles: A study in Geographical Evolution, and The Students’ Handbook of Stratigraphical Geology ; so popular were these works that they sometimes reached two and three editions. While his writings dealt exhaustively with stratigraphy he never neglected the value of paleontological details, being convinced that only by strict zonal work on the fossils characterizing the different strata could accuracy be attained in the classification of the sedimentary deposits. He saw the necessity, therefore, of dividing the Chalk formation into zones, using, as previously suggested by Dr. Barrois and other workers, mollusean species, among other organisms, as index-fossils for the different beds concerned. He wrote, also, on the geology of Barbados in association with J. B. Harrison, and on ‘Cyprus with C. V. Bellamy, while his last published paper, undertaken in conjunction with the present writer, revised the determinations of some Devonian fossils from Torquay made in one of the late Rev. G. F. Whidborne’s memoirs, which appeared in the Geological Magazine for August last year, just two weeks before he passed away. Jukes-Browne became a member of the Malacological Society in 1899, and two years later joined the Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland. Although unable to attend meetings on account of chronic constitutional weakness, he nevertheless contributed some important and critical essays on the Pelecypoda, both recent and fossil, which treated chiefly of hinge and other internal structures in connexion with the family Veneride. He took a warm interest in the vexed question of nomenclature and was always strongly opposed to the use of Bolten’s names, which, however, are now very generally adopted by the leading conchologists of the world. He will be remembered by many of us as a voluminous correspondent, because being debarred from visiting museums or collections to examine 248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. types, on account of bodily infirmity, he was obliged to obtain assist- ance from his co-workers in this direction, before finally presenting a paper for publication. It is no exaggeration to say that such inquiries were often of so analytical a character that a week’s research work would sometimes be necessary before a suitable reply could be prepared. As one who was always struggling with impoverished health, it is not a little surprising that he should have accomplished so much, but being fortunately gifted with strong and active mental powers he was enabled to overcome the difficulties attendant upon physical weakness, and in the end to leave an honoured name as an earnest investigator in the realms of natural science. His papers published in the Proceedings of the Malacological Society are as follows :— ‘“ A Review of the Genera of the family Mytilide’’: vol. vi, pp. 211-24, 1905. ‘“The Application of Poli’s Generic Names ’’: vol. viii, pp. 99-103, 1908. ““On the Genera of Venerids represented in the Cretaceous and Older Tertiary Deposits ’’: vol. viii, pp. 148-77, pl. vi, 1908. ‘*The Application of the names Gomphina, Marcia, Henitapes, and Katelysia’’: vol. viii, pp. 233-46, pl. x, 1908. ‘* On Petricola, Lucinopsis, and the family Petricolide ’’: vol. ix, pp. 214-24, 1910. ‘*On the Names used by Bolten and Da Costa for genera of Veneride ”’ : vol. ix, pp. 241-52, 1911. ‘“The Nomenclature of the Veneride : a Reply to Dr. W. H. Dall’’: vol. x, pp. 36-8, 1912. “* The genus Dosinia and its Divisions’’: vol. x, pp. 95-104, 1912. ‘On Dosinia lucinialis (Lamk.) and itsSynonyms’’: vol. x, pp. 214-16, 1912. “On Tivela and Grateloupia’’: vol. x, pp. 266-73, 1913. ‘On Callista, Amiantis, and Pitaria’’: vol. x, pp. 335-47, 1913. ‘* A Synopsis of the family Veneride ’’: vol. xi, pp. 58-74, 1914. ‘“ A Synopsis of the family Veneride,’’ Part II: vol. xi, pp. 75-94, 1914. Further molluscan papers published in other journals include— ‘*On some questions of Nomenclature’’: Journ. Conch., vol. xi, pp. 97-103, 1904. ‘““ Tapes aureus and its Allies’’?: Journ. Conch., vol. xi, pp. 275-81, 1906. ““On a New Species of Clementia’’: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. VIII, vol. xii, pp. 58-62, pl. i, 1913. ““On the Shells known as Gemma, Parastarte, and Psephidia’’?: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. VIII, vol. xii, pp. 473-80, 1913. ‘* Note on Clementia subdiaphana, Carp.’’: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. VIII, vol. xiii, pp. 338-9, 1914. R. Butten Newron. 249 PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS: Delivered 12th February, 1915. THE GENUS CLAUSILIA: A STUDY OF ITS GHOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION, WITH A FEW NOTES ON THE HABITS AND GENERAL ECONOMY OF CERTAIN SPECIES AND GROUPS. By the Rev. A. H. Cooxu, M.A., Se.D., F.Z.8. THe genus Clausilia is as interesting a group as any among the land Mollusca. It is well characterized, and stands, to a certain extent, isolated. To the systematist it offers problems of classification, based, in the main, on an examination of the complicated processes which it has developed for closing the mouth of the shell. To the student of distribution, the sphere and limits of its occurrence, which are well marked, may contribute, if handled with reasonable care, evidence bearing on the question of the ancient connexion of lands now widely separated. An authority on the genus, as great as any who have ever lived, Dr. O. Boettger, regarded Balea, with its sinistral spire, its lack of clausilium, lamelle, and plicee, and its occasional rudiment of a parietal tubercle, as the progenitor of the Clausiliide, and he considered the living Balea of the present day, with theirvery remarkable geographical distribution (Europe, Tristan d’Acunha, South Africa, New Zealand), as salvage from the wreck of the ancient genus strong enough to resist the lapse of ages. Clausilia first appears in the Lower Eocene ( Oospira, Pseudonenia) and Upper Eocene (Disyunctaria, Albinaria?), and is common in the Miocene (Zriptychia, Canalicia, Eualopia, Serrulina, Constricta). Boettger’s view was that from an original type possessing neither clausilium, plice, nor lamelle, the present- day forms, with their elaborate oral armature, developed in more or less regular sequence. In confirmation of this view, he pointed out that there occur, in Tertiary formations, Clausilia without a clausilium (certain recent Alopia being probably relics of these), Clausilia with rudiments of lamelle, or with undeveloped plice in place of a lunule, and Clausilia possessing other indications of developmental stages, and showing transitions from a less to a more specialized form. H. A. Pilsbry, whose views on Clausilia carry great weight, holds (47) that the East Asiatic Clausiliide (Phedusa) are much more closely related to early Tertiary than to modern European groups. (Boettger indeed suggests that Hwalopra may be the Balea-form originating Phedusa.) There is reason to believe that, as in the case of the Belogonous Helicide, a common stock of Clausiliide spread over Asia and Europe, at least as early as the Eocene period. Subsequent evolution in the East and West has been, he holds, along independent lines, and, as in the Helicide, the European stock has forged ahead, while the Oriental, on the whole, looks backward, many groups retaining their old characters. 250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Habits and Economy.—The habits and mode of life, the food and general economy of the genus have been very imperfectly studied. It would seem incredible, were it not the fact, that although scores of fine and handsome species of Clausilia, from e.g. Japan, China, and Tongking, have been discovered and named, scarcely a single word has ever been written on the conditions of life under which even one of them exists. Over fifty species of Menta have been described from South America; all that is known of their life is that one species (steeriana, Sykes) lives ‘‘on the plains, under stones”’, and another (pampasensis, Dall) ‘‘on cactus and mimosa trees”. It may be hoped that a time is coming when it will be regarded as a sound contribution to scientific knowledge to accumulate facts bearing on the life-history of the Mollusca. Some groups, Alopia for instance, are found exclusively on limestone rock, and not on all limestone, but only on limestone of a particular formation. J/edora and Agathylla are also rock-loving groups, but while Alopia is extremely partial to shade, and rarely ventures into the sunlight, many species of Medora, Agathylla, and Albinaria hang their white or blue-grey shells in the full raysof the sun. The group Marpessa, smooth and lustrous shells, to which our own laminata, Mont., belongs, lives on smooth tree-trunks, such as the beech, ash, and sycamore, and I have observed, in the Carpathian forests, that such Marpessa as orthostoma, Menke, and marginata, Zgl., prefer the trunks of young trees, and seldom occur on old ones, Although the forests of Transylvania often grow right up to the face of a cliff, on which Alopia may be swarming in hundreds, you will never find an Alopia on the trees, nor a Darpessa on the cliffs. The reason is, that the Alopia devour the decomposed surface of the limestone, on which they find some minute vegetable food, while Marpessa and other tree- loving groups find their nutriment on the equally minute organisms which grow on the bark, or in the mosses which gather in the cracks of the trunks. Pine-trees are seldom climbed by Clausilia, the resinous nature of the bark probably being disliked, but I have noticed a Pseudalinda (cana, Held) and a Pirostoma (dubia, Drap., var.) quite exceptionally on pine-trees 6 feet from the ground. : Again, some species are ground-loving, and seldom venture off the level. Such is our own Pirostoma rolphit (Gray), but we must not conclude that all Pirostoma are ground-loving; on the contrary, plicatula, Drap., and parvula, Stud., live habitually on rocks and trees. Euxina mesta, Fér., near Beirit, buries itself among loose stones and earth to a depth of several inches, but probably not all Huxina have this habit, although a species (corpudenta, Friv.) I met with at Brussa in Asia Minor lives habitually on banks at the roots of grass. A species of Pseudalinda (fallax, Rossm.), common in the East of Europe, is also a ground-loving shell, living at the roots of bushes and nettles, often under layers of dead leaves, on which it feeds, and seldom mounting rocks. A tiny Gracilaria (filograna, Zgl.) conceals itself under dead leaves and in cracks on the ground. One notices that species which crawl on the ground and do not hang suspended are often of corpulent habit, while many species which hang are narrow and produced : COOKE: ON THE GENUS CLAUSILIA. 251 mechanical causes may contribute to this result. The group Steiliaria, peculiar to Sicily, contains many species remarkable for their latticed ribbing, a feature characteristic of most of the group Agathylla. Yet, while Agathylla adheres to steep rocks, Siciliarva is habitually found under loose and flat stones, often decollated, and disfigured with clay. I am inclined to attribute the frequent decollation of adult specimens of this group to its particular habitat, and shall be surprised if a common Himalayan species, Cylindrophedusa cylindrica (Ptr.), which is always decollated, does not live in a similar way. Two species at least, Huphedusa tetsui, B. & S., from Hupé, and Pirostoma ventricosa, Drap., trom North Europe, are known to be ovoviviparous. Clausilia is intolerant of extreme cold, a fact which is indicated, not only by its hibernation, even in temperate climates, but also by its general geographical distribution. Early in September, 1918, I was seeking a particular species of Alopia on the top of a mountain between 6,000 and 7,000 feet high, in Roumania, and was dis- appointed to find nothing but a few dead shells. At last I discovered plenty of living specimens buried from 6 to 9 inches deep in the soil at the foot of the rocks on which they ought to have been climbing, and it then occurred to me that two or three days before an unusually heavy snowfall had covered the range, and the shells must have concluded that winter was upon them, and disappeared accordingly. No doubt all Alopia which live at a high altitude (and one species lives at the top of the Butschetsch, 8,230 feet) inter themselves deeply in the earth or in the cracks of the cliffs during the winter months. Albinaria wstivates by secreting a paper-like epiphragm, by which it glues itself to the underlying rocks, and prevents evapora- tion. Like many Xerophila and some Buliminus, it has a black body beneath a white shell, a fact which no doubt serves some purpose in the animal’s economy. Piaget (45) has made some interesting investigations into the altitude to which certain Swiss species can attain. He found that parvula and ventricosa do not, as a rule, ascend higher than 1,500 m., cructata and plicatula than 1,700, while dubia and daminata can sustain life at 1,850 m. In warm climates these altitudes are greatly exceeded. Huphedusa waageni, Stol., 1s recorded from Murree, West Himalayas, at 9,000 feet, while Venca raimondi, Phil., is found in Peru at over 10,000 feet, in the Cordilleras. All these heights are surpassed by sennaariensis, Pfr., which is stated by Bourguignat to occur onthe Abouna Yousef, in Abyssinia, at 4,024 m. The genus falls, geographically and conchologically, into three great divisions : I. Clausilia proper, inhabiting Europe, South-Western Asia, North Africa, and the Madeira group. Il. Phedusa, inhabiting South and East Asia and certain of the East Indian islands. III. Nenia, inhabiting South America and one West Indian island. 252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. I. CLAUSILIA PROPER. In Northern, Western, and Central Europe Clausitia is poorly represented both in sub-genera and species, while in South and South- East Europe (Austria-Hungary, the eastern shores of the Adriatic, Italy, the Balkan Peninsula, Greece and the Archipelago, and Asia Minor (the sub-genera are numerous and often handsome, while individual species abound. Four hardy sub-genera, Jfarpessa, Alinda, Cusmicia, Pirostoma, have spread over practically the whole of Europe, from Russia to West France and even Portugal, and from Norway to the Mediterranean. On the other hand, the Tichness of the Clausilia fauna of South-East Europe may be estimated from the following enumeration of the principal sub-genera which find their centre there : Alopia, Triloba, Ldyla, onilie® Delima, Dilataria, Medora, Agathylla, Pséudatinda Strigularia, Gracitiaria, and others. Albinaria is characteristic of Greece and the islands, Papillifera inhabits South Europe, especially the coast lands, Svediaria is peculiar to Sicily. Within the European region there are four well-marked centres of Clausilian development, quite distinct from one another, and all lying to the south or south-east. It is noticeable that three of these are in close proximity to the sea. They are: (1) Dalmatia, (2) Greece and the islands, (3) Transylvania, (4) Asia Minor, Caucasia, and Syria. A very rough estimate gives about 450 species belonging to these four centres, as compared aaa about 280 species from all the rest of the region. One is struck by a fact, which could be illustrated from other groups of Mollusca, and no doubt from other branches of zoology. Outlying species of a sub-genus will be found, which have either penetrated into regions far from its centre of occurrence, daring pioneers, as one might regard them, of a possible future extension of range, or in some cases relics of a once wider but now contracting distribution. Thus corynodes, Held, reaches East France, though Graciliaria finds its metropolis in Eastern Europe; a single Cristataria (stussinert,’ Bttg.) occurs in Thessaly, though its metropolis is Syria, and even Asia Minor contains practically no Cristataria. -Albinaria exhibits a remarkable extension both east and west; degregoru, Plat., occurring in Malta, and lopeduse, Calc., in Lampedusa Island, while filumna, Pfr., is a solitary 20 4 EHuphedusa group. ; 5 PAL 1 2 107 33 151 1 Including Euph. aculus, Bens., which also occurs in Japan. 264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY The full classification is as follows :— Hemiphedusa Group. Zaptyx Group. 1. Megalophedusa. 1. Hemizaptyz. 2. Hemiphedusa. 2. Heterozaptyx. 3. Formosana. 3. Zaptyx. 4. Tyrannophedusa. 4. Stereozaptyx.! 5. Nesiophedusa.! 5. Parazaptyz.} 6. Luchuphedusa. 6. Metazaptyz. 7. Oophedusa. 7. Diceratozaptyx. 8. Stereophedusa. 8. Oligozaptyz.! 9. Idiozaptyx.' Euphedusa Group. 10. Selenozaptyx.' 1. Pseudonenia. 11. Thawmatoptye. 2. Huphedusa,. ‘‘In Korea, Japanese forms dominate over Chinese forms. The submergence of the straits between Kiu Siu and Korea is hence a geologically recent event, probably not earlier than the Pliocene period. Allthe genera and sub-genera of the Korean molluscan fauna occur in Japan. In the Clausilias all the species {five in number | of Quelpart and Korea belong to Luphedusa, a group of minor importance in Japan, but extending further north on the Asiatic mainland than any other group of Clausilia’”’ (Pilsbry 48). Malay Peninsula and East Indian Islands.—The Malay Peninsula forms practically the first of the group of great islands which is continued by Sumatra and Java. The fauna is not very well known, but the Clausilia belong only to those groups which occur on the islands. About four or five species, all Pseudonenia or Huphedusa, have been described from Perak, Penang, Kelantan, and elsewhere. Further exploration of the great East Indian islands will no doubt add much to our knowledge of their Mollusca. But we already know enough to see that as we go eastward Clausilia steadily dies out. Euphedusa and Pseudonenia include the bulk of the species, Acrophedusa, Bttg., is peculiar to Java, and Paraphedusa, Bttg., to Celebes. Borneo contains two species of /ormosana, a Chinese and Formosan group. No species appears to be common to any two islands, except cumingiana, Pfr., which in one or other of its varieties occurs in the Philippines, Sulu Islands, Celebes, Sangir, Halmaheira, and Ternate, and recondita, Sykes, which is common to Sumbawa and Halmaheira. It is remarkable that so far only one species has been discovered in the Philippines, which are not only nearest to Formosa but have also been better searched than any other group. From Sumatra we have 7 species, Java 10, Borneo 4, Celebes 10, Philippines 1, Sulu 2, Sangir 1, Sumbawa 1, Halmaheira and Ternate 2, Selangor 1. Molluscan lists from the following islands have been published, but do not contain any Clausilia: Lombok, Buru, Tenimber, Batchian. Nor has any species as yet been described from New Guinea, though the genus may well exist in the higher mountain ranges of that great island, and anything seems 1 Peculiar to Loo Choo group. COOKE: ON THE GENUS CLAUSILIA. 265 possible after the discovery, by von Mollendorff, of Carychium, Acanthinula, and Pyramidula, on the high regions of Java. A list of the known species is subjoined; the date is the date of description. SUMATRA. 1864.! Pseudonenia sumatrana, Mts. 1864. P. excurrens, Mts. 1867. Huphedusa obesa, Mts. 1891. Psewdonenia alticola, Mts. 1893. Huphedusa enigmatica, Sykes. FE. melvilli, Sykes. E. robustior, Bullen. 1893. 1906. JAVA. Pseudonenia javana, Ptr. P. corticina, Busch. P. orientalis, Busch. Acrophedusa cornea, Phil. A. junghuhni, Phil. Pseudonenia heldii, Kiist. 1841. 1842. 1842. 1847. 1847. 1847. 1849. 1890. 1897. 1897. 1897. P. salacana, Bttg. P. schepmani, Mdff. P. nubigena, Maff. P. fruhstorferi, Mdff. BORNEO. 1854. Formosana borneensis, Pfr. 1868. F'. schwaneri, Herkl. (Pfr.). 1889-1901. Huphedusa dohertyi, Bttg. 1903. H. (?) filialis, Mts. PHILIPPINES (I. Siquijor). 1845. Huphedusa cumingiana, Pfr. SELANGOR. 1845. Huphedusa cumingiana, Pfr. 1897. H. cumingiana, simillima, Smith. CELEBES. 1845. P. heldw, var. moritzii, Mouss. Pin aver: EHuphedusa cumingiana, Pfr. 1864. EH. cwmingiana, var. moluc- censis, Mts. 1883. H.cwmingiana, var.majuscula, Tapp.-Can. 1897. H.cwmingiana, var. simillima, Smith. 1912. EH. cwmingiana, var. kabaéne, Haas. 1896. Paraphedusasubpolita,Smith. 1896. P. usitata, Smith. 1896. P. celebensis, Smith. 1896. Huphedusa alternata, Mdff. 1897. HE. pyrrha, Sykes. 1897. H. makassarensis, Sykes. 1897. E. balantensis, Sykes (= cele- bensis, Bttg., nee Smith). 1899. H. bonthaiensis, Sar. 1899. EH. minahasse, Sar. SuLvu ISLANDS. 1845. Huphedusa cunungiana, Pr. 1864. H. cwmingiana, var. moluc- censis, Mts. 1894. Pseudonenia suluana, Mdff. SANGIR. 1845. Huphedusa cumingiana, Pfr. 1864. EH. cumingiana, var. moluc- censis, Mts. SUMBAWA. 1894. Pseudonenia recondita, Sykes. HALMAHEIRA AND TERNATE. 1845. EHuphedusa cumingiana, Pfr. 1864. HE. cumingiana, var. moluc- censis, Mts. 1894. Pseudonenia recondita, Sykes. III. Nenza. Clausilia is conspicuously absent from the list of those genera which are described as ‘circumpolar’, and is thus entirely wanting in the Nearctic Continent. Although well represented in South America, even on the Equator, it has not succeeded in entering North or even Central America via the Isthmus of Panama. Probably the more low-lying and therefore hotter countries of this region are unsuitable ? The dates are the dates of the year in which the species or variety was described. 266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. for a genus whose neo-tropical representatives appear to live at high altitudes. The two outstanding facts which characterize the distribution of the genus as a whole are its occurrence in South America and its non-occurrence in North America, and perhaps, of the two, the latter is the more remarkable. In spite of the land connexion, more or less intimate, which must have linked Europe with North America, probably during the Miocene epoch, Clausilia, although abundant in Central Europe, and even occurring in England, during the Eocene period, did not make its way into North America. It is conceivable that Clausilia was originally an inhabitant of warm climates only, and that the sub-genera which now exist in the colder climates of North Europe were not then developed. Jarpessa, Alinda, Pirostoma, and Cusmicia do not, as a matter of fact, occur earlier than the Pleistocene. The shell of Wena is invariably sinistral; the aperture is rounded and wide, set on a protraction, more or less pronounced, of the last whorl, and lies exactly in a line with the axis of the spire. Fifty species in all are known—forty-nine from the South American mainland, one from Porto Rico. On the mainland they range from the Sierra Nevada de Santa Martha, lat. 11° N., in the extreme north of Colombia, to about 17° 8. lat., in Bolivia. Along the Cordilleras some species le on the western slope, rather more on the eastern. I have noted one (madleolata, Phil.) from 79° W., not 100 miles from the Pacific, while the easternmost hitherto recorded lives in 63° W. lat. The north and south range is thus nearly 2,000 miles, while the eastern and western range is comparatively narrow. Nine species occur in Colombia, two in Venezuela, ene in Colombia, Venezuela, and Ecuador, one in Colombia and Peru, one in Upper Amazons, Peru, and ? Colombia, ten in Ecuador, twenty-one in Peru, two in Bolivia, two in ‘‘ South America’’. The occurrence of a single species in Porto Rico is a remarkable fact, and points to a former geological connexion, more or less intimate, between that island and South America. There can be little doubt that the connexion was via the Lesser Antilles, and not via the Peninsula of Yucatan. This view is supported by the presence, in Porto Rico and in one or other of the Lesser Antilles, of the genera Leptinaria, Moérchia, and Peltella, all of which are South American but not Central American genera. It would be interesting if Menta were discovered in the highlands of San Domingo, an island closely connected with Porto Rico, and hitherto imperfectly explored. The relation of the neo-tropical Clausilias with those of the Palearctic region involves a zoological problem of the highest possible interest, the solution of which is at present quite undetermined. The group Laminifera, represented by one or two living species in the West Pyrenees, and by six or seven species in the Miocene and Oligocene of Germany, certainly exhibits points of similarity with Wenza, as was shown by Bourguignat long ago. He (12) regarded the two groups as standing in close relation to one another, naming the American Nenia Neniastrum and the French Wentatlanta. A more prudent COOKE: ON THE GENUS CLAUSILIA. 267 view will regard Laminifera as a possible link between Venza and the Clausilias of the Old World. It is conceivable that the now existing species of Laminifera represent the relics of a group whose progenitors were not only more widely distributed in Europe, but also succeeded in emigrating, by what route we are not in a position to say, into the region we now call South America. There can be little doubt that instances occur of similar survivals, which have, by taking refuge, as it were, in mountain fastnesses, victoriously defied (to use Boettger’s phrase) the attacks of younger and better organized groups. In this connexion may be mentioned the group Olympia (Mt. Olympus), Serrulina (Armenia and North Persia, and fossil from the Miocene of Bohemia and Silesia), Alopia (Carpathians),’and possibly Macroptychia (Abyssinia). The only other living group which shows a production of the last whorl, with a continuous peristome, is Garnierta, from Indo-China, a sinistral group, in which the mouth is set, as in Wenia, exactly in a line with the axis of the spire. The general facies of the group now inhabiting Madeira (Boettgeria) is not markedly akin to Laminifera, and therefore cannot be cited as supporting a theory of Atlantidean migration. Professor Gwatkin assures me that the radule of the few species of Venza which he has been able to examine are of the same general type as that of the Palearctic Clausiliea. Further light may be thrown by a detailed examination of the clausilium. List OF THE PRINCIPAL WORKS QUOTED. 1. Benoit, L. Nuovo Catalogo delle Conchiglie terrestre e fluviatili della Sicilia ; Messina, 1881. BOETTGER, C. R. ‘‘ Die Molluskenfauna der preussischen Rheinprovinz’’ : Arch. Naturges., Ixxviii, A. 8, 149-310, 1912. BOETTGER, O. ‘‘ Clausilienstudien’’: Paleontographica, 3rd Supplement, 1877. — ‘‘ Monographie der Clausiliensection Albinaria, v. Vest’’: Novitat. Conch., i (Extra-abdr.) ; Cassel, 1878. 5. —— ‘‘Beitrag zu einem Katalog der innerhalb der Grinzen des Russischen Reichs vorkommenden Vertreter der Landschneckengattung Clausilia’’: Bull. Imp. Ac. Sc. St. Petersb., xxv, cols. 163-90, 1879. ‘** Zur Molluskenfauna der russischen Gouvernements Poltawa, Perm, und Orenburg’’: Nachr. Deut. Malak. Ges., xxi, 120-33, 1889. ‘* Zur Molluskenfauna des russischen Gouvernements Perm und des Gebietes siidéstlich von Orenburg’’: Nachr. Deut. Malak. Ges., xxii, 161-73, 1890. ‘*Die Binnenmollusken Transkaspiens und Chorassans’’: in Radde, Expedition nach Transkaspien, i, Zool., 1890. 9. —— ‘‘Verzeichniss der... aus Griechenland . . . mitgebrachten Vertreter der Landschneckengattung Clausilia, Drp.’’: Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xvi, 31-68, 1891. ‘‘Neue Nenia: Bestimmungsschliissel und Literaturnachweise fiir die bis jetzt bekannten Nenia-Arten ’’: Nachr. Deut. Malak. Ges., xxi, 162-83, 1909. and SCHMACKER, B. ‘‘ Description of new Chinese Clausilie ’’: Proc. Malac. Soc., i, 100-17, 1895. 12. BourGcuienat, J. R. ‘‘ Histoire des Clausilies de France vivantes et fossiles’’: Ann. Sci. Nat., 1877, No. 10. Vo Coe RO ial PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. . BouRGUIGNAT, J. R. ‘‘ Histoire malacologique de l’Abyssinie’’: Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, Zool., sér. VI, xv, art. 2, 1883. Note prodromique sur les Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles recueillis par M. V. Giraud dans la région méridionale du lac Tanganyika ; Paris, 1885. Mollusques de l’ Afrique équatoriale ; Paris, 1889. . CazioT, EK. ‘‘ Etude sur la faune des Mollusques vivants terrestres et fluviatiles de l’ile de Corse’’: Bull. Soc. Sci. Corse, xxii, 1-354, 1903. . CLESSIN, 8. Deutsche Hxcursions-Mollusken-Fauna, 2nd ed. ; Nirnberg, 1884-5. . —— Die Molluskenfauna Oesterreich-Ungarns und der Schweiz ; Niirnberg, 1887. . FiscHER, H. and DAUTZENBERG, Ph. Mission Pavie Indo-Chine, 1879-95 : Mollusea, 332-450, 1904. . GERMAIN, L. ‘‘ Catalogue des Gastéropodes de la Syrie et de la Palestine’’: Bull. Mus. Paris, xviii, 440-52, 1912. . GUDE, G. K. Fauna of British India: Mollusea, ii, 1914. . HeUDE, P.-M. Mémoires concernant Vhistoire naturelle de lV Empire Chinois, tom. i-v ; Chang Hai (Mollusca, 1882-90). . HipauGo, J. G. Catalogo . . . de los Moluscos Terrestres de Espana, Portugal, y las Baleares ; Madrid, 1875. . Isseu, A. ‘‘ Molluschi borneensi’’: Mus. Civ. Ann. Genova, vi, 366-486, 1874. . JICKELI, C.F. ‘‘ Fauna der Land- und Siisswasser Mollusken Nord-Ost- Afrika’s’’: Nova Acta Leop. Car. Akad. Naturf., xxxvii, No. 1, 1-352, 1874. . LETOURNEUX, A. and BOURGUIGNAT, J. R. Prodrome de la Malacologie . . dela Tunisie ; Paris, 1887. . LinpHoLM, W. A. ‘“‘ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Weichthierfauna Siidrusslands’’: Nachr. Deut. Malak. Ges., xxxiii, 174, 1901. . Locarp, A. Les Coquilles Terrestres de France; Paris, 1894, pp. 1-370. MARTENS, E. von. Die Preussische Haxpedition nach Ostasien : Zool., Theil, Bd. ii: Mollusca, 1867. ‘* Uebersicht der Land- und Siisswasser Mollusken der ostafrikan- ischen Kiiste, von C. Guardafui bis Port Natal’’: in C. C. von der Decken, Reisen in Ost-Afrika, iii, 148-60, 1869. Vorderasiatische Conchylien ; Cassel, pp. 1-127, 1874. Reise in Turkestan : Mollusca, 1874. . — ‘Ueber die vom Geh. Rath Ehrenberg auf seine Reise durch Russland nach Sibirien im Jahre 1829 gesammelten Conchylien ”’ : S.B. Naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1875, 88-96. ‘“Ueber eine neue Zusendung central-asiatischer Land- und Siisswasser-Schnecken ’’: S.B. Naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1882, 103-7. . — ‘‘ Ueber Centralasiatische Mollusken’’: Mém. Acad. Imp. Se. St. Pétersb., ser. VII, xxx, No. 11, 1882. . MOLLENDORFF, O. F. von. ‘‘ Materialien zur Fauna von China’’: Jahrb. Deut. Malak. Ges., x, 228-69, 1883. ‘* Materialien zur Fauna von China’’: Jahrb. Deut. Malak. Ges., xiii, 156-210, 1886. ‘*Binnen Mollusken aus Westchina und Central Asien’’: Ann. Mus. Zool. St. Petersb., vi, 298-412, 1901. . MOQUIN-TANDON, A. Histoire Naturelle des Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles de France; Paris, ii, 1-646, 1855. . Mousson, A. Land- und Siisswasser-Mollusken von Java; Zurich, 1849. . NEUVILLE, H. and ANTHONY, R. ‘‘ Recherches sur les mollusques d’Abyssinie’’: Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. Paris, sér. IX, vili, 241-341, 1908. . NEVILL, G. Scientific Results of the Second Yarkand Mission : Mollusca, 1878. COOKE: ON THE GENUS CLAUSILIA. 269 . NoprE, A. ‘‘Moluscos de Portugal’?: Mem. Soc. Portug. Sci. Nat., 1913, 1-348. . PauLucct, March. Faune Malacologique de lV Italia et des Iles; Paris,1878. . PraGET, J. ‘‘Malacologie alpestre’’: Rev. Suisse Zool., Genéve, xxi, 439-575, 1913. 46. Pruspry, H. A. ‘‘The Land Mollusks of the Loo Choo Islands: Clausiliide ’’ : Proc. Acad. Philad., liii, 409-24, 1901. 47, —— ‘Catalogue of the Clausiliide of the Japanese Empire’’: Proc. Acad. Philad., liii, 647-56, 1901. 48. —— ‘Korea Land Shells’’: Proc. Acad. Philad., lx, 452-5, 1908. 49, and Hrrasg, Y. ‘‘ Catalogue of the Land and Freshwater Mollusca of Taiwan (Formosa)’’: Proc. Acad. Philad., lvii, 720-52, 1905. 50. PoLLONERA, C. Spedizione al Ruwenzori di S.A.R. Princ. Amadeo di Savoia; Parte Scient., i, Milano, 181-205, 1909. 51. Preston, H. B. ‘‘ Descriptions of thirty-six new species of land and freshwater shells from British East Africa, chiefly from Mount Kenia ...?: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. VIII, vii, 463-76, 1911. 52. SaRASIN, P. and F. Die Landmollusker von Celebes; Wiesbaden, 1899, 1-248. 53. SmitH, E. A. ‘‘ Zoological Results of the Ruwenzori Expedition”? : Trans. Zool. Soc., xix, 43-50, 1909. 54. STEENBERG, C. M. ‘‘ Verzeichniss der Landschnechen Diinemarks”’ : Nachr. Deut. Malak. Ges., xlv, 163-5, 1913. 55. Sykes, E. R. ‘‘ On the Clausilie of Sumatra’’: Proc. Malac. Soc., i 28-30, 1895. 56. ‘Note on the Clausilie recorded from Celebes, with descriptions of two new species’’: Journ. Malac., vi, 23-4, 1897. 57. WESTERLUND, C. A. Fauna Molluscorum Terrestriwm et Fluviatiliwm Svecie, Norvegie, et Danie; Stockholm, 1871-3, 1-651. 58, —— ‘‘Sibiriens Land- och Sétvatten Mollusker’’: K. Svensk. Akad. Handl., N.F., pt. ii, 1876. 59. —— Sveriges Norges Danmarks och Finlands Land och Sotvattens Mollusker : Tillage; Stockholm, 1884, 1-76. 60 —— Katalog der in der paliéarctischen Region lebenden Binnenconchylien ; Berlin, 1890. 61. WouHLBEREDT, O. ‘‘ Zur Fauna Montenegros und Nordalbaniens”’ : Wiss. Mitteil. Bosn. Herzegow., xi, 585-711, 1909. 62. —— ‘‘ Zur Molluskenfauna von Bulgarien’’: Abh. Ges. Gorl itz ,vii, 167-238, 1911. 270 ON HELICELLA (CANDIDULA) CRAYFORDENSIS, n.sp., FROM THE PLEISTOCENE DEPOSITS OF SOUTH-EASTERN ENGLAND. By A. S. Kennarp, F.G.S., and B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S. Read 12th March, 1915. Tue form we here describe has long been known from the Pleistocene deposits of South-Eastern England, as well as Northern France, but has always been assigned in faunal lists to Helicella caperata (Mont. ).? This determination had for a long time appeared to us unsatisfactory, and when better preserved forms were discovered at Woodston we were disposed to agree with the Rev. C. E. Y. Kendall* that the shell was more properly referable to H/. candidula (Studer), and under that name we included it in our List of British Non-Marine Mollusca, 1914 (p. 6). Further study has, however, convinced us that Mr. J. W. Jackson * is right, and that the form in question is in fact a new species. We therefore now describe it as such, taking the specific name from the British locality at which it was first and principally found. HELIcELLA (CANDIDULA) CRAYFORDENSIS, 0.Sp. Testa umbilicata, globoso-depressa, confertim irregulariter costulato- striata, sed apice nitida, fasciis spiralibus ornata, vel albida; spira convexa, depresso-conoidea, anfractus 43, convexi, lente accrescentes, ——. “Z WwW mM W'S if MC a INS WR fQS$s 4 AW \S » ultimus antice vix deflexus, ad peripheriam subrotundus, vix carinatus; apertura diagonalis, quadrato-lunaris ; peristoma acutum, ' Prestwich, Phil. Trans., cl, 1860, p. 286 ; Dawkins, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., xxiii, 1867, p. 100; Cheadle & Woodward, Proc. West London Sci. Assoc., i, 1876, p. 98; Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc., xi, 1890, table ; Kennard & Woodward, op. cit., xvii, 1901, table. ? Journ. Conch., xiv, 1913, p. 88. 5 ** Notes on the Candidula section of Helicella’?: Journ. Conch., xiv, 1914, p. 199. KENNARD & WOODWARD: ON HELICELLA CRAYFORDENSIS. 271 intus valde labiatum, labio remotiusculo, marginibus subconvergen- tibus, margine inferiori fere recto, columellari subrecte descendente, supra umbilicum pervium subexpanso. Diam. max. 6°5, min. 6 mm.; alt. 3°8 mm.; apert. 2°8 X 2°3 mm. Horizon and Localities.—Pleistocene at Crayford and Erith (Kent), Iford and Clacton (Essex), Brentford (Middlesex), Barnwell (Cam- bridgeshire), and Woodston (Huntingdonshire). The characteristic feature of the species is the flattened basal margin of the peristome that imparts a slightly quadrate appearance to the aperture, whilst the internal rib at this point is in some specimens so thickened as to suggest on casual inspection a tooth-like protuberance. From H. caperata it differs in being smaller and more depressed, with the umbilicus eccentric as in H. gigaxi; whilst the strie are less regular than in HZ. caperata and not so pronounced, the whorls are more convex, and the periphery not so keeled. From H. candidula it is similarly distinguished, save in the matter of size. The whorls, moreover, in H. candidula increase more rapidly in size than they do in the new species. From the small form of H. gigaxi, H. crayfordensis is at once separated by the irregular character of its striation. Some of the specimens from Ilford and Woodston, judging by the dimensions cited by Mr. Jackson (loc. cit.), are slightly larger than those we have seen. bo ~I bo ON THE MOUNTING OF RADUL FOR MICROSCOPIC EXAMINATION. By the Rev. E. W. Bowett, M.A. Read 12th March, 1915. PLATE VII. Ir is usual to mount objects destined for microscopical examination in some medium having approximately the same refractive index as the glass (or the average of the glasses) used in the construction of the lenses of the instrument. When this rule is transgressed the full resolving power of the microscope cannot be utilized. Radule are, in practice, usually mounted in a medium of lower refractive index than glass. ‘This is done because otherwise they would be invisible, or nearly so, unless viewed by polarized light. The polariscope method is very satisfactory with large species and low magnifications. The object is mounted in Canada balsam, and is barely visible on the slide, but with the aid of polarizer and analyser it shows up brilliantly. When, however, the smaller forms are reached, it is found that little can be seen, unless prisms of phenomenal size and transparency are employed, together with a powerful light. I therefore regard the polariscope method as ineligible. The ordinary preparations of radule in glycerin jelly are of varying visibility, because it is not possible to standardize the amount of water or glycerin included in the mount. I have successfully used in place of glycerin jelly Professor Gilson’s euparal, an artificial resin of low refractive index. It is much easier to employ than glycerin jelly, requires no ringing, and has the advantage of not being an aqueous medium. But it has the optical disadvantages inseparable from a medium of low refractive index. Dr. Boycott uses Farrant’s medium, by which results similar to those of glycerin jelly are produced. Oxidation eventually occurs. Glycerin jelly has been advocated and used by practically all the highest authorities on the subject of radule. ‘Therefore I have returned, time after time, to its use; only to be convinced each time that the optical disadvantages involved were real and insuperable. The camera is a severer critic of the microscopic image than the most fastidious microscopist, because it possesses no power of accommodation, and is incapable of ignoring distortion of form. And the camera, as I read its verdict, is plainly adverse to mounting in any but a homogeneous medium. Particularly bad are the results with high powers, for several reasons. The radule consist of fine serrated lines of structure, and these of themselves form diffraction gratings interfering with the normal diffraction system of the instrument. The apparent distance between the two layers of structure is greatly exaggerated, in addition to the exaggeration which naturally results from the use of a high numerical aperture, which is necessary for definition. And that aperture itself requires to be cut down in order to produce contrast, so that the efficiency of any objective is reduced Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol. XI, Pl. VII. eC Py wy RADULA OF POLITA SYDNEYENSIS. A. Mounted in glycerin jelly. B. After staining and remounting in Canada balsam. BOWELL: MOUNTING OF RADULZ. ike to about half of the normal. Further—and this is the most serious matter of all, since it is the real forms of objects that we require to trace, and not their spurious images—the particular structures that we have to deal with here are themselves capable of setting up definite disturbances of the image, by reason of their rounded or cylindrical shape. In a mass of low refractive index we have placed a number of rows of lenses of irregular form. They do not fail to present untrue appearances the moment that they are illuminated by any other than parallel beams. Thus, for example, the centres of the cones in a Vertigo necessarily appear black instead of white in a photograph taken at the critical focus; while if a false focus be substituted the result is indeed a dream, but different from reality. Even optically short spikes appear as rounded knobs when we have passed a certain measure of magnitude, necessitating a certain enlargement of numerical aperture to render the object distinctly visible. I have experimented with many media for mounting radule— practically, I believe, with all that are available. Not to trouble you with a long catalogue of rejected methods, I may just mention that media of higher refractive index have most of the disadvantages already described, together with some special ones of their own. But all this can be definitely and entirely avoided. The image with high powers can be made quite equal (except in the matter of depth) to that affcrded by objectives of greater focal length. The full aperture and resolving power of the objectives can be employed. Eye- straining can be entirely obviated. The preparations may be made quite permanent, and very much more distinct in every outline, by the adoption of a process of staining and mounting in a homogeneous medium, such as is used in almost all professional scientific researches. Our difficulty is then only to finda method by which the radula can be stained in such a way that all its details are clearly visible. Chitin itself, as it exists in the snail, cannot be stained by any known method. Butit is by no means difficult to effect a modification of its chemical constitution so that it becomes coloured by intrinsic or extrinsic matter. The chitin of all radule—even the Vertigos— contains enough iron to give a Prussian blue tint when it has been partially or entirely separated from its organic connexion. Anything that promotes oxidation will in a long or short time turn the radula brown—the colour of the familiar iron-mould. This is very frequently to be observed in old specimens which have been preserved for many years in aqueous media. It denotes an excessive proportion of water present in a glycerin jelly preparation. It is very usually to be seen at the nascent end of a radula extracted by long boiling in caustic alkali. Noticing one day that this brown colour at the end was replaced in some of my radule by a green verging upon blue, I instituted inquiries and found that the tube used for washing them had been previously used for containing a solution of the red prussiate of potash. Experiments showed that not only green but strong blue coloration could easily be obtained upon yellow radule by the application of this familiar reagent. Strange to say, styrax preparations were found to have oxidized the radule to a considerable 274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. extent. The blue stain thus obtained can be photographed by means of screens, but for precision it is not to be compared with that produced | by additive dye-stuffs. Rapid and thorough oxidation of the chitin, without damage to the radule, may be obtained by the application of an acidified solution of permanganate of potash. After blackening the unci with this fluid, I decolorize with oxalic acid. It is found that almost any of the ordinary stains will now take effect, but as my object is to produce a transparent staining, so that the outlines of one uncus may be clearly seen behind another, and that there may be no blocking out of light by dense shadows from the basal plates, I have provisionally selected dahlia as the best colour for the purpose. This gives good results with chromatic plates and a yellow or green screen, when it is desired to take a photograph. It is also possible to hydrolyse chitin by prolonged boiling in dilute acid, and this process 1s more speedily accomplished in the presence of picric acid. he hydrolysed chitin is also amenable to treatment with many stains, notably with acid fuchsin andindigocarmine. But in this method there is the disadvantage that unless the structure is less compact than usual, permeation takes a long time; andthe action begins at the basal plates, causing these to be most emphasized in the resulting stained slides. Butif it be desired to have a demonstration of the hollow structure of the unci, upon which the cones are built up by superficially induced thickenings, valuable information may be derived from partially hydrolysed specimens. The permanganate method will probably answer all requirements, though any other reagent which has the same effect might be substituted. I do not for a moment suggest that this process must supersede the well-known glycerin jelly method, which has been so industriously applied for many years by workers like Professor Gwatkin. But I claim that it gives a truer picture of the radula in all cases, and that the employment of a stain followed by mounting in Canada balsam is in accordance with the soundest principles of microscopy. The accompanying plate represents the radula of Polita sydneyensis, Cox (scharffi, Kennard ; Hyalinia cellaria, var. compacta, Jeff.?). The upper division shows the specimen in glycerin jelly, the lower division shows the same specimen after staining and remounting in Canada balsam. 275 NOTE ON HYGROMIA HISPIDA, var. NANA, JEFF. By the Rev. E. W. Bowen, M.A. ; Read 12th March, 1915. Mr. Kennarp recently pointed out to me a shell in my collection as a typical example of this form, which is said to be equivalent to H. nebulata, Menke. The specimen was taken at Leatherhead, and is now exhibited. Height 4mm., major diameter 7:1 mm. The genitalia showed four simple digitate glands on each side. Typical Aispeda may show six on each side, but it will generally be found that these are disposed in groups of two, so that they would be better described as three double digitations. I find, however, that there is considerable variation in the number of the glands, large specimens tending to possess more glands and more branching. CARAS (ER SS EEE EEE The radula, of which a sketch is here submitted, is 1°8 mm. long and 0:65mm. wide. ‘here are 88 rows of unci, distributed according to the formula 13. 10. 1. 10. 18. The more external admedians tend ~ to become larger until the last two are reached, and these are very similar to the externals. ‘The most striking feature about the radula is the length and narrowness of the mesocones, except in the external region. I do not find anything similar in young examples of typical hispida, while in adult specimens there is a marked tendency to vary in the opposite direction. In the present specimen the cones of the external unci are more than usually short; variation in this respect is common in Aespida, but it is much more usual to find prolongation of these cones in the smaller examples. I refrain from giving measurements of these small structures, because I do not yet possess a series mounted in balsam, and the -trial measurements of glycerin jelly preparations have proved un- satisfactory, owing to the relatively high numerical aperture required to produce sharp outlines at the necessary magnification. It seems possible that J7. mebulata may be another of these barely distinct small Helices, and it may be worth while for those who have the opportunity to pay special attention to its economy and distribution. VOL. XI.—JUNE, 1915. 20 NOTES ON SWAINSON’S HXOTIC CONCHOLOGY. By C. Davies Surrporn! and ALEXANDER REYNELL.* Read 12th March, 1915. For many years Swainson’s Lvotie Conehology has been a_biblio- graphical puzzle. No one seemed to have seen what he could feel sure was a complete copy of the first edition, or knew what the first edition really contained. ‘Three copies have come under our notice, those belonging to the Radcliffe Library, Oxford, Mr. Reynell, and Mr. E. R. Sykes; the first and second in four original parts as published. We have been waiting patiently for years for two more parts believed to be required to complete the work. All the evidence, however, now points to the fact that Edition 1 was published and completed (as far as it got) in four parts, each part containing 8 lithographed plates, coloured or uncoloured according to the price the subscriber could pay. The colouring is particularly good in most cases. With Part 1 were issued sixteen * pages of letterpress, consisting of a Title Page with the back as usual blank, except that the Printer’s name is inscribed thereon, two pages of advertisement, and the succeeding pages occupied with descriptions of the species illustrated. No further text appears to have been issued. Besides the Reynell copy, a second, with the front covers preserved, exists in the Radcliffe Library, Oxford, and we are much indebted to Sir Henry Miers for an exhaustive examination and very complete notes made for Mr. Sherborn in 1906. This copy appears to have two pages of the letterpress in duplicate, while four pages which should be there are missing. It also wants two plates from Part II, namely, Murex regius, Swn., and Anodon sinuatus (or sinuosa), Lamk. A third copy, of which Mr. E. R. Sykes kindly sent particulars, is without covers, and complete with the exception that the four pages of text missing in the Radcliffe Library copy are here also missing. Our notes are based on the Reynell copy. During 1834 and 1835 the book was reissued with an Engraved Title Page, and two other parts, each containing eight plates, were added. Of this reissue the British Museum, Bloomsbury, possesses 5 Parts in the original covers, once belonging to Major-General ‘Thomas Hardwicke, who died on the 38rd of March, 1834, and therefore could not have received the sixth part. On the covers he fortunately noted the dates on which he received each part. Mr. Reynell has a complete copy in six parts with covers, but there are no manuscript dates on them. Apparently this set originally belonged to W. J. Broderip, as his name is written on one of the covers. ' By permission of the Trustees of the British Museum. * Mr. E. R. Sykes, who contemplated a paper on this book, kindly withdrew in our favour, and handed over his copy for examination. Mr. Reynell has, very generously, allowed the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) to acquire his splendid copies of the first and second issues.—C. D. 8. * We do not know with which parts the text really appeared : in all probability pp. i-iv, 1-8 with part 1, and 9-16 with either part 3 or part 4. SHERBORN & REYNELL!: SWAINSON’S EXOTIC CONCHOLOGY. 277 In 1841 Sylvanus Hanley published a second edition of the forty- eight plates, with eee of the species illustrated (Title-page, Advertisement, and pp. 5-39). Many of the plates were redrawn and the following note on p. 4 sufficiently explains the reason of the republication : “But few words are requisite to preface the second edition of the Exotic Conchology. Mr. Swainson on quitting England having left this beautiful work in an unfinished condition, to me has been committed the task of reducing the whole into systematic arrangement, of drawing up descriptions of species, and adding such synonyms as the advanced state of Conchological knowledge might require. This charge to the best of my power I have fulfilled, adopting that system of classification, to the establishment and elucidation of which so many years of the author’s lifetime have been devoted. S. H.’? We will now proceed to the detailed description of the two issues of the First Edition. First Edition, 1821-1822. As far as can be ascertained the first edition reached no further than Parts 1-4, which were published between August, 1821, and March, 1822. William Wood in his ‘‘ Catalogue of an Extensive and Valuable Collection of the Best Works on Natural History, etc.’’, London, 1824, mentions parts 1-4 only, issued in three forms, i.e. (a) with plates uncoloured, (4) coloured, and (ce) both coloured and uncoloured, and priced at 10s. 6d., 16s. Od., and £1 1s. Od. each part respectively. The Title on each cover reads as follows :— Exotic Conchology; | or | Figures and Descriptions | of | Rare, Beautiful, or Undescribed | Shells. | By | William Swainson, F.R.S., F.L.S. | Member of the Wernerian Society of Edinburgh, | Historic Society of New York, &e. | [Part . 2.) | containing 295 ”./| London: | Printed for William Wood, Strand; and J. and A. Arch, Cornhill. | Price [ filled in in ink ]. The Contents of each Part and Date of issue are as follows :— Part 1, August, 1821. _ {Text; Title] Exotic Conchology; | or | Figures and Descriptions | of | Rare, Beautiful, or Undescribed | Shells, | Drawn on Stone from the Most Select Specimens ; | The descriptions systematically arranged | on the principles of MM. Cuvier and de Lamarck, | with references to the Linnean Classification. | By William Swainson, F.R.S., F.L.S. | Member of the Wernerian Society of Edinburgh, | the Historic Society of New York, &c. | Vol. 1. | London: | Printed for William Wood, Strand; and J. and A. Arch, Cornhill. | 1821. | [Back of Title] Printed by Richard and Arthur Taylor, Shoe Lane. 278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. ‘Two pages of Advertisement [111] and iv followed by twelve, unnumbered pages of text. The first page deals with the ‘‘ Family, Volutz. Genus Voluta”’ The latter is divided into three “Sections ”’, Cymbeole, Musicales and Fusoidew, whose characters are diagnosed. The second page deals with Voluta, Sect. L; V. diadema, Lam. and V. tessellata, Lam. are described. The third page deals with Voluta, Sect. 2; and V. nivosa, Lam. is described. The fourth page deals with Voluta, Sect. 2; V. marmorata, is described by W. Swainson as a sp. nov. The fifth page deals with Voluta, Sect. 3; and V. pacifica, Chemn. and V. tuberculata, are described; the latter as a sp. nov. by Swainson, who mentions that there is a possibility of its being the V. subnodosa, of Dr. Leach. The sixth page continues Voluta, Sect. 3; and V. elongata, and V. angulata, are described as spp. nov. by Swainson. The seventh page goes back to Voluta, Sect. 1; and V. @thiopica, L. and V. melo, Lam. are described. The eighth page continues with Voluta, Sect. 1; and V. cymbium, Lam. and V. rubiginosa, are described, the latter by Swainson as a sp. nov. The ninth page continues with Voluta, Sect. 1; and V. olla, Gmel. and V. porcina, Lam. are described. The tenth page continues with Voluta, Sect. 1; and V. proboseidalis, Lam. and V. scapha, Gmel. are described. The eleventh page deals with Pterocera as a division of the Strombi, and P. aurantia, P. nodosa, Brug. and P. robusta, are described. The first is presumably Lamarcek’s species, and Strombus scorpio, Martini, is given as a synonym, the third is described as a sp, nov. by Sienna, and its nearest ally given as P. nodosa, Brug. The twelfth page continues Plerocera, and P. elongata, P. millepeda, L. and P. violacea, Martini, are described. The first is separated from the second, and described as a sp. nov. by Swainson. The text ends here; no more text seems to have been published until the second edition by Sylvanus Hanley in 1841. Eight Plates follow, illustrating Voluta diadema, Lam. Voluta angulata (under side). », marmorata, Sw. Achatina maginata, var. », nivosa, Lam, Modiola elongata, Sw. 5, angulata, Sol. Unio alatus, Lam. [ Latin names only given here. On the outside of the back cover is the following :—‘* This work is intended to contain accurate and faithfully coloured figures of some of the most beautiful and rare Shells that remain undescribed, or are imperfectly figured by former writers, and which, from their size, cannot conveniently be introduced in the ‘Zoological Illus- trations’, now in a course of publication. The unreserved access to some of the principal cabinets in this Country, with which the author has been favoured, will enable him to select as subjects for the work, SHERBORN & REYNELL: SWAINSON’S EXOTIC CONCHOLOGY. 279 many Shells of the greatest rarity and beauty; at the same time he will feel obliged by the intimation of any others, existing in cabinets he has not yet inspected, and which, if adapted to the work and intrusted to him, shall be most faithfully and expeditiously returned. The Plates will be engraved on Stone by the Author, and after- wards carefully finished in colours under the superintendence of Mr. Graves. It is intended to be published (on a royal quarto size) in parts, to appear every two months, each containing eight plates, and the letterpress (which will be given in the course of publication) arranged systematically. The whole will be completed in two volumes ; the price of each part, 10s. 6d. plain or 16s. coloured; or, with both plain and coloured impressions, One Guinea, Printed by R. and A. Taylor, Shoe Lane, London.” Part II, October, 1821. Contains eight plates. Pterocera amantia, Sw. Achatina sultana, Fér. Strombus pugilus, var. Lin. Voluta tessellata, Lam. 5» seapha. 5) pacifica, Sol. Murex regius, Sw. Anodon sinuatus, on cover ; sinuosa, Lam. on plate. On the outside of the back cover is the following ‘‘ Advertisement ”’: ‘“It will be perceived from our Prospectus, that we have not pledged ourselves to give a portion of the Letter-press in every Part ; for as we intend the Descriptions should follow in systematic order, this, under the form we have printed it, would be impossible. Our Subseribers will not, however, suffer beyond a little delay ; for after a few Parts are published, they will find that all the Plates will be described, though the Descriptions will not accompany the contents of each particular Part.” ‘““N.B. The Author will feel much indebted to any Collector for the loan of a small and fine specimen of Voluta Neptuni, Dillwyn’s Catalogue, vol. i, page 578, also of V. Corona, Dill. 576. Martini 10. tab. 148. 1887 & 8, and Voluta Junonia, Martini 11. 177. 1703 & 4, and pledges himself to return them within three weeks of the time he -may be favoured with them, if left in the care of Mr. Wood, No. 428, Strand, who, if required, will give a receipt for the same.” Part III. December 1821. (Contains eight plates.) Strombus pacificus, Sw. Mitra glabra, Sw. Fusus aruanus, Sw. Voluta elongata, Sw. Do. (underside). 280 PROCEKDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Voluta melo, Sol. Achatina maculata, Sw. LHyria elongata, Sw. Part LV. March 1822. (Contains eight plates. ) Voluta poreina, Lam. ,, olla, Linn. ,, undulata, Lam. 5, rubiginosa, Sw. 5, tuberculata, Sw. Mitra pertusa, Sw. Strombus tricornis, Humph. Ss gallus, Linn. [The Plates are not numbered; but the name of each species or variety illustrated is given at the bottom of each plate, printed, or written in ink, with the Author’s name attached and the source of the specimen. | Reissue of first edition, in part redrawn; with two additional parts. 1834—1835 ? This consists of six parts, the first four being a reissue with minor differences of the first issue, to which were added two new parts. The Titles on the front covers of Parts I-III are as follows :— ‘Exotic Conchology; | or | Figures and Descriptions | of | Rare, Beautiful, or Undescribed | Shells. | By | William Swainson, F.R.S. & F.L.S. | Member of the Wernerian Society of Edinburgh, | Historic Society of New York, &c. | Part I [2, 3] | containing [no contents are given|| London: | Printed for William Wood, Strand; and J. and A. Arch, Cornhill. | Price”? [amount written in ink] | There was a slip inserted in Part Il referring to the first Series of the Ornithological Drawings, the ‘ Birds of Brazil’, by W. Swainson. It also states ‘‘ Exotic Conchology. After the Third Part, the Price of the succeeding will be raised to non-subscribers from 10s. 6d. to 14s.” The Titles on the Front Covers of Parts [V—-VI are as follows:— ‘‘ Dedicated | to | The Rev. Joseph Goodall, D.D. F.L.S. &c.| Provost of Eton. | Exotic Conchology; | or | Figures and Descriptions of Rare, Beautiful, or Undescribed | Shells. | By | William Swainson, Esq. M.P.S. Camb. | and of several Foreign Academies. | Part 4 [5, 6]. | London: | Published by Baldwin and Craddock, Paternoster Row; and J. and J. Arch, Cornhill. | Prices. Plain 7s. Coloured 10s. 6d. (Non-Subseribers 14s.) Double Plates (Sub- scribers) 15s. | Published every other Month, and to be completed in Six Parts.” | At the end of W. Swainson’s ‘Elements of Modern Conchology ’, etc., London, 1835, appears the following Advertisement :— SHERBORN & REYNELL: SWAINSON’S EXOTIC CONCHOLOGY. 281 ‘Exotic Conchology, or highly finished Drawings of some of the most rare costly or interesting Foreign Shells. Complete in seven parts. Royal Quarto each with 8 plates, price 10s. 6d. each part.” This seventh part, if it ever appeared (? a printer’s error), has not been seen. The Contents and Dates of Publication of the 1834-5 reissue and continuation are as follows, the dates being taken from the endorsements on the covers of Major-General Thomas Hardwicke’s copy in the British Museum (730 1. 24). Part I. Jany 15th, 1854. Engraved Title Page as follows :— Exotic | Conchology | or | Drawings and Descriptions | of Rare, Beautiful or Undescribed | Shells. | By | William Swainson, Ksq. FRS. LS. PS Camb. | and of several Foreign Acadamies [size]. | London | Baldwin & Cradock J. & A. Arch. Treuttel. Wirtz & Richter. W. Wood. | and by Robt. Havell, 77, Oxford St. | 1834 Ne letterpress, though it is possible that some copies were provided with loose text remaining over from the first issue. | Contains 8 Plates Coloured and 8 Plates Plain, illustrating the same species as in the original issue; but they are not in the same order of arrangement. Part II. April Ist 1834. Contains 8 Plates Coloured and 8 Plates Plain, illustrating the same species as in the original issue with the exception of Plate 5, which is devoted to Strombus alatus, Gmel., instead of Strombus pugilis, var. Lin., as in the original issue. On Plate 16 one reads Anodonta sinuosis, Swain., instead of Anodonta sinuosa, Lamk., as in the original issue, but the shell is the same in both. Part III. June 2nd 1834. Contains 8 Plates Coloured and 8 Plates Plain, illustrating the same species as in the original issue. In Plate 20 the species illustrated is named Cymbviola elongata, Sw., and the other view Voluta elongata, Sw. In the original issue they both read Voluta elongata, Sw. Part IV. Jany 12th 1835. Contains 8 Plates Coloured and 8 Plates Plain, illustrating the same species as in the original issue. Part V. Jany 12th 1835. Contains 8 Plates Coloured and 8 Plates Plain. Pl. 33. Voluta Junonia, Lam. » 34. 4, cymbum, Lin., Mus. D. Bainbridge, on Plain Plate. cymbium, Mus. Domee Bambridge, on Coloured Plate. », 930. Cyprea pulchella, Sw. », 36. Anodon ovatus, Sw. Pl. 37. Anodon rotundatus, Sw. 5, 388. Voluta maculata, Sw. » 39. 4, @ethiopica, Linn. » 40. ,, tugubris, Sw. Part VI. [undated] but not earlier than March 1st 1835. Contains 8 Coloured and 8 Plain Plates. Pl. 41. Voluta harpa, Sw. » 42. 4, gracls, Sw. » 48. 4, pactfica. » 44. 4, + sebra. ; », 45. ,, ehrysostoma, Sw. », 46. Strombus laciniatus. ee re melanastomus. 5, 48. Voluta seapha. The Plates of the first four parts of the reissue were nearly all, if not every one, redrawn, and differ, some very much, from those in the original issue; and one remarks that their colouring is not quite so good. The Plain Plates of the reissue are in the Reynell copy on India paper of a pale grey-brown tint, mounted on white paper. The Plates have no printed numbers, but in the Reynell copy they have been added in ink. The Second Edition 1841. As this is quite a common book, such notes as are necessary have been given in the introductory remarks. ON RANELLA LEUCOSTOMA, LAMARCK. By Epear A. Surru, 1.8.0. Read 9th April, 1915. Tnx object of the present note is to find a permanent generic resting- place ! for this well-known shell, which in the past has been shifted from one genus to another, and also to raise to specific rank a form from South Africa hitherto regarded as a variety of it. In the year 1811 it was placed in the genus Biplew by Perry; in 1822 Lamarck, and Deshayes in 1830, called it a Ranella; in 1833 it was deemed a Zriton by Quoy & Gaimard; in 1842, 1848, 1844, 1870, 1886, 1892, and 1908 it reverted to Ranella on the authority of Kiener, Deshayes, Reeve, Kobelt, Sowerby, and Martens; in 1857 Gray transferred it to Apollon; in 1853 and 1867 it reposed in Bursa (sub-genus Apollon) teste H. & A. Adams and Angas; in 1881 and 1885 Tryon and Watson regarded it as a Ranella of the sub-genus Argobuccinum; in 1888, on the authority of Pritchard & Gathiff, Lotorium (sub-genus Argobuccinum) claimed it; in 1901 and 1902 Hedley and Kesteven gave it a temporary resting-place in Gyrineum; in 1904 Hutton placed it in Apollo; in 1906 Smith referred it to Septa, and in 1912 and 1913 Vereco and Suter located it in Argobuccinum. In deciding the proper position of this species it all depends upon what characters should be regarded of generic importance. If it were merely a question of selecting the oldest name applied to the groups ‘ Zrzton’ and ‘ Ranella’, as understood by Lamarck, the matter would be comparatively simple, but in the present day the tendency is to multiply generic divisions, and consequently there is much more difficulty, in the present case at all events, of selecting the right genus. Since fanella leucostoma in shell characters has a greater general resemblance to the big ‘ Zriton shells’ (e.g. rubicunda, Perry = australis, Lamarck) than to any other group, and the opercula are similar, I am inclined to place it along with them in the genus Charonia of Gistel. Dall? at one time considered this name synonymous with Septa of Perry, but it has since been pointed out by Matthews & Iredale* that this was a false conclusion. Iredale * subsequently clearly proved that the type of Septa of Perry is not the species selected by Dall, who at the time had not consulted Perry’s earlier work, the Arcana, in which the first introduction of Septa appeared. The external features of the animal of Ranella leucostoma have been described by Quoy & Gaimard,® and they are similar in general 1 This is almost a hopeless task until the animals of the various groups of Tritons have been investigated. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. xlviii, p. 134, 1904. Victorian Naturalist, vol. xxix, p. 9, 1912. Nautilus, vol. xxvii, p. 55, 1913. Voy. Astrolabe, Zool., vol. ii, p. 547. 2 3 4 7) 284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. character to those of typical forms of Charonia. Beyond a few words descriptive of the radula by the same authors nothing is known of it, and consequently one cannot compare it with the radule of ‘ Tritonium nodiferum? and ‘ 7. variegatum’ as described and figured by 'Troschel.’ It is therefore simply on conchological characters that I now place this species in the genus Charonta. In a specific point of view this species has been more fortunate, having only twice received a trivial name. Perry in 1811 was the first to describe it under the name Biplex australasva, and then Lamarck in 1822 designated it Ranedla leucostoma, under which name it was commonly referred to until attention was directed to Perry’s work by Mr. Hedley? in 1901, and since that date, with one or two exceptions, the name australasia has been accepted. In following this general practice I suggest emending the word by adding a terminal na, and thus making it a proper qualifying term, australasiana. CHARONIA AUSTRALASIANA (Perry). 1811. Biplex australasia, Perry, Conchology, pl. iv, fig. 2. 1822. Ranella leucostoma, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., vol. vii, p. 150. 1830. £. leucostoma, Deshayes, Encycl. Méthod., Vers, vol. iii | Urnteyt ites 1833. Triton leucostomum, Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool., vol. ii, p. 546, pl. xl, figs. 3-5. 1842. Ranella leucostoma, Kiener, Coq. Viv., p. 29, pl. 1x, fig. 1. 1843. 2. leucostoma, Deshayes, Anim. sans Vert., 2nd ed., vol. ix, . 042. 1844. Lt en Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. ii, pl. i, fig. 4. 1853. Bursa (Apollon) leucostoma, H. & A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll, volo i ssp.. 106. 1857. Apollon leucostomum, Gray, Guide Syst. Distrib. Moll. Brit. Mus., pt. 1, p. 42. 1867. Bursa (Apollon) leucostoma, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 189. 1870. R&R. leucostoma, Kobelt, Conchyl. Cab., p. 127, pl. xxxviia, fig. 4. 1881. &. (Argobuceinum) leucostoma, Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. iii, p. 42, pl. xxiii, figs. 53, 54. 1885. R. (Argobuccinum) leucostoma, Watson, Challenger Gasterop., pao: 1898. Lotorium (Argobuceinum) leucostoma, Pritchard & Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. x, p. 268. 1902. Gyrineum australasia, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1901, VO) xxXvis pp. Ook. 1902. G. australasia, Kesteven, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1901, vol. xxvi, p. 713, pl. xxxvi, fig. 1, protoconch. 1904. Apollo australasia, Hutton, Index Faune Nov. Zeal., p. 75. 1912. Argobuccinum australasia, Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr., vol. xxxvi, p. 220. ? ' Gebiss der Schnecken, vol. i, pp. 232, 233, pl. xix, figs. 11, 12. 2 Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1901, vol. xxvi, p. 631, 1902. SMITH: ON RANELLA LEUCOSTOMA, LAMARCK. 285 1913. A. australasia, Suter, Man. New Zeal. Moll., p. 310, pl. xlin, fig. 5. Hab.—East and South Australia, New Zealand (North Island), Kermadec Islands, Norfolk Island. CHARONIA POECILOSTOMA, N.Sp. 1886. anella leucostoma, var. (?), Sowerby, Journ. Conch., vol. v, D; So. 1892. R. leucostoma, Lamarck, var., Sowerby, Marine Shells South Africa, p. 9. 1903. R. leucostoma, Lam., var. poecilostoma, Martens, Deutsch. Tiefsee-Exped. Valdivia, vol. vii, p. 56. 1906. Septa leucostoma, Smith, Ann. Natal Mus., vol. i, p. 41. Hab.—Cape Colony and Natal. As pointed out by Sowerby and Martens, this species differs from Charonia leucostoma in always having ‘“ dark-brown blotches” on the labrum, which in lewcostoma is invariably pure white. In adult specimens this dark-brown colour also occurs on the outer edge of the callus, which is spread over the columella, and about the middle and above the tubercle on the upper part it forms large suffused blotches. There does not appear to be any other marked feature to distinguish the two forms, but judging from six examples from South Africa and eighteen from Australia and New Zealand, the varices on the former, especially on the spire, are less raised and not so deeply pitted behind. Also the general form of the shell is a trifle broader. 286 NOTE ON NAUTILUS MOKATTAMENSIS, A. H. FOORD, FROM THE EOCENE OF EGYPT. By G. C. Crick, F.G.S., of the British Museum (Natural History). Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum. Read 9th April, 1915. PLATE VIII. THe species Vautilus mokattamensis was founded by Dr. Foord! upon two fragments in the British Museum. Of these, one,* from the Eocene of the Mokattam range near Cairo, was figured, and may therefore be regarded as the type. The species was described as follows: ‘Shell (cast) inflated, somewhat compressed on the sides, rather narrowly rounded on the periphery. Aperture very wide, semi-lunate. | Umbilicus small, with steep sides. Septa approximate. Sutures flexuous, forming a conspicuous forwardly-directed lobe [saddle] in the umbilical region, then curved backwards in a broad and shallow sinus, and again a little forwards, and making a narrow [? shallow | but distinct sinus on the periphery. ‘The position of the siphuncle is not seen. None of the test is present.” Nautilus mokattamensis.—a, front view of the type-specimen; 0, lateral view of the same. Eocene: Mokattam range, near Cairo, Egypt. A little less than one-half of the natural size. Original in the British Museum Collection, Geol. Dept., register number 3404. (After Foord.) The figures do not, however, give quite a correct idea of the fossil. The specimen consists of the natural cast of about one-half of a whorl of the septate portion of a shell; the outer portion of the anterior part of the specimen is very much eroded, more so than is shown in the side view given by the author (see fig. 16), so that the form of the cross-section of the whorl is not quite correctly represented in the front view accompanying the author’s description (see fig. la); 1 A. H. Foord, Cat. Foss. Ceph. Brit. Mus., p. ii, 1891, pp. 329, 394, figs. 85a, b. British Museum Collection, Geol. Dept., register number C. 3404. CRICK: ON NAUTILUS MOKATTAMENSIS, FOORD. 287 the height of the whorl was originally relatively greater. A trans- verse section of the whorl at about the middle of the fossil has approximately the following dimensions: height, 50 mm. ; thickness, 64:5 mm.; height above preceding whorl, 31 mm.; amount of indentation by preceding whorl, 19mm. ‘The septa are about 18 or 19 mm. apart at the centre of the periphery. The specimen was presented to the National Collection by Sir Richard Owen, and from the fact that it has been labelled in Dr. Henry Woodward’s handwriting: ‘‘ Nautilus Forbesi, d’Arch. ” ; it is doubtless the specimen referred to under that name by Professor Owen in his paper ‘‘ On the Fossil Evidence of a Sirenian Mammal from the Nummulitic Eocene of the Mokattam Cliffs, near Cairo” (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxxi, p. 103, 1875), as may also be inferred from both Dr. Foord’s remarks, and the fact that Dr. Foord gives this reference in his synonymy of the species (op. e7t., p. 329). Besides the type, the National Collection contains two other examples, both internal casts, labelled by Dr. Foord ‘* Nautilus mokattamensis’’. One of these,! about one-half of the outer whorl of an example of about 90mm. in diameter, exhibits a portion of the body-chamber, the last camera (or ‘ air- chamber’) being only about one-half of the depth of the preceding chamber, a character from which it may be inferred that the shell belonged to an adult individual, so that the species does not appear to have attained a large size. The other specimen? in the collection is labelled ‘Egypt ? Dr. Hooker’; it was transferred from the Museum of Practical Geology together with other foreign collections in 1880. It formed part of a larger shell than either of the other two, and consists only of the umbilical region, the side and part of the peripheral area of about three-fourths of the outer whorl, including a small part of the body- chamber. The umbilicus is very small, and may have been closed when the shell was present. The septa are relativ ely wider apart than in the other two specimens. The fossil is preserved in a whitish limestone, whilst the specimens from the Mokattam range are in a buff or yellowish-coloured limestone. In 1901 M. Cossmann®* described and figured, under the name Nautilus nubart, from the Mokattam escarpment near Cairo, a species which he subsequently admitted‘ was the same as Foord’s NV. mokattamensis. In 1906 a very poor example and a detached septum, both from the Mokattam escarpment, but not from precisely the same locality, were figured, and referred to Foord’s species, by P. Oppenheim,® who supplemented Cossmann’s description, at the same time pointing out its resemblance to Sowerby’s Wautilus ¢mperialis. 1 British Museum Collection, Geol. Dept., register number 83132. * British Museum Collection, Geol. Dept., register No. C. 3403. 3M. Cossmann, ‘‘ Additions 4 la faune nummulitique d’Egypte’’: Bull. Inst. Kgypt., sér. IV, no. 1, p. 174, pl. i, fig. 8, 1900 (1901). M. Cossmann, Rev. crit. Paléozool., vii, p. 67, 1903. P. Oppenheim, Paleontographica, Bd. xxx, Abth. iii, Lief. 2, p. 344, pl. xxvii, fig. 15, text-figure (fig. 35), 1906. = 288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Since Dr. Foord’s original description of Nautilus mokattamensis appeared, the National Museum has received as a donation from H. Pearson, Esq., a so much better example of this species from the Mokattam escarpment, near Cairo, that it seems to merit description. This specimen! (Pl. VIII, Figs. a, 6), although smaller than either of the other examples in the collection, isa fairly complete internal cast of the septate portion of a shell, having the following measurements : diameter, 79 mm. (1); height of outer whorl, 45 mm. (0°569) ; ditto above preceding whorl, 29mm. (0°367); greatest thickness, 62 mm. (0°784); width of umbilicus, 6mm. (0°0759). The last two septa are 17°5mm. apart at the centre of the periphery. Where the whorl is only 16mm. high and its height above the preceding whorl 10°5 mm., the siphuncle is very near the dorsal (inner) edge of the septum, but with the growth of the shell the siphuncle gradually recedes from the dorsum until at the anterior end of the specimen, 1.e., where the whorl is 45 mm. high, it becomes almost exactly median. Commencing suddenly near the median line of the peripheral area of the end of the penultimate whorl, and extending thence over the first sixth of the outer whorl, there is, a little on one side of the median line, a longi- tudinal fairly deep and broad groove; this ceases rather abruptly, and almost exactly on the median line of the periphery another narrow groove originates and extends over about another sixth of the outer whorl, broadening in its course and gradually disappearing; the median line of the peripheral area of the rest of the whorl is occupied by a fairly distinct raised line (the ‘normal line’), The longitudinal groove is accompanied on each side by several obscure irregularly- spaced coarse backwardly-curved ribs, and is evidently the result of injury to the shell. The greatest thickness of the whorl is at about two-fifths of the height of the whorl from the edge of the umbilicus. No portion of the test is present; if it had been preserved the umbilicus would doubtless have been very small, or possibly even closed. ‘he septa are moderately concave, and their dorsal margin is projected forward; there is no dorsal (annular or columellar) lobe even where the whorl is only 16 mm. high, and its height above the preceding whorl 10°5 mm. The description of the species may therefore be emended as ‘follows: Shell (cast) of medium size, ovate, moderately inflated, rather rapidly expanding; greatest thickness at about two-fifths of the height of the outer whorl from the edge of the umbilicus, about four-fifths of the diameter of the shell; height of outer whorl about four-sevenths of the diameter of the shell. Whorls (? number) ; inclusion almost complete; umbilicus small. Whorl semi-elliptical in transverse section, about one-third wider than high; indented to about one-third of its height by the preceding whorl; periphery not very broadly rounded, imperfectly defined from the sides, exhibiting ‘normal line’; sides convergent, flattened, feebly convex ; umbilical zone sloping towards the centre of the umbilicus, convex, with subangular margin. Length of body-chamber and aperture not seen. ! British Museum Collection, Geol. Dept., register No. C. 12426. CRICK: ON NAUTILUS MOKATTAMENSIS, FOORD. 289 Chambers moderately deep, about two-ninths of the diameter of the shell in depth at the median line of the periphery, about sixteen in a whorl. Septa moderately concave, their dorsal (inner) margin projected forward. Siphuncle sub-dorsan in the nepionic stage, but gradually becoming median in the ephebic(?) stage. Suture-line with a sinus on the umbilical zone, a well-marked saddle on the outer side of the umbilical margin, a feeble sinus on the middle of the lateral area, a broad low saddle on the peripheral margin, an exceedingly shallow sinus on the peripheral area, and no dorsal (annular or columellar) lobe. ‘Test not seen. Though apparently closely related to D’Archiac & Haime’s Nautilus Jorbest,! of which the type-specimen came from the Eocene of Sind, India, that species is not only, as Dr. Foord pointed out, a ‘‘ much narrower and more compressed shell”, but compared with the Egyptian form its siphuncle is nearer the dorsal (or inner) edge of the septum. From Nautilus imperialis,* to which the Egyptian form has a considerable resemblance, and which has already been recorded * from the Mokattam Range, Nautilus mokattamensis is distinguished by its relatively greater thickness, the more nearly median position of its siphuncle, and the greater slope of the outer side of the saddle situated near the umbilical margin. ' Le Vicomte d’Archiac and Haime, ‘‘ Description des animaux fossiles du groupe nummulitique de l’Inde,”’ etc., livr. ii, p. 338, pl. xxxiv, figs. 12, 12a, 1854. The type-specimen, at one time in the Museum of the Geological Society of London, and bearing the No. R. 9591, is now in the British Museum. It is somewhat crushed, and consists of half of a whorl of the septate portion of the shell, 73-5 mm. (1) indiameter. Its other measure- ments are: height of outer whorl, 48 mm. (0-653) ; ditto above preceding whorl, 26 mm. (0-353); greatest thickness, 44 mm. (0-598); centre of siphuncle, 21-5 mm. from the ventral (peripheral) and 4-5 mm. from the dorsal (inner) margin of the septum. The siphuncle is 4-5 mm. in diameter. The umbilicus is obscured by matrix; it was probably nearly closed. There is a feeble umbilical shoulder just on the umbilical side of the saddle on the lateral area. It is obvious from D’Archiac and Haime’s fig. 12a, which is fairly accurate (except that the outline of the umbilicus seems to have been added), that the lower part of fig. 12 has been restored. 2 J. Sowerby, Min. Conch., vol. i, No. 1 (June, 1812), p. 9, pl. i, upper, right- hand (with septum in outline below), and middle figures; and J. de C. Sowerby, op. cit., vol. vii, No. 109 (February, 1843), p. 35, pl. dexxvii, fig. 4. A completely septate example of this species in the British Museum Collection from the London Clay of Primrose Hill, Middlesex [register No. 50164], has the following dimensions : diameter, 54-6 mm. (1) ; greatest thickness, 38-8mm. (0-71); height of outer whorl, 34-1mm. (0-624) ; ditto above preceding whorl, 22-1 mm. (0-404) ; centre of siphuncle from the dorsal (inner) edge of the septum, 9-4 mm. The measurements of the present example of N. mokattamensis at a diameter of 56mm. (1) are: thickness of whorl, 42-0 mm. (0-75), and the height of the outer whorl, 31-6 mm. (0-564) ; and at a diameter of 64-2 mm.: thickness of whorl, 47-8 mm. (0-744); height of outer whorl, 36-4 mm. (0-567); ditto above preceding whorl, 23-3 mm. (0-362); centre of siphuncle from the dorsal (inner) edge of the septum, 8-3 mm. * R. Fourtau, Bull. Inst. Egypt., sér. Iv, No. 1, p. 171, 1900 (1901). 290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Nautilus imperialis is referred by Hyatt ! to his genus Hutrephoceras,? and Nautilus mokattamensis seems to be referable to the same genus. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII. Nautilus mokattamensis.—a, lateral aspect of a natural internal cast showing the narrow umbilicus and course of the sutures; 6, front view of the same showing the position of the siphuncle. Hocene: Mokattam range, near Cairo, Egypt. Drawn from a specimen in the British Museum (Natural History), Geol. Dept., register No. C. 12426. Somewhat enlarged. . Hyatt, ‘‘ Phylogeny of an acquired characteristic ’’ : Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., vol. xxxii, No. 143, p. 559, 1894. . Hyatt, ibid., p. 555. Genotype: Nautilus dekayi, Morton (Synop. Org. Rem. Cret. Group, U.S., 1834, p. 33, pl. viii, fig. 4). Hyatt states that in this genus ‘‘ There are no annular lobes at any stage of development ’’, although in his description (p. 559) of Hutrephoceras imperiale (J. Sowerby) he mentions that ‘‘ This species has an annular lobe which has no connection with the subdorsan siphuncle’’, though he adds in the next sentence: ‘‘I could not find any traces of these (annular lobes) in the older sutures.’’ Of the examples of the species which the present writer has been able to examine, none shows any annular lobe, even where the height of the whorl is only 5-6 mm. (equivalent to a shell-diameter of 8-7 mm.), as in a specimen in the British Museum (No. 68905a) from the London Clay, near Chalk Farm, Middlesex. Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol. XI, Pl. VIII. NAUTILUS MOKATTAMENSIS, A. H. FOORD. SOME MORE MISUSED MOLLUSCAN GENERIC NAMES. By Tom Irepate. Read 9th April, 1915. Continuing my verification of the generic names to be used for Antipodean Molluses, I have noted some exotic names which seemed to call for rectification. I here give notes upon a few names of more than local interest, and am glad to find that my previous communi- cations have been appreciated, both Messrs. Dall and Cossmann personally writing me with regard to some of the points I raised, for which I here thank them. I hope they will continue their kindly criticism, for by means of such help we shall sooner attain a fixity of our nomenclature. Sxenea, Fleming. In the last List of British Marine Molluses, Skenea, Fleming, and Delphinoidea, Brown, are admitted as different genera, and the latter crept an entry into Suter’s Manual of New Zealand Mollusca. I have rejected it as I did not consider the Neozelanic mollusc, so classed, as congeneric with the type of Brown’s genus. I now find there has been a confusion between the two above-named genera, and here attempt to explain it, and clear up the matter. In the Fdin. Philos, Journ., vol. xii, April, 1825, p. 246, footnote, Fleming discussed the status of some small shells and concluded, ‘‘ Three species, Helix depressus, serpuloides, and unispiralis of Montagu . . call for the construction of a new genus, which will in some respects have the same relation to Cyclostrema as Turritella bears to Scalaria. This genus I feel inclined to term Skenea.” In his Hist. Brit. Anim., 1828, p. 318, Fleming included the genus Skenea, giving as recent examples only S. depressa, serpuloddes, and divisa. In the meanwhile Brown, in the Ilus. Conch. Gt. Britain, 1827, pl. l, figured a number of species of minute shells under the genus- name Delphinoidea, among them being depressa, serpuloides, and divisa, most of the others being indeterminable or fry. No type of either Skenea or Delphinoidea was named by their authors, nor is any example tautonymic. Consequently, the first author to select a type musé be followed, and this appears to be Gray, who in the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1847, p. 152, wrote: Skenea, Fleming, 1824, 1828. Delphinoidea, T. Brown, 1827. Helix serpulordes. Thus, as type of Skenea, one of the original species was named, and this finally fixes that genus. Unfortunately Forbes and Hanley (Hist. Brit. Moll., vol. iii, 1850, p. 155), when they admitted Skenea, wrote thus: ‘*This genus was established by Dr. Fleming for the Helix depressa of Montagu, and some apparently allied shells... It is synonymous with the Delphinoidea of Brown... . The only one of the following shells which unquestionably should retain this VOL. XI.— JUNE, 1915. 21 292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. generic appellation is the S. planorbis, type of the genus.’”? The ‘<§. planorbis’”? mentioned was based on the Zurbo planorbis of O. Fabricius, which was considered equivalent to and earlier than Llelix depressa, Montagu. H. and A. Adams (Gen. Rec. Moll., vol. i, p. 885, 1854 (March)) retained Skenea for S. planorbis, O. Fabricius, writing, ‘‘ The other small, depressed British shells, usually associated with it... constitute the Delphinoidea of Brown.” On p. 405 they placed Delphinoidea, Brown, as a synonym of Cyelostrema, Marryatt, noting ‘Should the smaller British species require to be separated from the more typical forms, they will take the name of Delphinoidea, Brown”’. However, later (vol. ii, p. 629, Nov., 1858), they corrected themselves as follows: ‘‘ According to Dr. Gray, certain of the smaller species of Cyclostrema, included by Brown in his genus Delphinoidea, are Vitrinelle. The name Delphinoidea, however, it would be more correct to add as a synonym of Skenea, and to transfer the species of Cyclostrema in question to the genus Vitrinella.” Jeffreys in the Brit. Conch., vol. iii, p. 287, 1865, referred the species to Cyclostrema, save Skenea planorbis of course, rejecting Delphinotdea as ‘both superfluous and heterogeneous’’. Jeffreys probably had not the least idea of Cyclostrema, as ‘that would be the last disposition of the British shells to anyone acquainted with the type of Cyclostrema. Miss K. Bush (Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. x, July, 1897, p. 100) has given an account of De/phinocdea, citing Dy: ‘serpuloides (Montagu) as type, and retaining Skenea with S. planorbis (Fabricius) as type. She, however, obser ved that the name Delphinoidea was objectionable as being in use for a higher group in another branch of science. The only conclusion possible i is that Skenea must be used for the British shells grouped around Helix serpuloides, Montagu, as type, and this result leaves the planorbis group nameless. I therefore propose SKENEOPSIS, gen. noy. naming Zurbo planorbis, O. Fabricius, as type. The “family name will become Skeneopside, and Skenea and the family Skeneide will replace the genus Delphinoidea and family Cyclostrematide of the British List. I have elsewhere urged the absolute rejection of Cyclostrema, Marryatt, as indeterminable, the type being lost and the species unrecognized. SrroMBIFoRMIS, Costa. This generic name has been ignored up to the present, but this laxity can no longer be maintained. ‘lhe unfortunate construction of the word has in a great measure conduced to this disregard, but it appears that the name was not composed of Strombus (the generic name of certain well-known molluscs) and forms, but was derived from strombus, a needle, and formis. Costa gives as the English equivalent, Needle-shaped shells. If this be borne in mind the dislike to the name may be lessened, s¢nce the name must come into common use. It was proposed in the British Conchology, 1778, p. 107, for a series of shells each one of which now bears a later generic name. IREDALE: ON MISUSED GENERIC NAMES. 293 Consequently it is impossible to get rid of the name by citing it as asynonym. ‘The only way to deal with it is to select as type the species which represents a genus the least extensive or little used. I have been unable to trace any prior type designation, for which I am sincerely thankful, as any such would almost certainly have caused great confusion. The species associated by Costa are— Strombiformis perversus = Clausilia, 76 05> bicarinatus = Turritella. /77% - terebra = TZurritella, cinctus = Turritella. clathratus = Kpitonium.!~ albus = ? Eulima./820, glaber = Jetostraca./? ¢ reticulatus = Bittium. / costatus Indeterminable. By elimination the choice would fall upon Levostraca, and I designate as type of Strombiformis, Costa, 1778, the species (S.) glaber. Leiostraca is preoccupied and invalid, and 1 have replaced it by Subularia, Monterosato. By my present action Strombiformis will come into use for that genus, and, as I have stated above, if the meaning of the name be remembered, it may in time become almost pleasant. It is most appropriate to this genus, and here it may be again emphasized that Strombiformis must be accorded generic rank as distinct from ulima (= Melanella), and not be considered subgeneric only. In conversation with Mr. E. A. Smith, I.8.0., of the British Museum, he drew my attention to a discussion of the name twenty years ago by the Malacological Society of London (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. i, pp. 31-8). The question as to the type was discussed, apparently Clausilia and Turritella being chosen as the most likely to be eliminated by the reintroduction of Strombiformis. Fortunately, however, without any definite result being achieved, the subject was dropped on the ground that Costa was not binomial. This argument is unavailable, so that the preceding still holds good. I have also noted other workers have rejected Costa’s genus as ‘‘heterogeneous”; all the earlier workers proposed genera which would fall under that term, and some present-day writers still make use of genera which are, to me, heterogeneous. Mr. J. R. Le B. Tomlin recently gave me a copy of Costa’s Elements of Conchology, 1776, which has often been quoted, but is now rejected as being non-binomial. I cannot understand why it came to be mentioned, since it is so obviously polynomial. As of historical interest, I would mention Costa’s account, as it gives a clue to his nomination. ‘pn, 205. The fifth and last genus of Snails is what I shall call Cochleze Strombiformes: (Clavicula tenue et longissima) for they are very long and slender shells, tapering to a sharp point, and therefore exactly resemble the Needles or Strombi, whence I have named them 294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Strombiformes. Pl. iu, fig. 9. These Snails have a perfect round mouth, well ee or ead by which particular alone they are immediately distinguished from ‘the Strombi, whose length and slenderness they emulate ; ; for the mouths of the Strombi are long, and have a very thick columella aside them, erect, and somewhat twirled; and many kinds besides prolong into a wry gutter, turning backwards, like the mouth of a Soal, or other flat-fish.””. This shows my earlier conclusion needs emendation, as Costa did make up his word from Strombus, a shell, and formis, but his Strombus is not the commonly accepted one, but is what we call Cerithium. On p. 212 he defines his Strombi, and figures a specimen on pl. iv, fig. 7. Costa’s figures are really splendid, and his typical Strombus I would. identify as the Australian shell called Clava herculea, Martyn. Torricutra, Herrmann. In Sherborn’s inestimable Index Animalium, 1902, p. 1007, appears “* Turricula J. Herrmann, ab. aff. Anim. ed. 2, 1783, tabula.—G’’. Such an entry demanded investigation, as this is the earliest use of the genus-name Zurricula, and apparently it was proposed for a Gastropod mollusc. I therefore looked up the reference, and would put on record my conclusions for the benefit of those unable to personally verify such matters. On the tabula quoted a scheme is given purporting to show the connexions between the varied molluscan families, genera, and species. No explanation is given, so that the table must be studied alone. The species names are in italics, the group names in roman. ‘“‘Turricule”’ thus appears, and against it stands Bucetnum subulatum in italics. This suggests at first sight that B. subulatum was an example of Zurricula. Such a conclusion would mean the substitution of Turricula for Terebra, which is of later date. I would here digress and point out that Zerebra is commonly ascribed to Bruguiére, 1789. In the Encycl. Méthod. Vers, vol. 1, p. xv, 1789, where this name is introduced by Bruguiére, only a short diagnosis is given, and no species cited. I consider these diagnoses quite indeterminable, and practically nomina nuda, and would, therefore, recognize Terebra as of Lamarck, 1799, where in the Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, p. 71, a diagnosis is given, and accompanied by the species Buceinum subulatum, L. Yo revert to Turricule. Examination of Herrmann’s tabula dispels the conclusion that this was intended as a generic name for B. subulatum, and suggests rather that it was more probably the group name of a Stromb affinity, which Herrmann considered passed into B. subulatum. For preceding it is named Strombi digitati, and later on is noted Cypreea and Conus, then ‘‘C. ventricosi’’, followed by “Vol. cylindroidee’’. This will suggest the confused and unintelligible state of the tabula, which is emphasized by the following extract: ‘Buecinum is opposed by B. harpa, and connected by a long line with ‘ Buccin. Cassidea’, ag ainst which stands ‘Wer. elegans, M.’, while a continuation of the line ends in ‘Buccina ampullacea’.” ‘Yo me the ‘‘ Ver. elegans, M.”’ has nothing to do with “ Bucein. Cassidea”’ but is relative to Zurbo, which can be seen a long way above. IREDALE: ON MISUSED GENERIC NAMES. 295 After due consideration I conclude that the names on this tabula have no systematic value, and need not concern any taxonomer further. Consequently Zurricula, as far as Sherborn’s researches have led us, was not legitimately proposed prior to 1800, and the earliest user after that date will claim priority, according to the Nomenclatural Laws now in use. Secondly, Casstdea, Herrmann, 1783, is comparable, and leaves Cassidea, Bruguiére, 1792 (not 1789, n.n.) valid. Limacrina. The authority for this name is generally given as Cuvier, but in the Régne Animal, vol. ii, 1817 (but really published December, 1816), _p. 880, only the vernacular appears. Consequently a later legitimate user is required, and the earliest seems to be Lamarck, who, in the Anim. sans Vert., vol. vi, pt. i (February—June), 1819, p. 290, correctly introduced Zimacina, with the sole species L. helicialis = Clio helicina, Gmel.= Argonauta arctica, O. Fabricius. No one seems to have hitherto worried about this, nor about Blainville’s genus Spiratella. In the Dict. Sci. Nat. (Levrault), vol. xxxii, 1824, in his monumental article on the Mollusca, the basis of his later Manuel, Blainville used Sprratella, p. 284, with the ‘‘ Observ. Nous avons tiré les caractéres de ce genre surtout de l’ouvrage de M. Scoresby. II est établi sur un animal presque microscopique des mers arctiques, dont M. Cuvier a fait son genre Limacine, adopté par M. de Lamarck ”’. In the 50th volume of the same Dictionnaire, published in 1827, at the word ‘Spiratelle. Sprratelia”, there is the following claim: ‘‘Genre de mollusques, établi pour le clio helicina de Linné, et que MM. Cuvier et de Lamarck ont nommé limagine: dénomination que M. de Blainville n’a pas adoptée, d’abord pour éviter la confusion que l’analogie de nom avec celui de limace pourroit occasioner, et ensuite parce qu’il avoit proposé celui de spiratelle avant la publication de louvrage de M. Cuvier.” It was necessary to investigate Blainville’s claim for priority, but I was unable to locate the name without recourse to Sherborn’s MS. for the second part of his Index Animalium. I was gratified to find that, as usual, he had noted it in a place I had overlooked. For in the 9th volume of the same Dictionnaire, published in 1817, Blainville under the word Clio, after describing two species in detail, distributed the other species of known Clio, concluding (p. 407) with ‘Quant au clio helicina, j’en ai fait le genre Sprrareria. Voyez ce mot’’. Consequently Blainville’s Sprratella has absolutely priority, _and being exactly equivalent with Lamarck’s JLimacina, must displace it. In the Journ. de Physique, vol. Ixxxv, p. 891, November, 1817, after Lesueur’s genus Atlanta, Blainville adds, ‘‘Ce genre nous paroit avoir beaucoup de rapports avee le Clio helicina de Gmelin, qui se trouve en si grande abondance dans les mers du Nord, et dont nous avons fait le genre Spiratelle dans notre Genera Molluscorum de V Encyclopédie Britannique.” It does seem unfortunate that such a valuable contribution should have been rejected by both French and English (including Scotch) authorities. 296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. FIsrubLaNna. There is so much confusion surrounding this name that I feel dubious about a perfect clearance. As regards Malacology, the name appears to have been first introduced by Bruguiere in the Encycl. Méthod., Vers, vol. i, p. xii, 1789, with the following definition :—“ Fistulane. Fistulana. Coquille tubulée, fusiforme, contenant deux valves dans sa cavité, une des extrémités perforée.”’ No species are attached, and in my opinion such an entry is incomplete and too indeterminate for acceptance. In the plates to the Eneycl. Méthod., Vers, vol. ii, published 1791, pl. 167 is headed “Taret. Zeredo. Fistulane. Jistulana”’. Twenty-four figures are given, but none are named or referred to the two genera noted. Consequently we are no nearer what was meant by /stulana. In the explanation of the plate given by Bory de Saint Vincent, thirty-six years afterwards, the identification read— “Figs. I- 5. Zeredo navalis, Lamk., v, 440. 5, 6-15. Pistulana gregata, Lames v, 435. Pe, 16. corniformis, amie v, 435. 17-22. clava, Lamk., v, 436. a 23. lagenula, Lamk., v, 435.” This is merely of historical interest. Cuvier in the Tabl. Klém. Hist. Nat., 1798, p. 482, included ‘La Fistulane, Brug. (Zeredo clava, Linn.).” In 1799, Lamarck, in the Mém. Mus. d’Hist. Nat., p. 90, wrote: ‘‘Fistulane. Jstulana. Coq. tubulée, en massue, ouverte a son extrémitée gréle, et contenant dans sa cavité deux valves non adhérentes. Zeredo clava. Gmel., Syst. nat., 4, p. 3748.” We have here one of those puzzling problems where the type does not agree with the diagnosis, but further consideration may be deferred owing to the fact that the genus-name is invalid. Prior to Bruguiére’s proposal, the name /%stulana had been appropriated by O. F¥. Miller, who in the Zool. Dan. Prodr., 1776, introduced it, Add., pp. 275-82, as a new name for /’stularia, used by him in the body. of the work. OO. Fabricius (Fauna Groenl., p. 441, 1780) accepted Miiller’s proposition, and uses the name without comment. Consequently Bruguiére’s name cannot be maintained at all. The preceding review is necessary, as Hedley (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xxxiv, p. 436, 1909) ‘recorded Fistulana mumia as new to Australia, and noted in his synonymy the usage of the same combination by Smith (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. vi, p. 185, 1905). Probably both these writers were governed by Dall’s conclusion. In the Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Philad., vol. iii, p. 826, April, 1898, Dall recorded: ‘‘Bruguiére was the first to name Fistulana, though he did not describe it or cite any species. Cuvier supplied a type, and this was adopted by Lamarck. For some time later, however, Fistulanas and Gastrochenas were confounded in lists of the genus, while Gray injudiciously endeavoured to utilize Chena as a name for this group. ‘Tryon became badly confused on IREDALE: ON MISUSED GENERIC NAMES. 297 the generic nomenclature of this group, which was rectified by Fischer in 1866.” According to Dall’s argument Jistudana, as used by him, would be nameless, but before moving in this matter the genus name Gastrochena must be re-investigated. This name was introduced by Spengler in the Nye. Saml. Vidensk. Selsk-Skrifter (Kjoben.), 1783, p. 174. Three species are named and figured: p. 179, Gastrochena mumia, pl., figs. 3-6; p. 180, Gastrochena eunerformis, pl., figs. 8-11 ; p. 182, Gastrochena cymbium, pl., figs. 12-16. No type was named, but the predominate species was G. mumia. Five years afterwards Retzius (Diss. Hist. Nat. Nov. Test. Gen., 1788, p. 19) proposed Chena for the same series. I suggest that Bruguiére’s genus was coequal, but that does not matter. Spengler in 1793 used Retzius’ name. Whether Cuvier’s or Lamarck’s action with regard to /istulana affect Gastrochena does not now concern us. They do not seem to have fixed a type of Gastrochena, but rather seem to have ignored it or wished to discard it. Gray in the Proe. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 189, designates Chena, a, Retz., 1788. Ch. mumia. Gastrochena, Spengler, 1780. Mya dubia. If the first designation were available, then that could be used as type of Spengler’s genus, because Chena was simply a substitute name ; the second designation was invalid, as J/ya dubia was not one of the Spenglerian species. However, in the Gen. Rec. Moll., vol. ii, pp. 334-6, June, 1856, H. & A. Adams used Gastrochena, noting as synonyms Chena, Retzius, and Fistulana, Lamarck. They gave as example G. mumia, Spengler, and wrote: ‘‘The curious shell on which Spengler founded this genus is generally known under the name of Fistulana clava, Lamarck ; it is also the type of the Chena of Retzius.” This statement should be taken as absolutely fixing the type of Gastrochena, and this name will displace F’stulana of recent authors, which is preoccupied, and we will revert to Roce/laria for the species recently known as Gastrochena, but which for many years carried that name, and with which even we of the youngest school are familiar. The names would be then: Gastrochena, Spengler, 1783. Type, G. mumia, Spengler. = Fistu- lana of recent writers. Rocellaria, Blainville, Dict. Sci. Nat. (Levrault), vol. lvii, 1828 (January 10, 1829), p. 244 (ex ieee de Bellevue MS.). Type (by monotypy) G. modvolina, Lamk. = Mya dubia, Pennant. Beta, Gray. As a text for a sermon on ‘“ Pleurotomoid ”’ nomenclature Bela will do as wellas any othername. Probably every conchologist will agree with me that the family known so long as Pleurotomide is probably the most difficult of any to study in the whole class. Reasons are not difficult to provide for this: numerous in species, though few in specimens, and similarity of design, all tend to produce complex 298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. problems. Consequently no family has suffered to such an extent, and the unparalleled confusion will only be dispelled by some conchologist making a patient and long, almost lifelong, study of the group. New species are commonly met with in almost every collection, made in almost any locality. These new species are elegant and beautiful in form, and compellingly demand description. To correctly generically locate such would mean long, careful, and slow work, and such has been consistently denied them. Almost every recent worker deserves more or less blame; I would scarce except one, and would indicate myself as a probable additional offender. For I also have new species to describe, and it is almost certain as much confusion will be added as I hope to clear up. Certain preliminary steps have, however, never been taken, and these deserve notice, as no excuse can be offered save carelessness or negligence. Kobelt (Icon. Europ. Meeresconch., vol. ili, pp. 233-80) monographed the European forms, and though little care was taken in connexion with the generic names utilized, Sykes (Proc. Malac. Soe., vol. vii, pp. 173-90, 1906) perpetuated most of the errors, though he was apparently aware of them. I will discuss these matters more fully in another place. I note, however, in the Zool. Record for 1912 that during that year Dall & Bartsch, Thiele, and Dautzenberg & Fischer all made use of Bela. I have got together the data in connexion with this name as follows :— Bela was first published by Gray as of the Leachian manuscript of British shells in the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xx, p. 270 (October 1, 1847), where the species named read— Bela nebula. Murex, Mont. rufa. cranchiv. minima. Buccinum, Mont. septangularis. Murex, M. attenuata. Murex, M. In the same place appears Buccinum turricula, Murex, M. In the Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 134, published the following month, Gray designates as type Jlurex nebula. ‘This introduction has commonly been given as the earliest one. In the Leachian Synopsis Moll. Great Britain, published by Gray in 1852 (preface dated February 12), the same association of species appears as in the Annals, 1847. In the Gen. Rec. Moll., vol. i, p. 92, June, 1853, H. & A. Adams made use of Bela, as of Leach, citing as example B. turricula, Montagu, and on p. 99 they quoted nebula as example of Mangelia, Leach. Apparently from these authors dates the misusage of ela, which has persisted to the present day, though it should be remarked that several workers have called attention to it. As a comparatively recent one I would quote Harris, who, in the Cat. Ter. Moll. Brit. Mus., pt. i, April-May, 1897, wrote (p. 60): IREDALE: ON MISUSED GENERIC NAMES. 299 ‘“By some authors they (Daphnella, spp. Harris, Australia) would possibly be classified with Bela; that genus, however, appears to be much misunderstood. It does not seem to be recognized that the type of Bela (Leach MS.), Gray (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 134), is Murex nebula, Montagu, which is practically synonymous with Mangelia costulata, Risso, the type of the genus Mangilia (em.).” I have not, however, observed any author who has named an efficient substitute for Bela, auct. H.& A. Adams, in their synonymy, quote Zshnula, Clark, which does not appear to have been published by that author. It is unavailable, as when Gray named Murex nebula as type of Bela he indicated Clark’s name as an absolute synonym in that connexion. In their corrections, at the end of vol.ii, H. & A. Adams, p. 654, November, 1858, noted ‘‘ Onopota, Morch, isa synonym of Bela”’. Reference to the Cat. Conch. Yoldi, pt. i, August, 1852, p. 73, showed that Morch proposed Oenopota as a sub-genus of Pleurotoma, classing these— ‘* Pleurotoma pleurotomaria, Couth. Gronland. pingelit, Beck. livida, Moll. viridula, Moll. (non Fabr.).” These species all fall into Bela, auct., so that it is obvious Oenopota is the correct substitute for that name. It is worth noting that in a list of Icelandic Molluscs in the Vidensk. Meddel. naturh. Forh. Kjobenhavn, 1868, p. 214, 1869, Morch used Bela for cinerea, violacea, pyramidatus = rufa, and pingelit, and Ischnula for turricula (with vars. maxima, nobilis, scalaris, exarata) and trevylliana, haying apparently eliminated Oenopota in deference to the general Adamsian usage of Bela. Is is too much to ask that from this date Bela should be consistently rejected in favour of Oxrnopora, and let an unfortunate confusion be finally cleared up ? Acotus, Jukes-Browne. In the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. vit, vol. xii, p. 479, November, 1913, Jukes-Browne proposed Acolus as a subgeneric name, under Gomphina, for the shell Cooper & Preston had described as Psephis foveolata (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. vii, vol. v, 1910, p. 110). Previous to his death, I had pointed out to Jukes-Browne that the names Callizona and Leucothea were invalid, and he changed them, without acknowledgment, to Zinctora and Aphrodora respectively (these Proceedings, vol. xi, pp. 61-2, 1914). I had the present case in front of me for transmission when I heard of his unexpected decease. I believe I was the last conchologist to personally converse with him. I therefore take upon myself the responsibility of correcting his error, and propose JUKESENA, Nom. nov., for Acolus, Jukes-Browne, not Foerster, Hymenopt. Stud., ii, p. 100, 1856. 300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Tornatina, A. Adams. I cannot see how this name can be retained under the present usage as distinct from Retusa. ‘his last name seems to have been much misunderstood. In the British List (Journ. Conch., vol. x, p. 23, January, 1901) Zornatina was used, one of the species being obtusa, Montagu. etusa is not mentioned. Hedley recently (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xxxviii, p. 337, November, 1913) used Retusa for two species, one of which is a typical Zornatina, the other one is not. I cannot conclude whether he has recognized the true Retusa or not, but it seems that he may have. Zornatina was proposed by A. Adams in Sowerby’s Thes. Conch., vol. ii, pt. xi, 1850, p. 554; the animal was figured on pl. exix, fig. 3, but no name given to the species ; the shells were figured on pl. cxxi, figs. 24-39, the species named being voluta, etc. Utriculus was recognized, and odtusa, Montagu, placed therein, but the animal was not figured. In H. & A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., vol. ii, pp. 11, 12, September, 1854, we get the following information: ‘‘ Utriculus, Brown. Syn., Retusa, Brown. Ex. U. obtusus, Turton. The genus is distinguished from Zornatina in the suture of the spire not being channelled, and in thesimpleinnerlip. Zornatina, A. Adams. Ex. shell, 7. voluta,Q. &G. This genus is composed of a group of small shells characterized by their elevated spire, channelled suture, and plicate columella.’ Fischer (Man. de Conch., p. 555, 1883, December 20) recognized that Zornatina, indicating Utriculus, Brown, was invalid, owing to its prior proposal by Schumacher, and then admitting it as a sub-genus, accepting A. Adams’ differential characters. He added Coleophysts for trunca- tulus, Bruguiére, but this does not seem generically separable. he following year Monterosato (Nomen gen. e spec. Conch. Medit., 1884, p. 143) proposed Cylichnina for the group above umbilicata, Montagu, and this seems a very distinct group from TZornatina = Retusa, Brown, 1827. Retusa was introduced by T. Brown in the Illus. Conch. Gt. Brit. & Ire., 1827, pl. xxxviii, where three species were figured, and named plicata, discors, and obtusa. hese are all variations of obtusa, Montagu, and this species becomes, by monotypy, the type of Retusa. I am at present unable to separate so-called TYornatina from this species, the characters given by A. Adams being comparatively valueless, Consequently I would suppress the latter name, replacing it by Refusa. The correct name for the type does not appear to have been yet determined. Montagu, when he introduced his Bulla obtusa, recorded as synonyms: ‘‘ B.'regulbiensis, Turt. Lin., v, p. 851. Adams, Micro., t. 14, fig. 28.” Upon comparison I rejected this determination, the figure quoted seeming indeterminable. Montagu later, in the SuppL., 1808, p. 101, noted that Walker erroneously sent him Bulla obtusa under the name of Voluta alba. Referring to Walker I found a good figure there given, and can only conclude Montagu has confused the two names regulbiensis and alba. For, while the former, which Montagu recorded as his obtusa, is not that species, the latter, which Montagu denied, is undoubtedly this shell. I am not alone in this identification, as Forbes & Hanley, without doubt, quote IREDALE: ON MISUSED GENERIC NAMES, 301 Walker’s figure 61 for Montagu’s species. Walker's book, the correct quotation for which is Boys & Walker, Test. min. rar., 1784, is non-binomial, but in the second edition of the Essays on the Microscope by G. Adams, Kanmacher added a chapter on minute shells, and stated that the correct names had been given him by Jacobs. ms. °°. . ~ f uy ~ nN pe Proc MALac.Soc. a sid 4 i i Lh) in 3), i, r Uy ‘ P ’ y 1 cu b ¥ 4 ¥) . a H a bala f < Me 318 | PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. _ Lisr or Worxs CITED, MUNSTER, G. G. Ee * Acemthot thg ,ein neues Geschlecht der Cepha poden, zu der Familie der Lolfgi FX ‘oder Teuthide (Owen) gehérend ’ Beitrage zur Pores veten-Kunfe, i, pp. 91-7: 1839. f 2| —— ‘‘ Ueber einige neue fossil sghalerlose Cephalopoden und eine ‘nef ie Gattung Hinge! wiirrmer (Any eliden) }% pEgtrige zur Petrefacten-Kund fe it M , , ai au) § Heft v, pp. 95 i pit iy 18 3; —— ‘‘ Ueber die sehalenlose hpdden an oberen Ticagonineens der lithographischen | Kalkschif bferhl Jay ca . Beitrage zur Petrefac en- Kunde, Heft vii, pygsil= Pi 4| OWEN, RICHARD. | Nescrip yf feecigens of the Cegialioanl fie ) Dese riptive Casadog eShemains of Invertebrata ' contained im the Musexn\d Ly ege of Surgeons of England : A me i 1848. YY ae , f ' 5) Ripreny,., Epwarp. ~Abb2) joie eimiger neuen ode rs wenig gekannten Verster b Se ramadan bikini yj ts +n : Solenhofen. 1829. oA, 7 6] Waener, A. “‘ Die fossilen 7 sriitekten Dintenfischen aus ddm Dy At : lithographischen Schiefer dy as des siiddeutschen Juragebirges 7 : i ’ Abh, Akad. Wissensch., nath.-phys. Cl., Bd. viii, Abth. iji, | i pp. V49-821, 1 pl, ; 1860. ; ' ZITTEL, BK. A. von. Aayulbw sontologie, Bd. ii, Abth. i: 1884, ee, a, "W i ESRLAS ION OFf SETSS IX. : PLESMOTED"pHIB PRISCh, "Riippell, sp. . a’, ob", ec”, a. Ast, 2nd3rd, and 4th drms of the right side. $ a’, b', cl, d& Ist, 2nd} 3rd, and 4th arms of the left side. é. mantle-margin. : jf. spinous processes af posterior end pf body. ; g. vight terminal fin We h. left terminal fin. i. position of left efe. j. position of rightfeye. » Wee k. cavity indicating position of buccalfmass. “ y 1. probable margin|of web connectingfarms. i m. obscure thickenitg of uncertain character. " 2, . anterior termimmtions of lateral portions of gladius. ‘ A Lithographic Stona (Lower Kimnferidgian)i Eichstadt, Bavarip. M4 One-third of the natuipl size. Origipal in the Geological Department y of the British Museum\{Natural Histhry), Lohdon. [Register number : C. 15118.] ey ah 1 sal i, fs x | , ie | | ue f * Vor Prix. Proc.Matac.Soc. lL, sp. SP pe .stze) PLESIOTEUTHIS PRISCA,R (%s 319 DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF PELTATUS FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. By J. R. ve B. Tomy, M.A. Read 14th May, 1915. PeELTATUS POLYSTEPHES,! n.sp. Shell narrowly umbilicate, depressedly turbinate, thin, with suture slightly marked ; whorls 5, rounded, increasing rapidly, the ultimate and penultimate being somewhat flattened above, while the first three whorls rise in a rather acute spire; apical whorl smooth and more or less shining, the other four being marked with fairly regular lines of growth—much finer and closer together on whorls two and three than they are on the two last; colour olivaceous, with an endlessly variable series of chalky-white bands; the bands vary greatly in width and in number, sometimes being reduced to mere threads of white, or they coalesce broadly as in forms of Helix nemoralis; rarely the shell is all but white with faint indications of olive bands; the outline of the aperture, if completed, would almost form a circle, but is slightly flattened in the plane of the spire; margin of aperture acute, regularly curved; columellar margin reflected over the umbilicus. Diam. maj. 12, min. 10mm.; alt. 9mm. Hab.—Teita Hills, British East Africa, between 4,500 and 6,000 feet. (W. Feather.) By Mr. Gude’s advice I place it in the genus Peltatus, on account of its close resemblance to P. cotyledonis (Benson),* and he has also been kind enough to furnish me with tke following particulars in which P. polystephes differs from P. cotyledonis; the whorls increase more rapidly, the last whorl being proportionately much wider; they are also more tumid and more strongly transversely striated by the lines of growth, in fact it might almost be stated that P. polystephes is finely irregularly ribbed. The aperture is more transversely dilated and the columellar margin is a little more oblique. 1 roAvatepys = decked with many wreaths. 2 Cf. Godwin-Austen in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. VIM, vol. ix, p. 134, 1912. 320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY, With an equal number of whorls P. cotyledonis measures 16 mm. in diameter, whereas P. polystephes is only 12mm. The markings are also different. A large number of this species was collected by Mr. Feather and forwarded alive, but they did not survive the journey. Whether any of the specimens are quite mature is questionable. Under a 1 inch objective there are distinct traces of microspically fine spiral striz on the apical whorl. I have placed the type in the collection of the British Museum. 321 - DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF DYAKIA. By G. K. Guppy, F-Z:8. Read 14th May, 1915. DyakIA VENATOR, D.Sp. Shell sinistral, narrowly umbilicated, conoid, finely and closely striated, the striz cut into minute granules by close spirals, pale fuscous, lustreless; spire elevated, apex acute, suture linear. Whorls 63, flattened above, tumid below, excavated around the umbilicus, increasing slowly and regularly, the last whorl keeled at the periphery, suleate below the keel, not descending in front, slightly dilated towards the aperture. Aperture oblique, semi-lunate, margins slightly convergent; peristome thin, reflexed, upper margin ne: wly straight, descending, outer and basal margins strongly curved, columellar margin ascending, slightly overhanging the narrow umbilicus. Diam. maj. 25, min. 21°5mm.; alt. 12mm. Hab.—Borneo, Type in my collection. This new species is based on two specimens from the Nevill Collection, purchased as far back as 1904, and a third specimen from the same source in Mr. Ponsonby’s collection. It approaches Dyakia busanensis, Godwin-Austen, var. concolor, Smith,! but the latter has the whorls more convex above and more rapidly increasing, the striae and spirals are much finer and closer, the lower side is shining and strongly polished, and the umbilicus is narrower. Another allied species is Dyakia subdebilis, Smith,” but that shell is darker in colour, the whorls are still more flattened, are margined below the suture, and provided with a peripheral band ; the striz and spirals are also finer. My second specimen possesses only 6 whorls and measures: diam. maj. 22°25, min. 20°25 mm.; alt. 11:75mm. Mr. Ponsonby’s shell has the same diameter as the type, but is a little more depressed, measuring alt. 23°5 mm. 1 Proc. Zool. Soc., 1895, p. 103. 2Slijoecits, pa LOL pleat) fies Lae DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF STRHPTAXIS, PLANISPIRA, AND CHLORITIS. By Hueu C. Furron. Read 11th June, 1915. STREPTAXIS GUDEI, 0.sp. Shell glassy-white, moderately umbilicated, obliquely ovate ; whorls 53, closely arcuately costulate above, the coste being stronger at the suture and gradually weakening below, last whorl with short inconspicuous cost or strie at the suture only ; ; interior of aperture armed with six plice or tubercles, one prominent entering fold at centre of the parietal wall, with a smaller one above and parallel to it; two nodules are situated on the right inner margin of the peristome, the upper one being very small, the lower prominent ; the remaining two are at centre of base and centre of the columella lip, the latter being the broader; peristome thickened and somewhat expanded; interior of umbilicus sharply obliquely striated. Maj. diam. (including peristome) 8, height 6 mm. Hab.—Pac Kha, nae (Col. Messager). Var. minor. Maj. diam. 6°5, height 5mm. Hab.—Lao Kay and Muong Kong, Tonkin (Col. Messager). The form minor is somewhat similar in size and in the arrangement of its armature to St. heudet, Schm. & Bottgr., and St. paulus, Gude (two scarcely separable forms), but both of those are distinguished by their smooth whorls. Named in honour of G. K. Gude, Esq., F.Z.8., whose valuable list of the species of this genus (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. v, pp. 201-44, 1902; pp. 322-7, 1903) is very helpful. PLANISPIRA SUBATACTA, N.Sp. Shell narrowly umbilicated, moderately solid, ovately depressed, ground colour cream, with five reddish-brown spiral bands on the last whorl, one situated at the periphery, one encircling the umbilicus, and three narrower ones above which ascend towards the apex ; whorls 43, convex, with conspicuous raised oblique strie, the last whorl constricted behind the aperture; aperture oval, outer bands showing through the interior; peristome slightly expanded, whitish. Max. dimensions—width 19, height 9 mm. Hab.—West Celebes. FULTON: STREPTAXIS, PLANISPIRA, CHLORITIS, N.SPP. 323 Similar in form, colour, and position of its spiral bands to P. atacta, Pfr., but readily separated by its smaller size and prominent oblique strie. In atacta the stria are very inconspicuous and might be described as growth-lines, whereas in subatacta they might be termed very thin, closely set coste. CHLORITIS VERRUCOSA, 0.Sp. Shell depressed-globose, rather thin, dark brown; whorls 4, covered with irregularly disposed hair-scars, first whorl minutely and closely pitted, the next two with oblique, somewhat raised flexuous strive, the last whorl conspicuously corrugated ; umbilicus moderately open and deeply excavated, broadening out above and prominently keeled; aperture oval, dark within; peristome thin, hight brown, slightly expanded, margins connected by a thin callus. Max. dimensions—width 13, height 7 mm. Hab.—Sierah Island, Tenimber Group. A very distinct form, easily distinguished by its corrugated surface. Although but few hairs remain, it is probable that in life the shell is covered with them, and that they fall off after death. MOLLUSCAN NOTES. II. By Huen C. Futron. Read 11th June, 1915. No. 7.—PLANISPIRA QUADRIFASCIATA, Guillou. Owing to the variation in size of the shell, the denticle on basal portion of peristome, and width of colour-bands, this species has received several names. The synonymy is as follows :— 1842. Helix quadrifasciata, Guillou, Rev. Zool., p. 141. 1864. JZ. instricta, Marts., Monatsbericht. Berl. Akad., p. 268. 1867. H. quadrifasciata, var. edentata, Marts., Ost. Zool. Landschn., p. 300, pl. xvi, fig. 5. 1902. Planispira kendigiana, Rolle, Nachr. deutsch. Malak. Ges., p. 189. 1902. P. rollei, Molldff., Nachr. deutsch. Malak. Ges., p. 189. 1903, P. quadrifasciata, var. halmaherica, Gude, Journ. Malac., vol. x, p- 48, pl. in, fig. 2. The cnstricta, Marts. (afterwards changed to quadrifasciata, var. edentula, Marts.), has only a slight swelling at the usual place of the denticle. P. rollei, Molldff., is a small specimen, otherwise typical. P. kendigiana, Rolle, is simply a variety with wide bands. P. quadri- fasciata, var. halmaherica, Gude, was described from a specimen with three colour-bands only, otherwise it appears to be quite typical. No. 8.—HE ix nopirera, Pfr. This species is evidently the large form of Papuina grata, Mich., as recently collected by the brothers Meek at Muswar Island, Dutch New Guinea, and described by me as P. grata, var. magna. The absence of the usual colour-band in Pfeiffer’s example is probably owing to loss of its periostracum, since specimens before me demon- strate that the colour is only in the periostracum, which is of a deciduous character. Although Michaud’s figure does not show the characteristic columellar nodule or swelling, he notes in his description, ‘*au bas de la columelle se trouve une petite dent.” 1831. Caracolla grata, Mich., in Guerin’s Mag. Zool., pl. ix, figs. 1-3. 1860. Helix nodifera, Pir., Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 21, pl. ii, fig. 4; Novitates Conchologice, p. 166, pl. xlv, figs. 7-8. 1891. Papuina grata, Mich., Tryon’s Man. Conch., vol. vii, p. 35, pl. xi, figs. 50-1. 1910. P. grata, var. magna, Fulton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. vir, vol: ¥, p..o0 0: No. 9. In my note No. 6, in the Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. xi, p. 241, 1915, I stated that I had been unable to find a description of Heliewna 1 Continued from p. 241. FULTON : MOLLUSCAN NOTES. 325 suprafasciata, Sow., Mr. Charles Hedley has been good enough to call my attention to its publication in Reeve’s Conchologia Iconica. I had inadvertently overlooked this monograph, prepared by G. B. Sowerby (2nd) after Reeve’s decease, but now have gone through it, and present herewith an additional list of species omitted from Dr. Anton Wagner’s monograph. aurantioviridis, Sow., Conch. Icon., 1873, pl. xi, sp. 97. Philippines. benigna, Crosse, Journ. de Conch., vol. xviii, pl. xi, fig. 97, 1870. Rew Caledonia. braziliensis, Gray, Zool. Journ., vol. i, p. 66, 1824. Brazil. brenchleyt, Baird, Brenchley’s Cruise of H.M.S. Curacoa, 1873, p. 448, pl. xh, figs. 1-2. Upolu, Navigators Island. carinifera, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. ii, p. 295, fig. 431, 1866. Woodlark Island. chrysostoma, Pfr., Monog. Pnenmon. Viv., 1852, p. 330; Conch. Cab., 1858, p. 3380, No. 3. Cuba. conoidea, Pir., P.Z.S., 1853, p. 53. Barbadoes. forbesiana, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. i, sp. 192, fig. 344, 1866. fulgurata, Baird, Brenchley’s Cruise of H.M.S. Curacoa, 18938, p. 448, pl. xh, figs. 3-4. gratiosa, Pfr., P.Z.S., 1856, p. 385. Admiralty Islands. gratulata (Blanf.), Sow., Conch. Icon., sp. 96,1878. Pegu. inaequalis, Pfr. (Luerdella), P.Z.S., 1859, p. 28. Jamaica. julit, Baird, Brenchley’s Cruise of H.M.S. Curagoa, 1878, p. 449, pl. xli, figs. 7-8. miltochila, Crosse, Journ. de Conch., vol. xvii, p. 187, 1869; vol. xix, p. 65, pl. 11, fig. 5, 1871. Pacific Islands. multifasciata, Baird, Cruise of H.M.S. Curagoa, 1873, p. 449, pl. xh, figs.5-6. South Sea Islands. norfolkensis, Pfir., P.Z.S., 1856, p. 391. Norfolk Island. novecaledonieé, Baird, Cruise of H.M.S. Curagoa, 1873, p. 450. New Caledonia. pictella, Pfr., P.Z.S., 1856, p. 392. Norfolk Island. polychroa, Sow., Conch. Icon., sp. 153. Cuba. repanda, Pfr., P.Z.S., 1855, p.101. Had. (?). retracta, Poey, Mém., vol. i, p. 116, pl. xii, figs. 20-6. rhamphostyla, Pfr., P.Z.S., 1856. Hab. (?). riparia, Pfir., P.Z.S., 1858, p. 53. New Granada. rotellovdea, Mighels, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 1845, p.19. Oahu Island. yudis, Pir., P.Z.S., 1855, p. 102. rugulosa, Pease, Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. iv, p. 157, 1868. Tahaa Island. semistriata, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. iii, p. 281, pl. 268, fig. 86, 1856. Hab. (?). shanghiensis, Pfr., P.Z.S., 1855, p. 102. Shanghai. strigata, Baird, Brenchley’s Cruise of H.M.S. Curagoa, 1878, p. 450, pl. xli, figs. 9-10. Upolu. suavis, Pfr., P.Z.S., 1856, p. 385. Admiralty Islands. 326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. subconica, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. iii, p. 287, pl. vi, fig. 226, 1866. Hab. (?). subturrita, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. 11, p. 285, pl. v, fig. 185, 1866. Hab. (?). suprafasciata, Sow., Conch. Icon., sp. 800, 1874. Australia. tayloriana, Sow., Conch. Icon., sp. 206, 1878. tecta, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. ili, p. 295, pl. 277, fig. 434, 1866. ' Hab. (?). tricarinata, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. iii, p. 283, pl. iv, figs. 119-20, 1866. Had. (?). turbinella, Pfr., P.Z.S., 1855, p.103. Sydney, Australia. unicarinata, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. ii, p. 285, pl. v, figs. 177-8, 1866. Hab. (?). virens, Pfr., P.Z.S., 1856, p. 339. Had.(?). yorkensis, Pfr., P.Z.S., 1862, p. 277. Cape York, Australia. The monograph in the Conchologia Iconica requires, among others, the following corrections : — sp. 37. For behaniana read behniana. sp. 43. For scopularum read scopulorum. sp.45. For pyramidata read pyramidalis (was first described in Thes. Conch., vol. 1, 1842). sp. 62. For cumingti read cumingiana. sp. 79. For keatii read heater. sp. 87. For platycheila read platychila. sp. 99. For Cuba read Jamaica. sp.109. For Helicina nicholetti read Schasicheila nicoleti. sp. 182. For einetilla read cinctella. sp. 195. For marchionessa read marchionissa, and for Hombligh read Homb. et Jacq. sp. 204, 205. Correct authority as in sp. 195. sp. 228. For braziliana read braziliensis, and for p. 64 read 66. sp. 232. For oxyrhinca read oxyrhyncha. sp. 241. For Ord., Voy. Amér. Mérid. read Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. iii, p. 295, fig. 431, 1866. 50. For Morton read Morelet. 4. For forbestana read verecunda, Gld., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1859 (= forbestana, Sow.), Conch. Icon., sp. 254, 1875. sp. 255. Was described in P.Z.S., 1842, p. 7, and in Thes. Conch., vol. i, p. 18, 1842 (see list of errata). sp. 275. For mittocheila read miltochila. sp. 277. For Gray read P/r. sp. 281. For morivensis read mouensis. Hab.—Mount Mou. sp. 285. Insert after Pease—Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. iv, p. 157, pl. xa, figs 115 1868. sp. 809. For Hidalgo read Crosse. Proc. Malac. Soc. tort [\S S! Ziayynnw ONS Moe ee < cautioning = een : yo" iS) nro? rT D5 sittin SON nee SECTIONS OF THE Vol. XI, Pl. X. S ant Sh > Fronted Nunya gayi sys ¢ ~" ee ? OAS ‘ * uth 3. ma Mungo" ww Oo” ¢ fe a GENITAL APPARATUS OF HYALINIA EXCAVATA. 327 NOTE ON THE DUCT OF THE SPERMATHECA OF HYALINIA EXCAVATA. By A. E. Boycort. Read 11th June, 1915. PLATE X. Tue curious anatomy of the duct of the spermatheca in Hy, excavata and nitida was noticed by C. Ashford, and first, I think, described by W. Moss.! They found that passing downwards from the spermatheca the duct bifurcated, one branch opening into the vagina in the usual way, while the other came into relation with the penis and possibly opened into it. P. Pelseneer” found that this second branch did not actually form a passage into the lumen of the penis, but ended in a blind sac surrounding the lower end of the penis and dart-sac.® So anomalous an arrangement seemed worth reinvestigation, and I have examined in detail, by means of complete series of microscopical sections, five specimens out of a number collected at Portmadoc (Carnarvonshire) in August, 1913. As appears to be usual at that time of year, few of them had darts; of the specimens examined two possessed spicula, and in the other three the dart-sac was empty. The accompanying sketches of nine sections, approximately transverse to the general axis of the genital apparatus, show the condition found. The sections were each 0:009mm. thick, and the numbers attached to each show its position in relation to the section containing the external genital orifice, which would be numbered 0. Section 133 shows the oviduct with the vas deferens and spermatheca duct. In section 129 the latter has divided into three branches, one of which (duct A) almost immediately opens into the oviduct, the transition being shown in section 124. The other two (ducts B and C) run for a short distance in close connexion with the wall of the oviduct, but presently separate from it, and from one another, as seen in section 107, which shows also the passage of the vas deferens into the penis, and the upper end of the dart-sac. Section 97 shows penis, dart-sac, free oviduct, duct B close to the dart-sac, duct C in contact with the oviduct, and also the upper extremities of the sac (S) into which duct B opens. This opening is placed just below section 94. _ In section 90, penis, dart-sac and oviduct are confluent, duct B has disappeared into the sac which is about here at its largest, and duct C is still separate. The opening of duct C into the vagina concurrently with the junction of the penis and dart-sac is shown in section 85, while section 77 shows the common genital passage and the lower extremity of the sac. Journal of Conchology, vol. viii, pp. 421, 1897. Mém. Acad. roy. Belgique, vol. liv, p. 62 (of reprint), 1901. See the description and figures of J. W. Taylor, Monograph, vol. iii, pp. 135, 142. 1 2 3 VOL. XI.—AUGUST, 1915. 24 328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Duct C, running from the spermatheca to the genital passage in the neighbourhood of the origin of the penis, is evidently the customary duct. Duct A, much smaller than the other two, affords an alternative route to the oviduct: it has not, I believe, been previously described and, while it was quite obvious in the three smaller specimens which I examined, it could not be found in the two larger ones which had darts. Possibly therefore it represents some arrangement which is falling into desuetude. Duct B, which for most of its course is the largest of the three branches, is the most curious, since it opens below into a thin-walled sac lying round the upper end of the common genital passage and the lower parts of the penis and dart-sac. I could find no opening out of this sac save into duct B; indeed, I am fairly confident that no other anatomical opening exists. The sac is lined with simple thin epithelium, as is also duct B in its lower two-thirds, and in none of the specimens did the sac show any visible contents. The appearances do not, therefore, suggest that the sac has any very active secretory function, but rather that it is a reservoir of liquid. In the face of our ignorance of the function of the spermatheca, speculation is hardly proper, but it may perhaps be suggested that when the penis is everted in copulation the sac would probably be compressed and any liquid in it forced along duct B: in this way duct C, and possibly the spermatheca itself, would be washed out into the vagina. Alternatively the sac might act as an aspiratory apparatus on the cessation of copu- lation, though the tenuity of its walls renders this unlikely. ‘The examination of sexually active specimens might throw much light on the matter, but these I have not been fortunate enough to meet with. The specimen from which the drawings were made had a shell 6°4 mm. in diameter: the body was straightened out and probably somewhat stretched before the sections were prepared. A, duct A of spermatheca; B, duct B cf spermatheca; C, duct C of spermatheca ; ad. common genital passage; S. sac into which duct B opens ; ov. oviduct; p. penis; d. dart-sac; v.d. vas deferens; d.sp. undivided duct of spermatheca. (ee) to © NOTES ON THE NAMES OF SOME BRITISH MARINE MOLLUSCA. By Tom Irepate. Read 11th June, 1915. My present theme will read somewhat strangely to those conversant with my writings, and an apology seems necessary. In my Antipodean researches I have had continually to refer to British literature and forms. The latest List of British Marine Mollusca appeared in the Journ. Conch., vol. x, p. 9 et seq., January, 1901, and I[ found it to be unreliable as a guide to present-day conclusions. This List was prepared by a Committee of the Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland, and I therefore suggested to the Society, through my friend Mr. J. R. le B. Tomlin, that it was necessary to prepare a new List, and also that I would offer my services as regard nomen- clatural details. As far as I can judge the Society was unwilling, but it was intimated that a new List might be unofficially published were full reasons for alterations given, and further that I might undertake it myself. I thereupon criticized the List, and noting that the majority of generic names would at some time or other come under examination in connexion with Antipodean material, I undertook the rectification of the List. Before I had performed much work, I discovered that the explanation for the reasons of the innumerable necessary changes would occupy much more space than the List itself. As many of the names are of much more than local interest, I take this opportunity of recording a number of alterations, with the reasons, and at the same time would remark that a similar criticism of the shells themselves would probably necessitate as many changes. It would appear that in the quotation and proposal of varietal names no scientific value was considered; the most striking example is in Paludestrina, where, under the species stagnalis, Basterot, I note var. octona, Linné; as I consider this genus non-marine, I make no further remark. In the genus Littorina I note under the species rudis, Maton, the var. saxatilis, Johnston; but the name sazatilis is the oldest for this kind of shell, being given by Olivi. I observe that this nomination is of quite ordinary occurrence; nevertheless, it is incorrect, misleading, perplexing, and invalid. ‘To accurately fix any of the names, a complete synonymy, with dates properly determined, is necessary, and this I am now engaged in compiling. As it will probably take years to gather together all the strands, I consider it necessary, as an aid, to publish imperfect conclusions, and solicit criticism from all interested. Genus NovaLuna, nom. nov. For a genus of Aplacophora, Weomenia, Tullberg, isin use. This name was proposed in the Bihang. K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Handl. Stockh., vol. ii, No. 13, p. 38, October, 1875, for the new species JV. carinata alone. Tullberg gave the derivation as from the Greek for ‘new moon’, but in 1828 Billberg, in the Synopsis Faune 330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Scand., vol. i, pt. ii, table A, had proposed Meomenius, with the same derivation. I therefore propose to replace ullberg’s name as above. The synonym Solenopus, Koren & Danielssen, Archiv Math. and Naturh. Kristiania, vol. ii, p. 127, 1877, is itself preoccupied by Solenopus, Schoenherr (Isis, 1825, col. 584). Trctura, Gray. Acmea, Eschscholtz, has been preferred to Tectura, and I note that this was long a source of discussion which was at last decided in favour of Aem@a on the score of priority. That there was a prior Acmea seems to have been ignored by all the disputants, but such is a fact, which was on record all the time. -Acmea is a valid molluscan name, and I think it quite impossible to maintain as well, in practical usage, demea. I think, moreover, that the type of Aemea cannot be regarded as congeneric with the British shells so named. For them we can then revert to Zectura, first introduced in a Latin guise by Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 158, the type by original designation being Patella parva, which is regarded as a synonym of P. virginea, O. F. Miiller (Zool. Dan. Prodr., p. 237, 1776, Danmark). ‘Tecture’ had only previously appeared as a French vernacular, as admitted by all writers. When Dall reviewed the Acmeeide he proposed Collisella (Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. vi, p. 245, April 4, 1871) as a sub-genus of Acmaa, designating as type A. pelta, Eschscholtz. To that sub-genus he referred Patella testudinalis, O. F. Miiller (Zool. Dan. Prodr., 1776, p. 2387, Danmark). As a synonym of this name has been generally quoted Patella tesselata, O. F. Miiller. That name first appeared on the same page as testudinalis, but placed before it, and has therefore place priority ; it is there spelt tessw/ata. In the Zool. Dan. later, O. F. Miiller gave long detailed descriptions of the new species diagnosed in two lines in the Prodromus above cited. In vol. i, p. 27, 1779, a full detailed account of Patella tesselata is given, but there is no further mention of P. testudinalis. This is, to me, suggestive, as there was a prior P. testudinaria, Linné, Syst. Nat., 10th ed., 1758, p. 783, and I would conclude that Miiller’s tessu/ata or tesselata has the best claim to usage. AnsaTES, Sowerby, 1839. In the List Patina, Leach, is used. I hope such a quotation will surely never be given again by a worker who has to trace names, and my usage is the rejection of all Leachian names until it be proved that Leach published them. The earliest usage of Patina I have yet traced is that by Gray, when he published the Leachian names in the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xx, p. 271, October, 1847. His type was by monotypy P. levis. However, in the Conchological Manual, Ist ed., 1839, by Sowerby, I came across the following entry: “py. 6, Ansates, Klein. Species of Patella with a produced recurved beak. Heleion, Montf. Ex. Patella pellucida, fig. 230.’ From this, the only conclusion possible is the recognition of Ansates, Sowerby IREDALE: ON NAMES OF BRITISH MARINE MOLLUSCA. 301 (ex Klein) in place of Gray’s name Patina, over which it has eight years priority. Dropora, Gray. In the List Fissurella greca appears. ‘The species gre@ca cannot be referred to the genus J/%ssurel/a, so that error is here at once apparent. issurella was introduced by Bruguiére in the Encycl. Méthod. Vers., vol. i, p. xiv, 1791, with a vague diagnosis, and no species cited. At this introduction it can only be considered a nomen nudum. In 1799 Lamarck in the Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat., p. 78, cited in conjunction the species Patella nimbosa, Linné. The name then dates for actual usage from this place, and nimbosa is not congeneric with greéca. In the Man. Conch., vol. xi, p. 205, 1890, Pilsbry recognized this, and allotted the species ‘ greca’ to Glyphis, Carpenter. This name was proposed in the Cat. Mazatlan Shells, p- 220, 1856, apparently for the greca group, but the name chosen was preoccupied by Glyphis, Agassiz (Poiss. foss., vol. 11, p. 241, 1843). Hedley, following Pilsbry and Johnson (Nautilus, vol. v, p. 104, January, 1882), in his Cat. Marine Moll. Queensl. (Proc. Austr. Assoc. Ady. Science, Brisbane, 1908, p. 352, 1909) therefore rejected Glyphis, and used for a large group Fissurtdea. ‘This name was proposed by Swainson (Treatise Malac., p. 356, 1840) with the diagnosis ‘‘ Sub-conical, cap-shaped ; the summit close to the posterior margin: the perforation narrow. 7’ pileus, Sw. Sp. nov.” The species was recognized as ‘galeata, Helbling’ by Pilsbry, and Swainson’s name was used for this alone. With doubt I have followed Hedley in associating shells of ‘ gre@ca’ affinity with those like ‘ galeata, Helbling’. Recently my doubts have been confirmed, and I will later show that these two are certainly generically distinct. Consequently Lvssuridea is not available for the former. Dall in the Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xlviii, pp. 437-40, January 19, 1915, has discussed the names given to species of this family in the Conchological Illustrations. He has there put forward Lucapina, as of Sowerby, 1835, as applicable to the group. On his data I would prefer Foraminella, but we are saved from a further complication by the recognition of a name long anterior to Zucapina or Fissuridea. Gray in the London Medical Repository, vol. xv, p. 233, March 1, 1821, proposed Diodora for Patella apertura, Mont. It is acknow- ledged, without argument, that Patella apertura was based upon the immature stage of the British shell known as Fissuredla greca. This name, then, is available, and must be used for the greca affinity. The laws governing zoological nomenclature are definite on this point, and the subject requires no discussion. It is obvious that this detail was simply overlooked by Pilsbry and Dall, as neither of these workers would consider any argument with regard to such a simple matter. The correct specific name of the British shell may as well be here discussed. Though ‘gre@ca’ was used in the List, this was against the conclusions of most conchological writers. The majority have affirmed the distinction between the British shell and the Mediterranean one named ‘ greca’. Owing to confusion the majority of workers on 332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Mediterranean shells reject ‘gr@ca’ altogether. The British shell was first named ‘ P(atella) larva, reticulata”? by Costa in the Brit. Conch., 1778, p. 14, pl. i, fig. 3. This is one of the very few trinomials present in Costa’s work, and has been dismissed as indeter- minable. If he meant to use ‘ P. reticulata’, as would appear from his Index, then his name is antedated by Linné’s usage in the Syst. Nat., 10th ed., 1758, p. 784. The same remark applies to Patella reticulata, used by Donovan, Nat. Hist. Brit. Shells, vol. i, pl. xxi, fig. 3, cvrca 1800, which has been often utilized. We then arrive at Patella apertura, Montagu (Test. Brit., vol. ii, p. 491, pl. xin, fig. 10, 1803: Falmouth), which, founded on an immature shell, must come into use.’ The Laws are very clear regarding this, and nobody requests any revision. Rissoenta, Gray. In the Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 159, November, 1847, Gray wrote, ‘* Rissoella. Rissoa, sp. Brown. issoa? glaber, Alder.” Forbes and Hanley (Hist. Brit. Moll., vol. iii, p. 151, June, 1850) introduced a genus Jeffreysia as of Alder MS. for the above species and another one. ‘lhe description is based upon the first-named, which must be therefore regarded as the type, and Jeffreysta, being coequal with and later than Ldssoella, must pass into synonymy. The usage of the former has been continued, as it was urged that no description of Rissoella was offered previous to Forbes & Hanley’s correct proposal of Jeffreysia. This argument, of course, does not hold good at all, but its basis is shattered by the fact that Gray in the. Fig. Moll. Anim., vol. ii, p. 86, had provided a correct diagnosis, and this had appeared in February-March, 1850, that is, three months prior to Forbes & Hanley’s introduction. Acmra, Hartmann. In the Neue Alpina, Bd. i, pp. 204-12, 1821, Hartmann proposed a genus Aecmea, with full diagnosis, species described, and figures given, Such a proposal cannot be ignored, yet such seems to ‘have been the fate of this name. I select as type of the genus the species Acmea truncata, and thereby fix the name for active use. This will mean that Aemea will replace Zruncatella, Risso, 1826. The murmur against the dismissal of Zrwncatella may be lessened when it is explained that three pages prior to his proposal of his name Risso had introduced the genus /%delis, and under all the laws this name would also succeed against Truncatella. I would accept subcylindrica, Linné (Helix s., Syst. Nat., 12th ed., 1766, p. 1248) for the species name, as used by French malacologists, and, as explained by Hanley, this name is confirmed by the shell in the Linnean cabinet: ¢r uncata, Montagu, is also twice invalid, being preceded by subtruncata (Test. Brit., vol. i, p. 300, 1803). ' Tsee Dall (loc. cit.) writes ‘‘ apertura, Montagu (not Born) ’’, but this appears to be a slip, following Gray, 1847, who quotes Patella apertura, Born. I cannot find such a name in Born’s works, nor does Sherborn record it in the Index Animalium. IREDALE: ON NAMES OF BRITISH MARINE MOLLUSCA. 333 Trivia JoNENSIS (Pennant). In the List Zrivia europea (Montagu) is used. Recent writers have admitted Zrivia arctica (Pulteney) to be more correct, on the score of priority. I would only cite one, Shaw (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ili, p. 309, July, 1909), who has discussed the matter during a review of the species of Zrivia and Cyprea. Pulteney’s name appeared in a Cat. Birds, Shells, etc., Dorset, published in 1799, on p- 89, ex Solander MS. This work has on the title-page, ‘‘ Printed tor the use of the Compiler and his friends,’’ and otherwise purports to be a part of Hutchins’ History of Dorsetshire, and is so quoted by Forbes & Hanley. It is well-known that with the second edition of Hutchins’ Hist. Dorset, an amended edition of Pulteney’s work, prepared by Rackett, was published. I now state that, according to my results, Pulteney’s Catalogue was not published as a part of Hutchins’ History of Dorset, but only appeared in the guise, above noted, as a separate List. Prior to Pulteney’s proposal of C. aretica, Costa (Brit. Conch., 1778, p. 33, pl. u, fig. 66) had figured and described the British shell, and, doubting its reference to the Linnean Cyprea pediculus, had designated it (Cyprea) pediculus seu monacha. As it turned out to be different from pediculus the alternative name proposed by Costa must be recognized. However, previously to Costa, Pennant (Brit. Zool., 2nd 8vo ed., vol. iv, p. 117, pl. 1xxi, fig. 8, 1777) had described Voluta jonensis, from I. of Jona. Laskey (Mem. Wern. Soc., vol. i, p. 395, 1811) has observed under the name Cyprea europea, M., “ Rather plentiful at Dunbar, and to be met with sparingly on most parts of the coast. With all the varieties we are happy to find Mr. Montagu is of the same opinion in respect to this shell and the fry as ourselves. By this means Cyprea arctica, Cyprea bullata, Bulla diaphana, and, in fact, Voluta Jonensis of Pennant should be all erased from the British catalogue as species, and arctica should alone stand, as the variety without spots of Kuropea. N.B.—A specimen of Voluta Jonensis is now in my cabinet from the Portland Collection: and it is well known Pennant figured his shell from this collection.’ Such an account, being in accordance with the known facts, demands the recognition of Pennant’s name. Comarmonpra, Monterosato. The value of the divisions in the family Turride are not yet fixed. In the List, Bellardiella, Fischer, is given generic rank, while Dall (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv., vol. xliii, p. 242, 1908) regarded it as a sub-genus only. Whichever it is, the name is invalid, for previous to Fischer’s publication (Man. de Conch., pp. 593-4, December 20, 1883) Tapparone-Canefri (Ann. Mus. Genova, vol. xix, p. 265, ante July 11, 1883) had appropriated the name. Comarmondia was proposed simultaneously by Monterosato (Nomen gen. e spec. Conch. Medit., 1884, p. 135) for the same shell, the author being necessarily ignorant of Fischer’s action. 334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIEYY. Erato votura (Montagu). This shell is more commonly known as “rato levis, Donovan (Nat. Hist. Brit. Shells, vol. v, pl. clxv (Voluta), 1804: Weymouth). As far as I can yet ascertain, this volume did not appear until after the publication of Montagu’s Test. Brit. It may be that Donovan’s name has really priority of publication, but until this can be actually proved we must admit Montagu’s name. Many names depend upon the facts, and at the present time all Donovan’s names published in the fifth volume are ranked as later than Montagu’s. In the present instance Montagu’s name has been rejected, as it has been cited as Bulla voluta, and there is a prior Bulla voluta, Gmelin (Syst. Nat., p- 3433, 1791). It is thus quoted in Forbes & Hanley’s Hist. Brit. Moll., vol. iii, p. 502. Montagu, however, called it Cyprea voluta (Test. Brit., pt. i, p. 203, pl. vi, fig. 7.7, 1803: Salcomb Bay), and this name is valid and must be preserved. Family CERITHIIDA. Under this name appear the genera Cerithium, Bittium, Triforis, Newtoniella, Cerithiopsis, and Le@ocochlis. Iam unable to defend this association, and I think that not only is the family heterogeneous, but the genera are also polyphyletic. The shell classed under Cerithium is quite unlike the type of the genus, whether we accept Lamarck’s selection or not. For the species described by Jeffreys as Cerithium procerum (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 1v, vol. xix, p. 322, April 1, 1877: Valorous, Station 12) I propose the new genus name CHASTERIA, N.g. CHASTERIA DANIELSENI (Friele). This will be the name for Cerithium procerum, Jeffreys, as thirty odd years before Kiener, Coq. Viv. Certthium, p. 22, pl. xviii, figs. 1-la, 1841-2, had selected that name for a different shell. In the Nyt. Mag. Naturvid. (Christ.), vol. xxiii, pl. ii, p. 3, 1876-7, Friele had descrited the same shell as Certthium danielsent. I have not yet ascertained the exact dates, but I believe that Friele’s name has also priority, an advantage which is not now necessary. Evumera axcrica (Morch). This would appear to be the correct name for the shell listed as Cerithiopsis costulata, Moller. In the Index Moll. Greenl., 1842, p- 10, Moller proposed Zurritella (?) costulata from Greenland. In the Vidensk. Med. Nat. Forh. (Kjoben.), 1868, p. 208, Morch introduced Eumeta as a sub-genus of Cerithium for this species, having previously changed the specific name as abote. ‘This alteration has recently been rejected, as it was argued the species was not a true Cerithium. I would point out, however, that Mighels & Adams proposed in January, 1842, a Zurritella costulata (Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. iv, pl. 1, p- 50), and this name invalidates Moller’s selection. In Brit. Conch., vol. iv, p. 278, 1867, Jeffreys wrote: ‘‘ Morch changed the name given by the discoverer to Cerithium arcticum, because the latter had IREDALE: ON NAMES OF BRITISH MARINE MOLLUSCA. 330 described the shell as Zurritella? costulata, it not being Lamarck’s nor Risso’s so-called species. But the present species is not a Turritella (as, indeed, Moller suspected): and the reason assigned by Morch is, therefore, insufficient. I described the fossil shell as Cerithiopsis nivea, and 8. P. Woodward proposed to name the recent one Cerithium Naiadis.” This passage might be cited as a perfect example of how not to make conchological literature. There is not a single reference given, and the attempted recovery of such has entailed so much labour that I here record my results as an aid to future investigators. Morch changed the name in Rink’s Grenland, Band ii, Nat. Bidr., p. 82, 1857, because he transferred the species to Cerithium, according to some writers. I have been unable to find Turritella costulata in Lamarck’s, writings, nor does Risso give such a species as far as I can discover.» No reason was assigned by Morch, his words being ‘‘ Cerithium arcticum, nob. Turritella? costulata, Moll. nec. Lam. nec. Risso”’, Such an entry suggests what Jeffreys wrote, but it was his duty to verify the facts before endorsing the statement. In the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 1, vol. iii, p. 638, pl. ili, figs. 17a, b, January, 1859, Jeffreys described C(erithiopsis) nivea from the Turbot Bank, Belfast Bay, with no intimation that it might be fossil. In the same place he recorded C(ertthiopsis) navadis from Zetland as ‘‘ Mr. Woodward has undertaken to describe it, with other Norwegian shells, in the ‘ Annals’”’. I have searched this and every other source I can think of, and have been compelled to con- clude that the last-named has never been described and is still a momen nudum. In the British Museum there is a shell, presented by R. McAndrew, labelled in his handwriting ‘‘ C. navadis, Wood- ward MSS. Finmark, R. Mc.” Grapuis, Jeffreys. Cioniscus, Jeffreys, must be abandoned in favour of this name. Graphis was proposed (Brit. Conch., vol. iv, p. 102, 1867) for wnzea, Mont. = albidus, ‘G. Adams.’ In the next volume, p. 210, 1869, Jeffreys replaced Graphis by Cioniscus, as he had noted that Graphis was preoccupied in Botany. Botanical names do not now concern us, and I do not find that Graphis was anteriorly used in Zoology, so that we must revert to Jeffreys’ first nomination. Rissoip Names. I am now engaged upon these, and I find that there is great confusion. So far I note the following cannot be maintained: Lissoa albella, Lovén, Alvania reticulata (Montagu), IManzonia costata (J. Adams), Onoba striata (J. Adams), Barleeia rubra (Montagu), and probably Galeodina carinata (Costa). Family PYRAMIDELLID. In the List twelve generic groups are admitted. Dall & Bartsch issued as U.S. Nat. Mus. Bulletin, No. 68, December 13, 1909, a Monograph of West American Pyramidellid Mollusks, and therein gave a Synopsis of the Genera, Sub-genera, and Sections. Following P : f — ' A ° 4 iv 7 a f A “= Spor'h on wn 6 a LIAM AALZAL EA Calitiwtat ry Us, Sat , UU Ve 336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. a policy I cannot endorse, they recognized three generic groups in place of the twelve mentioned above, but regarded as sub-genera practically all the above and some additional ones. It is quite impossible to criticize thoroughly the treatment, but I cannot, from my studies in Antipodean molluses, agree with the groups provided in the above-named Monograph. It would be useful simply to correlate the Monograph ideas and the List associations, but it must be remembered this is only a superficial résumé. I hope to thoroughly study the group at a later date. List NAMES. D. & B. MONOGRAPH. Odostomia. Odostoiiia, s.s. sp. (conoidea). Subg. Ondina. Jordanula. Subg. Jordaniella. Lnostomia. Subg. Liostomia. Brachystomia. Sect. of Odostonia, s.s. Subg. Doliella. Subg. Doliella. Ondina. Subg. Evalea. Oda. Subg. Oda. Pyrgulina. Subg. Pyrgulina. sp. (interstincta). Subg. Parthenina. sp. (fenestrata). Turbonilla, subg. Tragula. Spiralinella. Odostomia, subg. Spiralinella. Miralda. ie 5, Miralda. Pyrgostelis. Turbonilla, subg. Pyrgiscus. sp. (scalaris). ‘ », Pyrgisculus. Turbomlla. Turbonilla, s.s. Hulimella. Pyramidella, subg. Hulimella. Though the associations seen in the List may, and do, need readjustment, the method utilized of expressing the facts is preferable to that of the Monograph. I will only deal here with nomenclatural matters, and will later discuss the relationships. CREMULA, 0.g. I propose this name for TZurbonilla clavula, Lovén (Ofvers. K. Vet. Akad. Forh., Stockholm, 1846 (January 14), p. 49, pl. i, fig. 7: Norway). In the Moll. Reg. Arct. Norveg., November, 1878, p. 205, G. O. Sars introduced Lrostomia for two species—eburnea, Stimpson, and elavula, Loven. In the Nomen. gen. e spec. Conch. Medit., 1884, p. 95, Monterosato selected the type as 7. clavula, Lovén. In the Monograph, apparently not recognizing this, the type is cited as eburnea, Stimpson. As far as I know, Dall & Bartsch first made this selection in the Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. xvu, p. 13; February 5, 1904, but that was twenty years too late. In the Treat. Malac., 1840, p. 828, Swainson had employed Sars’ selection under the spelling Zeiostoma, so that I now make rectification as above. ZASTOMA, nom. nov. I propose the above for Brachystomia, Monterosato, Nomen. gen. e spec. Conch. Medit., 1884, p. 94, introduced with r7ssovdes, Hanley, as the typical species. In the List this is given generic rank, with six species, and Doliella, Monterosato, Bull. Soc. Malac. Ital., vol. vi, IREDALE: ON NAMES OF BRITISH MARINE MOLLUSCA. 337 p. 73, 1880, proposed for O. nitens, Jeffreys, is added as a sub-genus for its type species alone. Dolie//ia has thus priority, but Dall and Bartsch separate these, making Dolvella a sub-genus, and admitting Brachystomia as a section only of Odostomia, s.str. Whatever the ultimate status, the name must be changed on account of the prior Brachystoma of many authors and even in Molluscs of Gardner, Geol. Mag., ser. 111, vol. ii, p. 160, 1876. In the List appear Brachystomia rissoides (Hanley) and B. ambigua (Maton & Rackett) = pallida. In the first case, as a varietal name, is cited netida, Alder. Odostomia rissoides was proposed by Hanley in the Proc. Zool. Soc., 1844, p. 18, which appeared in July, while O. nitida was introduced by Alder in the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xiii, p. 326, pl. vin, fig. 5, on May 1, 1844, and the latter has therefore absolutely priority. Maton & Rackett proposed Voluta ambigua (Trans. Linn. Soc., vol. viii, p. 182, 1807) as a new name for Turbo pallidus, Montagu, Test. Brit., pt. ii, p. 325, 1803, and when it is acknowledged that the latter is indeterminable, the former must also be so classed. In La Feuille des jeunes Nat., ser. v, No. 493, January 1, 1912, Martel discussed 7. pallidus, Montagu, and concluded that, in view of the diverse attempts at identification and the facts cited, it must be regarded absolutely as indeterminable. As a substitute he advocated eulimoides, Hanley, which was proposed at the same time and place as rissoides. He discussed this latter, and relegated it to varietal rank only under eulimoides. He did not concern himself with nitida, Alder, so that his nomination must be reconsidered, even if his facts be accurate. However, Forbes & Hanley (Hist. Brit. Moll., vol. iu, p- 284, 1853) cite Odostomia scalaris, Macgillivray (Hist. MollL., Aberdeen, p. 154, 1843) as a synonym of O. rissovdes, Hanley. ‘This name is even earlier than né7da, Alder, and its claim must be investigated. Jeffreys ignored it, as he lumped the majority of the Pyramidelloid shells under Odostomia, and consequently Philippi’s Melania sealaris (Enum. Moll. Sicil., vol. i, p. 157, pl. ix, fig. 9, 1836) was earlier. ‘The latter species, however, is the type of Pyrgisculus, which, if not admitted as a valid genus, is ranked under Zurbonilla. Apparently scalaris Would replace rissovdes, and eulimoides come into use for ambigua. BurKILuiA, n.g. I introduce this name for Odostomia fenestrata, Jeffreys (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. u, vol. ii, p. 845, November, 1848 (ex Forbes MS.): Dartmouth). This species is included in the List under Pyrgulina, which is obviously an unhappy location. Dall & Bartsch place it under Zurbonilla, giving it subgeneric rank under the name Tragula, which Monterosato (Nomen. gen. e spec. Conch. Medit., 1884, p. 86) provided for it alone. That name cannot, however, be maintained, as there is a prior Zragulus, Brisson, Reg. Anim., 1762, p. 64. Evartrea, A. Adams. Dall & Bartsch replace Ondina, Folin, by the above name, which was proposed as a sub-genus of Odostumia (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 338 PROCEEDINGS OF THK MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. ser, 111, vol. vi, p. 22, July, 1860) for apparently the same group. I believe Dall & Bartsch in this case are right, but as another synonym (p. 192) they cite ‘‘ Ptychostomon, Locard, Prod. les Moll. France, 1886, p. 228. Type Zurbo conoideus, Brocchi’’. In this they are wrong as, though Locard proposed Ptychostomon without designating a type, he used it generally for the smooth Odostomia, which name is missing. Upon reference to p- 571, Locard explained that Ptychostomon was proposed as a new name for Odostomia, Fleming, 1819, on grounds of purism. The type of Ptychostomon is, then, Turbo plicatus, Montagu. Kobelt has used Locard’s emendation, disregarding all laws of nomenclature, the family name becoming Ptychostomide. Many years previously, however, a general substitute for Odostomia had been proposed by Clark (Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., vol. iv, p. 109, 1867), viz. Monoptaxis, and this would have been available, though possibly purists might make complaint against this even. It is also as well to record that Locard, in his choice of a name, had been long anticipated by Ptychostomum, Stein, Sitzung. Bohm. Ges. Wiss., vol. lxi, 1860. Pyreiscutus, Monterosato. This name would replace Pyrgostelis, Monterosato (Nomen. gen. e spec. Conch. Medit., 1884, p. 89), which had as type Mel. rufa, Philippi, regarded in the List as a var. of interrupta, Totten, as it was proposed in the same place, on the previous page, for scalaris, Philippi, which is here classed with it. Dall & Bartsch, however, do not consider these two should be placed in the same sub- genus, but admit two different sub-genera for them, Pyrgiscus and Pyrgisculus, placing them under Zurbonilla. Pyrgiscus was introduced by Philippi in the Archiv fiir Nat. (Wiegm.) 1841, p. 50, apparently as a substitute for Zurbonilla, Risso, but Dall & Bartsch have used as type of this the species rufa, and consequently, if their action be correct, Pyrgostelis, Monterosato, is an absolute synonym of Pyrgiscus. NorEMIAMEA,. Oda was proposed by Chaster (Journ. Conch., vol. x, p. 8, January, 1901), on Monterosato’s suggestion, to replace Moemza, De Folin, ‘as this name is preoccupied in the coleoptera,” citing Odostomia dolioliformis, Jeffreys, in this connexion. It is accepted as a sub- genus of Odostomia by Dall & Bartsch, while Noemia and Moemiamea are included in the synonymy of Chrysallida, Carpenter, the type being given of Moemia as Noemia angusta, De Folin. I have already indicated errors in connexion with Dall & Bartsch’s quotations ex Les Funds de la Mer. Mr. Alex Reynell has lent me a number of parts of the first volume of Les Funds de la Mer, and from them I find that this journal came out in livraisons in the order they appear according to pagination. Consequently the name Woemia depends upon its first introduction, which was in connexion with the species Noemia valida (Folin, Fonds de la Mer, vol. ii, p. 63, pl. i, IREDALE: ON NAMES OF BRITISH MARINE MOLLUSCA. 3389 fig.6,1872: Gigon). The type of Moemia then, by monotypy, is this species, which has been recognized as dolioliformis, Jettreys. This was fixed by Monterosato (Nat. Sicil., vol. iv, p. 85, January, 1885) as type of Moemia, De Folin, 1870. In 1870 De Folin only gave a crude and indeterminate diagnosis of the genus Moemza, and the first species associated with it afterwards was valida. In 1886 Noemtiamea was proposed (Zool. Record, 1885, p. 94, 1886) to replace Noemia, as that name was seen to be preoccupied. No type was named, and therefore the name must follow Monterosato’s designation, as wellasmonotypy. Monterosato, when he advised Chaster to propose Oda, simply overlooked the fact that the alteration had been made. The type, cited by Dall & Bartsch, at their quotation, is only a nude name, and cannot be utilized. Consequently Moemiamea must replace Oda, and Noemia be cited as a synonym. EULIMELLA MACANDREWI (Forbes). Eulimella was first introduced by Jeffreys (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xix, p. 811, May, 1847), ex Forbes MS., for Zudima macandrewi, Forbes (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xiv, p. 412, pl. x, fig. 2, December, 1844: Loch Fyne). I would accept the name given to the British shell, as it seems doubtful that it is MJelania scille, Scacchi, 1836, which, moreover, according to Monterosato (Nat. Sicil., vol.iv, p. 203, May 1, 1885), is Zurritella pyramidata, Deshayes, 1832; this name I have not yet been able to trace. Dall & Bartsch make Hulimella a sub-genus of Pyramidella, writing, ‘*Columellar folds two.’ The author (Forbes) wrote, ‘‘Columella not plicated, straight or nearly so,” and this appears to have been the opinion of every writer, save Dall & Bartsch, that I have consulted. DonovanNIA BRUNNEA (Donovan). It has been quite commonly recognized that Buccinum minimum, Montagu (Test. Brit., pt. 1, p. 247, pl. viii, fig. 2, 1803: South Devon) was preoccupied by Buccinum minimum, Turton (Gen. Syst. Nat., vol. iv, p. 387, 1802), but the necessary alteration has never been made as above. Buceinum brunneum was described and figured by Donovan, Nat. Hist. Brit. Shells, vol. v, pl. clxxix, fig. 2, 1804, from Cornwall. Corus, Bolten. In the Mus. Bolten, 1798, p. 117, Bolten introduced a genus Colus. Dall, in the Journ. Conch., vol. xi, p. 294, April, 1906, designated as type of this genus Jfurex islandicus, Gmelin, and consequently this name must come into use in place of Zritonofusus, Beck, as used in the List. As recently as 1911 (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ix, p. 339) Sykes used Sipho subgenerically for his group. This name cannot be defended by anyone, nor can the reference to Chemnitz, vol. iv, for the specific name. TroscHEtia, Morch. This name was introduced by Morch in the Journ. de Conch., vol. xxiv, p. 376, 1876, for Fusus berniciensis, King, and should 340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. come into use for that species, vice Buccinofusus, Conrad. Dall (U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper, No. 59, 1909, pp. 36-9) has stated, from a study of Conrad’s species, that they are not congeneric with the British shell. CYLICHNINA STRIGELLA (Lovén). In the List Zornatina umbilicata, Montagu, is included. I have already shown that Zornatina cannot be maintained, and I now record that Bulla umbilicata, Montagu (Test. Brit., vol. i, p. 222, pl. vii, fig. 4, 1803: Falmouth) is antedated by Bulla umbilicata, Bolten (Mus. Bolten, 1798, p. 15). As a variety is classed Cylichna strigella, Lovén (Ofvers. K. Vet. Ak. Forh. (Stockh.), May, 1846, vol. i1, p. 142: Boh.), and this will now become the species name. Muscutus nicer (Gray). This name will replace Jodiolaria discrepans (Leach), Leach simply made use of this specific name as of Montagu, and when it is admitted the usage was different Leach’s name becomes invalid. Gray in the Voy. N.W. Pass. by Parry, App. p. cexliy, 18215 provided Modiola nigra as a new name for ‘ diserepans, Mont., pl. xxv, fe. 47”. IpasoLa, nom. nov. This name is provided for das, Jeffreys, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. Iv, vol. xviii, p. 428, November 1, 1876, which was anticipated by Zdas, Mulsant, Ann. Soc. Linn. (Lyon), n.s., vol. xxii, p. 228, 1875. Brocxronta, n.g. I propose this name for Cryptaxis crebripunctatus, Jeffreys, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1888, p. 398, pl. xliv, figs. lla-e: between Hebrides and Faeroes. This shell does not really fall into Cryptaxis, Jeffreys, 1883, which is moreover invalid, and for which Cossmann (Kssais Paléoconch. comp., i, p. 90, February, 1895) has provided the substitute Clistaxis. RHOMBOIDELLA PRIDEAUX (Leach). In the List appears Crenella rhombea (Berkeley), based on Iodiola rhombea, Berkeley, Zool. Journ., vol. ili, p. 229, suppl. pl. xvin, fig. 1, September, 1827: Weymouth. It is acknowledged that this is the same shell as Iodiola prideaux, Leach (Zool. Mise., vol. i, p. 85, 1815: Milton, Devon), but this name was rejected as unfigured. This is no valid reason, but I might point out that Brown (Illus. Conch. Gt. Brit., pl. xxix, fig. 9) figured Leach’s species the same year (1827) as Berkeley described his shell. If Crenella, Brown (Illus. Conch. Gt. Brit., 1827, pl. xxxi), provided for C. elliptica, figs. 12-14 (= Mytilus decussatus, Montagu, Test. Brit. Suppl., p. 69, 1808: Scottish coast), be regarded as a distinct genus from Dusculus, then the present species should also be recognized under the name Rhomboidella, provided by Monterosato (Nomen. gen. e spec. Conch. Medit., 1884, p. 13) for this shell alone. In its sculpture it would fall into Crenella, but from its shape it would be regarded as a Musculus. IREDALE: ON NAMES OF BRITISH MARINE MOLLUSCA. 341 AZOR CHAMA-SOLEN (Costa). This would appear to be the correct name for the shell known as Solecurtus antiquatus (Pulteney). Pulteney used it as of Solander, and I find that in the Mus. Portl. Solander’s name was published (p. 101, 1786), but prior to this date Costa had named the same shell (Brit. Conch., 1778, p. 238: Weymouth), (Solen) chama-solen. This specific name must be preserved, and it is not inappropriate when it is remembered that Chama, Costa, was not Chama, Linné. Costa used it for the Gapers, and if his claim that the ancients so used it be correct, it does seem inaccurately to have been bestowed by Linné on a genus of shells noted for their tightly closed habit. The earliest introduction of Azor seems to be by Brown (Illus. Conch. Gt. Brit., 2nd ed., 1844, p. 1183) for this species alone. This relieves the difficulty noted by me in this journal (vol. x, 1913, p. 803). Anatomical examination has proved this species to differ sufficiently for generic recognition from Solecurtus. Panomya arcrica (Lamarck). This name will replace Panopea norvegica, Spengler, of the List. Panomya was proposed by Gray (Fig. Moll. Anim., vol. v, p. 29, 1857) for the species Ilya norvegica, Spengler (Skriv. naturh. Selsk. Copen., vol. i, pt. 1, p. 46, pl. 1, fig. 18, 1793: Norway). There is, however, a prior Iya norwegica, Gmelin, Syst. Nat., p. 3222, 1791, which appears in the List as Lyonsia norvegica, Chemnitz. Gmelin’s name depends upon Chemnitz’s account given in the Conch. Cab., vol. x, p. 345, pl. 170, figs. 1647-8, and is used as Chemnitz was a non-binomial writer. The next name given to the Panomya appears to be Glycymeris arctica, Lamarck (Anim. s. Vert., vol. v, p. 458, 1819: White Sea). Dall (Trans. Wagn. Free Inst. Sci. Philad., vol. iii, p. 832, 1898) has shown the necessity of using Panomya generically, but he overlooked the invalidity of the specific name, calling the shell Panomya norvegica (Spengler). Ormna avRicuLa (Turton). When Turton (Conch. Dict. Brit. Isles, 1819, p. 70) described this species under the name Helix otis, from Devonshire, he added, ‘‘ We have been informed that it was known to the late Mr. Montagu, who had intended to denominate it H. Auricula; but as this name approaches too near to auricularia, we have called it Otis.” In making this alteration Turton selected a name used over thirty years previously by Solander (Mus. Portl., 1786, p. 38) for a different shell. We can then fall back upon the alternative name published in the paragraph above noted. I have observed that Locard (Prod. Malac. France, 1886, p. 88) introduced Otina turtoni as a new name for Otina otis (Turton), ‘‘ Nom a changer par suite de pléonasme.” But in addition to the above, Brown had called the species Galericulum ovatum (Illus. Conch. Gt. Brit., 1827, pl. xxxviii, figs. 27, 28), and there is a varietal name candida, Jeffreys. 342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Taracia viLtosiuscunta (Macgillivray). In the List appears Zhracia fragilis, Pennant, but reference to Pennant shows that he only included Zellina fragilts (Brit. Zool., 2nd 8vo ed., vol. iv, p. 86, 1777) as of Linné. But he misidentified Linné’s Zellina fragilis (Syst. Nat., 10th ed., p. 674, 1758), which is included in the British List as Gastrana fragilis. Consequently Pennant’s specific name has no validity, and we must fall back upon Anatina villostuscula, Macgillivray (Edin. New Phil. Journ., vol. ii, p. 670, pl. 1, figs, 10, 11, March) 1827 2) 9l-vor Hanns): Lurrarra macna (Costa). Costa proposed a Chama magna (British Conch., 1778, p. 280, pl. xvii, fig. 4), and his name has been commonly rejected in favour of the later Mya oblonga, Gmelin, Syst. Nat., p. 8221, 1791 (based solely on Chemnitz, Conch. Cab., vol. vi, pl. ul, fig. 12, the latter writer being non-binomial), though the identity of the two has never been questioned. 343 A LIST OF THE KNOWN SPECIES OF CLAUSILIA FROM CHINA. By Enear A. Smits, 1.8.0. Read 11th June, 1915. Tut British Museum received from Mr. W. L. Distant in October, 1918, a large Clausilia, 50 mm. in length, which he was informed came from Central China. Further inquiry was made, and the Rey. A. Arthur Elwin stated that he collected it among trees 400 feet above the lake at Hangchow, about 150 miles south-west of Shanghai. In the endeavour to name the specimen it became necessary to study the whole literature dealing with the Clausili@ of China, with the result that it appeared to be new to the fauna. However, on comparing it with the specimens of the Japanese Cl. martensi, Herklots, I could find no distinguishing characters, and therefore | was compelled to come to the conclusion that a mistake had occurred with regard to the locality, or, what is very improbable, it might have been accidentally imported from Japan. Again | applied to the collector of the specimen, and he then wrote: ‘‘I believe I found the big Clausilia near the city of Hangchow in China, more than 25 years ago, but, as I made no special note of it at the time, I do not think it would be well to publish any definite account of it. I have never received any shells from Japan, and did not collect any during the three summers I spent in that land.” Under these circumstances it may, I think, be concluded that the shell does not occur in China. However, since I have got together a list of the Clausilieé of that country, its publication may, I hope, be useful to anyone engaged upon that part of the Chinese fauna. As many as 161 species appear to have been recorded. Pére Heude heads the list of describers, having 66 species to his credit. Gredler follows with 32 species, Schmacker and Bottger conjointly are responsible for 19, Mollendortf for 17, Bottger tor 7, Sykes for 4, Pteitfer 3, Kiister, Ancey, Benson, and Deshauyes 2 each, and Menke, Martens, Philippi, H. Adams, and Preston a single species each. In giving the following alphabetical list of the species I wish it to be understood that no attempt has been made to offer a synonymic catalogue. Doubtless some of the so-called species would fall as synonyms, but to ascertain this would entail a very long and careful study of all the numerous forms and the examination of authentic examples of a considerable proportion of them. The collection in the British Museum is very incomplete, and it may be mentioned that, of the sixty-six species described by Heude, only five are represented. The numbers after the names in the list refer to the subjoined bibliography. acanthula, Hde., 24. adaucta, Gredler, 20. aculus, Benson, 5. albopapillata, Schm. & Bttgr., 42. ,, var. labio, Gredler, 22a. syn. papillina, Gredler, 21. », var. papillana, Gredler, 22a. anceyi, Bttgr., 9. VOL. XI.—AvuGuUST, 1915. 25 3bd4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIELY. antilopima, Hde., 24. aplostoma, Hde., 24. aprivora, Hde., 24, 25. ardouiniana, Hde., 24. artifina, Hde., 24. basilissa, Schm. & Bttgr., 43. baziniana, Hde., 24, 26. belemnites, Schm. & Bttgr., 43. bensoni, H. Ad., 1. binaria, Hde., 24, 25. bisdelineata, Hde., 24. bockt, Sykes, 45. breviplica, Mlldff., 34. broderseni, Schm. & Bttgr., 43. buccinella, Hde., 24, 25. bulimina, Gredler, 23a. cavicola, Gredler, 17. cecillei, Philippi, 40. celsa, Gredler, 23a. cetivora, Hde., 24. chinensis, Pfr., 37 (1849). me Mlldff., 29a (1874). cholerigena, Hde., 24, 26. circinnata, Hde., 24. clarocincta, Bttgr., 8. clavulus, Hde., 24, 25. coccygea, Gredler, 17. - var. ecaudata, 22a. celicola, Gredler, 18a, 21, 22a. columbeliana, Hde., 24. comminuta, Hde., 24, 26. constellata, Hde., 24, 25. cookei, Preston, 41. crobylodes, Schm. & Bttgr., 42. cylindrella, Hde., 24, 25. decurtata, Hde., and vars., 24. delavayana, Hde., 24. diaconalis, Hde., 24, 26. distorta, Kiister, 27. eastlakeana, Mlldff., 31. elamellata, Schm. & Bttgr., 43. elatior, Ancey, 2. elizabethe, Mildff., 30. faberi, Schm. & Bttgr., 43. fargesiana, Hde., 24. fargesianella, Hde., 24. filippina, Hde., 24. an var. socia, Gredler, 22a. fitzgeralde@, Bttgr., 7. Jlavescens, Hde., 1884, 25a. = straminea, Hde., preoc. fortune, Pfr., 38. franciscana, Mlldff., 36. frankei, Schm. & Bttgr., 43. frater minor, Gredler, 23a. frigida, Hde., 1884, 25a. = septemplicata, Hde., preoc. friniana, Hde., 24. fuchsi, Gredler, and var., 15, 18a. fuchsi, var. kaspari, 22a. fuchsiana, Hde., 24. fulvella, Hde., 24. gastroptychia, Mlldff., 33. gemina, Gredler, 13. gerlachi, Mlldff., 30. gigas, Mlldff., 36. hainanensis, Mlldff., 33, 35. hensaniensis, Gredler, 22. heudiana, Mlldff., 1882, 32. = pachystoma, Hde., preoc. hunana (Gredler), Hde., 24, 1882. hupeana, Gredler, 23, 23a. hupecola, Gredler, 17. amperatrix, Schm. & Bttgr., 43. indurata, Hde., 24, 25. infantilis, Gredler, 21. infecta, Hde., 24, 25. insularis, Hde., 24. inversa, Hde., 24, 25. janseniana, Hde., 24. julii, Gredler, 17. kiangshiensis, Gredler, 23a. labrosa, Hde., 25. labyrinthoides, Sykes, 46. largillierti, Philippi, 40. latilunellaris, Schm. & Bttgr., 43. laurentiana, Mlldff., 36. lea, Gredler, 23a. lepidospira, Hde., and var., 24, 26. leucospwra, Hde., 24. loczyi, Bttgr., 10. loloensis, Hde., 24. longispina, Hde., 24. longurio, Schm. & Bttgr., 43. lorraini, Menke, 29. lunatica, Hde., 24. lyra, Gredler, 19. magnaciana, Hde., 24. magnacianella, Hde., 24. margaritacea, Hde., 25. meroniana, Hde., 24. nucrostoma, Kiister, 27; Gredler, 17a; Mlldff., 32. microthyra, Schm. & Bttgr., 44. missionis, Ancey, 1883, 4. = straminea, Hde., preoc. millendor ffi, Martens, 28. = chinensis, Mlldff., non Pfr. mollendorfiana, Hde., 24. moschina, Gredler, 17. ah var. chamelodonta, 22a. mucronata, Mlldff., 31. nankingensis, Hde., 24. orphanuli, Hde., 24. oscariana, Gredler, 23a. pachyodon, Hde., 1884, 25a. = pachystoma, Hde., preoc. pachystoma, Hde., preoc., 24. SMITH: LISL OF CHINESE CLAUSILIA. pacifica, Gredler, 18. a var. siantanensis, 22a. pagnucciana, Hde., 24. pallidocincta, Mlldff., 34. papillina, Gredler, 18a, 21. paradoxa, Gredler, 15. parietaria, Schm. & Bttgr., 42. phyllostoma, Hde., 24. planostriata, Hde., 24. pluviatilis, Benson, 5. ponsonbyi, Bttgr., 8. porphyria, Mlldff., 31. pre@celsa, Gredler, 16. , var. minor, 22a. presbyteralis, Gredler, 23a. principalis, Gredler, 13. ar var. cristina, 22a. protrita, Gredler, 19. provisoria, Gredler, 17. pseudobensoni, Schm. & Bttgr., 43. pstlodonta, Hde., 24, 26. ptychochila, Bttgr., 6. ptychodon, Ancey, 3. purpurascens, Mlldff., 36. rathouisiana, Hde., 24. recedens, Schm. & Bttgr., 43. recens, Gredler, 23. retorta, Hde., 24. ridicula, Gredler, 14. ringens, Schm. & Bttgr., 42. ruptiva, Hde., 26. ivy) He Or rustica, Hde., 24, 26. ; rutilans, Mlldff., Gredler, 17a. sarcochila, Ancey, 1883, 4. = pachystoma, Hde., preoc. scholastica, Hde., 26. schombergi, Schm. & Bttgr., 42. seguimana, Hde., 24. semprinit, Gredler, 18. 55 var. minor, 22a. septemlamellata, Ancey, 1883, 4. = septemplicata, Hde., preoc. septemplicata, Hde., preoc., 24. serrata, Deshayes, 12. shanghaiensis, Pfr., 39. siderea, Hde., 24, 25. simiola, Gredler, 15. spinula, Hde., 24. straminea, Hde., preoc., 24. strictilabris, Schm. & Bttgr., 42. succinea, Hde., 24, 25. superaddita, Hde., 24. tau, Bttgr., 6. tetsut, Schm. & Bttgr., 43. thaleroptyx, Mlldff., 31. thibetiana, Deshayes, 12. timalthea, Sykes, 46. trachelostropha, Mldff., 36. vinacea, Hde., 24. vincotiana, Hde., 24. vulpina, Hde., 24, 25. yunnanensis, Sykes, 45. —— Sitzungsb. K. Akad. Wissensch., vol. lxxxviii, Abth. i, pp. 1372-6, See Schmacker & Bottger. Bull. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, vol. vi, p. 25, 1870; vol. x, Jahrb. deutsch. Malak. Ges., viii, pp. 24-7, 1881. — Zur Conchylien- Fauna von China, xx Stiick. Prog. 6ffentlich. Nachrichtsblatt deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1887, pp. 168-171, fig. 1. Apams, H. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1870, p. 378, pl. xxvii, fig. 10. 2. ANCEY. Bull. Soc. Malac. France, vol. ii, p. 134, 1885. 3}. Op. cit., vol. v, p. 353, 1888. 4, Nat. Sicil., 1883, p. 270. 5. BENSON. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. ix, pp. 486, 487, 1842. 6. BorrGER. Jahrb. deutsch. Malak. Ges., v, pp. 46-9, 59-61. 7. — Op. cit., vi, pp. 108, 112, 1879. 8. —— Op. cit., x, pp. 270-2, pl. viii, 1883. 9. —— Nachrichsblatt deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1882, p. 68. 10. 1883. 11. BOrTGER & SCHMACKER. 12. DESHAYES. pl. i, figs. 30-4. 13. GREDLER. ek, = (Qo Glliton bg js Gia), Alstsye 15. —— Op. cit., xi, pp. 147-53. pl. iii, 1884. 16. —— Op. cit., xi, p. 155, fig., 1884. 17. —— Op. cit., xiv, pp. 355-61, 1888. 17@, —— Malakozool. blatt., vol. ix, pp. 145, 147, 1887. 18. —— Archiv f. Naturg., vol. 1, pp. 273-4, pl. xix, 1884. 18a. Obergymn. Franciscaner, Bozen, 1900, pp. 15-24. 19) ——— 20. —— Op. cit., 1889, pp. 156-7. Pil, ==> (O}s Cita, WENO, yids BAS l Spy os sae Op. cit., 1901, pp. 152-3. ‘ 346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 22a. GREDLER. Zur Conchylien-Fauna von China, xx, Sttick. Bozen, 1900 ; Gymnasial-Programm der P. P. Franciscaner im Schuljahre, 1899/1900, pp. 4-5. 23. — Ann. k. k. Naturhist., Hofmus. Wien, vol. ix, pp. 422-3, figs., 1894. 23a. —— Zur Conchylien-Fauna von China, xvii Stiick, Wien, 1892, pp. 7-14. A separate publication by the author. 24, HEUDE. Mém. Hist. Nat. Empire Chinois, vol. i, pp. 60-74, 118-22, 153-62, pls. xvii, xviii, xx, xxxi, xxxiv, xxxv, xxxvili, 1882-90. 25. Journ. de Conch., vol. xxxiv, pp. 296-302, 1886. 25a. —— Op. cit., vol. xxxii, p. 19, 1884. 26. —— Op. cit., vol. xxxvii, pp. 40-5, 228, 229, 1889. 27. KusvTER. Conchyl. Cab., Clausilia, p. 21, pl. i; p. 323, pl. xxxvi. 28. MARTENS. Jahrb. deutsch. Malak. Ges., ii, pp. 130-1, 1875. 29. MENKE. Malak. Blatt., vol. iii, p. 68, 1856. 29a. MOLLENDORFF. Jahrb. deutsch. Malak. Ges., i, pp. 79-80, 1874. 30. —— Op. cit., viii, pp. 310, 311, 1881. —— Op. cit., ix, pp. 186-8, 1882. —— Op. cit., x, pp. 228-69, 1883. 33. —— Op. cit., xii, pp. 397, 398, pl. xi, 1885. 34. Op. cit., xiii, pp. 198-210, pl. vi, 1886. Bok Nachrichtsblatt deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1884, p. 174. 36. Op. cit., 1885, pp. 167-9. 37. PFEIFFER. Zeitschr. f. Malak., 1849, p. 94. 38. — Op. cit., 1852, p. 80. 39. — Proc. Zool. Soc., 1852, p. 138. 40. PuHiuiprr. Zeitschr. f. Malak., 1847, p. 68. 41. PRESTON. Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. x, pp. 14-15, fig. 42, SCHMACKER & BOTTGER. Nachrichtsblatt deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1890, pp. 13-30, 113-15. 43, —— —— Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. i, pp. 101-17, pls. vili, ix, 1894. 44, —— —— Op. cit., p. 170, pl. vili, 1894. 45. SyYKES. Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. i, p. 263, figs. 46. —— Op. cit., vol. iii, pp. 63-4, figs. At some of the foregoing references, not only are new species described but others are critically discussed. For instance. Mollendorff’s paper, No. 32, although containing no descriptions of new species, is very important, since it treats very fully upon a large proportion of the known forms from China. Gredler’s paper (No. 22a) is useful also, since it contains a list of all the species and varieties described by him, with references to the publications in which the descriptions have appeared. ERRATA. June Number: p. 276, last line, for 9-16 read 9-12. p. 279, 1. 16, for Pterocera amantia read Pterocera aurantia. A PAGE | Acanthinula, radula : =) 158 ee .W., ‘Noteon eee Acanthochitona, Gray, vice Luspraa, oe e Acanthochites _ 126 a: ae ‘ Acmea, synonym of Tectura . 330 ate of the Si eca O Acmea, vice Truncatella . 5 Bey, yalinia excavata Acolus, Jukes-Browne.. g5 Prachydontesgranosissima, n. sp. synonym of Jukesena, Brachystomia ambigua Tredale . ; 299 rissoides : : Adeorbis, Searles Wood, synonym —, Synonym ol 4astoma of Tornus, Turton & Kingston 171 | a Marine Mollusca, names Aigi i : : ) : , Ee ee ae ; x Br ocktonia, n.g. for Cryptaxis Alyceus (Charaz) peilei, inp sp. 22 Amicula . Anabathron pagodiformis, n. sp. 8 Anatina, Lamk., discussed . 304 Schumacher = Cypricia, | Gray : . 805 Ansates, vice Patina 330 Apethorpe, Post- Pliocene Mol- Cassie Ouare; TEED» lusca ; 211 of Eumeta arctica Argonauta tuberewiata, very Cerithium procerum, large : : . 189 | Austenia tigris, n. sp. 19 | Chena, Retz, discussed Azor chama- solen, vice Solecurtus antiquatus 341 Chasteria, n.g. B | danielseni Chione euglypta, n.sp. Bela, auct., synonym of Oeno- pota, Mérch . 299 Bellardiella, synonym of Comar- mondia Boettger, C. Be ‘ Diagnoses of A + is prefixed to the names of fossil species. INDEX TO VOL four new species of Land | n.sp. Shells from German New Guinea’ Bowell, E. W., ‘On the Radule ofthe British Helicids,’ PartIV 156 ‘On the Radula and Maxilla of Oxystyla undata (Brug.)’. 162 On Radule for microscopic ex- ‘On Sulcobasis concisa the amination ’ Mounting of Ol: crebr ipunctatus ‘ 125 | Buccinofusus, vide Troschelia . Burkillia, n.g. C | Cacilioides acicula, radula Cerithiopsis costulata, synonym of Chasteria danielsent Charonia pecilostoma, n.sp. | Chiton fauna, Kermadec Island Norfolk Island . | petasus, Reeve 333 | Chitons, Lord Howe Island | Chloritis(Trichochloritis) leithi, theobaldi, n.sp. verrucosa, .sp. Chondrula quadridens i in Britain (Fér.) and its nearest allies’. 181 | Cioniscus, synonym of Graphis Clausilia, distribution, habits, economy, by A. H. Cooke —— falciformis, Molldff. list of Chinese cs a Coliolus stahlbergi, n.sp. Colus, vice Tritonofusus . 272 | Comarmondia, vice Bellardiella ‘Note on the PAGE 275 348 Condensation of moisture in glass tubes Conus quercurus, var. albus, avers : : F j Cooke, A. H., ‘Some points and problems of Geographical Dis- tribution ’ * Sinistral Monstrosity of Purpura lapillus ’ “The Geographical Distri- ae of Purpwra lapillus Wg)? ; : : : ‘The genus Clausilia: a study of its geographical distribution, with a few notes on the habits and general economy of certain species and groups’ Coripia, De Gregorio, anterior to Miodontiscus, Dall Craspedochiton (Thaumasto- chiton) mibiusi, Thiele Cremula, n.g. . Crenella rhombea, vide Rhom- boidella ; Crepidula fornicata ab chington, Kent : in English coastal Bir- waters . Crick, G. C., ‘ Note o on Nautilus mokattamensis, A. H. Foord, from the Eocene of Egypt’ “On a Dibranchiate Cepha- lopod (Plesiotewthis) from the Lithographic Stone (Lower Kimmeridgian) of Hichstadt, Bavaria’ Cryptaxis cr ebripunctatus, vide Brocktonia : Cryptoconchide, Iredale Cryptoconchus . Cyclophorus austenianus, n. “p. beddomeanus, n. sp. Cylichnina str igilla, vice Torna- tina wnrbilicata Cyprea lamarckii, lidis, n.var. . Cypricia, Gray, Anatina, Schum. tCyrenopsis australiensis, n. sp. + (?) elongata, n.sp. var. ‘phyl- synonym of D Dentalium festwum, n.sp. Diodora, Gray . Diplommatina fallaa, n. sp. frumentum, n.sp. INDEX PAGE PAGE Donovania brunnea, vice 3 D. muuma . : : = 380 minima, gues of D. 210 brunnea 339 Drillia preclara, n. sp. 213 Dyakia venator, n.sp. 321 100 154 x Enneaaffectata, Fulton, anterior to HL. rosenbergiana, Preston. 236 192 opoboensis, n.sp. 135 -—— peiler, n.sp. 134 reesi, N.Sp. 3 «35 rosenbergiana, Preston, synonym of EH. affectata, Fulton . 236 249 | Erato levis, synonym of E. voluta . : 334 177 voluta, vice E. levis 334 Eudoxochiton amitator, n.sp. 30 123 perplexus, n.sp. 29 336 | Hulimella macandrewi 339 EHumeta arctica, vice Cer ithiopsis 340 costulata 334 Evalea, vice Onan 337 153 F 190 | Fissurella greca 331 Fistulana, discussed 296 Foote, R. B., obituary notice 98 286 Fulton, H. om ‘Descriptions of new species of Melania from Yunnan, Java, and the Tsu- shima Islands’ : . 163 “Description of a new 313 species of Strophocheilus 340 (Borus) from Peru’ 165 — ‘ Molluscan Notes’ 7 236 oe ‘Description of a supposed A new species of Placostylus ’ 242 20 ‘Descriptions of new species 21 of Streptaxis, Planispira, and Chloritis ’ . 822 340 | __ * Molluscan Notes, II’ 324 210 G 305 | Gaimardia, Gould, includes 228 Modiolarca, Gray, 1847 ITS} 229 | Gastrochena, Spengler = Fistu- lana, auct. 297 Graphis, vice Cioniscus 335 Gude, G. K., ‘ Descriptions of 8 new species of Helicoids from 331 the Indian Region ’ 52 24 ‘ Description of a new 23 Helicoidfrom South Australia’ 166 INDEX. PAGE Gude, G. K., ‘ On the relative claim to priority of the names Helix fruticum, Miller, and H. carduelis, Schulze’ ‘ Deseription of a new species of Dyakia’ H Haliotis gigantea, Chemn. sieboldii, Reeve F ; Hedley, C., and May, W. L., ‘Description of a new recent Pholadomya (Ph. tasmanica)’ Hedleyella, n.n. for Panda Helicarion noveguine@, n.sp. . +Helicella (Candidula) cray- fordensis, n.sp. : mayert, N.sp. +Helicina milleri, nn. H. trochiformis, ag swprafasciata Helicinide, Dr. Anton Wagner’s monograph, corrections and list of omissions by Fulton . Heliomanes, Férus., inadmissible Mogq.-Tandon, preoc. Helix carduelis, synonym of Hi. fruticwm, Mill. : fruticum, vice H. carduel 2 Schulze (Macularia) ogdeni, n. sp. nodifera, var. of Papuina grata ‘ pisana, variation during growth : Hemiplecta papuana, n. sp. sericea, n.sp. : Humphrey’s Conchology . Hyaluniaexcavata, spermatheca- duct ; ¢ : Hygromia fusca, radul a hispida, var. nana, Jeft., radula . : : for + I Idas, synonym of Idasola . Idasola, nom. noy., vice Idas . Tredale, T., ‘ The Chiton Fauna of the Kermadec Islands’ ‘The genus-name Mar- tensia, Semper’ ; Some more Notes on Poly: placophora,’ Part I : ‘Onsomeinvalid Molluscan Generic Names’ “Description of a new species of Cassidea’ 237, i 179 Tredale, T., ‘ Some more misused Molluscan Generic Names’ ‘On Bey sa Con- chology ’ ‘Notes on ae names of some British Marine Mol- lusea ’ Ischnochiton decussatus, Reeve vice I. sulcatus, Q. & G. var. SUES var. nov. ; ker madecensis, n.sp. maorianus, N.sp. : : Isognomon, anterior to Melina . J | Jeffreysia, synonym of Rissoella Lepidoplewrus Jukes-Browne, A. J., ‘A Syn- opsis of the family Veneride,’ Part I, 58. Part II obituary notice Jukesena, vice Acolus K Kennard, A. S., and Woodward, B. B., ‘ On Helix (Macularia) ogdent, n.sp., from Pliocene (Red Crag) of Ramsholt, Suffolk ’ ‘On the Non-marine Mol- lusea of a Post-Pliocene deposit at Apethorpe, Northampton- shire’ . ‘On Helicella (Candidula) crayfordensis, n.sp., from the Pleistocene deposits of South- Eastern England ’ : Kermadec Islands, Chiton fauna L Laternula, discussed Ledoulxia, vice Martensia Lepidochitona, Gray, vice Cras- pedochilus, Sars : : Lepidochitoninex, Iredale . , (Terenochiton, n.subg.) subtropicalis, n.sp. Limacina, Lamk., synonym of Spiratella, Blainv. Linnea pereger sikesi, n. subsp. LInostomia, preoc. . Lord Howe Island, Chitons Lucilina, Dall shirleyi, Iredale | Lucina, discussed Lutraria magna, vice L. oblonga 349 PAGE 155 350 INDEX. PAGE Lutraria oblonga, ee of L.magna . : . 342 M Macandrellus, Cpr., vice Lobo- plax, Pilsbry ¢ 129 Mactra adelaide, Angas, figd. 139 alta, Desh., fied. : 7 3a9 a queenslandica, n.sp. . 148 Mactride of Australia é a 37 Maorichiton, n.subg. 3 , By) Marginella car es Bee . 213 eburnea . ol? shacklefordi, n.nov. . 312 Martensia : . 120 May, W. L., see Hedley & May 132 Melania intrepida, n.sp. . . 163 scruped, n.sp. . c . 163 tsushimana,n.sp. . . 164 vultuosa, n.sp. 164 Meleagrina, as of ‘Pine- tada . 305 Melina, synonym of " Isognomon 303 Miodontiscus, Dall, synonym of Coripia, De Gregorio : 177 Miodontopsis, Dall, synonym of Neomiodon, Fischer ; WA Modiolarca,Gray ,1847, synonym of Gaimardia, Gould . » 273 synonym of Modiolaria, Beck. 173 Modiolaria, Beck, includes Mo- diolarca, Gray. ; 173 discrepans, synonym of Musculus niger . : . 340 Montrouziera, preoc. 5 - 175 Moss, W., obituary notice 5 eS Mucronalia exquisita, n.sp. . 214 Musculus niger, vice Modiolaria discrepans . : ; . 3840 N Nassa euglypta, n.sp. 6 Natica balteata, n.sp. 5 hilaris, n.sp. . : 6 paucimaculata, vale sp. 5 ren, N.sp. 14 + Nautilus mokattamensis, Te H. Foord . ; 286 Neomenia, synonym of Nova- luna. 329 Neomiodon, Fischer, anterior to Miodontopsis, Dall : Be ears New Guinea, land shells . 1 LS Newton, R. B., obituary notice of R. B. Foote : : oS PAGE Newton, R. B., ‘Some Mollusean remains from the Opal Deposits (Upper Cretaceous) of New South Wales’ 0 217 obituary notice of A. a Jukes-Browne F ; . 247 Noemiamea, vide Oda . . a3 Norfolk Island Chitons . o a Novaluna, nom. novy., vice ; Neomenia : 329 | Nuttallinacinerea, Poli synonym of corrugatus, Rve. : 130 corrugatus, Reeve, synonym of N. fluxa, Cpr. . é . 130 O Obituary notices ( 98, 247 Oda, synonym of Noemiamea . 338 Odostomia eulimoides : . 337 fenestrata : : . 337 scalaris . 337 Oenopota, Moreh = Bela, auct. 299 Ondina, synonym of Evalea . 337 Onithochiton, Gray . : . 45 olwert, n.sp. . 46 Opal deposits of New South Wales, Molluscan remains . 217 Orton, Ee ‘On the Extension of the Distribution of the American Skipper - limpet (Crepidula fornicata) in the English coastal waters ’ 90 Otina auricula, vice O. otis . 341 otis, vide O. auricularia . 341 Oxystyla undata, radula . LG? 12 Panda, synonym of Honea mgt, 174 Panomya ar ctica, vice Panopea norvegica. 341 Panopeanorvegica, v ide Panomya 341 Parachiton mestayer@, n.sp. . 27 Patella apertura. . 331 Patina, synonym of Ansates . 330 | Peltatus polystephes, n.sp. 319 Penion, synonym of Verconella 175 Phacoides, discussed ; 301 Phasianella montebelloensis,n. sp. 14 Philalanka quinquelirata,n.sp. 52 Pholadomya tasmanica, n.sp. . 132 Pinctada, Bolten = Meleagrina, Lamk. . - ; ; ~ o05 Pisidiunt vincentianum in Turkestan . 99 Placenta, synonym of Placuna 302 Placostylus (Callistocharis) sub- roseus, n.sp. : : qe INDEX. PAGE Placuna, anterior to Placenta . 302 | Ranella leucostoma, Lamk., Planispira se eager and synonym of Charoma austra- synonymy sold lasiana (Perry) subatacta, n. sp. 322 | Retwsa, discussed . Plaxiphora (Maor ichiton) mixta, Reynell, A., see Sherborn and ME oc 33 Reynell : Plectopylis (Chersacia) "keng- | Rhagada montebelloensis, n. °P tungensis, n.sp. : » 53) |) —— plicata, n-sp. - Plectotropis nutans, n.sp. 56 | Rhiostomamorleti, Dtz. & Fisch. ap tPlesioteuthis prisca . 313 synonym of Pterocyclos pres- Plesiotrochus ceylonicus, MeSPye 25 toni, var. depicta . : list of species . 215 | Rhomalea, Jukes-Browne . F Pollia, Gray, anterior to Tri- | Rhomboidelia prideaux, vice tonidea, Swainson IZA) Crenella rhombea Polyplacophora, notes on . . 123 | Rhyssoplax exasperata, n.sp. Post-Pliocene Mollusca at Ape- | Rangicula truncata, n.sp. thorpe . : : . 211 | Rissoella, vice Jeffreysia . Presidential addresses 100, 249 | Ross, ‘ Voyage of Discovery to Preston, H. B., ‘On a new and | the Arctic Regions,’ 2nd ed. remarkable sub- species of | Vol. ii contains diagnoses of Limnea pereger, Mill., from | genera and species Iceland : 11 ‘ Description of new species of Land and Marine Shells S from the Montebello Islands, Salacia, Jukes-Browne : Western Australia ’ 13 | Shaw, H. O. N., ‘ Descriptions ‘Characters of new Land of colour varieties of Conus and Freshwater Shells from quercimus, Hwass.,and Cures the Naga Hills, Assam ’ ils) lamarcku, Gray’ ‘Characters of three new Sherborn, C.D.,and Reynell, Ine species of Enea from Southern “Notes on Swainson’ s Exotic Nigeria’ : 134 Conchology ’ ‘On Marginella shackle- Sikes, F.H., ‘Notes ¢ on the Land fordi, nom. nov. for and Freshwater Shellsof Texel M. eburnea, Preston, non and Terschelling ’ : é Lamarck ’ 312 | Skenea, type Helix serpu- Psammobia ecolor ata, n. sp. 18 loides, Montagu Pterocyclos prestomi, Bay. and _ Skeneide, Iredale Dtz., synonym of P. cochin- Skeneopside, Iredale chinensis (Pfr.) 237 | Skeneopsis, n. gen. . Pterocyclus marion@, n.sp. 22 | Smith, E. A., ‘Note on Haliotis Ptychostomon, preoc. 338 | sieboldii, Reeve’ . Punctum pygmeum, radula 159 Obituary notice of Ww. Moss Pupoides, Férus., inadmissible . 176 ‘A list of Australian Mac- Purpura lapillus (L.), geogra- tride, with a description of a phical distribution 5 ABS | new species’ lapillus, sinistral . 154 | ‘On Ranella leucostoma, Pyramidula rotundata, radula 160 | Lamarck’ . rupestris, radula 160 | ‘ A list of the known species Pyrgisculus 338 | of Clausilia from China ’ Pyrgiscus 338 | Solecurtus ees vide Pyrgostelis : 338 Azor ¢ Pyrgulina fenestrata Sel | discussed _ : Solenotellina haynesi, n.sp. Sowerby, G. B., ‘ Descriptions R of new species of Mollusca Radule of British Helicids 156 | from New Caledonia, Japan, the mounting of 272 | and other localities ’ 246 81 ood INDEX. PAGE Sowerby, G. B., ‘ Descriptions of five new species of Mollusca of the genera Drillia, Mar- ginella, Aprcalia, Plesio- trochus, and Ringicula, all from Ceylon; also notes on the genus Plesiotrochus ’ 5 als} Spiratella, Blainyille, anterior to Limacina. Lamk. . « 295 Stenopylis hemiclausa, Tate, anterior to S. avicrodiscius, Bavay . : ‘ : . 236 nvicrodiscus, Bavay, synonym of S. hemiclausa, Tate . . 236 | Stomatia sculpturata, n. sp. 5 OY Streptaxis gudei, n.sp. . 322 Strombiformis, Costa, anterior to Lewostraca=Subularia . 292 Strombus pugilis, monstrosity . 189 Strophocheilus ea) indigens, eS se : . 165 Sulcobasis concisa (Fér.) and its sub-species : 181 Swainson’s Hzotic Conchology, dates of publication : 276 Sypharochiton themeropis, n. sp. 43 a Tectura, vice Acmea : . 330 Terenochiton, n.subg. : 28 Terschelling, land “and fresh- water shells . : Oi Testacella maugei in Cornwall . 3 Texel, land and freshwater shells 191 | Theba cartusiana, radula » 156 Thracia fragilis, vide T. villosi- uscula . 341 villosiuscula, vice 7’. fra- a- gilis. : oe Thysanota flavida, ne Sp. ‘ 53 Tomlin, J. R. Le B., * Deserip- tion of a new species of Peltatus from British East Africa ’ : : : 5 pill) Tonicia chilensis (Frembly), vice 7. elegans (Frembly) . 130 Tornatina, discussed ‘ . 3800 wumbilicata, synonym oft Cylichnina strigilla . . 840 PAGE Tornus, Turton & Kingston, vice Adeorbis, Searles Wood 5 eal Tragula, preoc. . 337 Tritonidea, Swainson, synonym of Pollia, Gray . IT e Tr itonofusus, synonym of ‘Colus 339 Trivia exigua, var. alba, n.var. 10 Trivia jonensis, vice 7’. europea 333 Trochozonitine, Iredale . eee2, Trochus montebelloensis, n.sp.. 16 Troschelia, vice Buccwmofusus . 339 Truncatella, synonym of Acmea 332 Turbo folvaceushaynesi,n.subsp. 15 scabrosus, n.subsp. . 15 turriformis, n.subsp. 15 Turricula, Herrmann : oe U t Unio jaqueti, n.sp. . 230 t white-cliffsensis, n. sp. zal Vv Vallone, radule . ; 5 lsse Velorita, Gray, synonym of Villorita, Griffith & Pidgeon . 178 Veneride, synopsis of the family 58,75 Verconella, n.n. for Penion a lia Vertagus conuptus, n.sp. . : 7 Vertigo alpestris from Wales. 2 mouliursiana from Berkshire 2 Villorita, Griffith & Pidgeon, anterior to Velorita, Gray . 178 Vivipara nagaensis, n.sp. . 20 W Woodward, B. B., ‘ Condensa- tion of Moisture in Glass Tubes’ : F . : 3 *Pisidvum vincentianum livi ing in Turkestan’ . 99 “Occurrence of Chondr “lla quadridens(Miill.)in Britain ’ 154 see Kennard & Woodward 155, 2L 270 Z Zastoma, nom. nov. for Brachy- stoma : : : . 336 Printed by Stephen Austin and Sons, Ltd., Hertford. Pt = ve > 7, ’ j é : = , ‘ A\ ‘ MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. FOUNDED 1893. Gest On. MEMBERS: *.* The date preceding each name indicates the year of election. Those members whose names are preceded by O are original members, while those who have compounded for their annual subscription are indicated by L. The members to whose names a * is attached have contributed papers for the Proceedings. (Corrected up to September 30, 1915.) 1906 Adams, Francis E., St. Milburga’s, Kingsland, Shrewsbury. 1898 Aldrich, T. H., sen., 1026 Glen Iris Avenue, Birmingham, Ala., U:S-A. 1911 Archangelsky, A. D., The University, Moscow. 1912 Arnold, Prof. Ralph, 921 Union Oil Buildings, Los Angeles, Cal., U.S.A 1909 Balch, Francis N., Massachusetts Building, 60 State Street (Rooms 804-808), Boston, Mass., U.S.A. 1912 Barnard, K. H., B.A., South African Museum, Cape Town, Cape of Good Hope. 1901 Bavay, A., 82 Rue Lauriston, xvi‘, Paris. 1902 ~=Becker, Dr. H., Grahamstown, Cape Colony. 1893 *Bednall, W. T., Knightsbridge, South Australia. 1901 Bentley, R. H., 60 Rosebery Road, Muswell Hill, London, N. 1914 Berkeley University, Berkeley, California, U.S.A. O Bles, E. J., D.Sc., F.Z.S., Elterholm, Cambridge. 1898 *Bloomer, H. Howard, F.L.S., 40 Bennett’s Hill, Birmingham. 1911 Boettger, C. R., Humboldtstrasse 42, Frankfurt a. M. 1908 Bourne, Prof. G. C., D.Sc., F.R.S., Savile House, Oxford. 1907 *Bowell, Rev. E. W., M.A., 21 Princess Road,S. Norwood, London, S. E. 1902 *Bridgman, F. G., 5 Duchess Street, Portland Place, London, W. 1911 Bromehead, C. N., B.A., The Geological Survey, Jermyn Street, London, S.W. 1895 *Burne, R. H., M.A., F.Z.S., 21 Stanley Crescent, Notting Hill, London, W. 1893 *Burnup, Henry, Box 182, P.O., Maritzburg, Natal. O Burrows, H. W., F.G.S., 28 Lambert Road, Brixton, London, S.W. 1905 Buschbeck, E., Karlstrasse ii, Berlin, N.W. 6. 1907 Canterbury College, Christchurch, New Zealand. 1903. Chaplin, J. G., c/o T. W. Chaplin, King Edward’s Mansions, Port Elizabeth, Cape Colony. 1895 Clapp, George H., 7th and Bedford Avenues, Pittsburg, Pa., U.S.A. 1901 Coen, G.S., San Polo, 1978, Venice. O Collier, E., Glen Esk, Whalley Range, Manchester. O *Collinge, W. E., M.Sc., F.L.S., The Gatty Marine Laboratory, The University, St. Andrews, N.B. 1906 Comber, Edward, c/o Shaw, Wallace & Co., P.O. Box No. 203, Bombay, India. 1912 Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland, c/o Hon. Librarian, The Museum, The University, Manchester. 1908 *Connolly, Major M., c/o Messrs. Cox & Co., 16 Charing Cross, London, S.W. O *Cooke, Rev. A. H., M.A.,Se.D., F.Z.S., Aldenham School, Elstree. 1906 L Cooke, C. Montague, jun., c/o Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaiiau Islands. 1893 1893 1897 1893 1899 1901 1900 1905 1893 1899 1910 1893 1912 1913 O 1905 1894 1910 LIST OF MEMBERS. Cooper, Charles, Bourne Street, Mt. Eden, Auckland, New Zealand. *Cooper, James Eddowes, Grangemount, 9 Dukes Avenue, Church End, Finchley, London, N. Cort, Prof. H. de, Rue d’Holbach, Lille, France. Cossmann, Maurice, 163 Route de St. Leu, Enghien-les-Bains, 5S. & O., France. Cousens, H. 8., Lieutenant, 10th Battalion Royal Sussex Regiment, Dover. Cox, Colonel Sir P. Z., K.C.LE., F.Z.S., H.B.M.’s Consul and Political Agent, Muscat, Arabia; c/o Messrs. Grindlay, Groom & Co., 54 Parliament Street, London, S8.W. Crick, C. P., 94 Palmerston Crescent, Palmers Green, London, N. *Crick, G. C., F.G.S., F.Z.S., British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, 8.W. *Dall, Dr. William Healey, Honorary Curator Department of Mollusea, U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C., U.S.A. Dautzenberg, Ph., 209 Rue de l'Université, Paris. Dollfus, Adrien, 3 Rue Fresnel, Paris, xvi. Dollfus, Gustave, 45 Rue de Chabrol, Paris. Ede, Francis J., Silchar, Cachar., Ehrmann, P., Eisenacherstrasse 15, III, Leipzig, Gohlis, Germany. *Eliot, Sir Charles N. E., K.C.M.G., The University, Hong-Kong. Etheridge, R., Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W. Farquhar, John, 3 Rose Terrace, Grahamstown, Cape Colony. Fischer, Henri, 51 Boulevard St. Michel, Paris. Fleure, H. J., University College of Wales, Aberystwyth. Foster, Miss A. C. S., Hendra, Alum Chine, Bournemouth. Frames, P. Ross, P.O. Box 148, Johannesburg, Transvaal. Freeman, Major E. C., M.D., Tymperleys, Colchester. *Fulton, Hugh C., Riverside, Kew, Surrey. Gabriel, C. J., 297 Victoria Street, Abbotsford, Victoria, Australia. Gatliff, J. H., 31 Normanby Avenue, Northcote, Melbourne, Victoria. Germain, L., 55 Rue de Buffon, Paris. *Godwin-Austen, Lieut.-Col. H. H., F.R.S., Nore, Godalming. *Gude, G. K., F.Z.S., 9 Wimbledon Park Road, Wandsworth, London, S.W. L Guerne, Baron Jules de, 6 Rue de Tournon, Paris. Guppy, R. J. Lechmere, Kinersly, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad. *Gwatkin, Rev. Prof. H. M., D.D.. 8 Scrope Terrace, Cambridge. *Haas, Dr. Fritz, Senckenbergisches Museum, Frankfurt a. M., Germany. *Hannibal, Harold, Encina Hall, Stanford University, Cal., U.S.A. Haynes, T. Henry, 17 Denmark Avenue, Wimbledon. *Hedley, Charles, F.L.S., Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S. Wales. Heller, Julius, Villa Gisela, Teplitz, Bohemia. Henderson, J. Brooks, jun., 16th Street and Florida Avenue, Washington, D.C., U.S.A. Henderson, Junius, University of Colorado, Boulder, Col., U.S.A. Hesse, P., P.O. Box, 335, Venice. Hickey, Miss M. Finucane, Algeria, Greenwood Park, Durban, Natal, S.A. Hinckley, A. A., Du Bois, Ill., U.S.A. Hirase, Y., Kioto, Japan. Hoyle, W. E., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., Director of the National Museum of Wales, City Hall, Cardiff. Hull, A. F. Basset, Box 704, G.P.O., Sydney, N.S.W. *Thering, Dr. H. von, Museu Paulista, Sao Paulo, Brazil. 1910 LIS’ OF MEMBERS. 3 Indian Museum, Superintendent Natural History Section, Calcutta. 1906 *Iredale, T., 98 Riverview Gardens, Barnes, London, 8.W. 1913 L Jodot, Paul, 2 Rue Claude Pouillet, (17*) Paris. 1901 1897 1910 1899 1893 O 1894 1893 1909 1905 1904 1913 1899 1897 1905 1907 Johansen, A. C., D.Sc., Duntzfeldts Allé 10, Hellerup, Denmark. Johnson, C. W., Boston Society of Natural History, Berkeley Street, Boston, Mass., U.S.A. Johnston, Miss Mary S., Hazelwood, Wimbledon Hill, London, 8. W. *Jones, Fleet-Surgeon K. Hurlstone, R.N., c/o Admiralty, 8. W. Jousseaume, Dr., 29 Rue de Gerjovie, Paris. *Kennard, A. S., F.G.S., 161 Mackenzie Road, Beckenham, Kent. *Kenyon, Mrs. Agnes F., 291 Highett Street, Richmond, Victoria, Australia. Kobelt, Dr. W., Schwanheim (Main), Germany. Kraepelin, Professor Dr. K., Naturhistorisches Museum, Stein- torwal, Hamburg. Lange, H. O., c/o H. Lehmann & Stage, Livstreede, Copenhagen. Lebour, Miss M. V., B.Sc., Radcliffe House, Corbridge-on-Tyne, Northumberland. Leman, George Curtis, Wynyard, 152 West Hill, Putney, London, S.W. Lightfoot, R., South African Museum, Cape Town, Cape of Good Hope. *Longstaff, Mrs. G. B., F.L.S., Highlands, Putney Heath, London b to} MY p] ’ a T S.W. Lucas, B. R., Winnington Park, Northwich, Cheshire. Lynge, H., Rathsackswej 32, Copenhagen. 1893 L MacAndrew, J. J., F.L.S., Lukesland, Ivy Bridge, 8S. Devonshire. 1913 1901 1894 1897 1897 1896 McClelland, Hugh, Stretton, Berkswell, Warwickshire. Manger, W. T., 100 Manor Road, Brockley, London, 8.E. *Matthews, E. H. V., Post and Telegraph Station, Norwood, South Australia. May, Dr. T. H., Bundaberg, Queensland. May, W. L., Forest Hill, Sandford, Tasmania. Meiklejohn, Dr. W. J. S., F.L.S., 105 Holland Road, Kensington, London, W. *Melvill, J. Cosmo, M.A., LL.D., F.L.S., Meole Brace Hall, Shrewsbury. Monterosato, Marquis A. de, 2 Via Gregorio Ugdulina, Palermo, Sicily. Mort, H. S., B.Sc., Apsley, Wallis Street, Woollahra, Sydney, NESW. Napier, H. C., Headington Hill, Oxford. *Newton, R. Bullen, F.G.S., British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, 8.W. Nobre, Auguste, Oporto University, Oporto, Portugal. Norman, Rev. Canon Merle, D.C.L., F.R.S., The Red House, Berkhamsted, Herts. L Oke, A. W., LL.M., F.L.S., 32 Denmark Villas, Hove, Sussex. Oldham, Charles, The Bollin, Shrublands Road, Berkhamsted, Herts. Oliver, W. R. B., H.M. Customs, Auckland, New Zealand. Overton, H., Newlands, Boswell Road, Sutton Coldfield. L Pavlow, Dr. Alexis, Professor of Geology, The University, Moscow. 1903 *Peile, Major A. J., R.A., 12 Addison Road North, London, W. 1897 O *Pilsbry, Dr. H. A., Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pa gUss.A. *Ponsonby, J. H., F.Z.S., 15 Chesham Place, London, 8.W. O 1893 1914 1907 1901 1900 1905 1911 1910 1897 1915 O 1894 1910 1908 1911 1913 1894 O 1908 1912 O 1911 1911 1893 1894 LIST OF MEMBERS, *Preston, Hugh B., F.Z.8.,52 Longridge Road, London, S.W. Pritchard, G. B., Talavera, Kooyongkoot Road, Hawthorn, Victoria, Australia. Ramsden, Charles, Apartado 146, Guantanamo, Cuba. Reader, F. W., 17 Gloucester Road, Finsbury Park, London, N. *Reynell, Alexander, Brackley, Crofton Lane, Orpington, Kent. L Ridewood, W. G., D.Sc., F.L.8., 61 Oakley Street, Chelsea, S.W. L Ritchie, John, jun., 581 Warren Street, Boston, Mass., U.S.A. *Robson, G. C., B.A., British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, 5.W. Rogers, A. W., M.A., D.Sc., South African Museum, Cape Town. Rolle, Hermann, Speyerer Strasse 8, Berlin, W. Salisbury, A. E., 12a The Park, Ealing, W. *Scharff, R. F., D.Sc., F.L.S., Knockranny, Bray, Co. Wicklow. *Schepman, M.M., Bosch en Duin, Huis ter Heide, Utrecht, Holland. Sell, Henrick, Blagdamsvej, 126, Copenhagen, Denmark. *Shaw, H. O. N., B.Se., F.Z.S., Wissett Hall, Halesworth, Suffolk. Shirley, John, D.Sc., Coot-tha, Abbotsford Road, Bowen Hills, Brisbane, Queensland. Sikes, F. H., M.A., F.L.S., Sackville House, Sevenoaks. *Simroth, Dr. Heinrich Rudolf, Oetzsch-Gautzsch, Leipzig. *Smith, Edgar A., [.S8.0., 22 Heathfield Road, Acton, London, W. Smith, Maxwell, Hartsdale, New York, U.S.A. Soos, Dr. L., Hungarian National Museum, Zoological Section, Budapest. *Sowerby, G. B., F.L.S., Riverside, Kew, Surrey. Steenberg, C. M., Mag. Sc., 3 Ostervoldgade, Copenhagen. L*Stelfox, A. W., Ballymagee, Bangor, Co. Down. Stump, E. C., 13 Poletield Road, Blackley, Manchester. *Suter, Henry, 559 Hereford Street, Linwood, Christchurch, New Zealand. *Sykes, Ernest Ruthven, B.A., F.L.8., Longthorns, near Blandford, Dorset. Thiele, Dr., Kénigl. Zoologisches Museum, Invaliden Strasse, 43, Berlin, N. 4. Tipper, G. H., Geological Survey of India, Calcutta. Tomlin, J. R. le B., M.A., Lakefoot, Reading, Berkshire. Turton, Lieut.-Col. W. H., D.S.O., 30 Caledonia Place, Clifton, Bristol. L Verco, Dr. J. C., North Terrace, Adelaide, South Australia. Vernhout, J. H., Leiden Museum, Holland. Victoria Public Library, Melbourne. Vignal, L., 28 Avenue Duquesne, Paris. *Vredenburg, E. W., Geological Survey of India, Calcutta. *Walker, Bryant, 1806 Dime Bank Building, Detroit, Mich., U.S.A. Walker, Commander J. J., R.N., F.L.8., Aorangi, Lonsdale Road, Summertown, Oxford. L Watson, Hugh, Bracondale, The Avenue, Cambridge. *Webb, W. M., F.L.S., The Hermitage, Hanwell, London, W. Wilmer, Lieut.-Col. L. W., Lothian House, Ryde, Isle of Wight. Woods, Henry, M.A., F.G.S., 39 Barton Road, Cambridge. *Woodward, B. B., F.L.S., 4 Longfield Road, Ealing, London, W. *Woodward, Dr. Henry, F.R.S., 13 Arundel Gardens, Notting Hill, London, W. All corrections or alterations of address are to be sent to G. K. Gude, F.Z.8., 9 Wimbledon Park Road, Wandsworth, London, S. W. CHARGES POR GOL ERPI SEITE 7S. OUTSIDE COVER. Each insertion— Whole page . : ; 30s. Half page ‘ 5 : 15s. Quarter page. ; ; 7s. 6d. INSIDE COVER. Each insertion— Whole page . ; : 20s. Half page : : : 10s. Quarter page. : : 5s. Malacologtcal Society of Dondon. (Founded 27th February, 1893.) Officers and Council—elected 12th February, 1915. President :—Rev. A. H. Cooxs, M.A., Se.D., F.Z.S. Vice-Presidents :—A. S. KENNARD, F.G.S.; R. BuLLen Newroy, F.G.S.; H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. ; J. R. uz B. Tomun, M.A., F.E.S. Treasurer :—J. H. Ponsonpy, F'.Z.8., 15 Chesham Place, London, S.W. Secretary :—G. K. Gupr, F.Z.S., 9 Wimbledon Park Road, Wandsworth, London, S.W. Editor :—K. A. Surry, 1.S.0., 22 Heathfield Road, Acton, London, W. Other Members of Council:—G. C. Crick, F.G.S.; T. IREDALE ; G. C. Rosson, B.A.; F. H. SIKEs, M.A., F.L.S.; E. R. SYKEs, B.A., F.L.S.; B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S. By kind permission of the Council of the Linnean Socinzy, the MEETINGS are held in their apartments at Burtinaron House, Piccaptniy, W., on the seconp Fripay in each month from. NovEMBER to Junn. The OBJECT of the Society is to promote the study of the Mollusca both recent and fossil. MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of recommendation signed by two or more Members. LADIES are eligible for election. The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per annum or £7 7s. for Life, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per annum or £5 5s. for Life. All Members on election pay an Entrance Fee of 10s. 6d. The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each Member is entitled to receive a copy of those mumbers issued during membership. [Vols. I-VIII and Vol. IX, Parts I-III, consisting of 52 Parts, price 5s. net per Part. Parts IV-VI of Vol. IX, and all succeeding Parts, price 7s. 6d. each. A discount of 20 per cent upon the above prices is allowed to Members purchasing these Volumes or Parts through the Secretary. |] Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent at his private address, as given above. —— - STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS, ron” HERTFORD. 2,7 Fi) ‘ et fry \ Th DEE YP) tes d y Sek Put ee ” ie » Ce iv a en rf t a Snes eh ' ; r NV ee ae eye wes pinm ent! EA hey ey pt i Ary Nt Ae ah v6 aL RLY h, AS a) i ie i } i 4 + DA Mee te Riek Villa} fy } ‘* Mig Pebeh pues ym hayes pe A reste Mesos ake) riots mare Whee: rie i} et on cea at J Pennie i , vi yt ane A MA Vik yi ft i Dep teed Popow es ip Sealkey AN "ib Mec pany We AON t : p A DAA AC ; ee te } uh oe owe i Regan y as ay Phe hots itt at a er ha Puli ; : aati Jay Eo to r fe i h rie tie Bie ‘a ve bs Se uaa Salas. it F paralal ¥ Haan PAWN AY hvac ‘i x | Liv b. NS ehhh th re | Ue Ee UO | Li Oa Ue } ay ar: \ as ! Taryn bey e veAe iN TOA ’ ti ARCH MeN i sie A CUETO: | UB My, BM iST Au bh ah Ltn RUSE AUR Na aD ee a AARNE tsa ‘i ay ( aa iby ae t Hee eet ia ae : YIAP taste u i i “il 4 t hor ) J i! a BN nt an \ wil ii Ah , act iSite Aid an u 4 ¥ Reape ai ihe anavase ‘i Ra Neh Fe at oe OARS ARES NS REEMA a A aa NEY Et _ yi seta men hary x Sh ii Ob 8 u a nuuiaae eth Asien ath wt) ; Ca ead ies ay ah A; seid Wie u ot aS : iN rt aOR S ‘Wi { 4 b ts i Xi rary 1 i Sede * Coe ee AW bia 244 at Up: ink ‘ ns SON a " ie 1 UR ee es Dati At SRN We Me a a fi yt ahh BU KE ’ Th Wd WV i ea At ' i CAL Ce aA cal ie ' ‘ mae | v0) Meech wh: Ub ba ee \ SME Ret oR EG 4 f Det bt het DUE m RC it “ H hh Ajab h 70) y ) bet p ch i! ii a He NRA Bra DC RR ah ieaniee 2 Heed ahh eal Pay f shy 4 Ava i Ass, Aihtle : Ss He i pad ray ine ' 0) iy ce * i hive hi : Paral Ny tpent i cy wa ‘i \ PHAN Sa 4 ‘6 eta NALA a ’ Fst A ALO Veg fi TAA ANS On a i h i, t Rei ‘ eh Ae Nea he ist Nema hits a he ey 1 Se We Nats ra iee (be Repu pew yyy Coe i 4 linsreet if \ c ( ‘y ( wy 3 SEALE M AR Gy © rt tT ; eens tied el Tee LEON ye ae me ual : qalewiniaty ata LN MUON Ree a) bh Ay paukdteratar ae oe te iorsbyinvs doit eoc1 ty ast uhanliay Poe CTL’ Cee Rint Nee ie AN deh henry hee ae be Vat Ha dGe Ca A aa, 4 i i + rane fans Mobed Wh wth yates Baten i vee i; LDP RO * ri SRNatehcaaean ae cia Wn M8 i Ce soar RUA AA LY Shaan net by eh Pena Hi bwin bt ar A Ch # i‘ Pee OA Lia) / Me) ah Wp nay el wh by ete th a) vi on ey te y me 7 es WR POMS ROR Te , ial re ho ia eC ee a fe hod vt dhe heneun eo ewe a hie iy